<PAGE> 1
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 31, 1996
REGISTRATION NO. 333-02703
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------------
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
DELAWARE 4833, 2710 05-0481966
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (IRS EMPLOYER
OF INCORPORATION OR CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
ORGANIZATION)
</TABLE>
75 FOUNTAIN STREET
PROVIDENCE, RHODE ISLAND 02902
(401) 277-7000
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
------------------------
JOHN L. HAMMOND
VICE PRESIDENT -- GENERAL COUNSEL & CHIEF ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER
75 FOUNTAIN STREET
PROVIDENCE, RHODE ISLAND 02902
(401) 277-7000
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
------------------------
Copies of all correspondence to:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
LAURA N. WILKINSON, ESQ. MICHAEL L. FITZGERALD, ESQ.
EDWARDS & ANGELL BROWN & WOOD
2700 HOSPITAL TRUST TOWER ONE WORLD TRADE CENTER
PROVIDENCE, RHODE ISLAND 02903 NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10048
</TABLE>
------------------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities registered on this form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. / /
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. /X/
------------------------
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 2
EXPLANATORY NOTE
The Registration Statement contains two forms of prospectus, one to be used
in connection with an underwritten offering (the "Underwritten Prospectus") and
one to be used in connection with a concurrent direct sale by the Company of
Common Stock to eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries (the
"Direct Placement Prospectus"). The Underwritten Prospectus and the Direct
Placement Prospectus will be identical in all respects except for the outside
and inside front cover pages, pages 16 and 17, the sections entitled
"Underwriting", and alternatively, "Plan of Distribution", and the outside back
cover pages.
The form of the Underwritten Prospectus is included herein and the form of
the front cover page, inside front cover page, alternative pages 16 and 17,
"Plan of Distribution" section and back cover page of the Direct Placement
Prospectus are included following the back cover page of the Underwritten
Prospectus as pages X-1 though X-8.
<PAGE> 3
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY
CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM NUMBER LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS*
- ----------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
1. Forepart of the Registration Statement and
Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus..... Facing Page; Cross Reference Sheet; Outside
Front Cover Page of Prospectus
2. Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages
of Prospectus; Available Information....... Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
Prospectus; Available Information
3. Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio
of Earnings to Fixed Charges............... Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors
4. Use of Proceeds............................ Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds
5. Determination of Offering Price............ Underwriting or Plan of Distribution
6. Dilution................................... Dilution
7. Selling Security Holders................... Not Applicable
8. Plan of Distribution....................... Outside and Inside Front Cover Pages;
Underwriting or Plan of Distribution;
Outside Back Cover Page
9. Description of Securities to be
Registered................................. Outside Front Cover Page; Prospectus
Summary; Description of Capital Stock
10. Interests of Named Experts and Counsel..... Not Applicable
11. Information with Respect to the
Registrant................................. Outside Front Cover Page; Prospectus
Summary; Risk Factors; Use of Proceeds;
Dividend Policy; Capitalization; Selected
Financial Data; Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations; Business;
Management; Principal Stockholders;
Certain Transactions; Description of
Capital Stock
12. Disclosure of Commission Position on
Indemnification for Securities Act
Liabilities................................ Not Applicable
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* All cross-references relate to each of the Underwritten Prospectus and the
Direct Placement Prospectus, except that references to "Underwriting" relate
solely to the Underwritten Prospectus and references to "Plan of Distribution"
relate solely to the Direct Placement Prospectus.
<PAGE> 4
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR
MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE
SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE
UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS
OF ANY SUCH STATE.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 31, 1996
PROSPECTUS
7,125,000 SHARES
THE PROVIDENCE [LOGO] JOURNAL COMPANY
CLASS A COMMON STOCK
($1.00 PAR VALUE)
------------------------
All of the 7,125,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, $1.00 par value (the
"Class A Common Stock"), offered hereby (the "Underwritten Offering") are being
offered by The Providence Journal Company (the "Company"). In addition to the
Underwritten Offering contemplated hereby, the Company is also offering an
additional 375,000 shares of Class A Common Stock to eligible employees of the
Company and its subsidiaries (the "Direct Placement" and, together with the
Underwritten Offering, the "Offerings") at a price per share equal to the
initial public offering price per share for the Class A Common Stock less an
amount equal to the underwriting discount per share. Prior to the Offerings,
there has been no public market for the Class A Common Stock. It is currently
anticipated that the initial public offering price for the Class A Common Stock
will be between $15.00 and $17.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for information
relating to the determination of the initial public offering price.
Upon consummation of the Offerings, the Company's authorized and
outstanding capital stock will consist of Class A Common Stock and Class B
Common Stock, $1.00 par value (the "Class B Common Stock" and together with the
Class A Common Stock, the "Common Stock"). The rights of the holders of the
Common Stock are identical, except that each share of Class B Common Stock
entitles the holder to four votes per share, while each share of Class A Common
Stock entitles the holder to one vote per share. The Class A Common Stock and
Class B Common Stock vote as a single class on substantially all matters, except
as otherwise required by law. The Class B Common Stock is convertible at any
time at the election of the holder on a share-for-share basis into Class A
Common Stock, and automatically converts into Class A Common Stock under certain
circumstances involving a transfer. See "Description of Capital Stock".
The shares of Class A Common Stock have been approved for listing on the
New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance, under the
symbol "PRJ".
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 12 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK
OFFERED HEREBY.
------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
===========================================================================================================
<CAPTION>
PRICE TO UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO
PUBLIC DISCOUNT(1) COMPANY(2)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Per Share................................... $ $ $
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3).................................... $ $ $
===========================================================================================================
<FN>
(1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"). See "Underwriting".
(2) Before deducting expenses estimated at $1,100,000 payable by the Company.
(3) The Company has granted the Underwriters an option, exercisable within 30
days after the date hereof, to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,068,750
additional shares of Class A Common Stock, at the initial price to public
per share, less the underwriting discount, solely to cover over-allotments,
if any. If such option is exercised in full, the total Price to Public,
Underwriting Discount and Proceeds to Company will be $ ,
$ and $ , respectively. See "Underwriting".
</TABLE>
------------------------
The shares of Class A Common Stock are being offered by the several
Underwriters, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by
them, subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the
Underwriters and certain other conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to
withdraw, cancel or modify such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part.
It is expected that delivery of certificates for the shares of Class A Common
Stock will be made in New York, New York on or about , 1996.
------------------------
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
------------------------
The date of this Prospectus is , 1996.
<PAGE> 5
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY
OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE
OF THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL
IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NEW YORK STOCK
EXCHANGE, IN THE OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET OR OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF
COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
2
<PAGE> 6
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements,
including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Unless the
context otherwise requires, all references to the "Company" are to The
Providence Journal Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, as successor to
Providence Journal Company ("Old PJC") after giving effect to the transactions
described herein under "The Company -- Background; Reorganization". Unless
otherwise indicated, all market rank, station rank in market and station
audience rating and share data contained herein have been obtained from the
Nielsen Station Index dated February 1996 and all "effective buying income"
("EBI"), market population, household growth and retail sales data contained
herein have been obtained from Investing in Television, 1996 Market Report,
published by BIA Publications, Inc. ("BIA"). Unless otherwise indicated, the
information in this Prospectus (i) assumes no exercise of the over-allotment
option granted to the Underwriters, (ii) assumes that 375,000 shares of Class A
Common Stock will be issued in the Direct Placement and (iii) gives effect to a
450-for-1 stock split (the "Stock Split") of the Common Stock to be effected
immediately prior to the date of this Prospectus.
THE COMPANY
GENERAL
The Company owns and operates nine network-affiliated television stations
(the "Stations") and provides or will provide programming and marketing services
to three television stations (the "LMA Stations") under local marketing
agreements ("LMAs") in geographically diverse markets throughout the United
States (the "Broadcasting Business"), publishes the largest daily newspaper in
the Rhode Island and southeastern Massachusetts market (the "Publishing
Business"), and produces diversified programming and interactive electronic
media services (the "Programming and Electronic Media Business"). The Company's
television broadcasting group reaches 5.6 million households, or 6% of all U.S.
television households; its newspaper is the leading newspaper in its market in
terms of advertising and circulation; and certain of its programming and
electronic media businesses, such as the Television Food Network, serve
subscribers and viewers nationwide.
Important factors in the success of the Company's broadcasting and
publishing businesses have been its strong local news focus, targeted local
advertising sales efforts, investment in advanced technology and emphasis on
cost control. The resulting strength of its media franchises presents attractive
opportunities for future growth and for realization of operating efficiencies.
In addition to increasing the reach of its broadcasting operations and cable and
satellite television networks through acquisitions and internal growth, the
Company intends to develop new revenue sources that build on the existing
strength of its brands and expertise and have broad regional or national appeal.
See "Business".
The Company's broadcasting operations are located in markets ranging from
the 12th to the 127th largest Designated Market Areas (defined by A. C. Nielsen
Co. ("Nielsen") as geographic markets for the sale of national "spot" and local
advertising time) in the United States ("DMAs"), with five such Stations and one
LMA Station in the 50 largest DMAs. Five of the Stations are network affiliates
of the National Broadcasting Company Incorporated ("NBC") television network,
two are network affiliates of the Fox Broadcasting Network ("Fox"), one is a
network affiliate of the American Broadcasting Company ("ABC") and one is a
network affiliate of CBS, Inc. ("CBS"). In 1995, EBITDA (as defined herein) of
the Broadcasting Business represented approximately 81% of the Company's EBITDA
excluding programming and electronic media and corporate expenses. Eight of
these nine Stations are VHF (as defined herein) television stations. Two of the
LMA Stations are affiliated with the United Paramount Network ("UPN"). See
"Business -- Broadcasting".
The Company publishes the leading newspaper in terms of advertising and
circulation in its market of Rhode Island and southeastern Massachusetts, the
Providence Journal-Bulletin Monday through Saturday and The Providence Sunday
Journal (collectively the "Providence Journal"). Average daily circulation
levels for the three months ended March 31, 1996 following the consolidation of
the morning and afternoon newspapers in June 1995 (see "Business -- Publishing")
were approximately 169,500 for Monday through
3
<PAGE> 7
Saturday and 251,300 for Sunday. The Company, which was founded in 1820,
believes that the Providence Journal, published daily since 1829, is the oldest
continuously published daily newspaper in the United States. See
"Business -- Publishing".
The Company produces cable and satellite television programming and
interactive and on-line electronic media services through its management role or
ownership interests in a variety of content-driven entertainment and information
businesses. The Company owns a 46% interest in and participates in the
management of Television Food Network, a cable television network that is
distributed to approximately 15.5 million subscribers throughout the United
States. The Company controls America's Health Network with a 65% ownership
interest, and owns all of the equity interest in NorthWest Cable News, both
recently launched development stage cable programming network services. The
Company also owns equity interests in a variety of interactive, on-line, and
broadcast programming businesses. See "Business -- Programming and Electronic
Media".
BROADCASTING
GENERAL. The Stations generally are in markets that the Company believes
will experience above-average economic growth in retail sales, EBI and
population. The Stations are typically located in the largest cities or state
capitals of the states in which they operate. The Company's Stations and the LMA
Stations are in geographically diverse regions of the United States, which
reduces the Company's exposure to regional economic fluctuations.
The following table sets forth general information for each of the Stations
and the LMA Stations and the markets they serve, based on the Nielsen Station
Index as of February 1996. In February 1992, the Company acquired a 50% joint
venture interest (the "King Acquisition") in King Holding Corp. ("KHC"), which
indirectly owned Stations KING (Seattle), KGW (Portland), KHNL (Honolulu), KREM
(Spokane) and KTVB (Boise) (the "King Stations"). The Company has operated the
King Stations since such acquisition and in 1995 acquired 100% of the ownership
of the King Stations in the Kelso Buyout (as defined herein). The Stations are
listed in order of the ranking of their DMA.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
COMMERCIAL
TELEVISION
NETWORK CHANNEL/ DMA STATIONS RANK IN STATION
MARKET AREA(1) STATION(1) STATUS AFFILIATION FREQUENCY(2) RANK(3) IN MARKET(4) MARKET(5) SHARE(6)
- --------------- ---------- -------- ----------- ------------- ------- ------------ --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Seattle, WA KING Owned NBC 5/VHF 12 8 1 18%
KONG(8) LMA N/A N/A 12 8 -- --
Portland, OR KGW Owned NBC 8/VHF 24 8 2 18
Charlotte, NC WCNC Owned NBC 36/UHF 28 8 3 9
Albuquerque/ KASA Owned Fox 2/VHF 48 6 4 8
Santa Fe, NM
<CAPTION>
1995
MARKET REVENUE(7)
---------------------
STATION $(IN
MARKET AREA(1) SHARE MILLIONS)
- --------------- ------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Seattle, WA 25% $ 269.0
-- 269.0
Portland, OR 22 144.9
Charlotte, NC 11 118.1
Albuquerque/ 16 79.0
Santa Fe, NM
Louisville, KY WHAS Owned ABC 11/VHF 50 6 1 21
Honolulu, HI KHNL Owned NBC 13/VHF 70 8 1 19
KFVE LMA UPN 5/VHF 70 8 - -
Spokane, WA KREM Owned CBS 2/VHF 74 4 1 18
Tucson, AZ KMSB Owned Fox 11/VHF 80 6 4 11
KTTU LMA UPN 18/UHF 80 6 - -
Boise, ID KTVB Owned NBC 7/VHF 127 5 1 28
<CAPTION>
Louisville, KY 31 82.3
<S> <C> <C>
Honolulu, HI 19 63.7
- 63.7
Spokane, WA 27 42.8
Tucson, AZ 21 52.2
- 52.2
Boise, ID 40 26.0
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) As used in this Prospectus, the following "call letters" refer, as the
context may require, either to the corporate owner of the station indicated
or to the station itself: "KING" refers to KING-TV, Seattle, Washington;
"KONG" refers to KONG-TV, Seattle, Washington; "KGW" refers to KGW(TV),
Portland, Oregon; "WCNC" refers to WCNC-TV, Charlotte, North Carolina;
"KASA" refers to KASA-TV, Albuquerque/Santa Fe, New Mexico; "WHAS" refers to
WHAS-TV, Louisville, Kentucky; "KHNL" refers to KHNL(TV), Honolulu, Hawaii;
"KFVE" refers to KFVE(TV), Honolulu, Hawaii; "KREM" refers to KREM-TV,
Spokane, Washington; "KMSB" refers to KMSB-TV, Tucson, Arizona; "KTTU"
refers to KTTU(TV), Tucson, Arizona; and "KTVB" refers to KTVB(TV), Boise,
Idaho.
4
<PAGE> 8
(2) As used in this Prospectus, "VHF" refers to the very high frequency band
(channels 2-13) of the spectrum and "UHF" refers to the ultra-high frequency
band (channels above 13) of the spectrum.
(3) Ranking of DMA served by the Station among all DMAs, measured by the number
of television households for the 1995-1996 broadcast year.
(4) Represents the number of television stations ("reportable stations")
designated by Nielsen as "local" to the DMA, excluding public television
stations and stations that do not meet minimum Nielsen reporting standards
(weekly cumulative audience of less than 2.5%) for reporting in the Sunday
through Saturday, 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m. period ("sign-on to sign-off").
Does not include national cable channels or satellite stations. The number
of reportable stations may change for each reporting period.
(5) Station's rank relative to other reportable stations, based upon the DMA
rating as reported by Nielsen, 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m., during the February
1996 measuring period. Data for KHNL and KMSB include KFVE and KTTU,
respectively. Data for KING does not include KONG because the LMA for such
LMA Station was entered into on May 14, 1996 and the station is not yet
operational.
(6) Represents the number of television households tuned to the Station as a
percentage of the number of television households with sets in use for
Sunday-Saturday 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m. from the February 1996 Nielsen
Station Index. Data for KHNL and KMSB include KFVE and KTTU, respectively.
Data for KING does not include KONG because the LMA for such LMA Station was
entered into on May 14, 1996 and the station is not yet operational.
(7) Represents gross national, local, regional and political advertising
revenues, excluding network and barter revenues (defined as the revenue
resulting from the exchange of unsold advertising time for products or
services, typically including programming, merchandise, fixed assets, other
media advertising privileges, travel and hotel arrangements, and
entertainment), for all commercial television stations in the DMA, based on
actual local market reporting, as estimated by BIA. Station share of 1995
market revenue for KHNL and KMSB includes revenues of KFVE and KTTU,
respectively. Data for KING does not include KONG because the LMA for such
LMA Station was entered into on May 14, 1996 and the station is not yet
operational.
(8) Data for KONG is not available because the station is not yet operational.
BROADCASTING BUSINESS AND OPERATING STRATEGY. The Company's strategy in
the Broadcasting Business is to increase viewership, advertising revenue and
EBITDA primarily by capitalizing on its strong local news franchises, targeted
marketing and local sales efforts, high quality, non-network programming and
strict cost controls. This strategy has contributed to average compound annual
growth in the Company's net revenues and EBITDA in the Broadcasting Business,
calculated on a combined basis as herein described, of 9.5% and 23.9%,
respectively, from 1991 to 1995. In addition, EBITDA as a percentage of net
revenues, calculated on a combined basis, has increased from 21.6% in 1991 to
35.7% in 1995. The components of the Company's Broadcasting Business strategy
include the following:
ENHANCE STRONG LOCAL NEWS FRANCHISES. Most of the Stations lead their
markets in terms of ratings for local news and number of hours of local
news that are broadcast per week. The Company has focused on enhancing each
Station's local market news programming franchise as the foundation to
build significant audience share in such market. Local news programming is
commercially valuable because of its high viewership level, the
attractiveness to advertisers of the demographic characteristics of the
typical news audience (allowing stations generally to charge higher rates
for advertising time) and the enhanced ratings of programming in time
periods adjacent to the news. In addition, the Company believes that its
strong local news programming has helped to differentiate the Stations from
cable programming competitors, which generally do not provide such
programming.
LEVERAGE LOCAL MARKET STRENGTH WITH ADDITIONAL LMAS. The Company
plans to pursue opportunities to enter into LMAs in the DMAs in which the
Company's Stations operate. The Company believes that LMAs enable the
Company to increase revenue and broadcast cash flow by taking advantage of
the economies of scale derived from being a television station group owner.
The Company also believes that there are benefits in terms of increased
advertising revenue from LMA arrangements.
MATCH ADVERTISERS TO AUDIENCES THROUGH TARGETED LOCAL SALES. The
Company seeks to leverage its strong local presence to increase its
advertising revenues and broadcast cash flow by expanding relationships
with local and national advertisers and attracting new advertisers through
targeted marketing techniques and carefully tailored programming. Each of
the Company's Stations has developed high quality programming of local
interest and sponsored community events to attract audiences with
demographic characteristics desirable to advertisers. In addition, the
Company works closely with
5
<PAGE> 9
advertisers to develop campaigns that match specifically targeted audience
segments with the advertisers' overall marketing strategies.
MAXIMIZE VIEWER SHARE THROUGH HIGH QUALITY, NON-NETWORK
PROGRAMMING. Each of the Company's Stations is focused on improving its
syndicated and locally produced non-network programming to attract
audiences with favorable demographic characteristics. The Company believes
that through a cooperative approach to programming, it can generate
incremental revenue by adjusting its programming mix to capture viewers of
certain targeted demographic segments that meet the needs of valued
advertisers.
MAINTAIN EFFECTIVE COST CONTROLS AND LEVERAGE ECONOMIES OF
SCALE. Each Station emphasizes strict control of its programming and
operating costs as an essential factor in increasing broadcast cash flow.
In addition, the Company, as a television station group owner, believes
that it has the ability to enter into advantageous group programming
contracts. As the provider of NBC network programming in five markets, the
Company believes that its ability to enter into stable and favorable
affiliation agreements with NBC is enhanced. Through strategic planning and
annual budget processes, the Company continually seeks to identify and
implement cost-saving opportunities at each of the Stations.
CREATE OPERATING EFFICIENCIES THROUGH INVESTING IN TECHNOLOGY. The
Company invests selectively in technology to increase operating efficiency,
reduce Station operating expenses, or gain a local market competitive
advantage. Areas of focus include digital news production, editing and
library systems, advanced weather radar equipment, and robotic cameras. The
Company has entered into an agreement with AVID Technology, Inc. ("AVID")
to test and deploy advanced digital editing, production and server
technology that is intended to create a more efficient video production
environment. The Company believes that the use of AVID or other digital
equipment will result in cost savings and operating efficiencies when fully
deployed at the Stations.
BROADCASTING ACQUISITION STRATEGY. The Company plans to pursue favorable
acquisition opportunities as they become available. The Company's acquisition
strategy is to target network-affiliated television stations where it believes
it can successfully apply its operating strategy and where such stations can be
acquired on attractive terms. The Company generally intends to review
acquisition opportunities in growth markets, typically in the 75 largest DMAs in
the nation, with what the Company believes to be advantageous business climates.
In assessing acquisitions, the Company targets stations for which it has
identified specific expense reductions and proposals for revenue enhancement
that can be implemented upon acquisition. The Company does not presently have
any agreements or understandings to acquire or sell any television stations.
See "Business -- Broadcasting -- Business and Operating Strategy".
PUBLISHING
GENERAL. The Providence Journal is the leading newspaper in terms of
advertising and circulation in its market of Rhode Island and southeastern
Massachusetts. Average daily circulation levels for the three months ended March
31, 1996 following the consolidation of the morning and afternoon newspapers in
June 1995 (as described below) were approximately 169,500 for circulation Monday
through Saturday and 251,300 for circulation on Sunday. According to a Belden
Associates study, an average of approximately 58% and 69% of the 929,000 total
adults in the market surveyed in the fourth quarter of 1995 read the daily
Providence Journal-Bulletin and The Providence Sunday Journal, respectively, on
a daily basis. In addition, according to this study, an average of approximately
77% and 87% of adults in the market who read any newspaper read the daily
Providence Journal-Bulletin and The Providence Sunday Journal, respectively, on
a daily basis. The Providence Journal has received numerous awards over the
years for its local and national coverage, including its fourth Pulitzer Prize
in 1994.
BUSINESS AND OPERATING STRATEGY. The Company's publishing strategy is to
leverage the Providence Journal's comprehensive regional and local news coverage
to generate increased readership, local advertising sales, and new revenue
sources based on its strong brand recognition. The Company believes that the
recent consolidation of its daily newspapers, reorganization of its staff, and
effective cost controls will help contribute to improved operating results. The
Company's business and operating strategy for the Publishing Business includes
the following key elements:
6
<PAGE> 10
ENHANCE STRONG LOCAL NEWS PRESENCE. The Company has the largest local
news gathering resources in its Rhode Island and southeastern Massachusetts
market. In 1995, the Company intensified its commitment to local news by
reallocating resources to the Providence Journal's regional sections that
target readers in seven geographic zones of its market. As a result of the
Company's strategies to emphasize regionally-zoned news and information
sections and to control costs, on June 5, 1995, the Company consolidated
the morning and afternoon newspapers in order to reallocate resources to
the regional editions and to reduce operating costs (the "Newspaper
Consolidation"). A portion of the total annual savings from this
consolidation is being used to enhance local news coverage.
REORGANIZE SALES FORCE TO INCREASE CUSTOMER FOCUS. The Company
emphasizes a targeted approach to its advertisers and has recently begun
the reorganization of its sales force to enhance its effectiveness in
attracting advertisers. The Company also intends to institute a new
performance-based incentive compensation plan for its salespeople that
rewards employees based on their contribution to EBITDA rather than to
revenues. The Company believes that this reorganization will enable its
sales force to better identify sales opportunities, be more responsive to
advertiser needs, and operate more cost effectively.
REDUCE OPERATING COSTS. Expenses of the Company's Publishing Business
are closely monitored in an effort to control costs without sacrificing
revenue opportunities. The Company seeks to reduce labor costs through
investment in modern production equipment and the consolidation of
operations and administrative activities. The Company has recently reduced
operating costs through the Newspaper Consolidation and the Newspaper
Restructuring (as defined herein), which together have resulted in an
estimated $10 million in annual savings. The Company has also made efforts
to reduce its newsprint costs through a variety of methods, including
reducing the page width of the newspaper and strict control of newspaper
waste.
INCREASE REVENUES THROUGH RELATED PRODUCTS. The Company has
introduced new informational products and services to generate revenue from
sources other than newspaper publishing. These products and services seek
to exploit the strong local brand recognition of the Providence Journal and
include fax-on-demand products, voice information services, a news wire
service, and telemarketing services.
See "Business -- Publishing -- Business and Operating Strategy" and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations".
PROGRAMMING AND ELECTRONIC MEDIA
GENERAL; BUSINESS AND OPERATING STRATEGY. The Company produces cable
television and satellite network programming and interactive and on-line
electronic media services through its management role or ownership interests in
a variety of content-driven entertainment and information businesses. The
Company's approach to development of programming and interactive opportunities
is to invest in or manage businesses that are extensions of its experience in
the production of programming content or that build on existing media
franchises. The Company's programming and electronic media strategy consists of
the following key elements:
LEVERAGE EXISTING EXPERTISE IN PROGRAMMING AND OTHER CONTENT
DEVELOPMENT. The Company has invested in and operates certain businesses,
such as the Television Food Network, America's Health Network and NorthWest
Cable News, that capitalize on the Company's experience in television
broadcasting and newspaper publishing. As additional opportunities arise,
the Company expects to pursue such opportunities that best exploit or
extend the capabilities of existing talent and resources.
EMPHASIZE PROGRAMMING TOPICS WITH BROAD APPEAL. The Company's
strategy in its programming businesses is to develop cable and satellite
programming networks, such as the Television Food Network, America's Health
Network and NorthWest Cable News, based on issues of interest to potential
viewers such as food, health and local news. As the Company reviews
additional opportunities, it plans to invest in such ventures that it
believes have broad audience appeal.
EXTEND AND ENHANCE EXISTING BRANDS AND CONTENT. The Company's
strategy in developing cable network programming and interactive and
on-line electronic media products has been to create products
7
<PAGE> 11
that are closely related to the Company's existing brands and franchises.
For example, NorthWest Cable News builds on the leading local news
franchises of the Stations in Washington, Oregon and Idaho, and Rhode
Island Horizons, an on-line service, presents news, features and
advertising displayed in the Providence Journal. The Company also believes
that the success of these ventures will serve to enhance the Company's
existing broadcast and newspaper properties.
MINIMIZE RISK THROUGH STAGED INVESTMENTS IN NEW OPPORTUNITIES. The
Company attempts to take a staged approach to investing in start-up
ventures by committing financial and managerial resources upon reaching
certain milestones in the businesses' development. Such milestones are
dependent on the nature of the start-up business, but include identifying
promising concepts, commissioning market research, establishing strategic
relationships with other investors, negotiating contractual arrangements
with key suppliers and evaluating early-stage financial results of specific
projects.
See "Business -- Programming and Electronic Media -- Business and Operating
Strategy".
8
<PAGE> 12
THE OFFERINGS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Class A Common Stock offered in the
Underwritten Offering............... 7,125,000 shares(1)
Class A Common Stock offered in the
Direct Placement.................... 375,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after
the Offerings:
Class A Common Stock................ 24,836,700 shares(2)(3)
Class B Common Stock................ 21,067,650 shares
Total....................... 45,904,350 shares
Use of Proceeds....................... The net proceeds from the Offerings will be
used to repay a portion of the indebtedness
outstanding under the Company's revolving
credit facility. See "Use of Proceeds".
Voting and Conversion Rights.......... The rights of the holders of the Common Stock
are identical, except that each share of Class
B Common Stock entitles the holder to four
votes per share, while each share of Class A
Common Stock entitles the holder to one vote
per share. The Class A Common Stock and Class
B Common Stock vote as a single class on
substantially all matters, except as
otherwise required by law. The Class B Common
Stock is convertible at any time at the
election of the holder on a share-for-share
basis into Class A Common Stock, and
automatically converts into Class A Common
Stock under certain circumstances involving a
transfer. See "Description of Capital Stock".
New York Stock Exchange symbol........ The shares of Class A Common Stock have been
approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange, subject to official notice of
issuance, under the symbol "PRJ".
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) If the Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the total
number of shares of Class A Common Stock offered will be 8,193,750.
(2) If the Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the total
number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding after the Offerings
will be 25,905,450.
(3) Excludes an aggregate of 1,935,692 shares of Class A Common Stock currently
issuable upon exercise of options and units outstanding under the Company's
1994 Employee Stock Option Plan and the 1994 Non-Employee Director Stock
Option Plan (the "Option Plans") and the Restricted Stock Unit Plan (the
"RSU"). See "Risk Factors -- Shares Available For Future Sale". Also
excludes approximately $7.7 million of Class A Common Stock that could be
issued in 1996 to participants in the Option Plans, the RSU and the
Incentive Units Plan (the "IUP", and together with the Option Plans and the
RSU, collectively, the "Stock Incentive Plans") in the event of the
consummation of the proposed US West Merger (as defined herein under the
caption, "Business -- Background; Reorganization") as adjustments required
pursuant to the terms of such plans. See "Risk Factors -- Shares Eligible
for Future Sale". The actual number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be
issued will depend on the fair market value of the Class A Common Stock
determined in accordance with the terms of such plans at the effective time
of the US West Merger.
RISK FACTORS
Prospective investors should carefully consider the factors set forth
herein under "Risk Factors", in addition to the other information contained in
this Prospectus, before purchasing any of the shares of Class A Common Stock
offered hereby.
9
<PAGE> 13
SUMMARY SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
The following table presents summary supplemental pro forma financial data
for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the three months ended March
31, 1995 and 1996, as if the Spin-Off, Merger and Kelso Buyout (each as defined
herein under "The Company -- Background; Reorganization") had occurred on
January 1, 1994. Supplemental pro forma financial data is presented because the
Company believes such data is more meaningful than historical financial data in
comparing 1995 and 1996 results of operations with 1994 because such pro forma
data includes KHC's operations and excludes discontinued cable operations for
all periods presented. Although the Company did not consolidate the results of
KHC's operations for accounting purposes until after the Kelso Buyout, the
Company has managed these operations since the completion of the King
Acquisition in February 1992. This summary supplemental pro forma financial
data, which is unaudited, consolidates the historical results of operations of
the Company and KHC, after giving effect to the supplemental pro forma
adjustments and eliminations described in footnote (1) below, for all periods
presented. This data is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations
that would have actually been obtained had the transactions referred to above
been consummated on January 1, 1994, nor is it indicative of the results of
operations that may be obtained in the future. Such financial data should be
read in conjunction with "Selected Financial Data", "-- Broadcasting
Business -- Summary of Financial Results", "-- Publishing Business -- Summary of
Financial Results" and "-- Programming and Electronic Media Business -- Summary
of Financial Results" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations", and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to, the consolidated financial statements of the Company and KHC and
respective notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA (UNAUDITED)(1)
-------------------------------------------
YEARS ENDED THREE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
-------------------- -------------------
1994 1995 1995 1996
-------- -------- ------- --------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
Broadcasting....................................... $171,083 $180,547 $38,904 $ 43,381
Publishing......................................... 127,893 128,491 30,300 30,125
Programming and Electronic Media................... 2,300 3,468 525 1,608
-------- -------- -------- --------
Total revenues................................ 301,276 312,506 69,729 75,114
-------- -------- -------- --------
Expenses:
Operating and administrative expenses:
Broadcasting.................................... 113,449 116,128 28,000 31,073
Publishing, excluding Newspaper Consolidation
Costs(2) and Newspaper Restructuring
Costs(3)...................................... 107,425 113,683 27,889 27,381
Programming and Electronic Media................ 2,914 5,132 898 4,989
Corporate....................................... 13,074 12,363 3,550 3,136
-------- -------- -------- --------
Total......................................... 236,862 247,306 60,337 66,579
Depreciation and amortization(1)................... 41,219 39,585 9,807 9,845
Stock-based compensation........................... 15,138 2,387 1,498 11,730
Pension expense.................................... 303 1,236 44 214
-------- -------- -------- --------
Total......................................... 293,522 290,514 71,686 88,368
Newspaper Consolidation Costs
and Newspaper Restructuring Costs............... -- 14,222 102 1,150
-------- -------- -------- --------
Total expenses................................ 293,522 304,736 71,788 89,518
-------- -------- -------- --------
Operating income (loss).............................. 7,754 7,770 (2,059) (14,404)
Interest expense(1).................................. (17,971) (19,573) (4,893) (5,084)
Equity in loss of affiliates(4)...................... (5,054) (7,835) (1,272) (1,595)
Other income (expense), net.......................... 2,601 4,797 616 1,364
-------- -------- -------- --------
Loss from continuing operations before income
taxes.............................................. (12,670) (14,841) (7,608) (19,719)
Income tax expense (benefit)(1)...................... 6,466 52 (1,888) (4,834)
-------- -------- -------- --------
Loss from continuing operations...................... $(19,136) $(14,893) $(5,720) $(14,885)
======== ======== ======== ========
Loss from continuing operations per share............ $ (0.50) $ (0.39) $ (0.15) $ (0.39)
Number of shares used in per share calculation....... 38,197 38,507 38,110 38,400
======== ======== ======== ========
Pro forma loss from continuing operations per share
after giving effect to the Offerings(5)............ $ (0.20) $ (0.09) $ (0.30)
======== ======== ========
Number of shares used in per share calculation....... 46,007 45,610 45,900
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
10
<PAGE> 14
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA (UNAUDITED)(1)
(UNAUDITED) --------------------------------------------
COMBINED(6)
YEAR ENDED YEARS ENDED DECEMBER THREE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 31, MARCH 31,
------------ --------------------- -------------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
------------ -------- -------- ------- --------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CERTAIN FINANCIAL DATA:
Revenues:
Broadcasting............................ $147,846 $171,083 $180,547 $38,904 $ 43,381
Publishing.............................. 124,914 127,893 128,491 30,300 30,125
Programming and Electronic Media........ -- 2,300 3,468 525 1,608
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Total revenues..................... 272,760 301,276 312,506 69,729 75,114
======== ======== ======== ======== ========
EBITDA(7):
Broadcasting............................ $ 43,014 $ 57,634 $ 64,419 $10,904 $ 12,308
Publishing.............................. 21,317 20,468 14,808 2,411 2,744
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
EBITDA excluding programming and
electronic media and corporate
expenses........................... 64,331 78,102 79,227 13,315 15,052
Programming and Electronic Media........ -- (614) (1,664) (373) (3,381)
Corporate............................... (17,346) (13,074) (12,363) (3,550) (3,136)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Total EBITDA......................... $ 46,985 $ 64,414 $ 65,200 $ 9,392 $ 8,535
======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Broadcast Cash Flow(8).................... $ 42,620 $ 59,492 $ 66,274 $11,219 $ 12,364
Capital expenditures...................... 14,683 13,617 15,276 3,578 3,008
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The Supplemental Pro Forma results of operations consolidate KHC's results
of operations for 1994 with those of the Company in order for the Company's
results of operations during those years to be comparable with 1995 and
1996. To effect this consolidation, adjustments were made to consolidate and
eliminate the minority interest in KHC for 1994. In addition, pro forma
adjustments were made for all periods presented to reflect the Spin-Off, the
Kelso Buyout and the Merger as if those transactions had occurred on January
1, 1994. For a detailed description of the pro forma adjustments and
elimination entries, see footnote (1) to "Selected Financial
Data -- Supplemental Pro Forma Financial Data".
(2) "Newspaper Consolidation Costs" are defined as those costs totaling $7,422
incurred in 1995 in connection with the Newspaper Consolidation.
(3) "Newspaper Restructuring Costs" are defined as estimated severance costs
totaling $6,800 incurred in 1995 and $1,150 incurred in the three months
ended March 31, 1996 in connection with the Newspaper Restructuring.
(4) Equity in loss of affiliates consists of equity in loss of affiliates in the
Programming and Electronic Media Business of $4,545, and $6,796 in 1994 and
1995, respectively, and $1,072 and $1,265 for the three months ended March
31, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and also consists of equity in loss of
Linkatel Pacific, LP, an investment of the Company which is held for sale,
of $509, and $1,039 for 1994, and 1995, respectively, and $200 and $330 for
the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
(5) "Pro forma loss from continuing operations per share" assumes the Offerings
occurred on January 1, 1995, that 7,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock
are issued in the Offerings and that the estimated net proceeds of the
Offerings were used to repay indebtedness. See "Use of Proceeds." After
giving effect to the resulting reduction in interest expense, loss from
continuing operations would have been $9,083 in 1995 and $3,944 and $13,667
for the three months ended March 31, 1995, and 1996, respectively.
(6) The 1993 certain financial data combine KHC's financial data for 1993 with
those of the Company in order to be comparable with the other periods
presented. Management fees of $1,584 paid to the Company from KHC included
in KHC operating expenses have been eliminated in such combination.
(7) "EBITDA" is defined by the Company as operating income (loss) plus Newspaper
Consolidation Costs, Newspaper Restructuring Costs, depreciation,
amortization, stock-based compensation and pension expense. EBITDA is not
intended to represent cash flow from operations and should not be considered
as an alternative to operating or net income computed in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") as an indicator of the
Company's operating performance or as an alternative to cash flows from
operating activities (as determined in accordance with GAAP) as a measure of
liquidity. The Company believes that EBITDA is a standard measure commonly
reported and widely used by analysts, investors and other interested parties
in the media industry. Accordingly, this information has been disclosed
herein to permit a more complete comparative analysis of the Company's
operating performance relative to other companies in its industry.
(8) "Broadcast Cash Flow" is defined by the Company as Broadcasting EBITDA plus
corporate expense allocations for the Broadcasting Business plus program
rights amortization less program rights payments. Corporate expense
allocations for the Broadcasting Business were $514, $773, and $703 for
1993, 1994, and 1995, respectively, and $209 and $172 for the three months
ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Program rights amortization was
$17,899, $18,924, and $17,318 for 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and
$4,269 and $4,379 for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996,
respectively. Program rights payments were $18,807, $17,839, and $16,166 for
1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and $4,163 and $4,495 for the three
months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
11
<PAGE> 15
RISK FACTORS
Prospective investors should carefully consider the following risk factors,
in addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus, before
purchasing any of the shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby.
LOSSES FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY. The Company experienced
losses from continuing operations of $16.3 million, $23.2 million and $5.0
million in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and $2.8 million and $14.9 million
for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively. These losses
include certain non-cash charges attributable to amortization of intangibles
resulting from the acquisition of the Stations, costs associated with
stock-based compensation expense and equity in losses from its affiliated
companies. In 1995, Newspaper Consolidation Costs and Newspaper Restructuring
Costs accounted for a total of $14.2 million in additional operating expenses.
In the three months ended March 31, 1996, the Company recorded a charge to
continuing operations of $11.4 million related to a one-time adjustment to
stock-based compensation plans. The Company expects to incur losses from
continuing operations during the next few years primarily due to amortization
charges attributable to its acquisitions and costs associated with the
development of its Programming and Electronic Media Business. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".
RELIANCE ON NETWORK PROGRAMMING; DEPENDENCE ON NETWORK AFFILIATION. Of the
Company's nine Stations, five are affiliated with NBC, two with Fox, one with
ABC and one with CBS. The television viewership levels for each of the Stations
are materially dependent upon programming provided by the network with which
each Station is affiliated. There can be no assurance that such programming will
achieve or maintain satisfactory viewership levels in the future. In 1995,
68.7%, 11.8%, 13.5% and 6.0% of the Company's revenues in the Broadcasting
Business were attributable to the Company's Stations affiliated with NBC, Fox,
ABC and CBS, respectively. Since the majority of the Company's Stations are
affiliated with NBC and 68.2% and 55.5% of the Broadcasting Business 1995 EBITDA
and the Company's 1995 EBITDA, excluding programming and electronic media and
corporate expenses, respectively, was derived from such Stations, a material
decline in NBC's ratings could have an adverse effect on the Company. Each of
the Stations is a party to a network affiliation agreement giving such Station
the right to rebroadcast programs transmitted by the network. The affiliation
agreement for each of the NBC Stations expires in 2001 (except for the
affiliation agreement for KHNL (Honolulu) which expires in 2002), while such
agreements for each of the ABC, CBS and Fox Stations expire in 2000, 1998 and
1998, respectively. Each network has the right to terminate its respective
affiliation agreement in the event of a material breach of such agreement by a
Station and in certain other circumstances. Although the Company expects to
continue to be able to renew its network affiliation agreements, no assurance
can be given that such renewals will be obtained. The non-renewal or termination
of one or more of the Stations' network affiliation agreements could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. See
"Business -- Broadcasting".
INDEMNIFICATION; TAX LIABILITIES AND RECENT ADVERSE JUDGMENT. The
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 18, 1994, as amended and
restated as of August 1, 1995 (the "Merger Agreement"), by and among Continental
Cablevision, Inc. ("Continental"), Old PJC, the Company, KHC and King
Broadcasting Company ("KBC") provides that the Company will, with certain
exceptions, hold Continental, as successor by merger to Old PJC, harmless from
all of Old PJC's liabilities arising from its non-cable businesses. The
Company's indemnification obligations include responsibility for all federal and
state income tax liabilities of Old PJC and its subsidiaries for periods ending
on or before the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Merger
Agreement (the "Closing Date"), including income tax liabilities resulting from
any failure of the Spin-Off and the Merger (each as described under "The
Company -- Background; Reorganization") to qualify as tax-free reorganizations
under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), unless such
failure to qualify is the result of certain actions by Continental. See "The
Company -- Background; Reorganization" and "Business -- Background;
Reorganization".
On January 17, 1995 a declaratory judgment action was brought by Cable LP
I, Inc. ("Cable LP") against Old PJC, among other parties, claiming that a
subsidiary of Colony Communications, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Old PJC
("Colony") had breached a right of first refusal entitling Cable LP to purchase
a
12
<PAGE> 16
general partnership interest in a cable system Colony had transferred to
Continental in connection with the Merger Agreement. A final judgment in this
action in favor of Cable LP was entered on May 21, 1996. Such judgment requires,
among other matters, the conveyance of the interest in such cable system now
held by Continental to Cable LP at a price to be negotiated by Cable LP and
Continental. See "Business -- Legal Proceedings" for a more detailed description
of this legal proceeding.
The Merger Agreement provides that if, as a result of such litigation,
Continental is required to convey its interest, at the time of any such
conveyance the Company will pay Continental an amount equal to the sum of (i)
the amount (if any) by which the consideration received in connection with the
conveyance is less than $115 million plus (ii) the taxes which would be payable
assuming the purchase price for such interest equaled $115 million.
The Company intends to appeal this judgment and has moved to stay the
effect of the judgment during the pendency of the appeal. It is expected that a
ruling on the Company's motion to stay will be made prior to July 1, 1996. The
Company is unable to predict at this time what the ultimate outcome of this
litigation might be. Should any loss resulting from this litigation ultimately
prove to be probable and reasonably estimatable, such loss, at that time, would
result in a charge to stockholders' equity to reflect the estimated decrease in
the net book value of the cable assets disposed of in 1995 pursuant to the
Merger Agreement. Such a charge could have a material effect upon the Company's
financial condition. If any payment obligations are ultimately required under
the terms of the Merger Agreement, it is currently anticipated that such
payments could be up to $40 million and could have a material effect upon the
Company's liquidity position. It is currently contemplated that any such payment
would be funded by borrowings under the Company's revolving credit facility. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH NEW BUSINESSES. The Company has invested
approximately $101.8 million through May 31, 1996 in its existing start-up
businesses, including three cable and satellite television networks, Television
Food Network, America's Health Network and NorthWest Cable News, and intends to
fund approximately an additional $25.8 million during the remainder of 1996 and
$36.5 million in 1997 in the form of investments and funding of the Company's
share of operating losses in Television Food Network, G.P. ("TVFN") and
America's Health Network, LLC and AHN Partners, L.P. (collectively, "AHN") which
own and operate the Television Food Network and America's Health Network,
respectively, and NorthWest Cable News. The Company does not intend to use any
of the proceeds of the Offerings to fund these amounts. Except as set forth
above, the Company cannot predict the amount it will be required to expend in
such businesses in the future, but believes that it will likely spend additional
amounts in its existing and other early stage businesses. These investments
involve the considerable risks frequently encountered in the establishment of a
new business in an evolving industry characterized by new market entrants,
intense competition, new and rapidly changing technology and new marketing
concepts, such as the technique of combining America's Health Network's
informational content with the on-air sale of products. In addition, the Company
is highly dependent upon the negotiation of contracts with cable television
multi-system operators for distribution of its three cable and satellite
television networks, particularly in the case of NorthWest Cable News which is
primarily carried by one such operator, in an environment which is currently
characterized by a scarcity of channel capacity. See "Business -- Programming
and Electronic Media -- Competition".
TELEVISION INDUSTRY; COMPETITION AND TECHNOLOGY. The television industry
is highly competitive. Some of the stations with which the Stations and the LMA
Stations compete are subsidiaries of large national or regional companies that
have greater resources, including financial resources, than the Company.
Technological innovation, and the resulting proliferation of programming
alternatives such as cable, direct satellite-to-home services and home video
rentals, have fractionalized television viewing audiences and subjected
television broadcast stations to new types of competition. Over the past decade,
cable television has captured an increasing market share, while the overall
viewership of the major networks has generally declined. In addition, the
expansion of cable television and other industry changes have increased, and may
continue to increase, competitive demand for programming. Such increased demand,
together with rising production costs, may in the future increase the Company's
programming costs or impair the Company's ability to acquire
13
<PAGE> 17
programming. In addition, new television networks, such as the recently launched
UPN and the Warner Brothers Network ("WB"), could create additional competition.
The Federal Communications Commission (the "FCC") has proposed the adoption
of rules for implementing advanced (including high-definition) television
("ATV") service in the United States. Implementation of ATV is expected to
improve the technical quality of television. Under certain circumstances,
however, conversion to ATV operations may reduce a station's geographical
coverage area. Implementation of ATV is expected to impose additional costs on
television stations providing the new service, due to increased equipment costs
and possible spectrum-related fees. Recently some leaders in Congress have
proposed various plans that might require broadcasters to bid at auction for ATV
channels, or which might require that the current conventional channels be
returned to the government on an expedited schedule. In addition, some leaders
in Congress have asked the FCC to postpone issuing ATV licenses pending
consideration of such matters. While the Company believes the FCC will
eventually authorize the implementation of ATV, the Company cannot predict when
such authorization might occur or whether an auction might be required, the
implementation costs of ATV or the effect such authorization might have on the
Company's business. See "Business -- Broadcasting -- Competition" and
"-- Licensing and Regulation".
In addition to competing with other media outlets for audience share, the
Stations also compete for advertising revenue, their primary source of revenue.
The Stations compete for such advertising revenue with other television stations
in their respective markets, as well as with other advertising media, such as
newspapers, radio stations, magazines, outdoor advertising, transit advertising,
yellow page directories, direct mail and local cable systems. The Stations are
located in highly competitive markets. Accordingly, the Company's results of
operations will be dependent upon the ability of each Station to compete
successfully for advertising revenue in its market, and there can be no
assurance that any one of the Stations will be able to maintain or increase its
current audience share or revenue share. To the extent that certain of its
competitors have, or may in the future obtain, greater resources than the
Company, the Company's ability to compete successfully in its broadcasting
markets may be impeded. See "Business -- Broadcasting -- Competition".
DEPENDENCE ON ADVERTISING REVENUES; EFFECT OF ECONOMIC CONDITIONS. Since
the Company is significantly dependent upon sales of advertising for its
revenues (approximately 85% of the Company's revenues during 1995), the
operating results of the Company are affected by the national economy as well as
by regional economic conditions in each of the markets in which the Company
operates. For 1995, KING (Seattle) and KGW (Portland) accounted for 36.7% and
14.0% of the Company's EBITDA (excluding programming and electronic media and
corporate expenses), respectively, while the Providence Journal and related
businesses accounted for 18.7% of the Company's EBITDA (excluding programming
and electronic media and corporate expenses). As a result, the Company's results
of operations are highly dependent on the local economies in these geographic
regions, particularly as they may affect advertising expenditures and, to a
lesser extent, circulation of the Providence Journal. In addition, the Company's
results of operations are slightly higher in the fourth quarter of the year, and
EBITDA is significantly higher during such period, due principally to increased
expenditures by advertisers. During 1995, 28.4% of the Company's revenues and
36.8% of the Company's EBITDA (excluding programming and electronic media and
corporate expenses) were earned in the fourth quarter. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis and Results of Financial Condition",
"Business -- Broadcasting" and "-- Publishing".
NEWSPAPER CIRCULATION. The Company's daily newspaper has experienced a
steady decline in circulation from 1990 to 1995, attributable to a number of
factors, including increased prices, a lackluster economy and, more recently,
the Newspaper Consolidation. While the Company in recent years has been able to
offset the effect on revenues of this decline with periodic price increases,
there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to continue to raise
prices sufficiently to offset any future declines in circulation. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Business -- Publishing".
NEWSPRINT COSTS. Newsprint, the single largest raw material expense of the
Publishing Business, represented 18.9% and 8.7% of the operating and
administrative costs of the Publishing Business and the Company, respectively,
during 1995, reflecting an increase in newsprint costs of approximately 45% per
metric
14
<PAGE> 18
ton. While the major newsprint producers recently announced a withdrawal of
their previously planned price increase, any future increases could have an
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
"Business -- Publishing".
REGULATORY MATTERS. The Company's television operations are subject to
significant regulation by the FCC under the Communications Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Communications Act"), most recently amended by the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "Telecommunications Act"). Approval of the
FCC is required for the issuance, renewal and transfer of television station
operating licenses. In particular, the Company's business is dependent upon its
continuing to hold broadcasting licenses from the FCC. License renewals filed
after 1996 will be customarily granted for terms of eight years. While broadcast
licenses are typically renewed by the FCC, there can be no assurance that the
Company's licenses or the licenses of the owner-operators of the LMA Stations
will be renewed at their expiration dates, or, if renewed, that the renewal
terms will be for eight-year periods. All of the Stations are presently
operating under five-year licenses that expire on the following dates: December
1, 1996 (WCNC (Charlotte)); August 1, 1997 (WHAS (Louisville)); October 1, 1998
(KASA (Albuquerque/Santa Fe), KMSB (Tucson) and KTVB (Boise)); and February 1,
1999 (KING (Seattle), KGW (Portland), KHNL (Honolulu) and KREM (Spokane)). In
addition, the licenses for the LMA Stations, KFVE (Honolulu), KTTU (Tucson),
expire on February 1, 1999 and April 1, 1997, respectively. KONG holds a permit
which expired on December 30, 1995 to construct a television station in the
Seattle, Washington market. KONG applied for an extension in November, 1995, and
on May 22, 1996, applied to co-locate its transmission facilities with KING. An
FCC license is granted when a station commences on-air broadcasting, which is
expected for KONG in the first quarter of 1997. The non-renewal or revocation of
one or more of the Company's FCC licenses could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's operations. LMAs may also be subject to regulation by the FCC.
The Telecommunications Act grandfathers existing LMAs and permits future LMAs
that are in compliance with FCC rules. The FCC may, however, consider the
adoption of new restrictions on television LMAs, including the treatment of an
LMA as an attributable interest in the future. Further, the Communications Act
and FCC rules restrict alien ownership and voting of the capital stock of, and
participation in the affairs of, the Company.
The United States Congress and the FCC currently have under consideration,
and may in the future adopt, new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide
variety of matters which could, directly or indirectly, materially adversely
affect the operation and ownership of the Company's broadcast properties. The
FCC has not yet fully implemented the Telecommunications Act. The Company is
unable to predict the outcome of future federal legislation or the impact of any
such laws or regulations on its operations. See "Business -- Licensing and
Regulation".
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE COMPANY'S CERTIFICATE OF
INCORPORATION, BY-LAWS AND RIGHTS AGREEMENT. Certain provisions of the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the "Certificate") and the
Company's By-Laws, as amended (the "By-Laws"), could have the effect of making
it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of the outstanding
capital stock of the Company. These provisions include the disparate voting
rights of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock, and the
division of the Company's Board of Directors into three classes to be elected on
a staggered basis of one class per year. In addition, the Rights Agreement dated
May 8, 1996 between the Company and The First National Bank of Boston, as Rights
Agent (the "Rights Agreement"), provides stockholders of the Company with
certain rights which would substantially increase the cost of acquiring the
Company in a transaction not approved by the Company's Board of Directors. See
"Description of Capital Stock".
RELIANCE ON KEY PERSONNEL. The Company believes that its success will
continue to be dependent upon its ability to attract and retain skilled managers
and other personnel, including its present officers. The loss of the services of
any of the present officers, especially Stephen Hamblett, Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer, and Jack C. Clifford, Executive Vice
President-Broadcasting, Programming and Electronic Media, could have a material
adverse effect on the operations of the Company. The Company does not have
employment contracts with, nor does it maintain key person life insurance on,
any of its executive officers. See "Management".
15
<PAGE> 19
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET FOR CLASS A COMMON STOCK; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF
STOCK PRICE. Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the
Class A Common Stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price of the
Class A Common Stock will be determined by negotiations among the Company and
the Underwriters and may not be indicative of the price at which the Class A
Common Stock will trade after the Offerings. See "Underwriting" for a discussion
of the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of
the Class A Common Stock. There can be no assurance that any active public
market for the Class A Common Stock will develop or be sustained after the
Offerings, or that the market price of the Class A Common Stock will not decline
below the initial public offering price. The trading price of the Class A Common
Stock may fluctuate significantly based upon a number of factors, including
actual or anticipated business performance, announcements by the Company or
changes in general industry or securities market conditions. See "Underwriting".
DIVIDEND POLICY. The Company has no intention of paying any cash dividends
on the Class A Common Stock or the Class B Common Stock for the foreseeable
future following consummation of the Offerings. The Company intends to
reevaluate this dividend policy in the event the proposed US West Merger is not
consummated or should other circumstances change. The payment of future
dividends will be at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and will
be dependent upon a variety of factors, including the Company's future earnings,
financial condition and capital requirements, the ability to obtain dividends or
advances from its subsidiaries and restrictions in applicable financing and
other agreements. See "Dividend Policy".
RESTRICTIONS IN CERTAIN AGREEMENTS. As part of the Merger, the Company
agreed that until October 5, 1999, without the prior consent of Continental, it
would not dispose of any material assets or declare or pay any dividend or
distribution on its capital stock if, as a result of such transaction, the fair
market value of the Company (determined as described herein under
"Business -- Restrictions in Certain Agreements") would be less than certain
specified amounts. In addition, the Company agreed to certain non-competition
and employee non-solicitation restrictions related to the disposed cable
operations for a three-year period ending October 5, 1998.
The credit agreement of the Company and its principal subsidiaries contains
various covenants, events of default and other provisions that could affect the
Company's business, operating and acquisition strategies. Such provisions
include requirements to maintain compliance with certain financial ratios and
limitations on the ability of the Company and its principal subsidiaries to make
acquisitions or investments without the consent of the lenders, to incur
indebtedness, to make dividend and other restricted payments and to take certain
other actions. In addition, such indebtedness is secured by pledges of the stock
of the Company's principal subsidiaries. See "Business -- Restrictions in
Certain Agreements".
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE. Upon completion of the Offerings, the
Company will have outstanding 24,836,700 shares of Class A Common Stock and
21,067,650 shares of Class B Common Stock. All of the shares of Class B Common
Stock are convertible into shares of Class A Common Stock on a share-for-share
basis at any time at the option of the holder. Shares held by affiliates of the
Company may be sold only if they are registered under the Securities Act or are
sold pursuant to an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act, including Rule 144 thereunder. All but 11,700 shares of
Class A Common Stock and all shares of Class B Common Stock currently
outstanding are subject to legended transfer restrictions imposed to protect the
tax-free nature of the Spin-Off and the Merger, which restrictions prohibit all
transfers, sales, assignments or other dispositions for value prior to October
5, 1996 (the "Tax Lockup"). See "Business -- Background; Reorganization". Of the
11,700 shares of Class A Common Stock not subject to the Tax Lockup, 9,450
shares are held by executive officers of the Company. In addition, each of the
Company's directors and executive officers and each of the beneficial owners of
more than 5% of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock (other than
(i) Rhode Island Hospital Trust National Bank ("Hospital Trust") as to 900,000
shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock over which Hospital
Trust exercises sole or shared investment power under 64 wills, trusts and
agency arrangements and (ii) Fiduciary Trust Company International as to 617,400
shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock over which Fiduciary
Trust Company International exercises sole or shared investment power under five
wills, trusts and agency relationships) have agreed not to offer, sell, contract
to sell or otherwise dispose of such shares (or securities convertible into, or
exchangeable or exercisable for, such shares) for 180
16
<PAGE> 20
days after the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated acting on behalf of the
Underwriters. See "Underwriting". Further, all employees who purchase Class A
Common Stock in the Direct Placement have agreed to similar transfer
restrictions for a period of 30 days after the date of this Prospectus. Up to an
additional 1,935,692 shares of Class A Common Stock are currently issuable upon
exercise of options and units outstanding under the Option Plans and the RSU.
Further, the Company intends to implement an employee stock purchase plan
following consummation of the Offerings under which participants may purchase
Class A Common Stock through periodic payroll deductions and the reinvestment of
dividends (the "Employee Stock Purchase Plan").
In addition, in accordance with certain adjustments required pursuant to
the terms of the Company's existing Stock Incentive Plans as a result of the
proposed US West Merger, the Company believes that it will issue approximately
$7.7 million of Class A Common Stock in the event of the consummation of the US
West Merger. For additional information, see "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Stock Based
Compensation Payouts" and footnote 2 to the table "Aggregated SAR Exercises in
Fiscal Year 1995 and Fiscal Year-End SAR Values" set forth herein under
"Management -- Executive Compensation." The actual number of shares of Class A
Common Stock to be issued will depend on the fair market value of the Class A
Common Stock determined in accordance with the terms of such plans at the
effective time of the US West Merger.
In addition, the Company may finance a portion of the cost of future
acquisitions through additional issuances of Class A Common Stock. Sales of
substantial amounts of Common Stock, or the perception that such sales could
occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market prices of the Class A Common
Stock and the Company's ability to raise capital through an offering of Class A
Common Stock.
See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale".
DILUTION. Purchasers of shares of Class A Common Stock in the Underwritten
Offering and the Direct Placement will incur immediate and substantial dilution
in net tangible book value of $15.95 and $14.91, respectively, per share of
Class A Common Stock based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00
per share in the Underwritten Offering and an assumed offering price of $14.96
per share in the Direct Placement. See "Dilution".
17
<PAGE> 21
THE COMPANY
GENERAL. The Company owns and operates nine network affiliated television
stations and provides or will provide programming and marketing services to
three television stations under local marketing agreements in geographically
diverse markets throughout the United States, publishes the largest daily
newspaper in the Rhode Island and southeastern Massachusetts market, and
produces diversified programming and interactive electronic media services. The
Company's television broadcasting group reaches 5.6 million households, or 6% of
all U.S. television households; its newspaper is the leading newspaper in its
market in terms of advertising and circulation; and certain of its programming
and electronic media businesses, such as the Television Food Network, serve
subscribers and viewers nationwide.
Important factors in the success of the Company's broadcasting and
publishing businesses have been its strong local news focus, targeted local
advertising sales efforts, investment in advanced technology and emphasis on
cost control. The resulting strength of its media franchises presents attractive
opportunities for future growth and for realization of operating efficiencies.
In addition to increasing the reach of its broadcasting operations and cable and
satellite television networks through acquisitions and internal growth, the
Company intends to develop new revenue sources that build on the existing
strength of its brands and expertise and have broad regional or national appeal.
See "Business".
The Company was incorporated in the State of Delaware in 1994 as the
successor to Old PJC, which was incorporated in Rhode Island in 1884. The
principal executive offices of the Company are located at 75 Fountain Street,
Providence, Rhode Island 02902, telephone number (401) 277-7000.
BACKGROUND; REORGANIZATION. Pursuant to the transactions described below,
on October 5, 1995, the Company acquired its joint venture partner's 50%
interest in the King Stations which were owned and operated by KHC, a subsidiary
of Old PJC, and disposed of all its cable operations. Such transactions were as
follows: (i) Old PJC acquired its joint venture partner's interest (the "Kelso
Buyout") in KHC, which at the time of such acquisition held all of the capital
stock of KBC, (ii) Old PJC contributed all of its non-cable businesses
(including all of the outstanding capital stock of KHC) to the Company, its
wholly-owned subsidiary, and the Company assumed all of the liabilities related
thereto (the "Contribution"), (iii) Old PJC distributed one share of Class A
Common Stock and Class B Common Stock to the holder of each share of Old PJC's
Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, respectively (the "Distribution",
and together with the Contribution, the "Spin-Off"), and (iv) Old PJC, which
following the Spin-Off held only Old PJC's cable television businesses and
assets (the "Old PJC Cable Business"), merged (the "Merger") with and into
Continental. Immediately prior to the Kelso Buyout, Continental purchased all of
the stock of King Videocable Company, a Washington corporation and wholly-owned
subsidiary of KBC, which held all of the cable television assets and business of
KHC and KBC (the "King Cable Purchase"). As a result of these transactions, the
Company, in substance, became successor to Old PJC, in the same lines of
business, simultaneously disposing of its cable operations.
In connection with, and as part of the Spin-Off, the Company, with certain
exceptions, assumed and agreed to hold Continental, as successor by merger to
Old PJC, harmless from all of Old PJC's liabilities arising from its non-cable
businesses, and Old PJC, with certain exceptions, in turn agreed to hold the
Company harmless from liabilities arising from the Old PJC Cable Business, which
liabilities were assumed by Continental pursuant to the Merger. See
"Business -- Background and Reorganization".
18
<PAGE> 22
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds from the Offerings, at assumed initial public offering
prices of $16.00 per share in the Underwritten Offering and at an assumed
offering price of $14.96 per share in the Direct Placement, are estimated to be
$111.1 million ($127.1 million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full), after deduction of the underwriting discount in the
Underwritten Offering and estimated expenses of the Offerings. The Company
intends to use the net proceeds of the Offerings to repay a portion of the
indebtedness outstanding under its revolving credit facility established
pursuant to a Credit Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995 (the "Credit
Agreement") with a syndicate of commercial banks. The Credit Agreement provides
for a term loan of $75 million and a revolving credit facility of up to $300
million. The amount outstanding under the revolving credit facility as of March
31, 1996 was $188 million and the stipulated interest rate provided for under
the revolving credit facility at such date was 6.5% per annum for the first $165
million principal amount and 8.25% for the remaining $23 million principal
amount then outstanding. Credit availability under the revolving credit facility
decreases quarterly commencing December 31, 1996 until its final maturity on
June 30, 2004. See "Management's Discussion of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations" and Note 10 of the Company's consolidated financial statements.
The Company used the revolving credit and term loan facilities to finance the
Kelso Buyout, to pay certain income taxes due as a result of the King Cable
Purchase and for certain other corporate purposes.
DIVIDEND POLICY
The Company paid cash dividends in each of 1994 and 1995 on all outstanding
shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock in an amount equal to
$0.25 per share (after giving effect to the Stock Split). In the first quarter
of 1996, the Company paid a cash dividend of $.06 per share (after giving effect
to the Stock Split). In addition, the Company paid a special dividend (the
"Special Dividend") equal to $0.19 per share (after giving effect to the Stock
Split) prior to the consummation of the Offerings. Purchasers of shares of Class
A Common Stock in the Offerings will not be entitled to receive the Special
Dividend.
The Company has no intention of paying any cash dividends on the Class A
Common Stock or the Class B Common Stock for the foreseeable future following
consummation of the Offerings. The Company intends to reevaluate this dividend
policy in the event the proposed US West Merger is not consummated or should
other circumstances change. The payment of future dividends will be at the
discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and will be dependent upon a
variety of factors, including the Company's future earnings, financial condition
and capital requirements and restrictions in applicable financing and other
agreements. See "Business -- Restrictions in Certain Agreements".
19
<PAGE> 23
DILUTION
At March 31, 1996, the Common Stock had a net tangible book value (deficit)
per share of $(2.83). Net tangible book value (deficit) per share is equal to
the Company's total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets,
consisting primarily of licenses and goodwill) less its total liabilities,
divided by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. After giving effect
to the Offerings at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share
in the Underwritten Offering and at an assumed offering price of $14.96 per
share in the Direct Placement and the application of the estimated net proceeds
therefrom to repay indebtedness, the pro forma net tangible book value of the
Company at March 31, 1996 would have been $2.5 million, or $0.05 per share. This
represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $2.88 per share
to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of
$15.95 per share to the purchasers of the Class A Common Stock in the
Underwritten Offering and an immediate dilution of $14.91 per share to the
purchasers of Class A Common Stock in the Direct Placement. The following table
gives effect to the Stock Split and illustrates the per share dilution that
would have occurred if the Offerings had been consummated on March 31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERWRITTEN
OFFERING DIRECT PLACEMENT
------------------ ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share........ $16.00 $14.96
Net tangible book value per share prior to the
Offerings......................................... $ (2.83) $ (2.83)
Increase in net tangible book value per share
attributable to price paid by purchasers of Class
A Common Stock in the Offerings................... $ 2.88 $ 2.88
------ ------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the
Offerings............................................ $ 0.05 $ 0.05
------ ------
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to
purchasers of Class A Common Stock in the
Offerings............................................ $15.95 $14.91
====== ======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) As described herein under "Risk Factors -- Shares Available for Future
Sale", the Company currently estimates that approximately $7.7 million of
Class A Common Stock could be issued in 1996 to participants in the
Company's existing Stock Incentive Plans in the event of the consummation
of the proposed US West Merger as adjustments required pursuant to the
terms of such plans. The actual number of shares of Class A Common Stock to
be issued will depend on the fair market value of the Class A Common Stock
determined in accordance with the terms of such plans of the effective time
of the US West Merger.
20
<PAGE> 24
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the capitalization on a consolidated basis
of the Company at March 31, 1996, and as adjusted to reflect (i) the sale in the
Underwritten Offering of 7,125,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an assumed
initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, (ii) the sale in the Direct
Placement of 375,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an assumed offering price
of $14.96 per share and (iii) the application of the estimated net proceeds
thereof as described under "Use of Proceeds". This table should be read in
conjunction with the historical financial statements of the Company, including
the notes thereto. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and "Historical Financial Statements".
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT MARCH 31, 1996
----------------------------
HISTORICAL AS ADJUSTED
---------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT
PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C>
Current installments of long-term debt............................. $ 100 $ 100
-------- --------
Long-term debt, less current installments:
Revolving credit and term loan facility.......................... $263,000 $151,900
Industrial Revenue Bonds......................................... 9,700 9,700
-------- --------
Total long-term debt, less current installments.......... 272,700 161,600
Stockholders' equity:
Class A common stock, par value $1.00 per share; authorized
180,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 17,333,550 shares,
historical, and 24,833,550 shares, as adjusted(1)............. 17,333 24,833
Class B common stock, par value $1.00 per share; authorized
46,825,000 shares; issued and outstanding 21,067,650 shares... 21,068 21,068
Additional paid-in capital....................................... 88 103,688
Retained earnings................................................ 206,310 206,310
Unrealized loss on securities held for sale, net................. (837) (837)
-------- --------
Total stockholders' equity.................................... 243,962 355,062
-------- --------
$516,662 $516,662
======== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation on May 10, 1996 to
decrease the number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock from
180,000,000 to 150,000,000. The number of shares of Class A Common Stock
issued and outstanding on a historical basis does not include shares
currently issuable upon exercise of options and units outstanding under the
Company's Options Plans and RSU. Such number also does not include
approximately $7.7 million of Class A Common Stock that could be issued in
1996 to participants in the Company's existing Stock Incentive Plans in the
event of the consummation of the proposed US West Merger as adjustments
required pursuant to the terms of such plans. See "Risk Factors -- Shares
Eligible for Future Sale". The actual number of shares of Class A Common
Stock to be issued will depend on the fair market value of the Class A
Common Stock determined in accordance with the terms of such plans at the
effective time of the US West Merger.
21
<PAGE> 25
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA. The following selected
consolidated historical financial data has been derived from the consolidated
financial statements of the Company. The Statement of Operations Data for the
years ended December 31, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the Balance Sheet
Data as of the same dates have been derived from the audited consolidated
financial statements of the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The
Statement of Operations Data for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996
and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 1996 have been derived from the
unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company which, in the opinion
of management, include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring
adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of financial position and results
of operations for such periods. Operating results for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be
expected for the entire year ending December 31, 1996. The data should be read
in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
consolidated financial statements of the Company and notes thereto. As more
fully discussed in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations", the Company, among other transactions, disposed of
its cable operations and completed the Kelso Buyout on October 5, 1995. The
results of operations for 1995 include the results of operations of KHC since
January 1, 1995 with adjustments for the consolidation of KHC. As a result of
these transactions, the Company's historical results of operations and financial
condition for the years 1991 through 1994 are not comparable to 1995 and 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HISTORICAL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
(UNAUDITED)
THREE MONTHS ENDED
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
---------------------------------------------------- ------------------
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- --------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
Broadcasting...................... $ 39,381 $ 43,281 $ 45,506 $ 54,024 $180,547 $38,904 $ 43,381
Publishing........................ 118,169 120,516 124,914 127,893 128,491 30,300 30,125
Programming and Electronic
Media........................... -- -- -- 2,300 3,468 525 1,608
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Total revenues................ 157,550 163,797 170,420 184,217 312,506 69,729 75,114
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Expenses:
Operating and administrative
expenses:
Broadcasting.................... 36,597 37,884 38,296 39,949 116,128 28,000 31,073
Publishing, excluding newspaper
consolidation and
restructuring costs........... 101,770 97,204 103,597 107,425 113,683 27,889 27,381
Programming and Electronic
Media......................... -- -- -- 2,582 5,132 898 4,989
Corporate....................... 10,442 14,072 14,632 10,889 12,363 3,550 3,136
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Total......................... 148,809 149,160 156,525 160,845 247,306 60,337 66,579
Depreciation and amortization..... 20,909 20,549 20,613 19,983 33,969 7,935 9,845
Stock-based compensation.......... 8,923 2,641 5,735 15,138 2,387 1,498 11,730
Pension expense (income).......... (590) (1,762) 756 (173) 1,236 44 214
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Total......................... 178,051 170,588 183,629 195,793 284,898 69,814 88,368
Newspaper consolidation and
restructuring costs(1).......... 3,400 2,335 -- -- 14,222 102 1,150
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Total expenses................ 181,451 172,923 183,629 195,793 299,120 69,916 89,518
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Operating income (loss)............. (23,901) (9,126) (13,209) (11,576) 13,386 (187) (14,404)
Interest expense.................... (10,102) (6,455) (2,578) (2,426) (11,395) (2,747) (5,084)
Equity in loss of affiliates........ -- (12,705) (8,763) (13,380) (7,835) (1,272) (1,595)
Other income, net................... 31,072 46,104 2,182 6,103 4,797 616 1,364
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Income (loss) from continuing
operations before income taxes.... (2,931) 17,818 (22,368) (21,279) (1,047) (3,590) (19,719)
</TABLE>
22
<PAGE> 26
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HISTORICAL
(UNAUDITED)
THREE MONTHS ENDED
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
------- ------- -------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Income tax expense (benefit)........ 3,616 11,816 (6,097) 1,950 3,956 (784) (4,834)
------- ------- -------
Income (loss) from continuing
operations........................ $ (6,547) $ 6,002 $(16,271) $(23,229) $ (5,003) $(2,806) $(14,885)
======= ======= =======
Income (loss) from continuing
operations per share.............. $ (0.17) $ 0.16 $ (0.42) $ (0.61) $ (0.13) $ (0.07) $ (0.39)
======= ======= =======
Dividends paid per share............ $ 0.20 $ 0.21 $ 0.23 $ 0.25 $ 0.25 $ 0.06 $ 0.06
======= ======= =======
Number of shares used in per share
calculation....................... 39,516 38,711 38,386 38,197 38,507 38,110 38,400
======= ======= =======
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(2):
Broadcasting...................... $ 2,784 $ 5,397 $ 7,210 $ 14,075 $ 64,419 $10,904 $ 12,308
Publishing........................ 16,399 23,312 21,317 20,468 14,808 2,411 2,744
------- ------- -------
EBITDA excluding programming and
electronic media and corporate
expenses...................... 19,183 28,709 28,527 34,543 79,227 13,315 15,052
Programming and Electronic
Media........................... -- -- -- (282) (1,664) (373) (3,381)
Corporate......................... (10,442) (14,072) (14,632) (10,889) (12,363) (3,550) (3,136)
------- ------- -------
Total EBITDA.................... $ 8,741 $ 14,637 $ 13,895 $ 23,372 $ 65,200 $ 9,392 $ 8,535
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT DECEMBER 31, (UNAUDITED)
------------------------------------------------------------ AT MARCH 31,
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets................. $594,098 $793,433 $775,685 $724,713 $707,230 $703,713
Net assets of discontinued
cable television operations
included in total assets... 54,184 400,639 402,819 369,790 -- --
Long-term debt (including
current installments)...... 73,112 263,609 280,106 260,761 244,098 272,800
Stockholders' equity......... 399,938 391,967 359,575 285,887 263,239 243,962
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Includes Newspaper Consolidation Costs totaling $7,422 incurred in 1995 in
connection with the Newspaper Consolidation, Newspaper Restructuring Costs
totaling $6,800 incurred in 1995 and $1,150 incurred in the three months
ended March 31, 1996 in connection with the Newspaper Restructuring and
severance costs totaling $3,400 and $2,335 incurred in 1991 and 1992,
respectively associated with the consolidation from 30 to 13 of the
Company's regional circulation centers ("RCC Consolidation Costs").
(2) "EBITDA" is defined by the Company as operating income (loss) plus RCC
Consolidation Costs, Newspaper Consolidation Costs, Newspaper Restructuring
Costs, depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation and pension
expense (income). EBITDA is not intended to represent cash flow from
operations and should not be considered as an alternative to operating or
net income computed in accordance with GAAP as an indicator of the Company's
operating performance or as an alternative to cash flows from operating
activities (as determined in accordance with GAAP) as a measure of
liquidity. The Company believes that EBITDA is a standard measure commonly
reported and widely used by analysts, investors and other interested parties
in the media industry. Accordingly, this information has been disclosed
herein to permit a more complete comparative analysis of the Company's
operating performance relative to other companies in its industry.
23
<PAGE> 27
SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA. The following table presents
supplemental pro forma financial data for the years ended December 31, 1994 and
1995, and the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, as if the Spin-Off,
Merger and Kelso Buyout had occurred on January 1, 1994. Supplemental pro forma
financial data is presented because the Company believes such data is more
meaningful than historical financial data in comparing 1995 and 1996 results of
operations with 1994 because such pro forma data includes KHC's operations, and
excludes discontinued cable operations for all periods presented. Although the
Company did not consolidate the results of KHC's operations for accounting
purposes until after the Kelso Buyout, the Company has managed these operations
since the completion of the King Acquisition in February 1992. This supplemental
pro forma financial data, which is unaudited, consolidates the historical
results of operations of the Company and KHC, after giving effect to the
supplemental pro forma adjustments and eliminations described in footnote (1)
below, for all periods presented. This data is not necessarily indicative of the
results of operations that would have actually been obtained had the
transactions referred to above been consummated on January 1, 1994, nor is it
indicative of the results of operations that may be obtained in the future. Such
financial data should be read in conjunction with "-- Selected Consolidated
Historical Financial Data", "-- Broadcasting Business -- Summary of Financial
Results", "-- Publishing Business -- Summary of Financial Results" and
"-- Programming and Electronic Media Business -- Summary of Financial Results"
and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations", and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the consolidated
financial statements of the Company and KHC and respective notes thereto,
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA (UNAUDITED)(1)
----------------------------------------
YEARS ENDED THREE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
------------------- ------------------
1994 1995 1995 1996
-------- -------- ------- --------
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
Broadcasting......................................... $171,083 $180,547 $38,904 $ 43,381
Publishing........................................... 127,893 128,491 30,300 30,125
Programming and Electronic Media..................... 2,300 3,468 525 1,608
-------- -------- ------- --------
Total revenues.................................. 301,276 312,506 69,729 75,114
-------- -------- ------- --------
Expenses:
Operating and administrative expenses:
Broadcasting...................................... 113,449 116,128 28,000 31,073
Publishing, excluding Newspaper Consolidation
Costs(2) and Newspaper Restructuring Costs(3)... 107,425 113,683 27,889 27,381
Programming and Electronic Media.................. 2,914 5,132 898 4,989
Corporate......................................... 13,074 12,363 3,550 3,136
-------- -------- ------- --------
Total........................................... 236,862 247,306 60,337 66,579
Depreciation and amortization(1)..................... 41,219 39,585 9,807 9,845
Stock-based compensation............................. 15,138 2,387 1,498 11,730
Pension expense...................................... 303 1,236 44 214
-------- -------- ------- --------
Total........................................... 293,522 290,514 71,686 88,368
Newspaper Consolidation Costs and Newspaper
Restructuring Costs............................... -- 14,222 102 1,150
-------- -------- ------- --------
Total expenses.................................. 293,522 304,736 71,788 89,518
-------- -------- ------- --------
Operating income (loss)................................ 7,754 7,770 (2,059) (14,404)
Interest expense(1).................................... (17,971) (19,573) (4,893) (5,084)
Equity in loss of affiliates(4)........................ (5,054) (7,835) (1,272) (1,595)
Other income (expense), net............................ 2,601 4,797 616 1,364
-------- -------- ------- --------
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes.... (12,670) (14,841) (7,608) (19,719)
Income taxes expense (benefit)(1)...................... 6,466 52 (1,888) (4,834)
-------- -------- ------- --------
Loss from continuing operations........................ $(19,136) $(14,893) $(5,720) $(14,885)
======== ======== ======= ========
Loss from continuing operations per share.............. $ (0.50) $ (0.39) $ (.15) $ (.39)
Number of shares used in per share calculation......... 38,197 38,507 38,110 38,400
======== ======== ======= ========
</TABLE>
24
<PAGE> 28
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA (UNAUDITED)(1)
(UNAUDITED) ------------------------------------------
COMBINED(5) THREE MONTHS
YEAR ENDED YEARS ENDED DECEMBER ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 31, MARCH 31,
------------ --------------------- -----------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
------------ -------- -------- ------- --------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CERTAIN FINANCIAL DATA:
Revenues:
Broadcasting.......................... $147,846 $171,083 $180,547 $38,904 $ 43,381
Publishing............................ 124,914 127,893 128,491 30,300 30,125
Programming and Electronic Media...... -- 2,300 3,468 525 1,608
-------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Total revenues................... 272,760 301,276 312,506 69,729 75,114
======== ======== ======== ======= ========
EBITDA(6):
Broadcasting....................... $ 43,014 $ 57,634 $ 64,419 $10,904 $ 12,308
Publishing......................... 21,317 20,468 14,808 2,411 2,744
-------- -------- -------- ------- --------
EBITDA excluding programming and
electronic media and corporate
expenses......................... 64,331 78,102 79,227 13,315 15,052
Programming and Electronic Media... -- (614) (1,664) (373) (3,381)
Corporate.......................... (17,346) (13,074) (12,363) (3,550) (3,136)
-------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Total EBITDA.................. $ 46,985 $ 64,414 $ 65,200 $ 9,392 $ 8,535
======== ======== ======== ======= ========
Broadcast Cash Flow(7).................. $ 42,620 $ 59,492 $ 66,274 $11,219 $ 12,364
Capital expenditures.................... 14,683 13,617 15,276 3,578 3,008
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The Supplemental Pro Forma results of operations consolidate KHC's results
of operations for 1994 with those of the Company in order for the Company's
results of operations during 1994 to be comparable with 1995 and 1996. To
effect this consolidation, adjustments were made to consolidate and
eliminate the minority interest in KHC for 1994. In addition, pro forma
adjustments were made for all periods presented to reflect the Spin-Off, the
Kelso Buyout and the Merger as if those transactions had occurred on January
1, 1994. No pro forma adjustments were required for 1996. The pro forma
adjustments and elimination entries are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(UNAUDITED)
INCREMENTAL AMOUNT TO ARRIVE AT
SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA AMOUNTS
------------------------------------
YEARS ENDED THREE MONTHS
DECEMBER 31, ENDED
------------------- MARCH 31,
LINE ITEM IN HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1994 1995 1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------- ------- ------------
DEBIT (CREDIT)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(IN THOUSANDS)
Pro Forma Adjustments
Depreciation and amortization
Additional amortization expense as a result of the
"step-up" in basis in acquired assets of KHC.......... $ 7,488 $ 5,616 $ 1,872
Interest expense
Additional interest expense assuming beginning debt as a
result of the transactions at January 1, 1994 was
approximately $225 million with an average interest
rate of approximately 8.1%............................ 6,852 8,178 2,146
Income tax expense (benefit)
Incremental income tax expense (benefit) from above
adjustments........................................... $(3,827) $(3,904) $ (1,104)
======= ======= ==========
Elimination Entries
Operating and administrative expenses
Eliminate management fees paid to the Company from KHC
included in KHC continuing operating expenses ($1,481
was allocated to discontinued operations in 1994)..... $(2,044) * *
Other income (expense)
Eliminate management fees paid to the Company from KHC... $ 3,525 * *
Equity in income (loss) of affiliates
Eliminate the Company's equity in loss of KHC............ $(8,326) * *
Income tax expense (benefit)
Eliminate income tax effects of above eliminations....... $ (500) * *
======= ======= ==========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Elimination entries are not shown for 1995 because KHC was consolidated in
the Company's audited financial statements for that year.
25
<PAGE> 29
(2) Newspaper Consolidation Costs are those costs totaling $7,422 incurred in
1995 in connection with the Newspaper Consolidation.
(3) Newspaper Restructuring Costs are estimated severance costs totaling $6,800
incurred in 1995 and $1,150 incurred in the three months ended March 31,
1996 in connection with the Newspaper Restructuring.
(4) Equity in loss of affiliates consists of equity in loss of affiliates in the
Programming and Electronic Media Business of $4,545, and $6,796 in 1994 and
1995, respectively, and $1,072 and $1,265 for the three months ended March
31, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and also consists of equity in loss of
Linkatel Pacific, LP, an investment of the Company which is held for sale,
of $509, and $1,039 for 1994, and 1995, respectively, and $200 and $330 for
the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
(5) The 1993 certain financial data combine KHC's financial data for 1993 with
those of the Company in order to be comparable with the other periods
presented. Management fees of $1,584 paid to the Company from KHC included
in KHC operating expenses have been eliminated in such combination.
(6) "EBITDA" is defined by the Company as operating income (loss), plus
Newspaper Consolidation Costs, Newspaper Restructuring Costs, depreciation,
amortization, stock-based compensation and pension expense. EBITDA is not
intended to represent cash flow from operations and should not be considered
as an alternative to operating or net income computed in accordance with
GAAP as an indicator of the Company's operating performance or as an
alternative to cash flows from operating activities (as determined in
accordance with GAAP) as a measure of liquidity. The Company believes that
EBITDA is a standard measure commonly reported and widely used by analysts,
investors and other interested parties in the media industry. Accordingly,
this information has been disclosed herein to permit a more complete
comparative analysis of the Company's operating performance relative to
other companies in its industry.
(7) "Broadcast Cash Flow" is defined by the Company as Broadcasting EBITDA plus
corporate expense allocations for the Broadcasting Business plus program
rights amortization less program rights payments. Corporate expense
allocations to the Broadcasting Business were $514, $773, and $703 for 1993,
1994, and 1995, respectively, and $209 and $172 for the three months ended
March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Program rights amortization was
$17,899, $18,924, and $17,318 for 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and
$4,269 and $4,379 for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996,
respectively. Program rights payments were $18,807, $17,839, and $16,166 for
1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and $4,163 and $4,495 for the three
months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
26
<PAGE> 30
BROADCASTING BUSINESS -- SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL RESULTS (HISTORICAL)
The following table sets forth historical operating results for the
Broadcasting Business for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and
the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HISTORICAL
------------------------------------------------------
(UNAUDITED)
THREE MONTHS
ENDED
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
------------------------------ --------------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
National................................ $19,475 $24,487 $ 91,125 $ 18,208 $ 19,792
Local and regional...................... 27,180 32,909 106,054 23,646 26,922
Other................................... 5,510 4,924 11,572 2,982 3,279
Agency commissions...................... (6,659) (8,296) (28,204) (5,932) (6,612)
------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Net revenues.............................. 45,506 54,024 180,547 38,904 43,381
------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Expenses:
Operating and administrative expenses... 38,296 39,949 116,128 28,000 31,073
Depreciation and amortization........... 8,682 7,856 21,884 4,916 6,735
------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Total expenses.................. 46,978 47,805 138,012 32,916 37,808
------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Operating income (loss)................... $(1,472) $ 6,219 $ 42,535 $ 5,988 $ 5,573
======= ======= ======== ======== ========
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(1)............................... $ 7,210 $14,075 $ 64,419 $ 10,904 $ 12,308
EBITDA as a percentage of net
revenues........................... 16% 26% 36% 28% 28%
Corporate expense allocations........... 94 364 703 209 172
Program rights amortization............. 7,674 7,356 17,318 4,269 4,379
Program rights payments................. (7,296) (6,760) (16,166) (4,163) (4,495)
------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Broadcast Cash Flow(2).................. $ 7,682 $15,035 $ 66,274 $ 11,219 $ 12,364
======= ======= ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) See footnote (2) to "Selected Financial Data -- Selected Consolidated
Historical Financial Data" for a definition of, and certain matters relating
to, EBITDA.
(2) "Broadcast Cash Flow" is defined by the Company as Broadcasting EBITDA plus
corporate expense allocations for the Broadcasting Business plus program
rights amortization less program rights payments.
27
<PAGE> 31
BROADCASTING BUSINESS -- SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL RESULTS (SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA)
The following table sets forth supplemental pro forma operating results for
the Broadcasting Business for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the
three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996. This table also sets forth combined
1993 data as described in footnote (5) to "Selected Financial Data --
Supplemental Pro Forma Financial Data". For comparative purposes, supplemental
pro forma amounts consolidate the results of KHC's broadcasting operations as if
the Kelso Buyout occurred on January 1, 1994 and give effect to the adjustments
and eliminations described in footnote (1) to "Selected Financial Data --
Supplemental Pro Forma Financial Data".
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA (UNAUDITED)
(UNAUDITED) -------------------------------------------
COMBINED
YEAR ENDED YEARS ENDED DECEMBER THREE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 31, MARCH 31,
------------ --------------------- ------------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
------------ -------- -------- ------- -------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
National............................. $ 74,503 $ 88,691 $ 91,125 $18,208 $19,792
Local and regional................... 82,657 96,268 106,054 23,646 26,922
Other................................ 12,972 12,538 11,572 2,982 3,279
Agency commissions................... (22,286) (26,414) (28,204) (5,932) (6,612)
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Net revenues........................... 147,846 171,083 180,547 38,904 43,381
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Expenses:
Operating and administrative
expenses.......................... 104,832 113,449 116,128 28,000 31,073
Depreciation and amortization(1)..... 23,337 29,019 27,500 6,788 6,735
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Total expenses............... 128,169 142,468 143,628 34,788 37,808
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Operating income....................... $ 19,677 $ 28,615 $ 36,919 $ 4,116 $ 5,573
======== ======== ======== ======= =======
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(2)............................ $ 43,014 $ 57,634 $ 64,419 $10,904 $12,308
EBITDA as a percentage of net
revenues........................ 29% 34% 36% 28% 28%
Corporate expense allocations........ 514 773 703 209 172
Program rights amortization.......... 17,899 18,924 17,318 4,269 4,379
Program rights payments.............. (18,807) (17,839) (16,166) (4,163) (4,495)
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Broadcast Cash Flow(3)............... $ 42,620 $ 59,492 $ 66,274 $11,219 $12,364
======== ======== ======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Depreciation and amortization for combined 1993 excludes the effects of any
pro forma adjustments for the step-up in basis in acquired assets of KHC
from the Kelso Buyout.
(2) See footnote (6) to "Selected Financial Data -- Supplemental Pro Forma
Financial Data" for a definition of, and certain matters relating to,
EBITDA.
(3) "Broadcast Cash Flow" is defined by the Company as Broadcasting EBITDA plus
corporate expense allocations for the Broadcasting Business plus program
rights amortization less program rights payments.
28
<PAGE> 32
PUBLISHING BUSINESS -- SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL RESULTS
The Publishing segment was not affected by the Spin-Off, the Merger or the
Kelso Buyout. Therefore, the following table includes only certain historical
operating and other data for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995
and the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HISTORICAL
----------------------------------------------------------
(UNAUDITED)
THREE MONTHS ENDED
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
---------------------------------- -------------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
Advertising......................... $ 93,087 $ 95,079 $ 93,671 $21,740 $21,547
Circulation......................... 31,028 30,888 32,151 7,889 8,139
Other............................... 799 1,926 2,669 671 439
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
124,914 127,893 128,491 30,300 30,125
Operating and administrative expenses
before Newspaper Consolidation
Costs(1) and Newspaper Restructuring
Costs(2)............................ 103,597 107,425 113,683 27,889 27,381
Depreciation.......................... 11,426 11,198 10,850 2,717 2,664
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Operating income (loss) before
Newspaper Consolidation Costs and
Newspaper Restructuring Costs....... 9,891 9,270 3,958 (306) 80
Newspaper Consolidation Costs and
Newspaper Restructuring Costs....... -- -- (14,222) (102) (1,150)
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Operating income (loss)............... $ 9,891 $ 9,270 $(10,264) $ (408) $(1,070)
======== ======== ======== ======= =======
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(3)............................. $ 21,317 $ 20,468 $ 14,808 $ 2,411 $ 2,744
======== ======== ======== ======= =======
Average net paid circulation:
Daily............................... 187,700 183,900 179,000 180,700 169,500
Sunday.............................. 268,900 267,100 259,800 262,200 251,300
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) "Newspaper Consolidation Costs" are those costs totaling $7,422 incurred in
1995 in connection with the Newspaper Consolidation.
(2) "Newspaper Restructuring Costs" are estimated severance costs totaling
$6,800 incurred in 1995 and $1,150 incurred in the three months ended March
31, 1996 in connection with the Newspaper Restructuring.
(3) See footnote (2) to "Selected Financial Data -- Selected Consolidated
Historical Financial Data" for a definition of, and certain matters relating
to, EBITDA.
29
<PAGE> 33
PROGRAMMING AND ELECTRONIC MEDIA BUSINESS -- SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL RESULTS
The Programming and Electronic Media Business was not significantly
affected by the Spin-Off, the Merger or the Kelso Buyout. As such, the following
tables present the historical results of the Company's wholly-owned entities and
the Company's share of the equity in loss of affiliates comprising this segment:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HISTORICAL
---------------------------------------------------
(UNAUDITED)
THREE MONTHS ENDED
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
----------------------------- ------------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues..................................... $ -- $ 2,300 $ 3,468 $ 525 $ 1,608
Operating expenses(1)........................ -- 2,582 5,132 898 4,989
Depreciation................................. -- 33 167 30 226
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Operating loss............................... $ -- $ (315) $(1,831) $ (403) $(3,607)
======= ======= ======= ======= =======
EQUITY IN LOSS OF AFFILIATES:
AHN (2).................................... $ -- $ -- $(1,835) $ -- $ --
TVFN....................................... (1,391) (3,848) (4,177) (1,022) (783)
Peapod, L.P................................ -- -- (460) -- (302)
Partner Stations Network, L.P.............. -- (697) (324) (50) (180)
======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Total equity in loss of affiliates...... $(1,391) $(4,545) $(6,796) $(1,072) $(1,265)
======= ======= ======= ======= =======
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(3).................................... $ -- $ (282) $(1,664) $ (373) $(3,381)
======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Operating expenses for 1994 on a Supplemental Pro Forma (unaudited) basis
are $2.9 million, an increase of $0.3 million over historical operating
expenses, due to inclusion in Supplemental Pro Forma of the operation of
NorthWest Cable News, which was owned by KHC.
(2) AHN was consolidated with the Company's results of operations effective
January 1, 1996.
(3) See footnote (2) to "Selected Financial Data -- Selected Consolidated
Historical Financial Data" for a definition of, and certain matters relating
to, EBITDA.
30
<PAGE> 34
Programming and Electronic Media operating businesses include:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CUMULATIVE CUMULATIVE
AMOUNTS AMOUNTS
INVESTED OWNERSHIP % INVESTED OWNERSHIP %
THROUGH AS OF THROUGH AS OF
MARCH 31, MARCH 31, MAY 31, MAY 31,
1996 1996 1996 1996
---------- ----------- ---------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED BUSINESSES:
AHN(1)...................................... $ 17,750 59% $ 35,250 65%
NWCN........................................ 6,300 100% 6,800 100%
Rhode Island Horizons....................... 900 100% 1,000 100%
-------- --------
subtotal............................... 24,950 43,050
-------- --------
INVESTMENTS IN AFFILIATES:
TVFN(2)..................................... 17,650 24% 44,700 46%
Peapod, L.P.(3)............................. 5,338 17% 6,338 15%
Partner Stations Network, L.P.(4)........... 1,810 16% 1,810 16%
-------- --------
subtotal............................... 24,798 52,848
-------- --------
OTHER:
StarSight Telecast, Inc................... 5,939 5% 5,939 5%
-------- --------
Total investments........................... $ 55,687 $101,837
======= ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) AHN was consolidated into the Company's results of operations as of January
1, 1996. The Company has agreed to invest an additional $19.5 million
through the first quarter of 1997 upon the achievement of certain operating
milestones, including entering into carriage agreements and meeting certain
revenue and ratings objectives.
(2) The Company expects to invest an additional $22.5 million for the remainder
of 1996. TVFN became a consolidated subsidiary effective May 14, 1996.
(3) Peapod, L.P. ("Peapod") is an existing interactive grocery ordering and
delivery service.
(4) Partner Stations Network, L.P. ("PSN") is a limited partnership formed to
develop and produce broadcast television programming.
31
<PAGE> 35
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
GENERAL
The following analysis of the financial condition and results of operations
of the Company should be read in conjunction with the Company's audited
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and the unaudited "Selected
Financial Data -- Selected Consolidated Historical Financial Data" and "--
Supplemental Pro Forma Data" included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
The Company's businesses are concentrated principally in broadcast
television, the publication of the Providence Journal, and in programming and
electronic media ventures. The Company's broadcast television revenues, which
comprised approximately 57.8% of total revenues in both 1995 and for the three
months ended March 31, 1996, are derived substantially from local and national
advertising and, to a lesser extent, from network compensation for the broadcast
of network programming. The Company's publishing revenues, which represented
approximately 41.1% and 40.1% of total revenues in 1995 and for the three months
ended March 31, 1996, respectively, are derived primarily from advertising and,
to a lesser extent, paid circulation. Revenues from the programming and
electronic media ventures, which comprised approximately 1.1% and 2.1% of total
revenues in 1995 and for the three months ended March 31, 1996, respectively,
are principally derived from subscriptions, service fees and advertising.
The Company's revenues historically have been slightly higher in the fourth
quarter of the year and EBITDA has been significantly higher during such period,
primarily attributable to increased expenditures by advertisers. Revenues and
EBITDA excluding programming and electronic media and corporate expenses for the
fourth quarter of 1995 amounted to approximately 28.4% and 36.8%, respectively,
of the Company's total revenues and EBITDA excluding programming and electronic
media and corporate expenses, respectively.
Broadcasting operating costs, which include primarily employee
compensation, programming, production and promotion, represented 47.0% and 46.7%
of the total operating and administrative costs of the Company during 1995 and
the first three months of 1996, respectively. Publishing's operating costs,
principally labor and newsprint costs, represented 46.0% and 41.1% of the
Company's total operating and administrative costs during 1995 and the first
three months of 1996, respectively.
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
Subsequent to March 31, 1996, the following significant events have
occurred:
Litigation
On January 17, 1995 a declaratory judgment action was brought by Cable LP
against Old PJC, among other parties, claiming that a subsidiary of Colony had
breached a right of first refusal entitling Cable LP to purchase a general
partnership interest in a cable system Colony had transferred to Continental in
connection with the Merger Agreement. A final judgment in this action in favor
of Cable LP was entered on May 21, 1996. Such judgment requires, among other
matters, the conveyance of the interest in such cable system now held by
Continental to Cable LP at a price to be negotiated by Cable LP and Continental.
See "Business -- Legal Proceedings" for a more detailed description of this
legal proceeding.
The Merger Agreement provides that if, as a result of such litigation,
Continental is required to convey its interest, at the time of any such
conveyance the Company will pay Continental an amount equal to the sum of (i)
the amount (if any) by which the consideration received in connection with the
conveyance is less than $115 million plus (ii) the taxes which would be payable
assuming the purchase price for such interest equaled $115 million. The Company
intends to appeal this judgment and has moved to stay the effect of the judgment
during the pendency of the appeal. It is expected that a ruling on the Company's
motion to stay will be made prior to July 1, 1996. The Company is unable to
predict at this time what the ultimate outcome of this litigation might be.
Should any loss resulting from this litigation ultimately prove to be probable
and reasonably estimatable, such loss, at that time, would result in a charge to
stockholders' equity to reflect the estimated decrease in the net book value of
the cable assets disposed of in 1995 pursuant to the Merger
32
<PAGE> 36
Agreement. Such a charge could have a material effect upon the Company's
financial condition. If any payment obligations are ultimately required under
the terms of the Merger Agreement, it is currently anticipated such payments
could be up to $40 million and could have a material effect upon the Company's
liquidity position. It is currently contemplated that any such payment would be
funded by borrowings under the Company's revolving credit facility. See
"-- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
Increased Ownership Interest in Television Food Network, G.P.
On May 14, 1996 the Company purchased the equity partnership interests held
by Landmark Programming, Inc. ("Landmark") and Scripps Howard Publishing, Inc.
("Scripps"), two of the partners of TVFN, for respective purchase prices of
approximately $12.7 million and $11.4 million. Prior to such purchase, Landmark
and Scripps each owned a 10.8% and 9.7% general partnership interest in TVFN.
The agreements with each of Landmark and Scripps contain covenants by such
parties not to compete with TVFN and its affiliates for a period of one year
following such purchase. The Company's investment in TVFN through May 31, 1996,
including these purchases and funding of its share of operating losses, totaled
$44.7 million, which represents an equity interest of approximately 46%.
Following these recent purchases, the Company now holds three of the five voting
seats on the management committee of TVFN. As a result of such purchases, TVFN
became a controlled subsidiary of the Company and, effective May 14, 1996, was
consolidated into the Company's results of operations. The Company is pursuing a
proposed transaction to purchase all of the equity partnership interest held by
a third partner which would increase its ownership percentage in TVFN to
approximately 55% and result in control of four of the five voting seats on the
management committee. The Company estimates its additional investment in TVFN
for the third partner's equity interest plus funding of the Company's share of
operating losses of TVFN will total approximately $22.5 million for the
remainder of 1996.
Increased Ownership Interest in America's Health Network
On May 9, 1996 the Company increased its investment in AHN to $35.3
million, which represents an equity interest of approximately 65%. The Company
does not anticipate any additional funding of its share of operating losses for
the remainder of 1996 but is committed to investing an additional $19.5 million
by the first quarter of 1997 upon the achievement of certain operating
milestones, including entering into carriage agreements and meeting certain
revenue and ratings objectives.
Execution of a Local Marketing Agreement with KONG in Seattle, Washington
As part of the Company's LMA strategy, in May 1996 the Company entered into
a 10-year LMA with KONG, which holds a permit to construct a television station
in the Seattle, Washington market, and has an option to purchase the station at
an agreed upon exercise price. The option to purchase the station is exercisable
by either the Company or KONG after such time as the FCC permits ownership of
two television stations in a single market. The present duopoly rules prohibit
attributable interests in two television stations in the same DMA. Although the
FCC is currently reviewing ownership rules, there can be no assurance that the
FCC will change or repeal the duopoly rules. See "Business -- Licensing and
Regulation." Under this LMA, the Company will spend approximately $2.0 million
for equipment in the first year and, once operational, will provide annual
programming and marketing services to the LMA Station pursuant to which the
Company will receive all advertising revenues. If the option to purchase the
station is not exercised, the Company is required to make annual payments to
KONG of approximately $0.4 million in years one through five of the contract
term and $0.7 million in years six through ten of the contract term.
REORGANIZATION
On October 5, 1995, Old PJC completed the acquisition of its joint venture
partner's interest in KHC through the Kelso Buyout for $265 million, including
transaction fees, completed the Spin-Off and, following the Spin-Off, at which
point it held only Old PJC's cable television businesses and assets, Old PJC was
merged with and into Continental. Immediately prior to the Kelso Buyout,
Continental purchased for $405 million all of the stock of KVC, an indirect
wholly-owned cable subsidiary of KHC. As a result of these transactions, the
Company, in substance, became successor to Old PJC, in the same lines of
business, simultaneously disposing of its cable operations, and in connection
with the Kelso Buyout, acquired the 50% interest in the King Stations that it
did not previously own.
33
<PAGE> 37
DISPOSAL OF CABLE OPERATIONS
Gross proceeds from the disposal of the cable operations discussed above
consisted of a combination of Continental stock, which was received directly
from Continental by Old PJC's shareholders in connection with the Merger,
assumption of a portion of Old PJC's debt by Continental and cash. The total
combined consideration amounted to approximately $1.4 billion (including $405
million from the sale of KVC). The accounting for this transaction was to treat
the disposal of the cable operations as if the Company had spun off its cable
operations to shareholders, which the Company believes more appropriately
reflects the substance of the transaction. Accordingly, the excess of the gross
proceeds over the net assets of the discontinued cable operations less income
taxes, which amounted to $582.5 million, is reflected in the consolidated
statement of stockholders' equity for the year ended December 31, 1995. The
receipt by the Old PJC shareholders of the Continental shares, valued at $584.8
million, is recorded as a "deemed distribution" in the consolidated statement of
stockholders' equity.
The loss from operations of the disposal of the discontinued cable business
is not reflected in the 1995 results of operations because loss on disposal of
that business, including estimated loss during the 1995 phase-out period, was
recognized in the fourth quarter of 1994. The loss from operations and disposal
of discontinued wholly-owned cable operations (excluding KHC's discontinued
cable operation) in 1994 amounted to $36.6 million, of which $34.8 million
reflected severance and transaction costs and $1.8 million reflected the
estimated loss from cable operations through the disposal date, net of allocated
interest of $20.7 million.
In connection with the Merger, the Company agreed to indemnify Continental
from any and all liabilities arising from the non-cable television businesses
and is responsible for all federal and state income tax liabilities for periods
ending on or before the closing date of the Merger. See "Business -- Background;
Reorganization".
KELSO BUYOUT
The Kelso Buyout as discussed above and in Note 3(a) of the consolidated
financial statements, was effected in the fourth quarter of 1995. As illustrated
below, the excess of the purchase price over the net book value of assets
acquired, including deferred taxes, was $206.7 million, of which approximately
$88.0 million was allocated to identifiable intangibles and the remainder to
goodwill together to be amortized over an average life of approximately 30
years.
In connection with the Kelso Buyout, assets acquired and liabilities
assumed were as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Assets acquired................................................... $243,186
Goodwill and other intangibles.................................... $206,740
Liabilities assumed............................................... $184,926
Cash paid......................................................... $265,000
</TABLE>
The primary business of KHC is broadcast television and, prior to the sale
to Continental of KVC, also included cable television. Prior to the Kelso
Buyout, the Company reported its 50% investment in KHC under the equity method
of accounting and provided management services to KHC. Audited financial
statements of KHC as of December 31, 1994 and for each of the years in the
two-year period then ended are presented elsewhere in this Prospectus.
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The supplemental pro forma financial data discussed below is presented as
if the Spin-Off, Merger and Kelso Buyout had occurred on January 1, 1994.
Supplemental pro forma data is presented because the Company believes such data
is more meaningful than historical financial data in comparing 1995 and 1996
results of operations with 1994 because such pro forma data includes KHC
operations and excludes discontinued cable operations for all periods presented.
Although the Company did not consolidate the results
34
<PAGE> 38
of KHC's operations for accounting purposes until after the Kelso Buyout, the
Company has managed these operations since the completion of the King
Acquisition in February 1992. This supplemental pro forma financial data
consolidates the historical results of operations of the Company and KHC, after
giving effect to the supplemental pro forma adjustments and eliminations
described in footnote (1) to the table "Supplemental Pro Forma Financial Data"
included in "Selected Financial Data", for all periods presented. This data is
not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have actually
been obtained had the transactions referred to above been consummated on January
1, 1994, nor is it indicative of the results of operations that may be obtained
in the future. Such financial data should be read in conjunction with "Selected
Financial Data", "-- Broadcasting Business -- Summary of Financial Results", "--
Publishing Business -- Summary of Financial Results" and "-- Programming and
Electronic Media -- Summary of Financial Results" and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the consolidated financial statements of the Company
and KHC and respective notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 COMPARED TO
SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995
Consolidated (Supplemental Pro Forma)
Consolidated revenues for the three months ended March 31, 1996 were $75.1
million, an increase of 7.7%, compared to $69.7 million for the three months
ended March 31, 1995. Broadcasting revenues contributed significantly to the
increase in consolidated revenues with an increase of 11.6% in the 1996 period
to $43.4 million from $38.9 million in the 1995 period due to increased
advertising rates as a result of improved ratings, local market growth, and, for
the Portland station, increased political advertising revenue. Publishing
contributed substantially the same revenue in the three months ended March 31,
1996 as in the prior year with $30.1 million for the 1996 period and $30.3
million for the 1995 period. Operations in Programming and Electronic Media are
in the early development phase and contributed $1.6 million in revenue in the
1996 period compared to $0.5 million in the 1995 period.
Consolidated operating and administrative expenses increased 10.4% to $66.6
million in the three months ended March 31, 1996 from $60.3 million in the three
months ended March 31, 1995. This increase was due primarily to the
consolidation of AHN in 1996 described below, which contributed $2.6 million of
the $4.1 million increase in Programming and Electronic Media operating
expenses, to $5.0 million in the 1996 period from $0.9 million in the 1995
period. Broadcasting operating and administrative expenses increased 11.1% to
$31.1 million in the 1996 period from $28.0 million in the 1995 period due
primarily to the incremental costs of a start-up news operation in Honolulu.
Publishing operating and administrative expenses decreased 1.8% in the 1996
period to $27.4 million from $27.9 million in the 1995 period, as savings
totaling $1.5 million generated by net payroll decreases from the Newspaper
Consolidation, the discontinuance of a local shopper, and the elimination of a
Sunday magazine more than offset an increase of $1.0 million in newsprint costs.
Corporate operating and administrative expenses declined 13.9% to $3.1 million
from $3.6 million due to savings from corporate restructurings associated with
the cable operations disposed of in the fourth quarter of 1995.
In the three months ended March 31, 1996, the Company recorded an $11.4
million charge (of which $10.1 million related to the IUP) to continuing
operations and a $5.4 million (pre-tax) charge to discontinued operations to
reflect the vested portion of an estimated $20.5 million accounting adjustment
to stock-based compensation plans. The difference of $3.7 million will be
charged to operations over the remaining vesting period of the plans, primarily
in the second and third quarters of 1996. See "-- Stock-Based Compensation
Payouts".
35
<PAGE> 39
In 1995 the Company reorganized the staffing of the Providence Journal and
targeted a reduction of 100 employees through early retirement and voluntary
separation packages offered to selected groups of employees and if necessary,
involuntary terminations (the "Newspaper Restructuring"). As a result of a
greater than anticipated response to the early retirement and voluntary
separation programs, the Company recorded an additional $1.1 million charge to
its operations in the three month period ended March 31, 1996. The Newspaper
Restructuring is expected to be completed by the second quarter of 1996 and,
when fully implemented, result in annual savings of $6.0 million and a net
full-time equivalent ("FTE") reduction of 110 employees, or approximately 9% of
the Publishing work force. Substantially all costs will be paid from the
Company's pension plans (in which plan assets exceed plan obligations). The
following table illustrates the current status of the restructuring accrual by
component (in millions):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OUTPLACEMENT
EMPLOYEE & OTHER
SEVERANCE COSTS COSTS TOTAL
--------------- ------------ -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31, 1995............................. $ 6.5 $ 0.3 $ 6.8
Charge to first quarter operations..................... 1.1 -- 1.1
Utilization of accrual................................. (0.1) (0.1) (0.2)
----- ----- -----
Balance at March 31, 1996................................ $ 7.5 $ 0.2 $ 7.7
===== ===== =====
</TABLE>
Consolidated depreciation and amortization expense for the 1996 period was
relatively even with the 1995 period at $9.8 million, including the pro forma
adjustment of approximately $1.9 million included in the 1995 period
attributable to the step-up in carrying value of the intangible assets acquired
in the Kelso Buyout.
Other income, net increased $0.8 million to $1.4 million from $0.6 million
due to interest income received from the notes receivable from the Lowell Sun
Publishing Company and Lowell Sun Realty Company (the "Lowell Sun Companies").
As a result of the additional stock-based compensation expense, additional
Newspaper Restructuring charges, and consolidation of AHN, loss from continuing
operations for the three months ended March 31, 1996 was $14.9 million compared
to $5.7 million on a supplemental pro forma basis for the same period in 1995.
Consolidated EBITDA, excluding Programming and Electronic Media and
corporate expenses, increased 13.5% to $15.1 million in the first quarter of
1996 from $13.3 million in the first quarter of 1995. Broadcasting experienced
12.8% EBITDA growth in the three months ended March 31, 1996 to $12.3 million
from $10.9 million in the 1995 period. Publishing EBITDA increased $0.3 million,
or 12.5%, in the 1996 period to $2.7 million from $2.4 million in the 1995
period. Primarily because of the consolidation of the results of operations of
AHN in 1996, the Programming and Electronic Media Business EBITDA was a loss of
$3.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 1996 compared to a loss of $0.4
million in the three months ended March 31, 1995.
Broadcasting (Supplemental Pro Forma)
The Broadcasting Business in the first quarter of 1996 consisted of nine
Stations and two LMA Stations. KING (Seattle), KGW (Portland), and WHAS
(Louisville) contributed approximately 41.8%, 19.4% and 11.2%, respectively, of
the first quarter 1996 EBITDA of the Company's stations. No other station
represented more than 10% of the segment's 1996 first quarter EBITDA.
Broadcasting revenues grew 11.6% in the three months ended March 31, 1996
to $43.4 million compared to revenues for the three months ended March 31, 1995
of $38.9 million. Revenue growth was particularly strong in Seattle (9.1%);
Portland (12.3%); Charlotte (20.6%); Albuquerque (17.9%); Honolulu (28.3%); and
Boise (11.2%). National advertising revenues increased 8.8% to $19.8 million in
the 1996 period from $18.2 million in the 1995 period principally as a result of
market growth and increased advertising rates from improved ratings in Seattle,
Portland and Charlotte. Local and regional advertising revenues exhibited 14.0%
growth in the 1996 period to $26.9 million from $23.6 million for the same
period in 1995. In addition to the improved ratings in Seattle and Portland, the
increase in local and regional revenues was also attributable to political
advertising revenue of $0.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 1996
from a special U.S. Senate race in Portland and the affiliation switch in
Honolulu to NBC, leading to an increased share of local business in that market.
36
<PAGE> 40
Operating and administrative expenses increased 11.1% to $31.1 million in
the three months ended March 31, 1996 from $28.0 million in the three months
ended March 31, 1995, a change of $3.1 million. This increase primarily reflects
the incremental costs of a start-up news operation and promotional expenses in
Honolulu (required by KHNL's affiliation switch from Fox to NBC on January 1,
1996). Depreciation and amortization expense was relatively unchanged, at $6.7
million in the 1996 period compared to $6.8 million in the 1995 period. The 1995
period includes a pro forma adjustment of $1.9 million to reflect the increased
amortization associated with the step-up in carrying value of intangible assets
acquired in the Kelso Buyout.
As a result of revenue growth outpacing cost increases, operating income
increased 36.6% to $5.6 million in the 1996 period from $4.1 million in the 1995
period. Similarly, EBITDA for Broadcasting increased 12.8% to $12.3 million in
the 1996 period from $10.9 million in the 1995 period. EBITDA margin for the
1996 period and the 1995 period was 28% of Broadcasting net revenues. Broadcast
Cash Flow, which represents Broadcasting EBITDA adjusted to add back corporate
expense allocations plus program rights amortization less program rights
payments, grew 10.7% to $12.4 million in the 1996 period from $11.2 million in
the 1995 period.
Publishing (Supplemental Pro Forma and Historical)
The Publishing Business was unaffected by the Spin-Off, the Merger or the
Kelso Buyout. Therefore, the results of operations for the Publishing Business
are identical on both a "Supplemental Pro Forma" and "Historical" basis.
Publishing revenues for the three months ended March 31, 1996 remained
relatively even at $30.1 million, compared with $30.3 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1995. Advertising revenues remained substantially the
same at $21.5 million in the 1996 period and $21.7 million in the 1995 period.
As a result of the Newspaper Consolidation, average daily circulation for the
three months ended March 31, 1996 approximated 169,500, a decrease of 6.2% from
an average of 180,700 for the three months ended March 31, 1995. Average Sunday
circulation for the quarter was 251,300, down by 4.2% from 262,200 for the same
period last year, largely because of increased prices. Despite the decline in
circulation levels, circulation revenues of $8.1 million in the three months
ended March 31, 1996 were 2.5% ahead of circulation revenues of $7.9 million for
the three months ended March 31, 1995 as a result of price increases. While
circulation levels declined as a result of the Newspaper Consolidation, the
Company believes that certain readers of the Providence Journal who were
purchasing both the morning and afternoon newspapers have continued to read the
consolidated newspaper. As a result, the Company believes that the readership
levels that the Company offered to advertisers remained relatively constant
immediately following the Newspaper Consolidation. Moreover, a recent
independent study conducted by Belden Associates on behalf of the Company has
indicated that both daily and Sunday readership has remained constant over the
past three years with daily readership fluctuating between 54% to 58% of the
total adults in the market and Sunday readership remaining between 68% to 70% of
total adults in the market. In addition, management is making efforts to
increase circulation levels through expanded local coverage and continued
improvement in content and customer service. There can be no assurance, however,
that management will be successful in these efforts.
Operating and administrative expenses decreased 1.8% in the 1996 period to
$27.4 million from $27.9 million in the 1995 period, a decrease of $0.5 million.
Payroll savings from the Newspaper Consolidation, the elimination of a Sunday
magazine, and reduced costs from the discontinuance of a local shopper each
saved $0.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 1996, which more than
offset the increase in newsprint costs of $1.0 million in the 1996 period
compared to the 1995 period.
As a result of a greater than anticipated response to the early retirement
and voluntary separation programs, the Company recorded an additional $1.1
million charge to operations in the three months ended March 31, 1996 associated
with the Newspaper Restructuring. The Company expects annual savings from the
restructuring to be approximately $6.0 million. Substantially all costs will be
paid by the Company's pension plans (in which plan assets exceed plan
obligations) in 1996.
Due primarily to the additional $1.1 million additional restructuring
charge, operating loss for the 1996 period was $1.1 million compared to $0.4
million in the 1995 period.
37
<PAGE> 41
As a result of cost savings, however, EBITDA increased 12.5% to $2.7
million in the three months ended March 31, 1996 from $2.4 million in the three
months ended March 31, 1995.
Programming and Electronic Media (Supplemental Pro Forma and Historical)
The Programming and Electronic Media Business was unaffected by the
Spin-Off, the Merger or the Kelso Buyout for each of the periods in the three
months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995. Therefore, the results of operations for
the Programming and Electronic Media Business are identical on both a
"Supplemental Pro Forma" and "Historical" basis.
Through the three months ended March 31, 1996, the Company continued to
fund its share of the operations of Television Food Network and America's Health
Network. Effective January 1, 1996, the Company consolidated its investment in
AHN (which launched on March 25, 1996), which it previously had accounted for
under the equity method of accounting, reflecting the Company's decision to
expand its holdings in this entity.
The operations in the Programming and Electronic Media Business are in the
early development phase and contributed $1.6 million in revenue in the three
months ended March 31, 1996 and $0.5 million in revenue in the three months
ended March 31, 1995. Operating and administrative expenses, as a result of the
consolidation of AHN and start-up operations of NorthWest Cable News, increased
to $5.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 1996, compared to $0.9
million in the same period last year. Consequently, operating losses were $3.6
million in the three months ended March 31, 1996, compared with $0.4 million in
the three months ended March 31, 1995. Equity in loss of affiliates increased
slightly to $1.3 million in the 1996 period from $1.1 million in the 1995
period.
SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA 1995 COMPARED TO SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA 1994
Consolidated (Supplemental Pro Forma)
Consolidated revenues increased by 3.7% in 1995 to $312.5 million from
$301.3 million in 1994. Broadcasting revenues contributed significantly to the
increase in consolidated revenues with an increase of 5.5% in 1995 to $180.5
million from $171.1 million in 1994 due to increased advertising revenue
resulting from improved ratings and local market growth. Publishing contributed
substantially the same revenue in 1995 as in the prior year with $128.5 million
for 1995 compared with $127.9 million in 1994. The operations in the Programming
and Electronic Media Business, which are in the early development phase,
contributed $3.5 million in revenue in 1995 compared to $2.3 million in 1994.
Consolidated operating and administrative expenses increased 4.4% to $247.3
million in 1995 from $236.9 million in 1994, primarily as a result of the
increased costs in Publishing. Broadcasting operating and administrative
expenses increased 2.4% to $116.1 million in 1995 from $113.4 million in 1994.
Publishing operating and administrative expenses increased 5.9% in 1995 to
$113.7 million from $107.4 million in 1994. This increase was the result of a
45% increase in the average price per ton of newsprint paid by the Company,
which caused a $6.5 million increase in newsprint costs in 1995 compared to
1994. Operating expenses for the development stage businesses in the Programming
and Electronic Media Business increased to $5.1 million in 1995 from $2.9
million in 1994 primarily due to expenses associated with the launching of the
Company's cable network, NorthWest Cable News.
In 1995, the Company recorded a $7.4 million charge in connection with the
Newspaper Consolidation and a $6.8 million charge at year end in connection with
the Newspaper Restructuring. The combined impact of both of these efforts is
expected to reduce the number of employees by approximately 170 full-time
equivalents (net of 24 additional full-time equivalents) and, when fully
implemented, to generate estimated annual cost savings of approximately $10
million.
Stock-based compensation expense, which relates to the Company's Stock
Incentive Plans, declined $12.7 million to $2.4 million in 1995 from $15.1
million in 1994 primarily due to the freezing of the IUP in 1994 and the
establishment of a reserve in 1994 for cash payments to be made pursuant to such
plan in 1995. See also "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources" regarding possible
additional payments under these plans.
38
<PAGE> 42
Consolidated depreciation and amortization expense decreased $1.6 million
from $41.2 million in 1994 to $39.6 million in 1995. Included in supplemental
pro forma depreciation and amortization for both 1994 and 1995 is approximately
$7.5 million associated with the step-up in the carrying value of intangible
assets (with an average life of 30 years) acquired in the Kelso Buyout.
The increase of $2.8 million in equity in losses of affiliates from 1994 is
a result of the investment by the Programming and Electronic Media Business in
start-up businesses, America's Health Network and Peapod. Other income
(expense), net increased $2.2 million to $4.8 million in 1995 from $2.6 million
in 1994, principally due to recognition in 1995 of $2.4 million in interest
income from a note receivable with the Lowell Sun Companies. Interest income
received in 1994 and 1993 had been used to create a reserve against the
principal of the note receivable in those years. Included in other income
(expense) are the operating results of the Company's ancillary garage operation,
which are not material to the Company's results of operations.
Income tax expense decreased from $6.5 million in 1994 to $0.1 million in
1995 primarily due to a $6.0 million additional tax provision recorded in 1994
relating principally to interest on settlements and contingencies related to
income tax liabilities identified during Internal Revenue Service examinations.
Effective tax rates for 1995 and 1994 were unfavorably affected by
non-deductible amortization of certain intangibles acquired. Loss from
continuing operations for 1995 was $14.9 million compared with $19.1 million in
1994 reflecting the factors discussed above.
Consolidated EBITDA was relatively flat at $65.2 million and $64.4 million
in 1995 and 1994, respectively. Broadcasting experienced 11.8% EBITDA growth in
1995 to $64.4 million compared to $57.6 million in 1994. The growth in
Broadcasting EBITDA was offset by a $5.7 million decline in Publishing EBITDA
that was primarily the result of the 45% increase in newsprint prices. In
Programming and Electronic Media, EBITDA was a loss of $1.7 million in 1995 and
$0.6 million in 1994, largely as a result of development stage expenses.
Broadcasting (Supplemental Pro Forma)
The Company's Broadcasting revenues grew 5.5% in 1995. Revenues
attributable to national advertisers increased 2.7% to $91.1 million in 1995
from $88.7 million in 1994. This modest increase occurred despite a slight
weakening of the economy in the fourth quarter of 1995 as well as the
unfavorable effects of large advance sales of advertising by the major networks
which reduced national advertiser demand for spot advertising at the Company's
Stations. Revenues attributable to local and regional advertisers grew 10.2% in
1995, increasing from $96.3 million in 1994 to $106.1 million in 1995, due to
improved ratings and market growth.
Operating and administrative expenses increased 2.4% to $116.1 million in
1995 from $113.4 million in 1994, an increase of $2.7 million. This increase
reflects the incremental costs of a start-up news operation in Honolulu
(required by KHNL's affiliation switch from Fox to NBC on January 1, 1996) and
the offsetting impact of cost containment policies at the Stations. Depreciation
and amortization expense decreased 5.2% to $27.5 million in 1995 from $29.0
million in 1994, a change of $1.5 million. Included in supplemental pro forma
depreciation and amortization is approximately $7.5 million annually associated
with the step-up in carrying value of intangible assets (with an average life of
30 years) resulting from the Kelso Buyout.
As a result of revenue growth and reduced costs, operating income increased
29.0% to $36.9 million in 1995 from $28.6 million in 1994. Likewise, EBITDA for
the Broadcasting Business increased 11.8% to $64.4 million in 1995 from $57.6
million in 1994. Broadcast Cash Flow also grew 11.4% to $66.3 million in 1995
from $59.5 million in 1994. Operating income improved 29.0% in 1995. Increases
in EBITDA were particularly strong at the Company's Seattle, Portland,
Louisville, and Albuquerque Stations.
Publishing (Supplemental Pro Forma and Historical)
Prior to June 5, 1995, the Company published a Sunday newspaper, and both a
morning daily newspaper (Monday through Saturday) and an afternoon daily
newspaper (Monday through Friday). As discussed previously, in response to
changing readership preferences and declining circulation, primarily in the
afternoon daily newspaper, and in an attempt to permanently reduce the Company's
cost basis, the Company effected
39
<PAGE> 43
the Newspaper Consolidation, and now publishes a morning only daily Providence
Journal-Bulletin (Monday through Saturday) in addition to The Providence Sunday
Journal.
Publishing revenues in 1995 of $128.5 million were relatively flat with
1994 revenues of $127.9 million. Advertising revenues declined slightly in 1995
to $93.7 million from $95.1 million in 1994 due to a continuing lackluster Rhode
Island economy. Advertising linage declined from 2.0 million in 1994 to 1.9
million in 1995. Despite the decline in circulation levels as a result of the
Newspaper Consolidation, circulation revenues of $32.2 million in 1995 were 4.2%
ahead of 1994 circulation revenues of $30.9 million as a result of rate
increases in 1994 and 1995.
Operating and administrative expenses increased 5.9% in 1995 to $113.7
million primarily due to newsprint price increases of $6.5 million in 1995. The
average price per ton of newsprint paid by the Company increased 45% in 1995.
Publishing has implemented several newsprint conservation programs to offset
these price increases, including, among others, reducing the page width of the
newspaper and strict control of newspaper waste. Due to recent market trends in
price increase withdrawals, the Company believes that if such trends continue,
newsprint prices could decrease somewhat in 1996. In implementing the Newspaper
Consolidation, the Company incurred costs of $7.4 million which include early
retirement and voluntary separation costs totaling $4.9 million affecting
approximately 80 employees and $2.5 million for promotion, training, and other
costs of the conversion. Annual savings from the Newspaper Consolidation are
estimated to be approximately $4 million. As previously discussed, the Company
also implemented the Newspaper Restructuring at the end of 1995 in an effort to
improve efficiencies. Under the plan, the Company targeted a reduction in
workforce of approximately 100 full time equivalents through a combination of
early retirement and voluntary separation assistance plans. Newspaper
Restructuring Costs in an amount equal to $6.8 million were recorded in the
fourth quarter of 1995 relating to salaries, benefits, and payroll taxes
associated with the restructuring. Annual savings from the Newspaper
Restructuring are estimated to be approximately $6 million.
Primarily due to the Newspaper Consolidation Costs, Newspaper Restructuring
Costs and increases in newsprint costs, the Publishing Business had a $10.3
million operating loss in 1995 compared to $9.3 million of operating income in
1994.
Principally as a result of the increase in newsprint costs, EBITDA declined
to $14.8 million in 1995 from $20.5 million in 1994. Substantially all of the
Restructuring Costs as well as the early retirement benefits offered in the
Newspaper Consolidation, together totaling approximately $10.6 million, are
expected to be paid from the Company's pension plan (the plan assets of which
exceed plan obligations), thereby minimizing the impact on cash flow of the
Publishing Business.
Programming and Electronic Media (Supplemental Pro Forma and Historical)
The Programming and Electronic Media Business was not significantly
affected by the Spin-Off, the Merger or the Kelso Buyout. The only difference
between "Historical" and "Supplemental Pro Forma" results of operations for the
Programming and Electronic Media Business is an additional $0.3 million of
operating expenses included in 1994 on a supplemental pro forma basis
attributable to the operations of NorthWest Cable News, which was previously
owned by KHC. Therefore, the results of operations and financial condition of
the Programming and Electronic Media Business are substantially identical on
both a "Supplemental Pro Forma" and "Historical" basis.
In December 1995, the Company launched the NorthWest Cable News channel,
which provides 24-hour news service to cable television viewers in Washington,
Oregon, and Idaho, and in May 1995, launched Rhode Island Horizons, the
Company's electronic on-line information service. The Company made new
investments in America's Health Network, a 24-hour health channel that was
launched on March 25, 1996, and Peapod, an existing interactive grocery ordering
and delivery service. During 1995, the Company also continued to fund its share
of its investment in Television Food Network and PSN. In addition, the Company
has fully subleased the satellite transmission capacity it had previously
leased. In 1995, the Company grouped these investments together in a new
business segment called "Programming and Electronic Media" (originally called
"Programming and New Media"). Currently, the Company wholly owns and operates
NorthWest Cable News and Rhode Island Horizons and has significant equity
investment positions in the other entities.
40
<PAGE> 44
The operations in the Programming and Electronic Media Business are in the
early development phase and contributed $3.5 million in revenue in 1995 compared
to $2.3 million in 1994. Operating expenses for the Programming and Electronic
Media Business increased to $5.1 million in 1995 from $2.9 million in 1994
primarily due to expenses associated with the launching of NorthWest Cable News.
As a result of high start-up costs associated with an early development phase
business, the operating loss of the Programming and Electronic Media Business
was $1.8 million in 1995 and $0.3 million in 1994. The increase of $2.3 million
in the Programming and Electronic Media equity in losses of affiliates from 1994
is a result of start-up costs incurred by America's Health Network and Peapod.
CERTAIN FINANCIAL DATA -- SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA 1994 COMPARED TO COMBINED 1993
Consolidated (Supplemental Pro Forma/Combined)
Consolidated revenues increased by 10.4% in 1994 to $301.3 million from
$272.8 million. Broadcasting revenues accounted for most of the consolidated
revenue increase, a 15.8% growth in revenues to $171.1 million in 1994 from
$147.8 million in 1993. Publishing revenues grew slowly at 2.4% to $127.9
million in 1994 from $124.9 million in 1993 reflecting a continuing recession in
the local economy serviced by the Publishing Business. The Programming and
Electronic Media Business began developing its operating services in 1994 and
generated $2.3 million in revenue.
Consolidated EBITDA grew 37.0% to $64.4 million in 1994 from $47.0 million
in 1993 primarily due to a 34.0% increase in Broadcasting EBITDA. Broadcasting
EBITDA increased to $57.6 million in 1994 compared to $43.0 million in 1993.
Publishing EBITDA declined slightly to $20.5 million in 1994 from $21.3 million
in 1993. Corporate overhead declined $4.2 million in 1994 to $13.1 million from
$17.3 million in 1993 primarily due to consolidation and allocation of shared
services.
Broadcasting (Supplemental Pro Forma/Combined)
Broadcasting revenues grew 15.8% in 1994 to $171.1 million from $147.8
million in 1993. Revenues attributable to national advertisers grew 19.1% in
1994 to $88.7 million from $74.5 million in 1993 reflecting nationwide economic
improvement. Local and regional revenues exhibited strong growth in 1994 of
16.5%, due to improved ratings and market growth. Contributing to revenue growth
in 1994 were changes in certain network affiliations, increased market share for
the three stations that were Fox affiliates during 1994 and advertising revenue
generated by the 1994 Winter Olympics carried by NBC.
Operating and administrative expenses increased 8.2% to $113.4 million in
1994 from $104.8 million in 1993, a change of $8.6 million. This increase is a
result of program development and promotional incentive programs to increase
market share. Depreciation and amortization expense increased to $29.0 million
in 1994 from $23.3 million in 1993 primarily as a result of pro forma
depreciation and amortization in 1994 of approximately $7.5 million associated
with the step-up in carrying value of intangible assets (with an average life of
30 years) resulting from the Kelso Buyout.
As a result of revenue growth and reduced costs, operating income increased
to $28.6 million in 1994 from $19.7 million in 1993. Similarly, EBITDA for
Broadcasting increased 34.0% in 1994 to $57.6 million from $43.0 million in
1993. Broadcast Cash Flow increased 39.7% in 1994 to $59.5 million from $42.6
million in 1993.
41
<PAGE> 45
CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995
The results of operations on an historical basis for each of the periods in
the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 are not significantly different
than those presented on a supplemental pro forma basis, except that the results
on a supplemental pro forma basis in the 1995 period include pro forma
adjustments as follows:
Incremental Amount to Arrive at Supplemental Pro Forma Amounts:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DEBIT (CREDIT)
---------------------------
THREE
MONTHS
AFFECTED ENDED MARCH
BUSINESS 31, 1995
------------ -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Line Item in Historical Financial Statements
Depreciation and amortization
Additional amortization expense as a result of the
"step-up" in basis in acquired assets of KHC Broadcasting $1,872
Interest expense
Additional interest expense assuming beginning debt as a
result of the transactions at January 1, 1994 was $225
million with an average interest rate of 8.1% Consolidated $2,146
Income tax expense (benefit)
Incremental income tax expense (benefit) from above
adjustments Consolidated $(1,104)
</TABLE>
After considering the effects of these adjustments, historical results of
operations on both a consolidated basis and a segment basis for each of the
periods in the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 exhibited the same
trends as those discussed previously on a "Supplemental Pro Forma" basis. As a
result of such trends and the previously discussed additional Newspaper
Restructuring charges and additional stock-based compensation charges,
consolidated net loss for the three months ended March 31, 1996 was $17.3
million compared to $3.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 1995.
HISTORICAL 1995 COMPARED TO HISTORICAL 1994
The consolidated historical financial data discussed below is derived from
the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for the years ended
December 31, 1993, 1994, and 1995 summarized above in the table "Selected
Financial Data -- Selected Consolidated Historical Financial Data". As a result
of the Kelso Buyout, 1995 results include the results of operations of KHC since
January 1, 1995. As a result of the Spin-Off, the Merger and the Kelso Buyout,
the Company's results of operations and financial condition for the years 1991
through 1994 are not comparable to 1995 and 1996.
The discussion of historical results of operations which follows is
presented for the consolidated results of operations and the Broadcasting
segment for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995. The Publishing
Business and the Programming and Electronic Media Business for these years were
not significantly affected by the Spin-Off, the Merger and the Kelso Buyout.
Consequently, the historical trends for these segments are the same as those
presented above under "Supplemental Pro Forma", and therefore are not repeated
here. A comparison of 1994 to 1993 on a historical basis for Publishing Business
and the Programming and Electronic Media Business is, however, included.
Consolidated (Historical)
As discussed above, 1995 results include the consolidation of KHC's
operations since January 1, 1995. Prior to the Kelso Buyout, the Company
recorded the investment in KHC under the equity method of accounting.
Consequently, the significant increases in comparing historical Broadcasting
revenues, Broadcasting operating and administrative expenses, Broadcasting
operating income, interest expense and income taxes are attributable to the
consolidation of KHC's operations in 1995. The Company's 50% ownership interest
in
42
<PAGE> 46
KHC's net operations included in the equity in loss of affiliates amounted to
$8.3 million and $7.2 million for 1994 and 1993, respectively. Management fees
from KHC, which were eliminated in consolidation in 1995, amounted to $3.5
million in each of the years 1994 and 1993, and are included in other income,
net. As a result of the consolidation of KHC's operations in 1995 and the
related changes in equity in loss of affiliates and other income, net loss from
continuing operations for 1995 was $5.0 million compared with $23.2 million in
1994.
Loss from the discontinued cable business is not reflected in 1995 because
loss on disposal of that business, including estimated loss during the 1995
phase-out period, was recognized in the fourth quarter of 1994. The loss from
the operations and disposal of discontinued wholly-owned cable operations
(excluding KHC's discontinued cable operation) in 1994 amounted to $36.6 million
of which $34.8 million reflected severance and transaction costs and $1.8
million reflected the loss from cable operations, net of allocated interest of
$20.7 million and loss during the phase-out period.
Net loss for 1995 was $9.6 million which includes an extraordinary charge
of $2.1 million related to the early extinguishment of debt. Net loss, including
the loss for discontinued operations of $36.6 million was $59.8 million in 1994.
Broadcasting (Historical)
The primary difference between "Historical" and "Supplemental Pro Forma"
results of operations for the Broadcasting Business in 1995 and 1994 is
attributable to (i) an adjustment increasing amortization expense by $5.6
million in 1995 and $7.5 million in 1994 in connection with the step-up in
carrying value of intangible assets resulting from the Kelso Buyout and (ii)
consolidation of KHC broadcast operations. See footnote (1) to "Selected
Financial Data -- Supplemental Pro Forma Financial Data". Historical
depreciation and amortization increased $14.0 million in 1995 to $21.9 million
from $7.9 million in 1994 as a result of the consolidation of KHC and additional
amortization expense of $1.9 million associated with the step-up in carrying
values from the Kelso Buyout. Broadcasting's historical revenue and operating
and administrative expenses for 1995 compared to 1994 exhibited the same trends
as those discussed on a "Supplemental Pro Forma" basis. As a result of these
trends, the consolidation of KHC's operations, and the fluctuations discussed
above, Broadcasting Business operating income increased to $42.5 million in 1995
from $6.2 million in 1994.
HISTORICAL 1994 COMPARED TO HISTORICAL 1993
Consolidated (Historical)
Historical consolidated revenues increased 8.1% to $184.2 million in 1994
from $170.4 million in 1993. Broadcasting revenues grew 18.7% to $54.0 million
from $45.5 million due to a national improvement in the economy. Publishing
revenues grew slowly at 2.4% to $127.9 million in 1994 from $124.9 million in
1993 reflecting a continuing recession in the local economy serviced by the
Publishing Business. The Programming and Electronic Media Business began its
early stage development operating services in 1994 and generated $2.3 million in
revenue. Operating and administrative expenses increased 2.7% on a consolidated
basis to $160.8 million in 1994 from $156.5 million in 1993 primarily due to
$2.6 million in start-up costs associated with new operations of the Programming
and Electronic Media Business. Stock-based compensation under the Company's
Stock Incentive Plans increased $9.4 million to $15.1 million in 1994 from $5.7
million in 1993 primarily due to payments required to be made under the terms of
such plans as a result of a 40% increase in the valuation of the Company
resulting from the Kelso Buyout, the Spin-Off and the Merger, as determined by
an independent appraiser. Depreciation and amortization declined slightly to
$20.0 million in 1994 from $20.6 million in 1993 due to reduced capital
spending. Other income, net increased $3.9 million from $2.2 million in 1993 to
$6.1 million in 1994. A valuation adjustment resulting in an approximate $2.7
million loss associated with the Company's garage operation was recorded in
1993. Increases in losses from affiliates of $4.6 million were primarily due to
an increase of $1.1 million in the Company's share of KHC's net operations
(including discontinued operations) and a $2.5 million increase in the Company's
share of TVFN losses. Including the $6.0 million provision for income tax
settlements and contingencies in 1994 discussed earlier, loss from continuing
operations declined $6.9 million to $23.2 million in 1994 from $16.3 million in
1993.
43
<PAGE> 47
As previously discussed, the loss from the operations and disposal of
discontinued wholly owned cable operations in 1994 amounted to $36.6 million.
The loss in 1993 from discontinued cable operations of $6.4 million includes
$19.8 million in allocated interest expense.
Net loss for 1994, including the $36.6 million loss for discontinued
operations, was $59.8 million. Net loss for 1993, including a $1.6 million
extraordinary gain associated with the early extinguishment of debt, was $21.1
million.
Broadcasting (Historical)
Broadcasting historical revenues grew 18.7% in 1994 to $54.0 million from
$45.5 million in 1993 reflecting national economic improvement and local market
growth. Operating and administrative expenses on an historical basis increased
4.2% to $39.9 million from $38.3 million. Historical depreciation declined to
$7.9 million in 1994 from $8.7 million in 1993 due to reduced capital spending
coupled with assets becoming fully depreciated. As a result of revenue growth
exceeding cost increases, the Broadcasting Business had operating income of $6.2
million on a historical basis for 1994 compared to an operating loss of $1.5
million in 1993.
Publishing (Historical)
Publishing revenues grew 2.4% in 1994 to $127.9 million from $124.9 million
in 1993. The decline in advertising linage from 2.1 million in 1993 to 2.0
million in 1994 was offset by 3% rate increases. As a result, advertising
revenue increased 2.1% in 1994 to $95.1 million from $93.1 million in 1993.
Circulation revenues declined slightly to $30.9 million from $31.0 million in
1993 primarily as a result of the decline in the average net paid daily
circulation from 187,700 in 1993 to 183,900 in 1994, particularly in the
afternoon daily newspaper. Operating and administrative expenses increased 3.7%
in 1994 to $107.4 million from $103.6 million in 1993, primarily due to $2.3
million of costs associated with development efforts in 1994 related to a weekly
"shopper" and expanded information services and systems conversion costs of $1.0
million. Depreciation and amortization remained relatively flat with $11.2
million in 1994 and $11.4 million in 1993. As a result of the above factors,
operating income for Publishing declined 6.1% to $9.3 million in 1994 from $9.9
million in 1993 and EBITDA declined 3.8% to $20.5 million in 1994 from $21.3
million in 1993.
Programming and Electronic Media (Historical)
The Programming and Electronic Media Business began developing its
operating services in 1994 and generated $2.3 million in revenue. Operating
expenses for the start-up of businesses in the Programming and Electronic Media
Business amounted to $2.6 million in 1994. Equity in losses of affiliates of
this segment increased $3.2 million primarily due to costs incurred in
developing operations at TVFN and PSN.
44
<PAGE> 48
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The Company has historically funded its working capital, debt service,
capital expenditures and dividend requirements primarily through cash provided
by its operating activities. Significant acquisitions or investments have
historically been funded primarily through long-term debt borrowings under
credit facilities. It is currently contemplated that any payment obligation
resulting from the litigation described under "Business -- Legal Proceedings"
could be up to $40 million, and would be funded by the Company through
borrowings under the Company's revolving credit facility. Any payment obligation
resulting from such litigation could have a material effect on the Company's
liquidity position. The following table sets forth summary information from the
Company's Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31,
1993, 1994, and 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 included
elsewhere in this Prospectus:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(UNAUDITED)
THREE MONTHS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED MARCH 31,
------------------------------- -------------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
-------- -------- --------- -------- --------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows provided by (used in)
continuing operations.................. $ 23,383 $ 24,927 $ 11,975 $ 9,281 $ (6,286)
======== ======== ========= ======== ========
Cash flows provided by (used in)
investing activities:
Kelso Buyout, less cash acquired....... $ -- -- $(261,422) -- --
Investments in affiliates.............. (5,783) (6,555) (23,647) (2,150) (12,503)
Property, plant, and equipment......... (11,597) (6,481) (15,276) (3,578) (3,008)
Cash proceeds from sale of cable
operations, net of taxes paid(1).... -- -- 693,058 -- --
(Increase) decrease in investment in
cable operations through disposal
date................................ (4,528) 24,838 (66,459) 7,806 --
Proceeds from sale of assets........... 1,073 594 8,739 -- --
Other.................................. (2,800) 3,086 (58) -- --
-------- -------- --------- -------- --------
Total.......................... $(23,635) $ 15,482 $ 334,935 2,078 (15,511)
======== ======== ========= ======== ========
Cash flows provided by (used in)
financing activities:
Net borrowings (repayments)............ $ 18,847 $(19,345) $(313,215) (7,505) 28,702
Payments for television programming
rights financed..................... (7,296) (6,760) (16,166) (4,163) (4,495)
Dividends paid......................... (8,872) (9,711) (9,706) (2,422) (2,441)
Purchases and adjustments to basis of
treasury stock...................... (2,387) (4,291) (7,353) -- --
Other.................................. -- -- (1,702) -- 3
-------- -------- --------- -------- --------
Total.......................... $ 292 $(40,107) $(348,142) $(14,090) $ 21,769
======== ======== ========= ======== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Represents $405,000 from the sale of KVC plus $410,000 assumption of New
Cable Indebtedness (as defined below) less taxes of $121,942.
45
<PAGE> 49
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATIONS
The following table discusses cash flows from operations in a manner which
identifies significant cash inflows and outflows. It is intended to enhance the
reader's understanding of, and reconciles EBITDA to, the cash flows from
operations as presented in the Company's consolidated statement of cash flows
for the year ending December 31, 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
Consolidated cash flows provided by (used in) operations can be analyzed as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED (UNAUDITED)
DECEMBER 31, THREE MONTHS ENDED
1995 MARCH 31, 1996
---------------- ------------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
EBITDA:
Broadcasting...................................... $ 64,419 $ 12,308
Publishing (excluding Newspaper Consolidation
Costs and Newspaper Restructuring Costs)....... 14,808 2,744
Programming and Electronic Media.................. (1,664) (3,381)
Corporate......................................... (12,363) (3,136)
-------- --------
Total.......................................... 65,200 8,535
Program rights amortization....................... 17,318 4,379
Interest paid..................................... (12,500) (4,700)
Income taxes (paid) received, net................. (12,679) 4,100
Other working capital items....................... (6,765) (6,300)
-------- --------
Cash flow from operations before one-time cash
payouts...................................... 50,574 6,014
One-time cash payouts:
IRS and state tax settlements(1).................. (15,023) (3,500)
Stock-based compensation payouts in connection
with incentive stock unit plan liquidation (see
discussion below).............................. (20,633) --
Payment of working capital and other cable-related
disposal adjustments(2)........................ -- (8,800)
Cash paid related to Newspaper Consolidation
Costs(3)....................................... (2,943) --
-------- --------
Cash flow provided by (used in) operations..... $ 11,975 $ (6,286)
======== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) "IRS settlements" relates to amounts paid in connection with final
settlements reached with the Internal Revenue Service and applicable states
relating to examinations of the Company's income tax returns for the years
1984 through 1989.
(2) Includes working capital and other basis adjustments in disposal of cable
operations of $4.3 million and approximately $4.5 million in cash paid for
severance costs associated with such cable operations.
(3) Cash portion of Newspaper Consolidation Costs. See discussion of such costs
in "Selected Financial Data -- Supplemental Pro Forma Financial Data" and
Note 8 of the Company's consolidated financial statements.
46
<PAGE> 50
As discussed previously, EBITDA on a supplemental pro forma consolidated
basis for 1995 was relatively even with the prior year. However, 1995 EBITDA
compared to combined 1993 EBITDA increased 38.8% with 50% growth in Broadcasting
from 1993 to 1995. EBITDA for the KHC broadcasting operations acquired amounted
to $46.3 million in 1995, $43.5 million in 1994 and $35.8 million in 1993.
Supplemental pro forma EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 (as
well as combined 1993) and the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996,
including KHC's broadcasting operations, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(UNAUDITED)
SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA (UNAUDITED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER THREE MONTHS ENDED
31, MARCH 31,
COMBINED ---------------------- ----------------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
EBITDA:
Broadcasting.................. $ 43,014 $ 57,634 $ 64,419 $10,904 $12,308
Publishing.................... 21,317 20,468 14,808 2,411 2,744
Programming and Electronic
Media...................... -- (614) (1,664) (373) (3,381)
Corporate..................... (17,346) (13,074) (12,363) (3,550) (3,136)
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Total................. $ 46,985 $ 64,414 $ 65,200 $ 9,392 $ 8,535
======== ======== ======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
Stock-Based Compensation Payouts
Stock-based compensation payouts identified above totaling $20.6 million
relate to cash paid to participants in the liquidation of 85% of the units in
the IUP Plan. An additional $6.6 million of this liability was settled in shares
of Class A Common Stock. Amounts paid to participants in the IUP and for the
remaining units previously were to be adjusted if, upon the occurrence of a
public offering of Continental class A common stock or certain other events, the
value of Continental class A common stock was greater or less than the price
attributed to such shares at the time 85% of the units were liquidated. A
similar adjustment was applicable to certain other stock-based compensation
plans of the Company. See footnote 2 to the table "Aggregate SAR Exercises in
Fiscal Year 1995 and Fiscal Year-End SAR Values" set forth herein under
"Management -- Executive Compensation". As a result of the proposed US West
Merger, the value of the Continental class A common stock has been re-defined by
the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors as the amount
received by the holders of Continental's class A common stock (the holders of
which include the shareholders of the Company that were shareholders of Old PJC)
upon consummation of the US West Merger or, if the merger agreement between
Continental and US West is terminated, the average of the closing prices for
Continental class A common stock during a specified trading period following
listing of Continental's class A common stock. In the three months ended March
31, 1996, the Company recorded a charge to continuing operations of $11.4
million and a pre-tax charge to discontinued operations of $5.4 million to
reflect the vested portion of an estimated $20.5 million accounting adjustment
to the stock-based compensation plans. The difference of $3.7 million will be
charged to operations over the remaining vesting period of the plans, primarily
in the second and third quarters of 1996. The final amount of the adjustment is
subject to the closing of the US West Merger, expected by the end of 1996.
Following such adjustment and payout of any additional amounts, the IUP will be
fully liquidated and terminated. The amount of the liquidation of the IUP,
including the 15% retained units and the estimated aforementioned adjustments
related to the US West Merger, could total $18.9 million. Such total would be
payable approximately $4.3 million in shares of Class A Common Stock and the
remainder in cash. In addition, approximately $3.4 million will be issued in
shares of Class A Common Stock as similar adjustments under the Stock Incentive
Plans other than the IUP. See "Risk Factors -- Shares Eligible for Future Sale".
CASH FLOWS -- INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Investments in Affiliates
In addition to the Kelso Buyout, the Company made significant investments
in the businesses in its Programming and Electronic Media segment in 1995.
Investments in AHN and TVFN totaled $10.3 million and $5.2 million,
respectively, in 1995. Investments in its interactive shopping venture, Peapod,
totaled $5.3
47
<PAGE> 51
million in 1995 and investments in PSN totaled $0.9 million in 1995. In 1995,
the Company disposed of the Biltmore Hotel in Providence, Rhode Island, for
approximately $7 million, which approximated net book value.
Investments in TVFN totaled $5.0 million in the first three months of 1996.
On May 14, 1996 the Company purchased the equity partnership interests held by
Landmark and Scripps, two of the partners of TVFN, for respective purchase
prices of approximately $12.7 million and $11.4 million. Prior to such purchase,
Landmark and Scripps each owned a 10.8% and 9.7% general partnership interest in
TVFN. The agreements with each of Landmark and Scripps contain covenants by such
parties not to compete with TVFN and its affiliates for a period of one year
following such purchase. The Company's investment in TVFN through May 31, 1996,
including these purchases and funding of its share of operating losses, totals
$44.7 million, which represents an equity interest of approximately 46%.
Following these recent purchases, the Company now holds three of the five voting
seats on the management committee of TVFN. As a result of such purchases, TVFN
became a controlled subsidiary of the Company and, effective May 14, 1996, was
consolidated into the Company's results of operations. The Company is pursuing a
proposed transaction to purchase all of the equity partnership interest held by
a third partner which would increase its ownership percentage in TVFN to
approximately 55% and result in control of four of the five voting seats on the
management committee. The Company estimates its additional investment in TVFN
for the third partner's equity interest plus funding of the Company's share of
operating losses of TVFN will total approximately $22.5 million for the
remainder of 1996.
Investments in AHN during the first three months of 1996 totaled $7.5
million. On May 9, 1996 the Company increased its investment in AHN to $35.3
million, which represents an equity interest of approximately 65%. The Company
does not anticipate any additional funding of its share of operating losses for
the remainder of 1996, but is committed to investing an additional $19.5 million
by the first quarter of 1997 upon the achievement of certain operating
milestones, including entering into carriage agreements and meeting certain
revenue and ratings objectives.
Merger and Kelso Buyout
The Company's significant investing and financing activities in 1995 are
primarily related to the consummation of the Merger and Kelso Buyout
transactions. The cash flows of KHC's operations are included in the above table
for 1995 since January 1, 1995, net of the effects of the acquired assets and
liabilities of KHC.
In connection with the Merger and Kelso Buyout transactions, Old PJC, prior
to the Spin-Off, incurred indebtedness to a subsidiary of Continental in a
principal amount of approximately $408 million (net of $2 million in certain
costs shared with Continental) ("New Cable Indebtedness"). Prior to the
Spin-Off, Old PJC used the proceeds of the New Cable Indebtedness, the $405
million provided by the sale of KVC and the Company Indebtedness (defined below)
to (i) consummate the Kelso Buyout, (ii) to repay substantially all outstanding
indebtedness of Old PJC and KHC in an aggregate amount of approximately $623
million, and (iii) to pay other costs associated with the transactions.
Additional indebtedness (the "Company Indebtedness") required to meet the
foregoing obligations, among others, was incurred by Old PJC and the Company in
the principal amount of $105 million. Following the Spin-Off, the Company had no
obligations or liabilities with respect to the New Cable Indebtedness, and
Continental had no obligations or liabilities with respect to the Company
Indebtedness. In connection with the sale of KVC, KBC paid approximately $121
million in taxes, which was funded by borrowings under the Company's credit
facility in December 1995.
The effects of the above transactions on consolidated long-term debt and
consolidated stockholders' equity of the Company are illustrated in the
following table comparing amounts immediately before the reorganization,
disposal of cable operations and the Kelso Buyout (effectively, September 30,
1995) with balances as of December 31, 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT AT
SEPTEMBER 30, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1995
-------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Consolidated Long-Term Debt....................... $337,400 $244,098
Consolidated Stockholders' Equity................. 277,745 263,239
Long-Term Debt to Equity Ratio.................... 1.21 .93
======== ========
</TABLE>
The Company's debt to equity ratio at March 31, 1996 was 1.12. During the
three months ended March 31, 1996, the Company incurred $28.7 million of
additional indebtedness to fund the investing
48
<PAGE> 52
activities described above and the one-time cash payments made in connection
with the discontinued operations adjustments and IRS and state tax settlements
discussed above.
Credit Facility
The Company Indebtedness was incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement,
which consists of a $75 million term loan and a $300 million revolving credit
facility. The amount of credit available as of March 31, 1996 under the
revolving credit facility was approximately $112 million.
The amount available to be borrowed under the Company's revolving credit
facility decreases quarterly commencing December 31, 1996, with a final maturity
on June 30, 2004. The amount available to be borrowed under the revolving credit
facility decreases as follows (in thousands): 1996 -- $4,000; 1997 -- $10,500;
1998 -- $14,500; 1999 -- $21,500; 2000 -- $53,250; 2001 -- $65,750;
2002 -- $67,750; and 2003 -- $62,750. The indebtedness evidenced by the Credit
Agreement is secured by guarantees from all of the principal subsidiaries of the
Company and a first priority pledge of all such principal subsidiaries' capital
stock. The Credit Agreement provides for borrowings indexed, as the Company may
from time to time elect, to the Eurodollar rate, the certificate of deposit
rate, or the "base" rate of the agent, plus the "spread" over such rates. The
"spread" is determined by the ratio of the total debt of the Company to the
operating cash flow of the Company (as defined by the Credit Agreement). The
Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, financial covenants,
covenants restricting the incurrence of debt (other than under the Credit
Agreement), investments and encumbrances on assets and covenants limiting
mergers and acquisitions. See "Business -- Restrictions in Certain Agreements".
The Credit Agreement provides for the mandatory prepayment of amounts
outstanding and a reduction in the commitment under certain circumstances.
The Company has hedged against a portion of its liability for changes in
interest rates on its revolving credit and term loan facilities described above
through an interest rate swap agreement. The interest rate under the swap
agreement is equal to 6.71% plus an applicable margin as defined in the
revolving credit and term loan facility which effectively set the interest rate
at December 31, 1995 at 8.1% on the first $200 million of outstanding debt. The
Company recorded additional interest expense during 1995 and the three months
ended March 31, 1996 of approximately $1.1 million and $0.5 million,
respectively, which represents the excess of the swap agreement rate over the
original contractual rate. The notional amounts under the agreement are as
follows: $200 million in 1996, $175 million in 1997 and $150 million in 1998 and
1999.
Dividends and Treasury Stock
Total gross dividends have been fairly constant over the past three years
at $9.7 million in 1995 and 1994 and $8.9 million in 1993. The cash dividend
declared per share in the three months ended March 31, 1996 was $0.06. Including
the Special Dividend, total dividends paid in 1996 prior to the consummation of
the Offerings will be equivalent to the aggregate dividend paid in 1995. See
"Dividend Policy".
As discussed in note 16 of the consolidated financial statements,
additional consideration totaling $7.4 million was paid in 1995 to a former
stockholder under the terms of a redemption agreement dated April 15, 1987 in
connection with a treasury stock repurchase at that time.
Capital Expenditures
Of the $15.3 million spent in 1995 on capital expenditures, $8.0 million
was spent by Broadcasting, $3.2 million was spent by Publishing and $3.7 million
was spent in Programming and Electronic Media. Broadcasting and Programming and
Electronic Media capital expenditures consisted primarily of maintenance of
existing broadcasting plant and equipment as well as approximately $2.1 million
spent on advanced digital editing systems, with another $4 million to $5 million
planned for such digital editing systems in 1996. Total capital expenditures
planned for Broadcasting in 1996 are expected to be approximately $12.5 million,
of which $2.5 million was spent in the first quarter of 1996. Publishing capital
expenditures in 1995 of $3.2 million were related to information and prepress
systems and equipment replacement. A similar amount of capital expenditures is
planned for Publishing for 1996.
FUTURE FUNDING AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The Company anticipates that amounts available under its revolving credit
facility and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet the liquidity
requirements described above under "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources". To the
extent that the Company makes significant acquisitions or investments or is
required to meet significant liquidity requirements other than as described
above, the Company may need to
49
<PAGE> 53
obtain additional financing. There can be no assurance that such additional
financing will be available on terms acceptable to the Company.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
On January 1, 1996, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS No. 123").
The Statement encourages, but does not require, a fair value based method of
accounting for stock-based compensation plans. SFAS No. 123 allows an entity to
continue to measure compensation cost for those plans using the intrinsic value
based method prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25. For those entities electing to
use the intrinsic value based method, SFAS No. 123 requires pro forma
disclosures of net income and earnings per share computed as if the fair value
based method had been applied. The Company will continue to account for
stock-based compensation costs under APB Opinion No. 25 and will provide the
additional required disclosures relating to 1995 and 1996 stock options in its
1996 Annual Report.
On January 1, 1996, the Company adopted SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of."
This statement requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable
intangibles to be held and used by an entity be reviewed for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset
may not be recoverable. This statement also requires that long-lived assets and
certain identifiable intangibles to be disposed of be reported at the lower of
carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Adoption of SFAS No. 121 is not
expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial
statements.
50
<PAGE> 54
BUSINESS
GENERAL
The Company owns and operates nine network-affiliated television stations
and provides or will provide programming and marketing services to three
television stations under local marketing agreements in geographically diverse
markets throughout the United States, publishes the largest daily newspaper in
the Rhode Island and southeastern Massachusetts market, and produces diversified
programming and interactive electronic media services. The Company's television
broadcasting group reaches 5.6 million households, or 6% of all U.S. television
households; its newspaper is the leading newspaper in its market in terms of
advertising and circulation; and certain of its programming and electronic media
businesses, such as the Television Food Network, serve subscribers and viewers
nationwide.
Important factors in the success of the Company's broadcasting and
publishing businesses have been its strong local news focus, targeted local
advertising sales efforts, investment in advanced technology and emphasis on
cost control. The resulting strength of its media franchises presents attractive
opportunities for future growth and for realization of operating efficiencies.
In addition to increasing the reach of its broadcasting operations and cable and
satellite television networks through acquisitions and internal growth, the
Company intends to develop new revenue sources in a variety of media that build
on the existing strength of its brands and expertise and have broad regional or
national appeal.
The Stations and the LMA Stations are located in markets ranging from the
12th to the 127th largest DMAs of the United States, with five such Stations and
one LMA Station in the 50 largest DMAs. Five of the Stations are network
affiliates of NBC, two are network affiliates of Fox, one is a network affiliate
of ABC and one is a network affiliate of CBS. In 1995, EBITDA of the
Broadcasting Business represented approximately 81% of the Company's EBITDA
excluding programming and electronic media and corporate expenses. Eight of
these nine Stations are VHF television stations. Two of the LMA Stations are
affiliated with UPN. The Company's strategy in the Broadcasting Business is to
increase viewership, advertising revenue and EBITDA primarily by capitalizing on
its strong local news franchises, targeted marketing and local sales efforts,
high quality, non-network programming and strict cost controls. For a discussion
of the television industry generally, see "-- Industry Background".
The Providence Journal is the leading newspaper in terms of advertising and
circulation in its market of Rhode Island and southeastern Massachusetts.
Average daily circulation levels for the three months ended March 31, 1996
following the consolidation of the morning and afternoon newspapers in June 1995
(see "-- Publishing") were approximately 169,500 for circulation Monday through
Saturday and 251,300 for Sunday. The Company's strategy for the Publishing
Business is to leverage the Providence Journal's comprehensive regional and
local news coverage to generate increased readership, local advertising sales,
and new revenue sources based on its strong brand recognition. The Company
believes that the recent Newspaper Consolidation, reorganization of its staff,
and effective cost controls will help contribute to improved operating results.
The Company produces cable and satellite television programming and
interactive and on-line electronic media services through its management role or
ownership interest in a variety of content-driven entertainment and information
businesses. The Company owns a 46% interest and participates in the management
of Television Food Network, a cable television network that is distributed to
approximately 15.5 million subscribers throughout the United States. The Company
controls America's Health Network, with a 65% ownership interest, and owns all
of the equity interest in NorthWest Cable News, both recently launched
development stage cable programming network services. The Company also owns
equity interests in a variety of interactive, on-line, and broadcast programming
businesses. The Company's strategy in its programming ventures is to develop
cable and satellite television programming networks, such as the Television Food
Network, America's Health Network and NorthWest Cable News, with programming
content based on topics or themes that the Company believes are of importance to
a broad audience of potential viewers.
51
<PAGE> 55
The following table sets forth certain operating results and other
financial data for each of the Company's business segments for the years ended
December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the three months ended March 31, 1996
presented on a supplemental pro forma basis and on a combined basis for 1993 as
described under "Selected Financial Data -- Supplemental Pro Forma Financial
Data".
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA (UNAUDITED)
--------------------------------------------
COMBINED
YEAR ENDED YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
DECEMBER 31, 31, (UNAUDITED)
------------ --------------------- THREE MONTHS ENDED
1993 1994 1995 MARCH 31, 1996
------------ -------- -------- ------------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
EBITDA(1):
Broadcasting......................... $ 43,014 $ 57,634 $ 64,419 $ 12,308
Publishing........................... 21,317 20,468 14,808 2,744
EBITDA excluding programming and
electronic media and corporate
expenses........................ 64,331 78,102 79,227 15,052
Programming and Electronic Media..... -- (614) (1,664) (3,381)
Corporate............................ (17,346) (13,074) (12,363) (3,136)
-------- -------- -------- --------
$ 46,985 $ 64,414 $ 65,200 $ 8,535
======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) See footnote (2) to "Selected Financial Data -- Selected Consolidated
Historical Financial Data" and footnote (5) to "Selected Financial
Data -- Supplemental Pro Forma Financial Data" for a definition of, and
certain matters relating to, EBITDA.
BROADCASTING
OVERVIEW. The Stations generally are in markets that the Company believes
will experience above-average economic growth in retail sales, EBI and
population. The Stations are owned by subsidiaries of the Company and are
typically located in the largest cities or state capitals of the states in which
they operate. The Company's Stations and the LMA Stations are in geographically
diverse regions of the United States, which reduces the Company's exposure to
regional economic fluctuations. With the exception of the Company's flagship
station, KING (Seattle), which accounted for approximately 19.2% and 17.7% of
1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996 consolidated revenues,
respectively, none of the Company's other Stations accounted for more than 10%
of the Company's consolidated revenues for those periods. For the year ended
December 31, 1995 net revenues, Broadcast Cash Flow and EBITDA attributable to
the Broadcasting Business were $180.5 million, $66.3 million and $64.4 million,
respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 1996 were $43.4 million,
$12.4 million, and $12.3 million, respectively.
52
<PAGE> 56
The following table sets forth general information for each of the Stations
and the LMA Stations and the markets they serve, based on the Nielsen Station
Index as of February 1996. In February 1992, the Company completed the King
Acquisition and acquired a 50% joint venture interest in KHC, which indirectly
owned the King Stations. The Company has operated the King Stations since such
acquisition and in 1995 acquired 100% of the ownership of the King Stations in
the Kelso Buyout. The Stations are listed in order of the ranking of their DMA.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
COMMERCIAL
TELEVISION
NETWORK CHANNEL/ DMA STATIONS RANK IN STATION
MARKET AREA STATION STATUS AFFILIATION FREQUENCY RANK(1) IN MARKET(2) MARKET(3) SHARE(4)
- --------------- ------- -------- ----------- --------- ------- ------------ --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Seattle, WA KING Owned NBC 5/VHF 12 8 1 18%
KONG (6) LMA N/A N/A 12 8 -- --
Portland, OR KGW Owned NBC 8/VHF 24 8 2 18
Charlotte, NC WCNC Owned NBC 36/UHF 28 8 3 9
Albuquerque/ KASA Owned Fox 2/VHF 48 6 4 8
Santa Fe, NM
Louisville, KY WHAS Owned ABC 11/VHF 50 6 1 21
Honolulu, HI KHNL Owned NBC 13/VHF 70 8 1 19
KFVE LMA UPN 5/VHF 70 8 - -
Spokane, WA KREM Owned CBS 2/VHF 74 4 1 18
Tucson, AZ KMSB Owned Fox 11/VHF 80 6 4 11
KTTU LMA UPN 18/UHF 80 6 - -
Boise, ID KTVB Owned NBC 7/VHF 127 5 1 28
<CAPTION>
1995
MARKET
REVENUE(5)
---------------------
STATION $ (IN
MARKET AREA SHARE MILLIONS)
- --------------- ------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Seattle, WA 25% $ 269.0
-- 269.0
Portland, OR 22 144.9
Charlotte, NC 11 118.1
Albuquerque/ 16 79.0
Santa Fe, NM
Louisville, KY 31 82.3
Honolulu, HI 19 63.7
- 63.7
Spokane, WA 27 42.8
Tucson, AZ 21 52.2
- 52.2
Boise, ID 40 26.0
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Ranking of DMA served by the Station among all DMAs, measured by the number
of television households for the 1995-1996 broadcast year.
(2) Represents the number of television stations ("reportable stations")
designated by Nielsen as "local" to the DMA, excluding public television
stations and stations that do not meet minimum Nielsen reporting standards
(weekly cumulative audience of less than 2.5%) for reporting in the Sunday
through Saturday, 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m. period ("sign-on to sign-off").
Does not include national cable channels or satellite stations. The number
of reportable stations may change for each reporting period.
(3) Station's rank relative to other reportable stations, based upon the DMA
rating as reported by Nielsen, 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m., during the February
1996 measuring period. Data for KHNL and KMSB include KFVE and KTTU,
respectively. Data for KING does not include KONG because the LMA for such
LMA Station was entered into on May 14, 1996 and the Station is not yet
operational.
(4) Represents the number of television households tuned to the Station as a
percentage of the number of television households with sets in use for
Sunday-Saturday 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m. from the February 1996 Nielsen
Station Index. Data for KHNL and KMSB include KFVE and KTTU, respectively.
Data for KING does not include KONG because the LMA for such LMA Station was
entered into on May 14, 1996 and the Station is not yet operational.
(5) Represents gross national, local, regional and political advertising
revenues, excluding network and barter revenues, for all commercial
television stations in the DMA, based on actual local market reporting, as
estimated by BIA. Station share of 1995 market revenue for KHNL and KMSB
includes revenues of KFVE and KTTU, respectively. Data for KING does not
include KONG because the LMA for such LMA Station was entered into on May
14, 1996 and the Station is not yet operational.
(6) Data for KONG is not available because the station is not yet operational.
BUSINESS AND OPERATING STRATEGY. The Company's strategy in the
Broadcasting Business is to increase viewership, advertising revenue and EBITDA
by capitalizing on its strong local news franchise, targeted marketing and local
sales efforts, high quality, non-network programming and strict cost controls.
This strategy has contributed to compound annual growth in the Company's net
revenues and EBITDA in the Broadcasting Business, calculated on a supplemental
pro forma basis as herein described, of 9.5% and 23.9%, respectively, from 1991
to 1995. In addition, EBITDA as a percentage of net revenues calculated on a
supplemental pro forma basis have increased from 21.6% in 1991 to 35.7% in 1995.
The components of the Company's Broadcasting Business strategy include the
following:
53
<PAGE> 57
ENHANCE STRONG LOCAL NEWS FRANCHISES. The Company's Stations, other than
the Fox-affiliated Stations, generally are the local news leaders and attempt to
exploit the revenue potential associated with local news leadership. Most of
such Stations lead their markets in terms of ratings for local news and the
number of hours of local news broadcast per week. The Company has focused on
enhancing each such Station's local market news programming franchise as the
foundation to build significant audience share in such market. The Company's
commitment to a strong local presence is particularly evidenced by the hours of
local news programming that each such Station broadcasts per week. Local news
programming is commercially valuable because of its high viewership level, the
attractiveness to advertisers of the demographic characteristics of the typical
news audience (allowing Stations generally to charge higher rates for
advertising time) and the enhanced ratings of programming in time periods
adjacent to the news. In addition, the Company believes that its strong local
news programming has helped to differentiate each such Station from cable
programming competitors, which generally do not provide such programming. At
certain of such Stations, the Company has also created enhanced viewership
through an emphasis on local weather trends through the use of advanced weather
radar equipment.
LEVERAGE LOCAL MARKET STRENGTH WITH ADDITIONAL LMAS. The Company plans to
pursue opportunities to enter into LMAs in the DMAs in which the Company's
Stations operate. The Company believes that LMAs enable the Company to take
advantage of the economies of scale that are derived from operating a group of
broadcast stations. By providing programming and marketing services to other
stations in the DMAs where the Stations are located, the Company believes that
it can increase revenue without incurring substantial incremental expenses and
thereby increase operating margins. The Company also believes that there are
benefits in terms of increased advertising revenue from LMA arrangements.
MATCH ADVERTISERS TO AUDIENCES THROUGH TARGETED LOCAL SALES. The Company
seeks to leverage its strong local presence to increase its advertising revenues
and broadcast cash flow by expanding relationships with local and national
advertisers and attracting new advertisers through targeted marketing techniques
and carefully tailored programming. Each of the Company's Stations has developed
high quality programming of local interest and periodically sponsors community
events which the Company believes have generally proven successful in attracting
incremental advertising revenues. In addition, the Company works closely with
advertisers to develop campaigns that match specifically targeted audience
segments with the advertisers' overall marketing strategies. With this
information, the Company regularly refines its programming mix among network,
syndicated and locally-produced programs in a focused effort to attract
audiences with demographic characteristics desirable to advertisers.
MAXIMIZE VIEWER SHARE THROUGH HIGH QUALITY NON-NETWORK PROGRAMMING. Each
of the Company's Stations is focused on improving its syndicated and locally
produced non-network programming to attract audiences with favorable demographic
characteristics during dayparts which are not programmed by a Station's network.
An important element in determining advertising rates is the Station's share
among a particular demographic group which an advertiser may be targeting. The
Company believes that through a cooperative approach to programming, it can
generate incremental revenue by adjusting its programming mix to capture viewers
of certain targeted demographic segments that meet the needs of valued
advertisers. The Company focuses on purchasing cost-effective programming that
will have long-term audience appeal and will be supported by syndicators with
local promotion of the shows. For several of the Stations, such programming
includes "Wheel of Fortune", "Jeopardy" and "The Oprah Winfrey Show", which are
highly ranked, first-run syndicated programs.
MAINTAIN EFFECTIVE COST CONTROLS AND LEVERAGE ECONOMIES OF SCALE. Each
Station emphasizes strict control of its programming and operating costs as an
essential factor in increasing broadcast cash flow. As a result of its ownership
of a group of nine television Stations and its programming and marketing
arrangements with the three LMA Stations, the Company is able to purchase
syndicated programming at a discount (on a per Station basis) to the cost that
any one of its Stations would incur as an individual purchaser of such
programming and is able to purchase a variety of programming that might
otherwise not be available to a single station. For example, the Company
believes that it has the ability to enter into advantageous group programming
purchases such as those with King World Productions, Inc. (syndicator of "The
Oprah Winfrey Show", "Wheel of Fortune" and "Jeopardy"). As the provider of NBC
network programming in five markets, the Company believes that its ability to
enter into stable and favorable affiliation agreements with NBC is
54
<PAGE> 58
enhanced. Through strategic planning and annual budget processes, the Company
continually seeks to identify and implement cost-saving opportunities at each of
the Stations. In the early years of Station ownership, the Company's strategy is
to build viewership through investment in high quality news and local
programming. Once leadership is established in a market, however, the Company
believes viewer loyalty can be maintained at a lower level of local programming
and news expenditure. The strategic planning and budget processes are intended
to insure that an early stage Station's programming investments are carefully
monitored and that a mature Station's expenditures are reduced. In addition to
cost reductions attributable to the natural life cycle of Stations under
management, the Company also believes that personnel costs can be significantly
reduced through investments in technology.
The Company closely monitors the expenses incurred by each of the Stations
and continually reviews the performance and productivity of Station personnel.
The Company believes that it has been successful in reducing its costs without
sacrificing revenues through efficient use of its available resources.
CREATE OPERATING EFFICIENCIES THROUGH INVESTING IN TECHNOLOGY. The Company
invests selectively in technology to increase operating efficiency, reduce
Station operating expenses or gain a local market competitive advantage. Areas
of focus include digital news production, editing and library systems, advanced
weather radar equipment, and robotic cameras. The Company invested $2.1 million
in 1995 and anticipates investing $11.5 million in capital expenditures in 1996
and 1997 to deploy AVID digital editing, production and server technology that
will create a streamlined video production environment. The Company has entered
into an agreement with AVID to test and deploy this advanced, digital
technology. The Company believes that the use of AVID's digital equipment will
result in cost savings and operating efficiencies when fully deployed at the
Stations. To date, this technology is being used on a limited basis by KING
(Seattle), KGW (Portland) and WHAS (Louisville). The Company's operations at
NorthWest Cable News and KHNL (Honolulu) are entirely run with AVID technology.
The Company is using its NorthWest Cable News facility in order to further test
and refine such technology before deploying the technology at all of its
Stations. The Company intends to invest on a cost-effective basis in the most
up-to-date technology as it becomes available.
BROADCASTING ACQUISITION STRATEGY. The Company plans to pursue favorable
acquisitions of network-affiliated television stations where the Company
believes it can successfully apply its operating strategy and where such
stations can be acquired on attractive terms. The Company generally intends to
review acquisition opportunities in growth markets, typically in the 75 largest
DMAs in the nation, with what the Company believes to be advantageous business
climates. In assessing acquisitions, the Company targets stations for which it
has identified expense reductions and proposals for revenue enhancements that
can be implemented upon acquisition. The Company does not presently have any
agreements or understandings to acquire or sell any television stations.
55
<PAGE> 59
THE STATIONS
As used in the tables for each Station in the following section, unless
otherwise indicated, (i) "Market revenue" represents gross advertising revenues,
excluding network compensation and barter revenues, for all commercial
television stations in the market, and for 1995 represents calendar year gross
market revenue estimates, in each case as reported by BIA; (ii) "Market rank
(DMA)" is based on the Nielsen Station Index for February of the years
indicated; (iii) "Total commercial competitors in market" is the total number of
commercial television stations in the DMA calculated as set forth in footnote
(2) to the Station table appearing on page 44 of this Prospectus; (iv) "Station
rank in market" is the Station's rank in the market based on its share of total
viewing of commercial broadcast television stations in the market reported by
Nielsen for the "sign-on to sign-off" time period and by BIA for the "early
fringe" period; and (v) "Station audience share" is a Station's share of total
viewing of commercial broadcast television stations in the market for the time
periods referenced reported by Nielsen for the "sign-on to sign-off" time period
and by BIA for the "early fringe" period. Depending on the Station, data is
presented for either 4:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. or 3:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m., which
represents the four hour "early fringe" period immediately preceding "prime
time" in the indicated market, during which period the Stations earn a
substantial portion of their advertising revenue. For 1991 through 1993,
"sign-on to sign-off" was reported on a 7:00 a.m. to 1:00 a.m. basis. Beginning
in 1994, "sign-on to sign-off" was reported on a 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m. basis.
Nielsen has informed the Company that its data represents estimates only.
KING: SEATTLE, WASHINGTON
Market Overview. KING, an NBC affiliate, operates in the Seattle/Tacoma
market, the 12th largest DMA in the nation, with approximately 1.5 million
television households and a population of approximately 3.8 million. In 1995,
approximately 71% of the population in the DMA subscribed to cable. In 1994, the
market's metropolitan audience was of above-average affluence in the United
States, with an average household EBI of approximately $49,400 as compared to
the national average of $45,937. The Seattle economy has experienced steady
economic and employment growth, with greater economic diversification in recent
years. Major industries in the market include aerospace, biotechnology,
forestry, software, telecommunications, transportation, retail and international
trade. Major employers include The Boeing Company, Microsoft Corporation,
Nordstrom, Inc., Alaska Airlines, Inc. and United Airlines, Inc. The television
advertising revenue for the Seattle market is estimated to have been $269
million in 1995 as compiled by BIA.
Station Performance and Strategy. KING is the leading television station
in the Seattle market in terms of ratings. The Station, promoted as "KING-5",
has been the leading station in the Seattle market in recent years, with
significant share advantages over its competitors. KING is ranked first in the
4:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. daypart, a primarily non-network time period sold by the
Station from which it realizes a substantial portion of its revenue. KING ranked
first in the highly competitive Seattle market with an 18% audience share
"sign-on to sign-off" (6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m., Pacific Time, Sunday through
Saturday) as compared to its nearest competitor at 16%. KING is the leading
station in terms of share during prime time (8:00 p.m. to 11:00 p.m., Pacific
Time, Monday through Saturday, and 7:00 p.m. to 11:00 p.m., Pacific Time,
Sunday) with a 23% rating in comparison to its nearest competitor at 17%. KING
is ranked first in terms of ratings during nearly every news time period for all
adults in the market and is ranked first during nearly every news time period in
the demographic category most valued by advertisers, adults between the ages of
25 and 54. KING has been an NBC affiliate since 1959, and its current
affiliation agreement expires in 2001.
The Company believes that KING has established a strong local presence
through its news broadcasts that has enabled it to maintain its leading position
in the market in terms of ratings and audience share. Based on the cumulative
ratings for dayparts, 71% of the adults in the DMA watch the Station's 11:00
p.m. news broadcast for some period of time. KING airs 32 hours of news
programming per week and promotes its broadcasts as "Coverage You Can Count On".
KING has invested in weather tracking technology that enables the Station to
provide advanced weather images and forecasts, and is the only station in the
market with Doppler radar equipment.
KING's programming strategy is to feature local news, programming and
entertainment. KING airs its own program, "Evening Magazine", during the
"access" daypart (7:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m., Pacific time,
56
<PAGE> 60
Monday through Friday), which performs well against non-network syndicated
programming at a lower cost. KING also features highly rated non-network
syndicated programming including "The Oprah Winfrey Show" and "American
Journal".
KING's journalistic achievements have been recognized by its receipt of
numerous national and regional awards. KING maintains a strong community focus,
which is demonstrated through an unusually high level of locally-produced
programming and public affairs programs and campaigns. The quality of these
programs has earned KING various national and local awards in the areas of
entertainment, news, education and public service.
As part of the Company's LMA strategy, in May 1996 the Company entered into
a 10-year LMA with KONG, which holds a permit to construct a television station
in the Seattle, Washington market, and has an option to purchase the station at
an agreed upon exercise price. The option to purchase the station is exercisable
by either the Company or KONG after such time as the FCC permits ownership of
two television stations in a single market. The present duopoly rules prohibit
attributable interests in two television stations in the same DMA. Although the
FCC is currently reviewing ownership rules, there can be no assurance that the
FCC will change or repeal the duopoly rules. See "Business -- Licensing and
Regulation." Under this LMA, the Company will spend approximately $2.0 million
for equipment in the first year and, once operational, will provide annual
programming and marketing services to the LMA Station pursuant to which the
Company will receive all advertising revenues. If the option to purchase the
station is not exercised, the Company is required to make annual payments to
KONG of approximately $0.4 million in years one through five of the contract
term and $0.7 million in years six through ten of the contract term.
In order to extend its local franchise to viewers in its DMA and throughout
the northwest, KING-5 provides portions of its news broadcasts for use by
NorthWest Cable News in its programming.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARKET/STATION DATA
----------------------------------------------------
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
KING: SEATTLE, WASHINGTON
Market revenue (in thousands)...................................... $203,500 $223,900 $228,400 $260,400 $269,000
Market revenue growth over prior period............................ -5.0% 10.0% 2.0% 14.0% 3.3%
Market rank (DMA).................................................. 14 13 13 13 12
Television homes (in thousands).................................... 1,322 1,370 1,390 1,428 1,469
Total commercial competitors in market............................. 8 9 8 9 8
Station rank in market 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m....................... 2 3 2 2 1
Station audience share 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m....................... 17 17 18 17 18
Station rank in market 4:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m....................... 2 1 1 1 1
Station audience share 4:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m....................... 22 24 23 21 20
</TABLE>
KGW: PORTLAND, OREGON
Market Overview. Portland, Oregon ranks as the 24th largest DMA in the
nation, with approximately 933,400 television households in the DMA and a
population of approximately 2.5 million. Approximately 61% of Portland's
population subscribed to cable in 1995. The Portland market has experienced
rapid population growth since 1990 of 2.5% on a compound annual basis. Average
household EBI and average household retail sales in 1994 were $43,183 and
$24,028, respectively. Portland maintains a balanced economy with services,
wholesale/retail and manufacturing representing approximately 26%, 25% and 16%
of total employment, respectively. Major employers include such high-technology
companies such as Intel Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, Nike, Inc. and
Tektronix, Inc., as well as Kaiser Permanente, the United States Government and
the State of Oregon. The Company believes that the demographic characteristics
of the Portland DMA make it an excellent national test market. Consequently, the
Company believes that KGW derives incremental advertising revenues from
advertisers seeking to test market new products.
Station Performance and Strategy. KGW is the second-ranked station in the
Portland market with an audience share, sign-on to sign-off, of 18% as of
February 1996. KGW is a news leader in its market with 28 hours per week
broadcast as compared to 23 and 21 hours per week for KGW's closest competitors.
The Station provides the only Saturday morning newscast in the market. The
Station has won numerous awards for
57
<PAGE> 61
news programming, including the "Best News Program" awarded by the Associated
Press for 1994. KGW is the only station in the market to utilize a helicopter,
which the Company believes provides that Station's newscasts with a distinct
brand awareness in the market. In addition, the Station has 5 outdoor,
robotically-controlled cameras mounted at various locations in the market which
provide live video footage of areas of interest to viewers and are utilized
during the weather sections of news broadcasts. KGW is also under a five-year
contract which expires in 2000 with the Portland Trail Blazers basketball team
to provide television coverage of 20 games per season and non-network playoff
coverage. The Station's syndicated programming includes "Live with Regis and
Kathie Lee", "The Oprah Winfrey Show", "Inside Edition" and "American Journal".
KGW was first in terms of ratings in February 1996 for each of these syndicated
programs with the exception of "Inside Edition". KGW has been an NBC affiliate
since 1959 and its current affiliation agreement expires in 2001.
Television advertising revenues in the Portland area are estimated to have
grown approximately 4.8% from approximately $138.2 million in 1994 to $144.9
million in 1995. KGW is estimated to have received approximately 22.2% of 1995
revenues compared with 23.1% and 19.6% for its two closest competitors. During
1995, political advertising for KGW totaled $1.2 million, which represented 36%
of total estimated political advertising revenue in the market, compared with
approximately 30% and 25% for each of its two closest competitors.
KGW will shortly institute a free on-line service for its viewers which
provides such data as weather, a video tour of the Station, and links to other
on-line databases on the Internet. The Station has begun to solicit corporate
advertising as a way to subsidize the operating cost of this on-line service.
KGW participates in numerous community service sponsorships with local
corporations as a means to promote viewer awareness and philanthropy. In
conjunction with these programs, corporations underwrite KGW's production
expenses and purchase airtime. KGW has helped to increase awareness of a number
of civic programs and events, including anti-drug campaigns, environmental
awareness programs and toy drives. The Station has also received numerous awards
and recognition for its contributions to local schools and other learning
institutions.
Since 1993, KGW has made several investments in new technology such as
robotic cameras, weather graphics systems, and AVID digital equipment. KGW
expects to spend approximately $2.5 million in 1996 to complete the first phase
of the Station's conversion to AVID's digital equipment, purchase three
additional outdoor cameras and perform necessary equipment maintenance. The
Company believes that the conversion to digital production and editing will
improve operating efficiencies and reduce operating costs.
In order to extend its local franchise to viewers in its DMA and throughout
the northwest, KGW provides portions of its news broadcasts for use by NorthWest
Cable News in its programming.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARKET/STATION DATA
----------------------------------------------------
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
KGW: PORTLAND, OREGON
Market revenue (in thousands)(1)................................... $111,800 $119,900 $119,100 $138,200 $144,900
Market revenue growth over prior period............................ -7.9% 7.2% -0.7% 16.0% 4.8%
Market rank (DMA).................................................. 27 27 27 27 25
Television homes (in thousands).................................... 821 846 868 890 920
Total commercial competitors in market............................. 6 6 5 7 8
Station rank in market 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m....................... 1 3 3 3 2
Station audience share 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m....................... 17 17 17 15 16
Station rank in market 4:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m....................... 3 3 2 2 2
Station audience share 4:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m....................... 15 15 17 17 16
</TABLE>
WCNC: CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA
Market Overview. Charlotte, North Carolina is the 28th largest DMA in the
nation, with approximately 802,000 television households and a population of
approximately 2.1 million. The Charlotte market is experiencing substantial
growth in population, retail sales and EBI. The Charlotte metropolitan area had
an average household EBI of approximately $41,154 in 1994, average household
retail sales of $22,056 in 1994
58
<PAGE> 62
and experienced a 2.1% increase in the number of households from 1990 to 1994.
Following the textile-related recessions of the 1980s, Charlotte has diversified
its employment base away from a substantial dependence on the textile and
apparel industry. Charlotte is one of the major banking centers in the United
States, serving as the headquarters of First Union Corporation and NationsBank
Corporation, with other important sectors in the market including
transportation, communications, wholesale trade, health care and utilities.
Charlotte had a low unemployment rate of 3.5% in 1995. Television advertising
revenue in the market has experienced significant growth and is estimated to
have been $118 million in 1995 and to have grown at a compound annual rate of
6.8% from 1991 to 1995.
Station Performance and Strategy. As a UHF station competing against two
VHF stations and five other UHF stations in the Charlotte market, WCNC increased
its station audience share during 1991 through 1995 in comparison to the falling
audience share for the three network stations in the market in the aggregate for
the same period. As part of its positioning strategy, the Company negotiated
with most cable systems in the DMA to carry WCNC's signal on the cable channel 6
position, which improves its competitive position as compared to its off-air
channel 36 position. As a result, WCNC markets itself as NBC 6. Cable
penetration in the DMA is 66%, with 69% penetration in metropolitan Charlotte.
Mecklenburg County, in which Charlotte is located, has close to 76% cable
penetration. WCNC's local news coverage distinguishes the Station with
approximately 17 hours of local news broadcasts each week, with local news
broadcast at 5:00 p.m. through 6:30 p.m. and 11:00 p.m. through 11:35 p.m. on
weekdays and with Saturday and Sunday morning newscasts. The Station has begun
the conversion to the use of digital technology in the production of its
broadcasts and is deploying AVID equipment in the Station. The Company believes
the use of such technology and equipment will improve operating efficiencies and
reduce operating costs. The Station's inventory of syndicated programming
includes "Wheel of Fortune" and "Jeopardy". WCNC has been an NBC affiliate since
1978, and its current affiliation agreement expires in 2001.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARKET/STATION DATA
-------------------------------------------------
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995
------- ------- ------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
WCNC: CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA
Market revenue (in thousands)......................................... $91,000 $94,900 $94,500 $105,700 $118,100
Market revenue growth over prior period............................... 12.5% 4.3% -0.4% 11.9% 11.7%
Market rank (DMA)..................................................... 31 31 30 29 28
Television homes (in thousands)....................................... 734 745 759 775 794
Total commercial competitors in market................................ 5 6 6 6 8
Station rank in market 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m.......................... 3 4 3 3 3
Station audience share 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m.......................... 9 9 9 8 9
Station rank in market 4:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m.......................... 4 4 4 5 3
Station audience share 4:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m.......................... 7 8 7 8 9
</TABLE>
KASA: ALBUQUERQUE/SANTA FE, NEW MEXICO
Market Overview. KASA operates in the Albuquerque/Santa Fe market, the
48th largest DMA in the nation, with approximately 553,000 television households
and a population of approximately 1,571,000. Approximately 59% of the population
in the DMA subscribed to cable in 1995. The Albuquerque/Santa Fe market has had
an average growth in retail sales of 14.0% from 1993 to 1994. In 1994, the
market's average household EBI was $38,083. The Albuquerque/Santa Fe market has
attracted a growing number of high technology companies such as Intel
Corporation and is home to several research and military facilities such as Los
Alamos National Laboratories, Intel Corporation, Lockheed Technical Operations,
Honeywell, Inc. and Kirtland and Holloman Air Force Bases. Television
advertising revenue in the market has experienced significant growth, and is
estimated to have been $79 million in 1995 and to have grown at a compound
annual rate of 13.8% from 1991 to 1995.
59
<PAGE> 63
Station Performance and Strategy. In April 1993, KASA converted from a UHF
station to a VHF station, putting KASA on a par with its other network
competitors. KASA's conversion to VHF and its concomitant signal expansion have
spurred a 54% growth in its revenue for 1995 as compared to 1993. KASA has
increased its overall revenue share by 12% since 1993. The Station's marketing
inventory of syndicated programming includes "The Simpsons", "Fresh Prince" and
"Roseanne". KASA has been a Fox affiliate since 1986 and its current affiliation
agreement expires in 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARKET/STATION DATA
-----------------------------------------------
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
KASA: ALBUQUERQUE/SANTA FE, NEW MEXICO
Market revenue (in thousands)........................................... $47,100 $52,700 $57,700 $74,100 $79,000
Market revenue growth over prior period................................. -5.9% 11.9% 9.5% 28.4% 6.6%
Market rank (DMA)....................................................... 51 50 49 50 49
Television homes (in thousands)......................................... 517 512 522 530 541
Total commercial competitors in market.................................. 8 7 6 7 5
Station rank in market 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m............................ 4 4 4 4 4
Station audience share 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m............................ 6 6 8 8 9
Station rank in market 3:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m............................ 4 4 4 4 4
Station audience share 3:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m............................ 10 9 11 12 10
</TABLE>
WHAS: LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY
Market Overview. Louisville, Kentucky is the 50th ranked DMA, with total
television households of approximately 543,000 and a total population of
approximately 1,438,000. Cable penetration in the DMA was 65% in 1995. Average
household EBI and average retail sales for the Louisville market in 1994 were
$41,673 and $21,680, respectively. Louisville's economy has been stable in
recent years, with unemployment for the region at 4.2% versus the national
average of 5.5%. The Louisville economy has a diverse employment base with 30.3%
of the workforce in the service sector, 23.2% in wholesale and retail trade,
17.8% in manufacturing, and the remainder in construction, transportation,
utilities, finance, real estate and the public sectors. Major employers in the
Louisville market include United Parcel Service of America, Inc., General
Electric Company, Ford Motor Company, Humana Inc., The Kroger Co., Columbia/HCA
Healthcare Corporation and PNC Bank Corp.
Station Performance and Strategy. WHAS is the market leader in Louisville,
with a 31% share of television revenues and a 21% audience share between sign-on
and sign-off as reported in the February, 1996 Nielsen Station Index. WHAS is
promoted as "Kentuckiana's News Channel", serving portions of Kentucky and
Indiana, and is ranked first in every revenue-critical news time period. The
Station currently originates approximately 31 hours of local programming per
week, compared to 24 and 22 hours originated by its two closest competitors.
WHAS's strategy is to maintain its leading position in the market by (i)
focusing on local programming, news and special events, (ii) providing
syndicated and locally-originated programming that receives high audience
ratings and (iii) extending the Station's strong local presence through
community service.
WHAS's syndicated programs include "Live with Regis and Kathie Lee", "The
Oprah Winfrey Show", "Coach" and "M*A*S*H*", all of which ranked as or were tied
for first place in their time periods in February, 1996. The Company believes
that WHAS's exclusive coverage of the Kentucky Derby each year is an important
factor in generating ratings and advertising in connection with the event and in
terms of developing audience loyalty to the Station. In 1995, WHAS broadcast 30
hours of Kentucky Derby-related programming, which garnered substantial ratings
and audience share. During the actual race in 1995, audience share increased to
79% in the DMA. This coverage includes live coverage of all races at Churchill
Downs on the day of the Kentucky Derby, as well as coverage of the Kentucky Oaks
and Triple Crown. The Station also successfully launched a Saturday morning news
program in 1991, which generated an audience share of 32% as reported in the
February, 1996 Nielsen Station Index. The Station has an exclusive contract with
the Kentucky State Lottery through 1999 which provides WHAS with an additional
revenue stream of approximately $1 million per year.
60
<PAGE> 64
WHAS is also a leader in philanthropic activities, which serves to promote
viewer awareness and community service. The Station has also received numerous
awards and recognition for its contributions to local schools and learning
institutions.
Since 1994, WHAS has made several investments in new technology such as
robotic cameras, weather graphics systems, and AVID's digital equipment, which
the Company believes will improve operating efficiencies and reduce operating
costs.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARKET/STATION DATA
-----------------------------------------------
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
WHAS: LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY
Market revenue (in thousands)........................................... $65,900 $66,900 $73,100 $74,600 $82,300
Market revenue growth over prior period................................. 1.5% 1.5% 9.3% 2.1% 10.3%
Market rank (DMA)....................................................... 50 49 50 49 50
Television homes (in thousands)......................................... 521 525 520 533 539
Total commercial competitors in market.................................. 5 5 5 5 6
Station rank in market 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m............................ 2 2 2 2 1
Station audience share 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m............................ 22 21 21 24 22
Station rank in market 4:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m............................ 1 3 1 1 1
Station audience share 4:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m............................ 24 21 24 28 26
</TABLE>
KHNL AND KFVE: HONOLULU, HAWAII
Market Overview. Honolulu, Hawaii is the 70th largest DMA in the United
States when ranked by number of television households, but is the 58th largest
DMA when ranked by television advertising revenues. The Honolulu DMA comprises
the entire State of Hawaii. The market has approximately 381,000 television
households and a total population of approximately 1.2 million. The market is of
above-average affluence with an average household EBI of $57,619 in 1994 as
compared to the national average of $45,937. Cable penetration in the Honolulu
DMA was 85% in 1995. Hawaii's chief employment sectors are tourism, retail,
services, finance, insurance, defense, and government. Leading employers include
the Department of the Navy, Hilton Hotels Corporation, Kaiser Corporation Health
Plan, Aloha Airlines, ITT Sheraton Hotels and Bancorp Hawaii Inc.
Station Performance and Strategy. On January 1, 1996, KHNL began a seven
year affiliation contract with NBC, propelling KHNL to the leading position
during prime time (7:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m., Monday through Friday) with a 23.8%
share among adults ages 25 to 54 as compared to 15.8% for its closest
competitor. With this performance in prime time, KHNL outperformed the NBC
national prime time average. KHNL plans to capitalize on its strength in prime
time to promote continued growth in other broadcast time periods. Since its
first newscast aired in April 1995, now promoted as "NBC Hawaii News 8", the
KHNL news organization has evolved into a strong local news competitor. The
Station now produces four hours of local news daily and has gained market share
for every news broadcast category with its approach to newsgathering and
presentation and the only all-digital newsroom in Hawaii. KHNL's inventory of
syndicated programming includes "Ricki Lake", "Geraldo" and "Entertainment
Tonight".
As a part of the Company's LMA strategy, the Company entered into an LMA
with KFVE in May 1993 which has expanded the Company's audience reach, market
revenue share, and combined ratings in the market. Under the LMA for KFVE, the
Company provides programming and marketing services pursuant to which the
Company receives all advertising revenues in exchange for funding the
programming and most operating costs. The Company is required to pay a
percentage of such revenues to KFVE (equal to approximately $748,000 in 1995).
KFVE is affiliated with UPN. In 1994, the Company transferred the broadcast of
University of Hawaii sporting events to KFVE. The current agreement expires in
May 1997 and the Company is currently negotiating a renewal of the agreement.
While the Company's owned and operated station, KHNL, and its LMA Station, KFVE,
have separate identities in the market among viewers, the Company believes there
are advantages to having two stations in the DMA and, at times, markets the two
stations together to advertisers. For example, KFVE's exclusive contract for the
University of Hawaii's sporting events provides KHNL with a promotional
opportunity for the newscasts of KHNL. In addition, as a result of the Company's
marketing efforts, these two stations when calculated together have garnered
audience ratings and revenue shares that provide the Company with additional
strength in the market. For example,
61
<PAGE> 65
during prime time, KFVE in February 1996 earned a 7.7% audience share among
adults ages 25 to 54, in addition to KHNL's leading market share of 23.8%.
KFVE's inventory of syndicated programming includes "The Simpsons", "Blossom",
"Doogie Howser, M.D." and "Coach".
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARKET/STATION DATA
-------------------------------------------------------
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
KHNL/KFVE: HONOLULU, HAWAII
Market revenue (in thousands)................................... $58,000 $60,800 $59,600 $67,600 $63,700
Market revenue growth over prior period......................... -4.0% 4.8% -2.0% 13.4% -5.8%
Market rank (DMA)............................................... 70 71 70 70 69
Television homes (in thousands)................................. 360 357 363 374 380
Total commercial competitors in market.......................... 7 7 6 8 8
Station rank in market 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m.................... 3 3 3 3 2
Station audience share 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m.................... 15 16 15 14 15
Station rank in market 4:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m.................... * * * 4 4
Station audience share 4:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m.................... * * * 14 14
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Data not available for these years.
KREM: SPOKANE, WASHINGTON
Market Overview. KREM operates in the Spokane, Washington market, the 74th
largest DMA in the nation, with approximately 366,250 television households and
a population of 961,000. Cable penetration was 63% in 1995. The Spokane area had
an average household EBI of $37,781 in 1994, with average retail sales per
household of $21,762. EBI per household and retail sales grew 6.2% and 11.4%,
respectively, in 1994 from 1993. Spokane's largest employer is the Fairchild Air
Force Base and is not currently subject to closure. Other employers include
health care, manufacturing and high technology companies.
Station Performance and Strategy. KREM, a CBS affiliate, is tied for first
for overall audience share for the Spokane DMA, sign-on to sign-off, with an 18%
household share. In the local news category, KREM, branded as "Your News Leader
for the Inland Northwest", is the number one ranked news source for the Spokane
area in the majority of news periods. In the February 1996 Nielsen ratings, KREM
was the number one station in the market during the revenue critical 4:00 p.m.
to 8:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, daypart with an audience share of 23%.
KREM's news excellence has earned the Station numerous awards including three
Emmy Awards in 1994 and most recently the prestigious Polk award for the Best
Local Reporting in the country. In addition, the station's number one ranked
"The Oprah Winfrey Show" and the popular ranked "Seinfeld" and "The Simpsons"
syndicated programming are used by the Station to lead and follow KREM news
programming. KREM has been a CBS affiliate since 1977 and its affiliation
agreement expires in 1998. CBS is currently tied for the number one network in
prime time in the Spokane market.
In order to extend its local franchise to viewers in its DMA and throughout
the northwest, KREM provides portions of its news broadcasts for use by
NorthWest Cable News in its programming.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARKET/STATION DATA
-----------------------------------------------
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
KREM: SPOKANE, WASHINGTON
Market revenue (in thousands)........................................... $30,200 $34,100 $37,100 $43,600 $42,800
Market revenue growth over prior period................................. -0.3% 12.9% 8.8% 17.5% -1.8%
Market rank (DMA)(1).................................................... 78 80 79 78 75
Television homes (in thousands)......................................... * * 325 342 353
Total commercial competitors in market.................................. * * 4 4 4
Station rank in market 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m............................ * * 1 1 2
Station audience share 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m............................ * * 23 32 19
Station rank in market 4:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m............................ 1 1 1 2 2
Station audience share 4:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m............................ 24 24 25 22 21
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Market rank (DMA) for 1991 and 1992 as reported by BIA.
* Data unavailable for these years.
62
<PAGE> 66
KMSB AND KTTU: TUCSON/NOGALES, ARIZONA
Market Overview. Tucson, Arizona is the 80th largest DMA in the United
States when ranked by number of television households, but is the 67th largest
DMA when ranked by television advertising revenues. The market has approximately
344,000 television households and population of approximately 887,000. Cable
penetration was approximately 60% in 1995. Tucson's chief employers include
federal, state and local government, aerospace manufacturing, health and the
hospitality industry. The Tucson DMA had an average household EBI of $36,026 in
1994. In 1994, the Tucson market totaled approximately $7.6 billion in retail
sales. EBI per household and retail sales grew 5.8% and 8.4%, respectively, in
1994 from 1993.
Station Performance and Strategy. Acquired by the Company in 1985, KMSB
has been a Fox affiliate since 1987 and its current affiliation agreement
expires in 1998. As a part of the Company's LMA strategy, the Company entered
into an LMA with KTTU in 1991, which has expanded the Company's audience reach,
market revenue share, and combined ratings in the market. KTTU is affiliated
with UPN. Under this LMA, the Company provides programming and marketing
services pursuant to which the Company receives all advertising revenues in
exchange for funding the programming and most operating costs. The Company is
required to pay a fixed periodic fee (equal to approximately $420,000 in 1995)
to the owner of KTTU. While the Company's owned and operated Station, KMSB, and
its LMA Station, KTTU, have separate identities in the market among viewers, the
Company markets the two stations together to advertisers. The result of the
Company's marketing efforts is that these two stations when calculated together
have garnered audience ratings and revenue shares that frequently are on par
with or above certain of the three major networks. For example, during prime
time in the market (7:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m., Monday through Saturday, 6:00 p.m.
to 10:00 p.m., Sunday), KMSB and KTTU together are ranked second in the market
on a combined basis with a 17% audience share above the 15% shares for each of
the ABC and CBS affiliates. Moreover, KMSB is in first place during the 5:00
p.m. to 7:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, daypart as measured among adults ages
18 to 49, an important demographic group for advertisers. From sign-on to
sign-off, KMSB and KTTU taken together were in fourth place with 11% audience
share, two share points behind its closest competitor.
The Company believes that KMSB and KTTU produce local programming that is
attractive to viewers and advertisers on a cost-effective basis. The Stations'
inventory of syndicated programming includes, among other shows, "Home
Improvement", "The Simpsons", "Entertainment Tonight" and "Star Trek: The Next
Generation".
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARKET/STATION DATA
-----------------------------------------------
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
KMSB/KTTU: TUCSON/NOGALES, ARIZONA
Market revenue (in thousands)........................................... $35,900 $37,000 $41,000 $51,300 $52,200
Market revenue growth over prior period................................. -3.2% 3.1% 10.8% 25.1% 1.8%
Market rank (DMA)....................................................... 81 81 81 81 81
Television homes (in thousands)......................................... 311 310 314 323 334
Total commercial competitors in market.................................. 5 6 6 6 6
Station rank in market 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m............................ 4 4 4 4 4
Station audience share 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m............................ 12 12 12 11 13
Station rank in market 3:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m............................ 4 4 4 4 4
Station audience share 3:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m............................ 16 13 12 13 12
</TABLE>
KTVB: BOISE, IDAHO
Market Overview. The Boise, Idaho market, the 127th largest DMA in the
nation, serves approximately 185,000 television households and a total
population of approximately 498,000. Cable penetration in the DMA was 54% in
1995. The Boise market has a diversified economy and serves as the seat of state
and local government. Several major national and international corporations are
headquartered in Boise. Among the companies that are headquartered in Boise are
Albertson's, Inc., Boise Cascade Corporation, Micron Technology, Inc. and the
J.R. Simplot Company. In addition, Hewlett-Packard has a large facility in
Boise. The Mountain Home Air Force Base in nearby Mountain Home, with its 4,000
military and civilian employees, adds further diversification to the market.
Other significant industries in the Boise market include high technology,
manufacturing, retail and wholesale trade, agriculture, timber products and
services industries. In 1994, the Boise market totaled approximately $4.7
billion in retail sales, with average household
63
<PAGE> 67
EBI of over $42,000 in 1994 and average retail sales per household of $25,495.
EBI per household and retail sales grew 6.6% and 30.1%, respectively, in 1994
from 1993.
Station Performance and Strategy. KTVB, an NBC affiliate, is Boise's first
rated television station sign-on to sign-off, outranking its competition with
news ratings and audience shares double that of its closest competitor. In
February 1996, four out of KTVB's five Monday to Friday newscasts had a market
share greater than 40%. An independent survey conducted by Frank N. Magid
Associates in January 1996 indicated that 59% of the viewers in the Boise market
preferred Channel 7's news programming to that of its competitors in the market.
KTVB has been an NBC affiliate since 1953 and its current affiliation agreement
expires in 2001.
The Station has an active public affairs schedule and community service
commitments with weekly viewpoint programs and quarterly town hall live
telecasts, including sponsorship and broadcast coverage of important local
events. The Station's news coverage and public service efforts have been
regularly recognized by local and regional awards from such organizations as the
Associated Press, the Idaho Press Club and the Idaho State Broadcasters
Association. The Station's inventory of syndicated programming includes "The
Oprah Winfrey Show" and "Entertainment Tonight".
In order to extend its local franchise to viewers in its DMA and throughout
the northwest, KTVB provides portions of its news broadcasts for use by
NorthWest Cable News in its programming.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARKET/STATION DATA
-----------------------------------------------
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
KTVB: BOISE, IDAHO
Market revenue (in thousands)........................................... $17,300 $18,400 $20,100 $25,000 $26,000
Market revenue growth over prior period................................. -3.3% 6.4% 9.2% 24.4% 4.0%
Market rank (DMA)(1).................................................... 136 142 135 131 125
Television homes (in thousands)......................................... * * 158 168 177
Total commercial competitors in market.................................. * * 4 4 5
Station rank in market 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m............................ * * 1 2 1
Station audience share 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m............................ * * 27 22 24
Station rank in market 3:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m............................ 1 1 1 1 1
Station audience share 3:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m............................ 31 34 37 36 37
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Market rank (DMA) for 1991 and 1992 as reported by BIA.
* Data unavailable for these years.
NETWORK AFFILIATION AGREEMENTS AND RELATIONSHIPS. Each of the Stations is
a party to an affiliation agreement with one of the four major networks giving
the Station the right to rebroadcast programs transmitted by such network. The
affiliation agreement for each of the NBC Stations expires in 2001 (except for
the affiliation agreement for KHNL, which expires in 2002), while such
agreements for each of the ABC, CBS and Fox Stations expire in 2000, 1998 and
1998, respectively. Each network has the right to terminate its respective
affiliation agreement in the event of a material breach of such agreement by a
Station and in certain other circumstances. Although the Company expects to
continue to be able to renew its network affiliation agreements no assurance can
be given that such renewals will be obtained. The non-renewal or termination of
one or more of the Stations' affiliation agreements could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. See "Risk
Factors -- Reliance on Network Programming; Dependence on Network Affiliation".
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND. Commercial television broadcasting began in the
United States on a regular basis in the 1940s. There are a limited number of
channels available for broadcasting in any one geographic area, and the license
to operate a television station is granted by the FCC. Television stations that
broadcast over the VHF band (channels 2-13) of the spectrum generally have some
competitive advantage over television stations that broadcast over the UHF band
(channels above 13) of the spectrum because VHF channels usually have better
signal coverage and operate at a lower transmission cost. However, the
improvement of UHF transmitters and receivers, the complete elimination from the
marketplace of VHF-only television receivers and the expansion of cable
television systems have reduced the competitive advantage of television stations
broadcasting over the VHF band.
Television station revenues are primarily derived from local, regional and
national advertising and, to a much lesser extent, from network compensation and
revenues from studio rental and commercial production
64
<PAGE> 68
activities. Because broadcast television stations rely on advertising revenues,
they are sensitive to cyclical changes in the economy. The size of advertisers'
budgets, which are affected by broad economic trends, affect the broadcast
industry in general and the revenues of individual broadcast television
stations.
Television stations in the country are grouped by Nielsen into
approximately 210 generally recognized television markets that are ranked in
size according to various formulae based upon actual or potential audience. Each
market is designated as an exclusive geographic area consisting of all counties
in which the home-market commercial stations receive the greatest percentage of
total viewing hours.
Nielsen, which provides audience measuring services, periodically publishes
data on estimated audiences for television stations in the various television
markets throughout the country. These estimates are expressed in terms of the
percentage of the total potential audience in the market viewing a station (the
station's "rating") and of the percentage of the audience actually watching
television (the station's "share"). Nielsen provides such data on the basis of
total television households and selected demographic groupings in the market.
The specific geographic markets are called DMAs. Nielsen uses two methods of
determining a station's rating and share. In larger geographic markets, ratings
are determined by a combination of meters connected directly to selected
television sets and weekly viewer-completed diaries of television viewing, while
in smaller markets, ratings are determined by weekly diaries only. Of the
markets in which the Company conducts its business, three are metered markets
while the remaining markets are weekly diary markets.
Historically, three major broadcast networks, NBC, ABC and CBS, dominated
broadcast television. In recent years, Fox has effectively evolved into the
fourth major network, although the hours of network programming produced by Fox
for its affiliates are fewer than those produced by the other three major
networks. In addition, UPN and WB recently have been launched as new television
networks.
The affiliation by a television station with one of the four major networks
has a significant impact on the composition of the station's programming,
revenues, expenses and operations. A typical affiliated station receives
approximately 9 to 10 hours of each day's programming from the network. This
programming, along with cash payments ("network compensation"), is provided to
the affiliate by the network in exchange for a substantial majority of the
advertising time sold during the airing of network programs. The network then
sells this advertising time for its own account. The affiliate retains the
revenues from time sold during breaks in and between network programs and during
programs produced by the affiliate or purchased from non-network sources. In
acquiring programming to supplement network programming, network affiliates
compete primarily with other affiliates and independent stations in their
markets. Cable systems generally do not compete with local stations for
programming, although various national cable networks from time to time have
acquired programs that would otherwise have been offered to local television
stations. In addition, a television station may acquire programming through
bartering arrangements. Under such arrangements, which are becoming increasingly
popular with both network affiliates and independents, a national program
distributor may receive advertising time in exchange for the programming it
supplies, with the station paying no fee or a reduced fee for such programming.
An affiliate of UPN or WB receives a smaller portion of each day's
programming from its network compared to an affiliate of NBC, ABC, CBS or Fox.
Currently, UPN and WB provide six and two hours of programming per day to their
affiliates, respectively. As a result of the smaller amount of programming
provided by their networks, affiliates of UPN or WB must purchase or produce a
greater amount of their programming, resulting in generally higher programming
costs. These stations, however, retain a larger portion of the inventory of
advertising time and the revenues obtained therefrom than stations affiliated
with the major networks, which may partially offset their higher programming
costs.
In contrast to a network-affiliated station, an independent station
purchases or produces all of the programming that it broadcasts, generally
resulting in higher programming costs, although the independent station is, in
theory, able to retain its entire inventory of advertising time and all of the
revenue obtained from the sale of such time. Barter and cash-plus-barter
arrangements, however, have become increasingly popular among all stations.
Broadcast television stations compete for advertising revenues primarily
with other broadcast television stations and, to a lesser extent, with radio
stations, cable system operators and programmers and newspapers serving the same
market. Traditional network programming, and recently Fox programming, generally
65
<PAGE> 69
achieves higher audience levels than syndicated programs aired by independent
stations. However, as greater amounts of advertising time become available for
sale by independent stations and Fox affiliates in syndicated programs, those
stations typically achieve a share of the television market advertising revenues
greater than their share of the market's audience.
Through the 1970s, network television broadcasting enjoyed virtual
dominance in viewership and television advertising revenues because
network-affiliated stations only competed with each other in local markets.
Beginning in the 1980s, this level of dominance began to change as the FCC
authorized more local stations and marketplace choices expanded with the growth
of independent stations and cable television services.
Cable television systems were first installed in significant numbers in the
1970s and were initially used to retransmit broadcast television programming to
paying subscribers in areas with poor broadcast signal reception. In the
aggregate, cable-originated programming has emerged as a significant competitor
for viewers of broadcast television programming, although no single cable
programming network regularly attains audience levels amounting to more than a
small fraction of any of the major broadcast networks. The advertising share of
cable networks increased during the 1970s and 1980s as a result of the growth in
cable penetration (the percentage of television households that are connected to
a cable system). Notwithstanding such increases in cable viewership and
advertising, over-the-air broadcasting remains the dominant distribution system
for mass market television advertising.
The Company believes that the market shares of television stations
affiliated with NBC, ABC and CBS declined during the 1980s primarily because of
the emergence of Fox and certain strong independent stations and secondarily
because of increased cable penetration. Independent stations have emerged as
viable competitors for television viewership share, particularly as a result of
the availability of first-run, network-quality programming. In addition, there
has been substantial growth in the number of home satellite dish receivers and
video cassette recorders, which has further expanded the number of programming
alternatives available to household audiences.
Further advances in technology may increase competition for household
audiences and advertisers. Video compression techniques, now in use with direct
broadcast satellites and in development for cable and wireless cable, are
expected to permit greater numbers of channels to be carried with existing
bandwidth. These compression techniques, as well as other technological
developments, are applicable to all video delivery systems, including
over-the-air broadcasting, and have the potential to provide vastly expanded
programming to highly targeted audiences. Reduction in the cost of creating
additional channel capacity could lower entry barriers for new channels and
encourage the development of increasingly specialized niche programming. This
ability to reach very narrowly defined audiences is expected to alter the
competitive dynamics for advertising expenditures. The Company is unable to
predict the effect that technological changes will have on the broadcast
television industry or the future results of the Company's operations.
COMPETITION. Competition in the television industry, including each of the
markets in which the Stations and the LMA Stations compete, takes place on
several levels: competition for audience, competition for programming (including
news) and competition for advertisers. Additional factors material to a
television station's competitive position include signal coverage and assigned
frequency. The television broadcasting industry is continually faced with
technological change and innovation, the possible rise in popularity of
competing entertainment and communications media and governmental restrictions
or actions of federal regulatory bodies, including the FCC and the Federal Trade
Commission, any of which could have a material effect on the Broadcasting
Business.
Audience. The Stations compete for audience on the basis of program
popularity, which has a direct effect on advertising rates. A majority of the
daily programming on the Stations is supplied by the network with which each
Station is affiliated. In those periods, the Stations are totally dependent upon
the performance of the network programs in attracting viewers. Each Station
competes in non-network time periods based on the performance of its programming
during such time periods, using a combination of self-produced news, public
affairs and other entertainment programming, including news and syndicated
programs, that such Station believes will be attractive to viewers.
66
<PAGE> 70
The Stations compete for television viewership share against local
network-affiliated and independent stations, as well as against cable and
alternate methods of television transmission. These other transmission methods
can increase competition for a Station by bringing into its market distant
broadcasting signals not otherwise available to the Station's audience and also
by serving as a distribution system for non-broadcast programming originated on
the cable system. Historically, cable operators have not sought to compete with
broadcast stations for a share of the local news audience. To the extent cable
operators elect to do so, their increased competition for local news audiences
could have an adverse effect on the Company's advertising revenues.
Other sources of competition for the Stations include home entertainment
systems (including video cassette recorder and playback systems, videodiscs and
television game devices), multipoint distribution systems, multichannel
multipoint distribution systems, wireless cable, satellite master antenna
television systems, and some low power, in-home satellite services. The Stations
also face competition from high-powered direct broadcast satellite services,
such as DIRECT-TV, which transmit programming directly to homes equipped with
special receiving antennas or to cable television systems for transmission to
their subscribers. The Company competes with these sources of competition both
on the basis of service and product performance (quality of reception and number
of channels that may be offered) and price (the relative cost to utilize these
systems compared to television viewing).
Programming. Competition for non-network programming involves negotiating
with national program distributors or syndicators which sell first-run and rerun
packages of programming. The Stations compete against in-market broadcast
station competitors for exclusive access to off-network reruns (such as "Home
Improvement") and first-run product (such as "The Oprah Winfrey Show") for
exclusive access to those programs. Cable systems generally do not compete with
local stations for programming, although various national cable networks from
time to time have acquired programs that would have otherwise been offered to
local television stations. Competition for exclusive news stories and features
is also endemic to the television industry. Such competition is generally on the
basis of price.
Advertising. Advertising rates are based upon the size of the market in
which the Station operates, a program's popularity among the viewers an
advertiser wishes to attract, the number of advertisers competing for the
available time, the demographic makeup of the market served by the Station, the
availability of alternative advertising media in the market area, aggressive and
knowledgeable sales forces and the development of projects, features and
programs that tie advertiser messages to programming. Advertising rates are also
determined by a Station's overall ability to attract viewers in its market, as
well as the Station's ability to attract viewers among particular demographic
groups that an advertiser may be targeting. The Stations compete for advertising
revenues with other television stations in their respective markets, as well as
with other advertising media, such as newspapers, radio, magazines, outdoor
advertising, transit advertising, yellow page directories, direct mail and local
cable systems. Competition for advertising dollars in the broadcasting industry
occurs primarily within individual markets on the basis of the above factors as
well as on the basis of advertising rates charged by competitors. Generally, a
television broadcasting station in the market does not compete with stations in
other market areas. The Stations are located in highly competitive markets.
PUBLISHING
OVERVIEW. The Providence Journal is the leading newspaper in terms of
advertising and circulation in its market of Rhode Island and southeastern
Massachusetts. Average daily circulation levels for the three months ended March
31, 1996 following the Newspaper Consolidation in June, 1995 were approximately
169,500 for circulation Monday through Saturday and 251,300 for circulation on
Sunday. According to a Belden Associates study, an average of approximately 58%
and 69% of the 929,000 total adults in the market surveyed in the fourth quarter
of 1995 read the daily Providence Journal-Bulletinand The Providence Sunday
Journal, respectively, on a daily basis. In addition, according to this study,
an average of approximately 77% and 87% of adults in the market who read any
newspaper read the daily Providence Journal-Bulletin and The Providence Sunday
Journal, respectively, on a daily basis. The Company believes that the
Providence Journal, published daily since 1829, is the oldest continuously
published daily newspaper in the United States. The Providence
67
<PAGE> 71
Journal has received numerous awards over the years for its local and national
coverage, including its fourth Pulitzer Prize in 1994.
The Publishing Business generated approximately $128.5 million and $30.1
million in revenues in 1995 and for the three months ended March 31, 1996,
respectively, or 41.1% and 40.1%, respectively, of consolidated operating
revenues. Publishing EBITDA was $14.8 million and $2.7 million in 1995 and for
the three months ended March 31, 1996, respectively, which represented 18.7% and
18.2%, respectively, of the Company's EBITDA excluding programming and
electronic media and corporate expenses.
BUSINESS AND OPERATING STRATEGY. The Company's publishing strategy is to
leverage the Providence Journal's comprehensive regional and local news coverage
to generate increased readership, local advertising sales, and new revenue
sources based on its strong brand recognition. The Company believes that the
recent consolidation of its daily newspapers, reorganization of its staff, and
effective cost controls will help contribute to improved operating results.
The Company's business and operating strategy for the Publishing Business
includes the following key elements:
ENHANCE STRONG LOCAL NEWS FRANCHISE. The Company has the largest local
news gathering resources in its Rhode Island and southeastern Massachusetts
market and, as a result, the Providence Journal provides high quality, local
news and information that effectively serves its readers. The Company emphasizes
a local focus in virtually every section of the Providence Journal with a
commitment to editorial excellence that has earned it a high degree of reader
loyalty and market penetration. The Providence Journal regularly features the
following sections, among others, in which articles concerning local issues are
published: Main News, Rhode Island, Suburban, Sports, Business, Lifebeat, Food,
Hers, Travel/Society, Your Home and Classified. In order to reach and attract
readers more effectively, the Company in 1995 began publishing more extensive
regional sections in the Providence Journal that targeted the news and
information needs of readers in seven geographic zones of its market. The
Company is committing significant resources to these local sections, with 82
full-time equivalent newsroom employees out of a total of 295 focusing on news
gathering for these sections. As a result of the Company's strategies to
emphasize regionally-zoned news and information sections and to control
operating costs, on June 5, 1995, the Company completed the Newspaper
Consolidation in order to reallocate personnel to the regional editions and to
reduce operating costs. A portion of the total annual savings is being used to
enhance local news coverage.
REORGANIZE SALES FORCE TO INCREASE CUSTOMER FOCUS. The Company emphasizes
a targeted approach to its advertisers and has recently begun a reorganization
of its sales force in an attempt to enhance its effectiveness in attracting
advertising revenues and increasing EBITDA. Salespeople will be grouped in teams
that are focused on categories of advertisers rather than on types of
advertisements, as had been the Company's previous practice. For example, the
Providence Journal will have teams of sales people focused on automobile
dealers, professional services firms, national chains, travel companies, and
help wanted advertisers, among other categories. The Company also intends to
institute a new performance-based incentive compensation plan for its
salespeople which will reward employees based on their contribution to EBITDA
rather than to revenues. The Company believes that this reorganization, which it
has entitled "World Class," will enable its sales force to better identify sales
opportunities, be more responsive to advertiser needs, and operate more cost
effectively.
REDUCE OPERATING COSTS. The Company attempts to closely monitor expenses
in its Publishing Business to control costs without sacrificing revenue
opportunities. The Company seeks to reduce labor costs through investment in
modern production equipment and the consolidation of operations and
administrative activities. As a result of the Newspaper Consolidation, annual
savings are estimated to be approximately $4 million. In an effort to reduce
labor costs, the Company recently reorganized the staffing of the Providence
Journal in the Newspaper Restructuring and offered retirement and voluntary
separation packages to employees. As a result of personnel reductions achieved
through these plans, the Company estimates that it will realize cost savings of
approximately $6 million per year. In addition, the Company seeks to realize
cost savings through emphasizing increased accountability for performance by its
employees. The Company has also made efforts to reduce its newsprint costs,
which in 1995 accounted for 18.9% of the Publishing Business' operating and
68
<PAGE> 72
administrative expenses and 8.7% of the Company's consolidated operating and
administrative expenses. The Company has reduced the number of suppliers and
entered into contracts with these suppliers resulting in favorable pricing and
continuity of supply. The Company's cost control initiatives have included
aggressive conservation efforts, including reducing the page width of the
newspaper and strict control of newspaper waste.
INCREASE REVENUES THROUGH RELATED PRODUCTS. The Publishing Business has
developed a number of fax-on-demand services providing material ranging from old
Providence Journal newspaper articles to current information on sports, weather
and other subjects of general interest. The Publishing Business has also
developed and expanded Journal Line, a voice information service that provides
pre-recorded information in a variety of categories, including stock quotes,
weather forecasts and sports scores; the New England Wire Service, that
electronically provides editorial content to area newspapers; and Journal
Telemarketing, a telemarketing sales division providing services to a range of
customers. These products and services seek to exploit the additional potential
of the strong local brand recognition of the Providence Journal. As part of its
strategy to increase revenue and EBITDA, the Company anticipates introducing
additional services in the future.
MARKET OVERVIEW. The Providence Journal market area includes the entire
state of Rhode Island as well as southeastern Massachusetts, an area that
includes approximately 458,000 households and a population of 1.2 million. In
the market area, 34% of the adults are college graduates compared to only 20% of
all adults in the United States. Median household income for the market was
$38,000 in 1995, which exceeded the national average by over $4,000. Retail
sales in the market grew by 5% from 1990 through 1994 to reach total retail
sales in 1994 of $9.8 billion.
The economy of Providence Journal's market is comprised of a diversified
industrial base, banking, educational institutions, financial services industry,
health care and tourism. Major employers in the market include the state and
federal government, the Diocese of Providence, Rhode Island Hospital, Texas
Instruments Incorporated, Fleet Financial Group, Inc., General Dynamics, and
Hasbro, Inc.
SOURCES OF REVENUE. Substantially all of the Company's Publishing revenue
is derived from advertising and circulation, with lesser amounts derived from
electronic publishing, telemarketing and other sources. The following table sets
forth the sources and amounts of the Company's Publishing revenue for the years
ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the three months ended March 31,
1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------------------------------- THREE MONTHS
ENDED
1993 1994 1995 MARCH 31, 1996
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------
SOURCE OF REVENUE AMOUNT % AMOUNT % AMOUNT % AMOUNT %
- ------------------------ -------- ----- -------- ----- -------- ----- ------- -----
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Newspaper Advertising:
Retail................ $ 57,935 46.4% $ 58,880 46.0% $ 56,795 44.2% $12,678 42.1%
Classified............ 26,465 21.2 27,764 21.7 29,006 22.6 7,086 23.5
General............... 8,687 7.0 8,435 6.6 7,870 6.1 1,783 5.9
Circulation............. 31,028 24.8 30,888 24.2 32,151 25.0 8,139 27.0
Development
(New Ventures)........ 799 0.6 1,926 1.5 2,669 2.1 439 1.5
-------- ------ -------- ------ -------- ------ -------- ------
Total......... $124,914 100.0% $127,893 100.0% $128,491 100.0% $30,125 100.0%
======== ====== ======== ====== ======== ====== ======== ======
</TABLE>
NEWSPAPER ADVERTISING. Approximately 72.9% and 71.5% of the Providence
Journal's 1995 and first quarter 1996 revenues, respectively, were derived from
the sale of advertising (historically between 70% and 80% of the Providence
Journal's revenues). Retail advertising appears throughout the Providence
Journal and consists of display advertising from local merchants, such as
grocery and department stores, and national retail advertisers that have local
outlets. Classified advertising consists of display and text advertisements
which are listed together in sequence by the nature of the advertisement, such
as automobile, employment and real estate and appear in the classified section
of the Providence Journal. National advertising is comprised of advertisements
from national distributors and manufacturers that appear throughout the
Providence Journal.
69
<PAGE> 73
The Providence Journal also contains preprinted advertisements that are provided
to the Providence Journal for distribution both in the Providence Journal and at
times through the mail. Preprint advertising revenue is derived primarily from
retail and national advertisers and accounted for approximately 20% of the total
Providence Journal advertising revenue in 1995.
The Providence Journal increased advertising rates for most major
categories of retail and classified advertising by at least 3% in each of 1993,
1994 and 1995.
CIRCULATION AND PRICING. The following table shows the average net paid
daily, Saturday and Sunday circulation of the Providence Journal for the 52
weeks ended on the last Sunday in March in each of the years 1991 through 1994,
as reported by the Audit Bureau of Circulation (the "Audit Bureau"), an
independent agency that audits the circulation of most U.S. newspapers and
magazines on an annual basis. To coincide with the Newspaper Consolidation, the
auditing cycle at the "Audit Bureau" was changed to July 2, 1995, a 53-week
period.
AVERAGE NET PAID CIRCULATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
52 WEEKS ENDED DAILY SATURDAY SUNDAY
------------------------------------------------------ -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
March 31, 1991........................................ 202,200 188,900 265,000
March 29, 1992........................................ 197,100 186,400 268,100
March 28, 1993........................................ 192,500 182,700 269,100
March 27, 1994........................................ 188,200 179,600 268,800
July 2, 1995.......................................... 184,100 177,000 264,300
</TABLE>
The above numbers are before the Newspaper Consolidation of the morning and
afternoon newspapers. Circulation levels as calculated by management for the
three months ended March 31, 1996 were approximately 169,500 for daily
circulation and 251,300 for Sunday circulation. Following the Newspaper
Consolidation, management is currently making efforts to increase the
circulation of the Providence Journal with emphasis on the local news and
information provided in the seven regionally zoned sections of the newspaper.
There can be no assurances, however, that circulation will increase as a result
of these efforts.
PRODUCTION AND RAW MATERIALS. In 1987, the Company began operations at its
newly-constructed newspaper flexographic printing and distribution plant in
Providence, Rhode Island. The use of flexography, a water-based printing
process, improves printing quality and prevents newspaper ink from rubbing off
onto the reader's hands. The facility is also equipped with computer
control-driven systems, which shut down presses within five copies of the
specified production number, thereby significantly reducing the number of
unusable copies.
Newsprint costs, which are the largest component of direct expenses, have
in recent years accounted for between 13.0% and 19.3% of the Publishing
Business' total operating and administrative expenses. In 1995 and the first
quarter of 1996, the Providence Journal incurred total newsprint costs of $21.5
million and $5.3 million, respectively, or 18.9% and 19.3% of total Publishing
Business operating and administrative expenses, respectively, and 8.7% and 8.0%
of the Company's operating and administrative expenses, respectively, and used
approximately 33,000 and 7,000 metric tons of newsprint, respectively. The
Company reduced the number of newsprint suppliers to five from eight in 1992 and
has entered into contracts with these suppliers resulting in favorable pricing
and continuity of supply. The Providence Journal currently receives modest
discounts off list price for newsprint supplies. Additional cost savings have
been achieved by the implementation of quality controls. Although the Company's
newsprint costs increased approximately 45% per metric ton in 1995, recently the
major newsprint producers announced a withdrawal of their previously planned
price increase. The Company has implemented measures in an attempt to offset the
impact of future increases in newsprint prices, such as reducing the page width
of the newspaper and strict control of newspaper waste. Any such future
increases could have an adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.
COMPETITION. The Providence Journal has five daily newspaper competitors
in Rhode Island: The Times (Pawtucket, RI), Woonsocket Call, Daily News
(Newport, RI), Westerly Sun, and Kent County Daily Times, each with net paid
circulation levels under 20,000 in Rhode Island. The Providence Journal also
encounters
70
<PAGE> 74
competition in varying degrees from Boston and other Massachusetts newspapers,
nationally circulated newspapers, television, radio, magazines, electronic
publishing services, and other advertising media, including direct mail
advertising and yellow pages. The competition from electronic information
services may be increased in the future as a result of the Telecommunications
Act, which allows the Regional Bell Holding Companies to provide such services,
subject to certain safeguards. The Providence Journal competes for readership
primarily on the basis of local news content and, to a lesser extent, on the
basis of the price charged for its daily and Sunday newspapers. The Providence
Journal competes for advertising revenue based on its readership levels and its
ability to provide quality display and classified advertising at a competitive
price.
NEWSPAPER INDUSTRY BACKGROUND. Newspaper publishing is the oldest and
largest segment of the media industry, with total advertising expenditures on
daily and weekly newspapers reported at $36.0 billion in 1995 according to the
Newspaper Association of America (the "NAA"). Due to a focus on local news,
newspapers remain the dominant medium for local advertising and in 1995,
accounted for more than 48.0% of all local media advertising expenditures
according to the NAA. In addition, newspapers continue to be the preferred
medium for retail advertising that emphasizes the price of goods, in contrast to
television which is generally used for image advertising.
Advertising and, to a lesser extent, circulation, revenues are cyclical and
dependent upon general economic conditions. Historically, increases in
advertising revenues have corresponded with economic recoveries while decreases,
as well as changes in the mix of advertising, have corresponded with general
economic downturns and regional and local economic recessions.
The State of Rhode Island has enacted legislation concerning the percentage
of recycled content of newsprint which must be contained in the Providence
Journal. For 1996, at least 22% of the Company's annual usage of newsprint must
consist of recycled content. Such percentage increases to 31% and 40% in 1998
and 2001, respectively. The Rhode Island law does not require such minimum
quantities in the event the price of recycled materials is more expensive than
virgin newsprint or if recycled materials are not readily available for use by
the Providence Journal. The Company is currently in compliance and intends to
use its best efforts to comply with this law in the future.
PROGRAMMING AND ELECTRONIC MEDIA
OVERVIEW. The Company produces cable television and satellite network
programming and interactive and on-line electronic media services through its
management role or ownership interest in a variety of content-driven
entertainment and information businesses. The Company's approach to development
of programming and interactive opportunities is to invest in or manage
businesses that are extensions of its experience in the production of
programming content or build on existing media franchises.
BUSINESS AND OPERATING STRATEGY
LEVERAGE EXISTING EXPERTISE IN PROGRAMMING AND OTHER CONTENT
DEPLOYMENT. Through its primary businesses in television broadcasting and
newspaper publishing, the Company believes that it has developed expertise in
creating entertaining informational programming and editorial content. The
Company has invested in and operates certain businesses, such as the Television
Food Network, America's Health Network and NorthWest Cable News, that capitalize
on the Company's experience in this regard. As additional opportunities arise,
the Company expects to review such projects and pursue such opportunities that
best exploit or extend the capabilities of existing talent and resources.
EMPHASIZE PROGRAMMING TOPICS WITH BROAD APPEAL. The Company's strategy in
its programming businesses is to develop cable and satellite programming
networks, such as the Television Food Network, America's Health Network and
NorthWest Cable News, and broadcast programming content based on topics or
themes that the Company believes are of importance to a broad audience of
potential viewers. The Company believes that the focus of these investments on
food, health, and local news is attractive to cable television subscribers. As
the Company reviews additional opportunities, it plans to invest in such
ventures that it believes have broad audience appeal.
71
<PAGE> 75
EXTEND AND ENHANCE EXISTING BRANDS AND CONTENT. The Company's strategy in
developing cable and satellite network programming and interactive and on-line
electronic media products, has been to create products and approaches that are
closely related to the Company's existing brands and franchises. For example,
NorthWest Cable News builds on the leading local news franchise of, and uses
some of the programming resources available to, the Stations in Washington,
Oregon and Idaho. In addition, Rhode Island Horizons, an on-line service,
presents news, features and advertising displayed in the Providence Journal.
Moreover, the Company maintains the right to link its investment in Peapod, an
interactive grocery shopping service, to the operations of its Stations and
cable television networks, including the Television Food Network. The Company
also believes that the success of these ventures will serve to enhance the
Company's existing broadcast and newspaper properties.
MINIMIZE RISK THROUGH STAGED INVESTMENTS IN NEW OPPORTUNITIES. The Company
attempts to take a staged approach to investing in start-up ventures by
committing financial and managerial resources incrementally. The Company has
initially provided its portion of the capital required to commence operations of
a venture and has increased its investment and its managerial role at certain
milestones in the businesses' development. Such milestones are dependent on the
nature of the start-up business, but include identifying promising concepts,
commissioning market research, establishing strategic relationship with other
investors, negotiating contractual arrangements with key suppliers and
evaluating early-stage financial results of specific projects.
CABLE AND SATELLITE TELEVISION PROGRAMMING.
The Company continually reviews opportunities to participate in the
creation and development of new cable and satellite television programming
services. The Company seeks to enter into partnerships and other relationships
with companies or individuals having specialized expertise with regard to the
content of the programming. The Company's practice is to play the leading role
in the formation and management of the services and to increase its ownership
interest when appropriate.
TELEVISION FOOD NETWORK. As of March 31, 1996, the Company controlled a
24% interest in TVFN. TVFN, a general partnership consisting of eight media
companies with cable television and/or programming holdings, was formed
specifically to own and operate the Television Food Network, a 24-hour
advertising-supported cable and satellite network service that provides
television programming related to the preparation, enjoyment and consumption of
food, as well as programs focusing on nutrition and topical news areas. The
Television Food Network is distributed predominately through cable television
operators to approximately 15.5 million subscribers throughout the United
States. The Company is the managing general partner of the managing partner of
TVFN and has invested approximately $17.7 million in TVFN through March 31,
1996. In addition, on May 14, 1996, the Company purchased the equity partnership
interests held by Landmark and Scripps, two of the partners of TVFN, for
respective purchase prices of approximately $12.7 million and $11.4 million.
Prior to such purchase, Landmark and Scripps each owned a 10.8% and 9.7% general
partnership interest in TVFN. The agreements with each of Landmark and Scripps
contain covenants by such parties not to compete with TVFN and its affiliates
for a period of one year following such purchase. Following such purchases, the
Company holds 46% of the TVFN partnership interests and controls three of the
five votes on the TVFN management committee. As a result of such purchases, TVFN
became a controlled subsidiary of the Company and effective May 14, 1996, was
consolidated into the Company's results of operations. The Company is continuing
to negotiate with a third partner for the purchase of that partner's TVFN
interest. If this negotiation is successfully concluded, the Company would
directly or indirectly hold 55% of the TVFN partnership interests and would
control four of the five votes on the TVFN management committee.
Currently, the Television Food Network is the only 24-hour a day cable
channel dedicated solely to broadcasting food-related programming. As a result,
the Company believes that the Television Food Network has a unique opportunity
to establish a leading brand name in a variety of media relating to food and its
preparation. The Television Food Network's production operation enables the
Television Food Network to produce the vast majority of its programming in
27,282 square feet of office space in New York City.
The Television Food Network generated net revenues of $6.7 million in 1995,
up $4.7 million from 1994. The Television Food Network's subscriber base grew
57% in 1995 to approximately 15.5 million from 9.9 million at year end 1994. At
present, the Television Food Network has distribution agreements with 35 of the
72
<PAGE> 76
top 50 cable television multiple system operators ("MSOs") and is carried in 33
of the top 50 cable systems in the United States. The network is currently
available at no charge to MSOs that place the Television Food Network on a basic
or expanded service level; however, due to the changing programming marketplace,
the Television Food Network will begin to institute subscriber fees along with
enhanced marketing support in 1996. The Television Food Network believes that
this initiative as well as the introduction of several on-air direct
merchandising projects will become major sources of revenue for the network over
the next five years.
The Company believes that the quality of the Television Food Network's
programming has generated strong ratings in comparison to other cable television
networks. While the Company believes the network has broad appeal, the
Television Food Network's strategy is to produce programming to reach a target
audience of women, particularly young and working women, in order to attract
advertisers. Advertisers generally consider women ages 25 to 54 to be one of the
most economically attractive demographic groups. The network's audience
composition is favorable due to its high percentage of working women. As a
result, the Company is better able to charge advertisers premium rates to reach
this favorable demographic group. The Television Food Network ranks as number 17
out of the 28 major cable and satellite programming networks in terms of the
amount of time per week its viewers spend viewing the channel. Further, the
Company believes that the Television Food Network viewers are highly interactive
with the network as demonstrated by the approximately 2,500 letters per day it
receives requesting recipes, critiquing the network, and writing to chefs and
hosts. Since its inception in March 1996, the Television Food Network Internet
site (http://www.foodtv.com) has averaged over 4,000 visits per day. These
contacts have contributed to the Television Food Network's growing database of
over 250,000 unduplicated names.
A significant part of the network's strategy going forward is to tap into
what the Company believes is the high interest and involvement of its viewers by
creating and marketing merchandise related to the network, its programs and its
talent. In 1996, the Television Food Network will introduce several on-air
direct merchandising projects which allow the network to share in the revenues
from the on-air sale of merchandise. The Company expects the product selection
to include the Television Food Network branded items, products from third-party
suppliers and advertisers. The Television Food Network is also beginning to
produce cookbooks which focus on its most popular hosts and programs. The
Company believes that the Television Food Network's programming results could be
duplicated outside the United States and is currently exploring international
expansion.
AMERICA'S HEALTH NETWORK. The Company owns interests in AHN, the
controlling entities of America's Health Network, that collectively represent a
65% equity interest in the development stage programming network service. It is
anticipated that this interest will be reduced to between 56% and 62% in early
1997 through the exercise of certain options by investors in AHN Partners, L.P.
America's Health Network is a 24-hour basic cable television programming service
principally featuring viewer call-in programs designed for health-conscious
adults who are active participants in their own health care and the health care
of spouses, parents, and children. America's Health Network's "Ask the Doctor"
programs are hosted by health care professionals whose responses to viewers'
questions are extensively visualized using graphics, animations and
illustrations. America's Health Network's programming also includes brief
"Health Mall" segments during which health-related products are offered for sale
to viewers, and "Health News" segments which provide daily updates on the areas
of health, medicine, wellness and nutrition. In addition, a limited number of
commercials from national and local advertisers are shown.
America's Health Network launched its service on March 25, 1996. To date
the Company believes that America's Health Network is available to approximately
726,600 basic cable television subscribers in the United States. AHN has
distribution agreements with MSOs that include affiliates of Cablevision Systems
Corporation, Adelphia Communications Corporation and Greater Media Cablevision
and also has agreements with two buying consortiums that represent small and
mid-sized MSOs, Telesynergy Inc. and National Cable TV Cooperative to distribute
America's Health Network. These organizations represent a subscriber base of
over 16 million subscribers. The Company expects affiliates representing 1.4
million subscribers to carry the network by July 1, 1996. The Company provided
project management services to AHN in connection with the construction and
build-out of America's Health Network's production center at Universal Studios
and has agreed to sub-lease a transponder to AHN for five years. AHN has also
assembled a group of strategic partners including the Mayo Foundation for
Medical Education and Research ("Mayo" or "Mayo Clinic")
73
<PAGE> 77
and IVI Publishing, Inc. ("IVI"), Mayo's electronic publisher, which have
entered into a comprehensive and exclusive program content relationship with
AHN. The Company believes that the strategic relationship with Mayo is an
important factor in establishing credibility with subscribers as the Mayo Clinic
has one of the most recognized names in medicine in the United States. AHN has
also entered into an agreement in principle with Reuters Health Information
Services, Inc. and the Massachusetts Medical Society, publisher of the New
England Journal of Medicine, to produce the "Health News" segments and has
exclusive rights to syndicate these segments.
America's Health Network is housed in a 16,500 square foot production
facility immediately adjacent to the Universal Studios Florida theme park in
Orlando, Florida, and Universal Studios will recruit its theme park visitors to
participate in America's Health Network's live productions. National Call
Center, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Home Shopping Network, Inc., provides
telemarketing, order processing, warehousing and fulfillment services related to
the sale of merchandise on America's Health Network's "Health Mall" segments and
through AHN's database marketing programs.
NORTHWEST CABLE NEWS. To build on the Company's established local news
franchises in Washington, Oregon and Idaho, the Company launched NorthWest Cable
News, a 24-hour regional cable news network serving cable subscribers in the
Pacific Northwest in December 1995. NorthWest Cable News is based in Seattle and
combines state-of-the-art digital news-gathering and editing systems with
resources of the Company's Stations located in Seattle, Portland, Spokane and
Boise. NorthWest Cable News was developed as a result of research conducted by
Frank M. Magid Associates that indicated that 95% of northwest United States
cable television viewers are likely to watch a regional news cable network, with
86% of these prospective viewers likely to watch such a news cable network in
addition to their local broadcast news program. NorthWest Cable News is
currently available in approximately 1.3 million cable homes. NorthWest Cable
News provides Pacific Northwest cable subscribers with 24-hour continuous news
by combining the quality news teams of the Company's four northwestern Stations
with NorthWest Cable News own bureaus located throughout the region. The
Company's four Stations also help to promote NorthWest Cable News and increase
viewers' overall awareness of the network.
INTERACTIVE AND ON-LINE MEDIA.
The Company continually reviews opportunities to participate in the
creation and development of the interactive and on-line media. The Company seeks
to enter into partnerships and other relationships with companies or individuals
having specialized expertise in such media.
RHODE ISLAND HORIZONS. During 1994, the Company entered into a two year
agreement with Prodigy Services Company providing for the creation of Rhode
Island Horizons, a local on-line service owned by the Providence Journal to be
offered in conjunction with the national Prodigy service. The local on-line
service includes news, features and advertising similar to that appearing in the
Providence Journal. Rhode Island Horizons began operations in the second quarter
of 1995. The Company currently has an Internet site (http://www.projo.com) and
is negotiating with certain Internet providers to make Rhode Island Horizons
fully available over the Internet.
PEAPOD, L.P. As of March 31, 1996, the Company owned a 17.2% interest in
Peapod, which provides an interactive computer on-line grocery ordering,
shopping and delivery service in Chicago and San Francisco, with plans to expand
into Boston and Providence. In April 1996, the Company invested an additional $1
million in Peapod in a private placement offering, following which the Company
owned an approximate 14.5% equity interest. The Company maintains certain rights
with regard to the expansion of Peapod into the Stations' markets and
Providence, Rhode Island.
STARSIGHT. The Company is a 4.85% investor in StarSight Telecast, Inc.
("StarSight"), a company engaged in developing and marketing an on-screen
interactive television program guide designed to facilitate the identification,
selection and recording of television programming. StarSight's shares are traded
on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System
under the symbol "SGHT".
74
<PAGE> 78
BROADCAST TELEVISION PROGRAMMING.
The Company continually reviews opportunities to participate in the
creation and development of broadcast television programming. The Company seeks
to enter into partnerships and other relationships with companies or individuals
having specialized expertise with regard to the content of the programming.
The Company is a limited partner with four other television group
broadcasters in PSN, a limited partnership formed in 1994 to develop and produce
television programming for broadcast on their own stations and for potential
national distribution to other television broadcast stations. The stations owned
by PSN's five limited partners serve markets accounting for approximately 20% of
the television households in the United States. Each of PSN's limited partners
has a right of first access in its respective television markets to the programs
produced by PSN. The Company believes PSN to be a cost-effective testing ground
for new programs and a launch vehicle for successful syndicated programming.
Before making a full-season commitment to production, PSN will conduct short
trials on its partners' stations. Promising shows can then be introduced to a
broader national audience. PSN has produced and is currently testing several
programs. As of May 31, 1996, the Company's investment in PSN was approximately
$1.8 million.
COMPETITION
CABLE TELEVISION AND SATELLITE NETWORK PROGRAMMING SERVICES. Competition
in the cable television and satellite network programming services industry
takes place on several levels: competition for distribution, competition for
audience and advertisers and, to a lesser extent, competition for programming.
Distribution. The Company's cable television and satellite network
programming services compete for distribution with numerous other programming
services and local television stations. There are currently over 50 nationally
distributed cable television and satellite network programming services that
compete for distribution over existing cable, wireless cable and satellite
distribution systems with very limited distribution capacity. "Must-carry" and
certain other rules may further limit distribution capacity. See "Licensing and
Regulation". These systems carry established cable television and satellite
network programming services such as CNN, USA, TBS, ESPN, TNT, Discovery,
Lifetime and A&E, and are upgrading their facilities and enhancing their
technological capabilities in order to carry additional services, many of which
have been launched in the past several years, such as E!, The History Channel,
ESPN2, Home & Garden, Outdoor Life and Speedvision, in addition to the
Television Food Network, America's Health Network and NorthWest Cable News.
Audience and Advertisers. The Company's cable television and satellite
network programming services compete for audience on the basis of program
popularity, which has a direct effect on advertising sales rates. Advertising
rates are based upon the size of the demographic make-up of the network
subscriber base that is reached, a program's popularity among the viewers an
advertiser wishes to attract, the number of advertisers competing for the
available time, the demographic make-up of the household subscriber base and
availability of alternative advertising media in the market areas where the
network is distributed, the aggressive and knowledgeable sales forces and the
development of projects, features and programs that tie advertiser messages to
programming. Advertising rates are also determined by a network's overall
ability to attract viewers, especially among particular demographic groups that
an advertiser may target. In the case of America's Health Network, program
popularity has an additional effect on the sale of merchandise. The Company's
networks compete for viewership share and advertising revenue against local,
affiliated and independent television stations, other cable and satellite
network programming services, local cable systems, broadcast television stations
and networks, newspapers, radio, magazines, outdoor advertising, transit
advertising, yellow page advertising and direct mail.
Programming. The Company's networks compete on a limited basis for
pre-produced programming with other cable television and satellite network
programming services. This involves negotiating with national program owners,
distributors and syndicators which sell first run and rerun packages of
programming. While the effects of the Telecommunications Act on the Company's
Programming and Electronic Media Business cannot be fully determined at this
time, the Company believes that various provisions of the new law could
75
<PAGE> 79
create a favorable environment for the development and distribution of new
programming and interactive services.
INTERACTIVE AND ON-LINE MEDIA SERVICES. The market for interactive and
on-line media services products is highly competitive and competition is
expected to continue to increase significantly. The Company's interactive and
on-line media services compete in varying degrees with commercial on-line
services and various electronic media, including Internet and CD-ROM-distributed
services. The Company's interactive and on-line media services also face
indirect competition from more traditional media that vie for consumers' time
and money, including cable television and satellite network programming
services, local cable systems, broadcast television stations and networks,
newspapers, radio and magazines.
BROADCAST TELEVISION PROGRAMMING. The market for the development of
broadcast television programming is extremely competitive. The Company's efforts
in this regard compete directly with producers, syndicators and other
broadcasters that produce programming for syndication and license.
LICENSING AND REGULATION
The following is a brief discussion of certain provisions of the
Communications Act, the Telecommunications Act and of FCC regulations and
policies that affect the Broadcasting Business and the Programming and
Electronic Media Business. Reference should be made to the Communications Act,
FCC rules and the public notices and rulings of the FCC, on which this
discussion is based, for further information concerning the nature and extent of
FCC regulation of television broadcasting stations. The Publishing Business is
not subject to extensive regulation.
License Renewal, Assignments and Transfers. Television broadcasting
licenses are currently for a maximum of five years and are subject to renewal
upon application to the FCC. Pursuant to the Telecommunications Act, the FCC
proposed to extend the maximum term to eight years for most television broadcast
stations filing for license renewal in 1996 or later. The FCC prohibits the
assignment of a license or the transfer of control of a broadcasting license
without prior FCC approval. In determining whether to grant or renew a
broadcasting license, the FCC considers a number of factors pertaining to the
applicant, including compliance with limitations on alien ownership, common
ownership of broadcasting, cable and newspaper properties, and compliance with
character and technical standards. The Telecommunications Act, which has been
enacted, but not yet fully implemented by the FCC, eliminates the comparative
renewal process and simplifies license renewal. During certain limited periods
when a renewal application is pending, petitions to deny a license renewal may
be filed by interested parties, including members of the public. Such petitions
may raise various issues before the FCC. The FCC is required to hold
evidentiary, trial-type hearings on renewal applications if a petition to deny
renewal raises a "substantial and material question of fact" as to whether the
grant of the renewal application would be inconsistent with the public interest,
convenience and necessity. The FCC is required to renew a broadcast license if
the FCC finds that the station has served the public interest, convenience and
necessity; there have been no serious violations by the licensee of either the
Communications Act or the FCC's rules; and there have been no other violations
by the licensee which taken together would constitute a pattern of abuse. If the
incumbent licensee fails to meet the renewal standard, and it if does not show
other mitigating factors warranting a lesser sanction, the FCC then has the
authority to deny the renewal application and consider a competing application.
Failure to observe FCC rules and policies, including, but not limited to,
those discussed herein, can result in the imposition of various sanctions,
including monetary forfeitures, the grant of short-term (i.e., less than the
full eight years) license renewals or, for particularly egregious violations,
the denial of a license renewal application or revocation of a license.
While in the vast majority of cases such licenses are renewed by the FCC,
there can be no assurance that the Company's licenses or the licenses of the
owner-operators of the LMA Stations will be renewed at their expiration dates,
or, if renewed, that the renewal terms will be for eight years. All of the
Stations are presently operating under regular five-year licenses that expire on
the following dates: December 1, 1996 (WCNC (Charlotte)); August 1, 1997 (WHAS
(Louisville)); October 1, 1998 (KASA (Albuquerque/Santa Fe), KMSB (Tucson) and
KTVB (Boise)); and February 1, 1999 (KING (Seattle), KGW (Portland), KHNL
76
<PAGE> 80
(Honolulu) and KREM (Spokane)). In addition, the licenses for each of the LMA
Stations, KFVE (Honolulu) and KTTU (Tucson) expire on February 1, 1999 and April
1, 1997, respectively. KONG holds a permit which expired on December 30, 1995 to
construct a television station in the Seattle, Washington market. KONG applied
for an extension in November, 1995, and on May 22, 1996, applied to co-locate
its transmission facilities with KING. An FCC license is granted when a station
commences on-air broadcasting, which is expected for KONG in the first quarter
of 1997. The non-renewal or revocation of one or more of the Company's FCC
licenses could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations.
Multiple Ownership Rules and Cross Ownership Restrictions. The FCC
generally applies its ownership limits to "attributable" interests held by an
individual, corporation, partnership or other association. In the case of
corporations holding broadcast licenses, the interests of officers, directors
and those who, directly or indirectly, have the right to vote 5% or more of the
corporation's stock (or 10% or more of such stock in the case of insurance
companies, mutual funds, bank trust departments and certain other passive
investors that are holding stock for investment purposes only) are generally
deemed to be attributable, as are positions as an officer or director of a
corporate parent of a broadcast licensee. On a national level, pursuant to the
Telecommunications Act, the FCC has eliminated the restrictions on the number of
television stations in which a person or entity may have an attributable
interest, but instead establishes a national television audience reach limit of
35%. The Telecommunications Act requires the FCC to conduct a rulemaking
proceeding to determine whether the local "duopoly" television ownership rules
should be retained, modified or eliminated. The present "duopoly" rules prohibit
attributable interests in two or more television stations with overlapping
service areas. The Telecommunications Act grandfathers existing LMAs and permits
future LMAs that are in compliance with FCC rules as they may be adopted from
time to time. The FCC may, however, consider the adoption of new restrictions on
television LMAs, including the treatment of an LMA as an attributable interest
in the future. Further, if the FCC were to find that a licensee of an LMA
station failed to maintain control over its operations, the licensee of the LMA
station and/or the station providing programming and marketing services could be
subject to sanctions. While LMAs provide a financial benefit to the Company,
LMAs permit stations that otherwise might "go dark" or operate marginally to add
programming and public affairs coverage and contribute to diversity in their
respective markets. The Telecommunications Act directs the FCC to extend its
liberal waiver policy of the one-to-a-market restriction (allowing
radio-television combinations) to the top 50 markets, consistent with the public
interest, convenience and necessity.
The statutory prohibition against television station/cable system
cross-ownership is repealed in the Telecommunications Act, but the FCC's
parallel cross-ownership rule remains in place. The FCC intends to conduct a
proceeding on repeal of this cross-ownership restriction. The television
station/daily newspaper cross-ownership prohibition in the FCC rule was not
repealed by the Telecommunications Act. The FCC, however, intends to conduct a
rulemaking proceeding on whether to repeal the restriction. The
Telecommunications Act requires the FCC to review its ownership rules biennially
as part of its regulatory reform obligations.
Because of these multiple ownership rules and cross-ownership restrictions,
unless or until these rules are modified or repealed, a purchaser of Class A
Common Stock who acquires an attributable interest in the Company may violate
the FCC's rules if that purchaser also has an attributable interest in other
television or radio stations, or in daily newspapers, depending on the size and
location of those radio or television stations or daily newspapers. Such a
purchaser also may be restricted in the companies in which it may invest to the
extent that those investments give rise to an attributable interest. If an
attributable stockholder of the Company violates any of these ownership rules or
if a proposed acquisition by the Company would cause such a violation, the
Company may be unable to obtain from the FCC one or more authorizations needed
to conduct the Broadcasting Business and may be unable to obtain FCC consents
for certain future acquisitions.
The Company is unable to predict the ultimate outcome of possible changes
to these FCC rules and the impact such changes may have on its broadcasting
operations.
Alien Ownership. Under the Communications Act, broadcast licenses may not
be granted to or held by any corporation having more than one-fifth of its
capital stock owned of record or voted by non-U.S. citizens (including a
non-U.S. corporation), foreign governments or their representatives
(collectively, "Aliens"). The Communications Act also prohibits a corporation,
without an FCC public interest finding, from holding a
77
<PAGE> 81
broadcast license if that corporation is controlled, directly or indirectly, by
another corporation, or more than one-fourth of the capital stock of which is
owned of record or voted by Aliens. The FCC has issued interpretations of
existing law under which these restrictions in modified form apply to other
forms of business organizations, including general and limited partnerships. As
a result of these provisions, and without an FCC public interest finding, the
Company, which serves as a holding company for its various television station
licensee subsidiaries, cannot have more than 25% of its capital stock owned of
record or voted by Aliens.
Programming and Operation. The Communications Act requires broadcasters to
serve the "public interest." Since the late 1970s, the FCC gradually relaxed or
eliminated many of the more formalized procedures it had developed to promote
the broadcast of certain types of programming responsive to the needs of a
station's community of license. Broadcast station licensees continue, however,
to be required to present programming that is responsive to community problems,
needs and interests and to maintain certain records demonstrating such
responsiveness. Complaints from viewers concerning a station's programming may
be considered by the FCC when it evaluates license renewal applications,
although such complaints may be filed, and generally may be considered by the
FCC, at any time. Stations also must follow various rules promulgated under the
Communications Act that regulate, among other things, children's television
programming, political advertising, sponsorship identifications, contest and
lottery advertising, obscene and indecent broadcasts, and technical operations,
including limits on radio frequency radiation. In addition, broadcast licensees
must develop and implement affirmative action programs designed to promote equal
employment opportunities, and must submit reports to the FCC with respect to
these matters on an annual basis and in connection with a license renewal
application.
Syndicated Exclusivity/Territorial Exclusivity. Effective January 1, 1990,
the FCC reimposed syndicated exclusivity rules and expanded the existing network
non-duplication rules. The syndicated exclusivity rules allow local broadcast
stations to require that cable television operators black out certain
syndicated, non-network programming carried on "distant signals" (i.e., signals
of broadcast stations, including so-called superstations, that serve areas
substantially removed from the local community). Under certain circumstances,
the network non-duplication rule allows local broadcast network affiliates to
demand that cable television operators black out duplicative network broadcast
programming carried on more distant signals.
Prime Time Access Rule. The FCC's prime time access rule (the "PTAR") also
places programming restrictions on affiliates of "networks". The PTAR restricts
affiliates of "networks" in the 50 largest television markets (as defined by the
PTAR) from broadcasting more than three hours of network programming during the
four hours of prime time. Five of the Stations are located in the nation's 50
largest television markets. In a Report and Order released on July 31, 1995, the
FCC repealed the PTAR effective August 30, 1996. The Company cannot predict the
effect any modification or elimination of the PTAR would have on the Company's
programming or operations.
Restrictions on Broadcast Advertising. The advertising of cigarettes on
broadcast stations has been banned for many years. The broadcast advertising of
smokeless tobacco products has more recently been banned by Congress. Certain
Congressional committees have in the past examined legislative proposals to
eliminate or severely restrict the advertising of beer and wine. The Company
cannot predict whether any or all of such proposals will be enacted into law
and, if so, what the final form of such law might be. The elimination of all
beer and wine advertising would have an adverse effect on the Stations' revenues
and operating income, as well as the revenues and operating income of other
stations that carry beer and wine advertising.
Other Programming Restrictions. The Telecommunications Act requires that
any newly manufactured television set with a picture screen of 13 inches or
greater be equipped with a feature designed to enable viewers to block all
programs with a certain violence rating (the "v-chip"). The FCC, after
consulting with the TV manufacturing industry, shall specify the effective date
of this requirement, which may not be less than two years after enactment of the
law. The FCC is directed to oversee the adoption of standards for this blocking
technology. If the television industry has not voluntarily devised a violence
rating system within one year, the FCC is directed to prescribe a rating system.
Industry efforts to adopt a rating system similar to the motion picture rating
system are now underway. The Company cannot predict whether the v-chip and a
ratings system will have any significant effect on the operations of the
Broadcasting Business.
78
<PAGE> 82
Cable "Must-Carry" or "Retransmission Consent" Rights. The 1992 Cable Act
requires television broadcasters to make an election to exercise either certain
"must-carry" or "retransmission consent" rights in connection with the carriage
of television stations by cable television systems in the station's local
market. If a broadcaster chooses to exercise its must-carry rights, it may
demand carriage on a specified channel on cable systems within its market,
which, in certain circumstances, may be denied. Must-carry rights are not
absolute, and their exercise is dependent on variables such as the number of
activated channels on and the location and size of the cable system and the
amount of duplicative programming on a broadcast station. If a broadcaster
chooses to exercise its retransmission consent rights, it may prohibit cable
systems from carrying its signal, or permit carriage under a negotiated
compensation arrangement.
On April 8, 1993, a three-judge panel of the United States District Court
for the District of Columbia upheld the constitutionality of the must-carry
provisions of the 1992 Cable Act. In 1994, the Supreme Court ruled that the
must-carry provisions were "content neutral" and thus not subject to strict
scrutiny and that Congress' stated interests in preserving the benefits of free,
over-the-air local broadcast television, promoting the widespread dissemination
of information from a multiplicity of sources and promoting fair competition in
the market for television programming all qualify as important governmental
interests. However, the Court remanded the case to a lower federal court with
instructions to hold further proceedings with respect to evidence that lack of
the must-carry requirements would harm local broadcasting. In late 1995, on
remand, the three-judge panel of the United States District Court for the
District of Columbia upheld the constitutionality of the must-carry
requirements. The case is now again before the Supreme Court, with a decision
likely in the first half of 1997. The Company cannot predict the effect of the
outcome or the effect on the Company of this case.
Proposed Legislation and Regulations. The FCC has proposed the adoption of
rules for implementing Advanced Television ("ATV") in the United States.
Implementation of ATV will improve the technical quality of over-the-air
broadcast television. Under certain circumstances, however, conversion to ATV
operations may reduce a station's geographical coverage area. The FCC is
considering the implementation of a proposal that would allot a second broadcast
channel to each regular commercial television station for ATV operation.
Stations would be required to phase in their ATV operations on the second
channel, with a three-year period to build necessary ATV facilities and a
consecutive three-year period in which to begin operations. Such stations would
be required to surrender their non-ATV channel 15 years after the commencement
of the first three-year period. Implementation of ATV will impose additional
costs on television stations providing the new service due to increased
equipment and operating costs. The Company estimates that the adoption of ATV
would require average capital expenditures of approximately $8-10 million per
Station to provide facilities and equipment necessary to broadcast an ATV
signal. The introduction of this new technology will require that consumers
purchase new receivers (television sets) for ATV signals or, if available by
that time, adapters for their existing receivers. The FCC has also proposed to
assign to full-power ATV stations the channels currently occupied by LPTV
stations, which could adversely affect the Company's LPTV channels. When the
Telecommunications Act was passed, certain leaders in Congress asked the FCC to
postpone issuing ATV licenses pending consideration of possible future
legislation that might require broadcasters to bid at auction for ATV channels
or which might require that the current conventional channels be returned to the
government on an expedited schedule. In the course of the debate on the federal
budget, some leaders in Congress have proposed various plans that might require
the auctioning of the spectrum which broadcasters will need in order to provide
ATV. Various plans for raising revenue also include provisions to require the
auctioning of radio frequencies in bands which encompass those currently
licensed for use by broadcasters, including those channels used for "auxiliary"
purposes, such as remote pickups in electronic news gathering and
studio-to-transmitter links. Hearings on spectrum auctions and usage were
recently held by Congress. While the Company believes that the FCC will
authorize ATV in the United States, the Company cannot predict when such
authorization might be given or the effect such authorization might have on the
Broadcasting Business. The Company cannot predict whether legislation requiring
auctions for ATV spectrum will be enacted or the effect of such legislation.
In addition, the FCC is conducting an inquiry to consider proposals to
increase broadcasters' obligations under its rules implementing the Children's
Television Act of 1990, which requires television stations to
79
<PAGE> 83
present programming specifically directed to the "educational and informational"
needs of children. Other matters that could affect the Stations include
technological innovations affecting the mass communications industry such as
technical allocation matters, including assignment by the FCC of channels for
additional broadcast stations, low-power television stations and wireless cable
systems and their relationship to and competition with full-power television
broadcasting service.
Congress and the FCC also have under consideration, or may in the future
consider and adopt, new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety
of matters that could, directly or indirectly, affect the operation, ownership
and profitability of the Broadcasting Business and the Stations, result in the
loss of audience share and advertising revenues of the Stations, and affect the
Company's ability to acquire additional broadcast stations or finance such
acquisitions. Such matters include, for example, (i) changes to the license
renewal process; (ii) imposition of spectrum use or other governmentally imposed
fees upon a licensee; (iii) proposals to expand the FCC's equal employment
opportunity rules and other matters relating to minority and female involvement
in broadcasting; (iv) proposals to increase the benchmarks or thresholds for
attributing ownership interest in broadcast media; (v) proposals to change rules
or policies relating to political broadcasting; (vi) technical and frequency
allocation matters, including those relative to the implementation of ATV; (vii)
proposals to restrict or prohibit the advertising of beer, wine and other
alcoholic beverages on broadcast stations; (viii) changes in the FCC's
cross-interest, multiple ownership, alien ownership and cross-ownership
policies; (ix) changes to broadcast technical requirements; and (x) proposals to
limit the tax deductibility of advertising expenses by advertisers.
The Company cannot predict what other matters might be considered in the
future, nor can it judge in advance what impact, if any, the implementation of
any of these proposals or changes might have on the Broadcasting Business.
The foregoing does not purport to be a complete discussion of all of the
provisions of the Communications Act, the Telecommunications Act, or other
Congressional acts or the regulations and policies promulgated by the FCC
thereunder. Reference is made to the Communications Act, the Telecommunications
Act, other Congressional acts, such regulations, and the public notices
promulgated by the FCC, on which the foregoing discussion is based, for further
information. There are additional FCC regulations and policies, and regulations
and policies of other federal agencies, that govern political broadcasts, public
affairs programming, equal employment opportunities and other areas affecting
the Station's businesses and operations.
SEASONALITY OF BUSINESSES
The Company's revenues historically have been slightly higher in the fourth
quarter of the year and EBITDA has been significantly higher during such period,
primarily attributable to increased expenditures by advertisers. During 1995,
28.4% of the Company's revenues and 36.8% of the Company's EBITDA were earned in
the fourth quarter in each case excluding programming and electronic media and
corporate expenses.
EMPLOYEES
As of March 31, 1996, the Company employed approximately 2,480 full-time
equivalents, of which approximately 1,070 worked in the Broadcasting Business,
approximately 1,230 worked in the Publishing Business, and the remainder of
which worked in corporate headquarters and the Programming and Electronic Media
Business. Approximately 32% of the Broadcasting Business employees are
represented by a number of labor unions that are independent and unaffiliated
among the Stations.
Approximately 50% of the Publishing Business employees are represented by
labor unions, mostly under existing collective bargaining agreements. The
Providence Newspaper Guild and The Communications Workers of America, Local 33
collective bargaining agreements expire on December 31, 1996. No assurance can
be given that new collective bargaining agreements will be entered into prior to
the December 31, 1996 expiration dates. The Company has not experienced any
significant work stoppages since 1973 when 425 employees in the Publishing
Business represented by the Providence Newspaper Guild organized a work stoppage
which lasted for a period of 13 days. Such work stoppage did not have a material
impact on the
80
<PAGE> 84
financial condition and operations of the Publishing Business. The Newspaper
Printing Pressman's Union is in the fifth year of a ten-year contract. The
International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Local 64, was elected on February 29,
1996 as the bargaining agent for 172 packaging department employees. Negotiation
of a collective bargaining agreement is pending.
The Company contributes to and maintains various employee benefit or
retirement plans for eligible employees. The Company considers its relations
with its employees to be good.
PROPERTIES
The Company's corporate headquarters and various operating and
administrative departments of the Broadcasting Business, the Publishing Business
and the Programming and Electronic Media Business are located at 75 Fountain
Street, Providence, Rhode Island, an historic building owned by the Company with
205,635 square feet of working space. Each of the Stations has local facilities
consisting of owned or leased offices, studios, sales offices and transmitter
and tower sites. The Company owns a number of production and storage facilities
in Providence used for the Publishing Business, and leases various regional
distribution centers and news and advertising offices.
The Company believes that its properties are generally in good condition
and are adequate and suitable for the operations of its businesses. None of the
properties owned or leased by the Company is subject to a lien under the Credit
Agreement or is individually material to the Company's operations. However, the
cost to relocate any of the Stations' towers could be significant because zoning
and other land use restrictions, as well as Federal Aviation Administration
regulations, limit the number of suitable sites available in any geographic
area.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
On January 17, 1995, Cable LP brought a declaratory judgment action against
Old PJC, Colony and Dynamic Cablevision of Florida, Inc., a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Colony ("Dynamic") in the Circuit Court of the Eleventh Judicial
Circuit in Dade County, Florida. Colony was a cable television subsidiary of Old
PJC, which was transferred to Continental in connection with the Merger. This
case relates to a partnership (the "Dynamic Partnership") in which Dynamic is
the general partner with an 89.8% interest and Cable LP is the limited partner
with a 10.2% interest. In this action, Cable LP claimed that (i) Dynamic was
obligated to offer to sell Dynamic's general partnership interest to Cable LP
before Old PJC entered into the Merger Agreement with Continental and (ii)
Dynamic's offer to purchase Cable LP's limited partnership interest for $13.1
million triggered a right of first refusal entitling Cable LP to purchase the
general partnership interest for $115 million. Cable LP sought a declaration by
the court that the right of first refusal it is asserting applies.
A motion to strike allegations of bad faith and breach of fiduciary duty
against Old PJC, Colony and Dynamic was granted by the court, and an Answer to
the Complaint and a Counterclaim was filed by them on March 16, 1995, seeking a
declaratory judgment that Cable LP unreasonably refused consent to the transfer
of the general partner's interest to Continental and that a purported transfer
of Cable LP's interest in the Dynamic Partnership to a partnership to be managed
by Adelphia Communications, Inc. violated Dynamic's right of first refusal under
the Dynamic Partnership Agreement. The case was tried in December 1995. A
judgment in this action in favor of Cable LP was entered on May 21, 1996, and
requires, among other matters, the conveyance of the partnership interest in
such cable system now held by Continental to Cable LP at a price to be
negotiated by Cable LP and Continental. The Company intends to appeal this
judgment and has moved to stay the effect of the judgment during the pendency of
the appeal. It is expected that a ruling on the Company's motion to stay will be
made prior to July 1, 1996.
In the event that, as a result of such litigation, Dynamic is required to
sell its interest in the Dynamic partnership to Cable LP, the Merger Agreement
provides that the Company will pay to Continental simultaneously with the
closing of such sale an amount equal to the sum of (i) the amount (if any) by
which the consideration received by Dynamic for the sale of such interest is
less than $115 million plus (ii) the taxes which would be payable assuming the
purchase price for such interest equaled $115 million. The Company is unable to
predict at this time what the ultimate outcome of this litigation might be.
Should any loss from this
81
<PAGE> 85
litigation ultimately prove to be probable and reasonably estimatable, such
loss, at that time, would result in a charge to stockholders' equity to reflect
the estimated decrease in the net book value of the cable assets disposed of in
1995 pursuant to the Merger Agreement. Such a charge could have a material
effect upon the Company's financial condition. If any payment obligations are
ultimately required under the terms of the Merger Agreement, it is currently
anticipated that such payments could be up to $40 million and could have a
material effect upon the Company's liquidity position. It is currently
contemplated that any such payment would be funded by borrowings under the
Company's revolving credit facility. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources."
The Company is a party to various other claims, legal actions and
complaints arising in the ordinary course of business. In the Company's opinion,
all such matters are adequately covered by insurance or, if not so covered, are
without merit or are of such kind, or involve such amounts, that unfavorable
disposition would not have a material effect on the consolidated financial
position or results of operations of the Company.
BACKGROUND; REORGANIZATION
Pursuant to the transactions described above under "The
Company -- Background; Reorganization", on October 5, 1995, the Company, Old PJC
and Continental completed the Kelso Buyout, the Spin-Off and the Merger.
Immediately prior to the Kelso Buyout, Continental completed the King Cable
Purchase. In connection with, and as part of the Spin-Off, the Company, with
certain exceptions, assumed and agreed to hold Continental, as successor by
merger to Old PJC, harmless from all of Old PJC's liabilities arising from its
non-cable businesses, and Old PJC, with certain exceptions, in turn agreed to
hold the Company harmless from liabilities arising from the Old PJC Cable
Business, which liabilities were assumed by Continental pursuant to the Merger.
The Merger and the Spin-Off were intended to qualify as tax-free
reorganizations under the Code. In the event either the Merger or the Spin-Off
are determined not to so qualify, such failure to qualify would result in
Continental, the surviving entity in the Merger, recognizing gain equal to the
excess of the fair market value of the shares of the Company's Common Stock
received in the Spin-Off (the "Spin-Off Stock") distributed to Old PJC's
stockholders over Old PJC's basis in the assets transferred to the Company in
the Contribution. The Merger Agreement also provides that the Company will
indemnify Continental for all federal and state income tax liabilities of Old
PJC and its subsidiaries for periods ending on or before the Closing Date,
including income tax liabilities resulting from any failure of the Spin-Off or
the Merger to qualify as tax-free reorganizations under the Code, unless such
failure to qualify is the result of certain actions by Continental. Continental
and US West Media Group ("US West") recently announced that they had entered
into an agreement pursuant to which Continental will be merged with and into US
West (the "US West Merger"). As part of such transaction, US West has agreed
that any failure of the Spin-Off and the Merger to qualify as tax-free
reorganizations under the Code as a result of the transactions contemplated by
the US West Merger would not give rise to an indemnification obligation by the
Company under the Merger Agreement.
In order to protect the tax-free nature of the Spin-Off and the Merger, for
the one-year period ending on October 5, 1996, the Spin-Off Stock is subject to
the Tax Lockup, which are legended transfer restrictions which prohibit all
transfers, sales, assignments or other dispositions of Spin-Off Stock for value
by the former Old PJC stockholders.
RESTRICTIONS IN CERTAIN AGREEMENTS
Pursuant to the Contribution and Assumption Agreement entered into in
connection with the Spin-Off, the Company agreed that until October 5, 1999, it
would not (i) sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of any material assets
or (ii) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution (with
certain exceptions) in respect of its capital stock, or redeem or otherwise
acquire any of its capital stock, if, as a result of any such transaction, the
Company would have a fair market value (determined on the basis of a sale on a
private market, going concern basis, free and clear of all liabilities) of less
than: (x) for the period to and including October 5, 1996, $200 million, (y) for
the period from October 5, 1996 to and including October 5, 1997, $150 million
and (z) for the period from October 5, 1997 to and including October 5, 1999,
$50 million. The
82
<PAGE> 86
Company may proceed with any transaction which would otherwise be prohibited by
the foregoing if it provides security to Continental in form and amount
reasonably acceptable to Continental.
As part of the Merger, the Company entered into a noncompetition agreement
pursuant to which the Company agreed that, until October 5, 1998, neither it nor
any of its subsidiaries will (or will attempt to), on its own behalf or in the
service or on behalf of others, (i) solicit for employment, interfere with or
entice away any of the directors, officers, employees or agents of Continental
or any person who at any time on or after January 1, 1994 was an officer or
employee of the Company or its cable subsidiaries and who is employed by
Continental following the Closing Date, (ii) subject to certain exceptions,
engage in any manner in the operation (in specified geographic areas) of cable
television systems providing the services provided by Old PJC and its cable
subsidiaries (the "Restricted Business") at the Closing Date other than the
business of developing or creating programming or (iii) use or permit Old PJC or
the Company's name to be used in connection with any Restricted Business in
specified geographic locations.
The indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is guaranteed by the Company's
principal subsidiaries, and is secured by pledges of the stock of such
companies. The Credit Agreement contains various covenants, events of default
and other provisions which could affect the Company's business, operating and
acquisition strategies. Such covenants include specified financial covenants
relating to debt and interest coverage and fixed charge ratios. In addition, the
Credit Agreement (i) prohibits the creation of indebtedness in excess of (x) $45
million in the aggregate of pari passu and senior indebtedness and (y) $150
million in the aggregate of unsecured subordinated indebtedness; (ii) restricts
the creation of liens; (iii) restricts the sale of assets, subject to certain
restrictions and prepayment requirements; and (iv) limits (a) investments in
existing or identified investments to $120 million in the aggregate and (b)
investments in businesses involved in publishing, television stations and
programming other than existing and qualified investments to $150 million in the
aggregate, in each case subject to certain exceptions and conditions.
83
<PAGE> 87
MANAGEMENT
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME POSITION WITH COMPANY
- ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Stephen Hamblett(1).................. Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer,
Publisher and Director
Jack C. Clifford..................... Executive Vice President-Broadcasting, Programming &
Electronic Media
Howard G. Sutton..................... Senior Vice President & General Manager-Publishing
John L. Hammond...................... Vice President-General Counsel & Chief Administrative
Officer
Thomas N. Matlack.................... Vice President-Finance and Chief Financial Officer
John A. Bowers....................... Vice President-Human Resources
John E. Hayes........................ Vice President-Television
Michael B. Isaacs.................... Vice President-Government and Corporate Relations
Paul H. McTear, Jr................... Vice President-Finance and Business Development-
Broadcasting, Programming and Electronic Media
Joel P. Rawson....................... Vice President and Executive Editor
Joel N. Stark........................ Vice President-Publishing Development and Marketing
Harry Dyson.......................... Treasurer and Secretary
F. Remington Ballou(2)............... Director
Henry P. Becton, Jr.(3)(4)........... Director
Fanchon M. Burnham(3)(4)............. Director
Kay K. Clarke(3)..................... Director
Peter B. Freeman(3)(4)............... Director
Benjamin P. Harris, III.............. Director
Paul A. Maeder(3).................... Director
Trygve E. Myhren(5).................. Director
John W. Rosenblum(2)(3).............. Director
W. Nicholas Thorndike(1)(2).......... Director
John W. Wall(1)...................... Director
Patrick R. Wilmerding(1)(4).......... Director
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Member of the Executive Committee
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee
(3) Member of the Audit Committee
(4) Member of the Nominating Committee
(5) Mr. Myhren resigned as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company
effective March 31, 1996, but will continue to serve on the Board of
Directors of the Company.
The Company has three classes of Directors, Class I, Class II and Class
III, the terms of office of which will expire, respectively, at the annual
meetings of stockholders in 1999, 1998 and 1997. The term of the current Class I
Directors, Messrs. Hamblett, Wilmerding and Rosenblum and Ms. Burnham, will
expire at the 1998 Annual Meeting of the Company. The term of the current Class
II Directors, Messrs. Wall, Thorndike, Becton, Maeder and Myhren, will expire at
the 1997 Annual Meeting of the Company. The term of the current Class III
Directors, Messrs. Freeman, Ballou and Harris and Ms. Clarke, will expire at the
1999 Annual Meeting of the Company. Successors to any Directors whose terms are
expiring are elected to three-year terms and hold office until their successors
are elected and qualified. Executive officers of the Company are elected to
serve until they resign or are removed or are otherwise disqualified to serve.
STEPHEN HAMBLETT, 61, is Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company and Publisher of the Providence Journal. He has
served in such capacities since 1987. Mr. Hamblett was first employed by the
Company in 1957 in its advertising department and has been continuously employed
84
<PAGE> 88
by the Company since that time, serving as Assistant Vice President for
Administration, Vice President Marketing, Vice President Marketing and Corporate
Development, Executive Vice President and President and Chief Operating Officer
before assuming his current positions. He has been a Director of the Company
since 1985. Mr. Hamblett also serves on the Board of Directors of the Associated
Press, Continental and the Inter American Press Association.
JACK C. CLIFFORD, 62, was appointed Executive Vice President-Broadcasting,
Programming & Electronic Media on April 1, 1996. Prior to that, Mr. Clifford
served as Vice President-Broadcasting since September 1995 and was Vice
President-Broadcasting and Cable Television from 1982 to 1995. Mr. Clifford
serves on the Board of Directors of StarSight.
HOWARD G. SUTTON, 46, was appointed Senior Vice President & General
Manager-Publishing on April 1, 1996. Prior to that, Mr. Sutton served as Vice
President & General Manager since 1994 and Vice President-Administration since
1987.
JOHN L. HAMMOND, 50, was appointed Vice President-General Counsel & Chief
Administrative Officer on April 1, 1996. Mr. Hammond had been Vice
President-Legal since October, 1992. Mr. Hammond was Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary of Landstar System, Inc. from 1989 to 1992. Prior to that,
Mr. Hammond was employed by The Singer Company for ten years and was Deputy
General Counsel at the time of his departure.
THOMAS N. MATLACK, 31, was appointed Chief Financial Officer of the Company
on April 1, 1996. Since September 1995, Mr. Matlack has been Vice
President-Finance. From 1992 to 1995, Mr. Matlack was Director-Financial
Planning and Analysis of the Company. Prior to that, Mr. Matlack was employed by
Houghton Mifflin Company in various strategic and financial positions and by
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
JOHN A. BOWERS, 43, has been Vice President-Human Resources since November,
1990. Prior to that time, Mr. Bowers served in various Human Resources positions
with the Company and its subsidiaries since 1980.
JOHN E. HAYES, 54, has been Vice President-Television since April 1, 1996.
From 1992 to 1996, Mr. Hayes had been Vice President-Television of the Company's
Broadcasting Division. Prior to that, Mr. Hayes had been President and General
Manager of the Company's television station in Charlotte, North Carolina since
1989.
MICHAEL B. ISAACS, 49, was appointed Vice President-Government and
Corporate Relations on April 1, 1996. Prior to that, Mr. Isaacs has been Vice
President-Government Affairs and Public Policy of the Company's Broadcasting and
Telecommunications Division since 1994. From 1991 to 1994, Mr. Isaacs had been
Director of Government Affairs & Public Policy.
PAUL H. MCTEAR, JR., 47, has been Vice President-Finance and Business
Development-Broadcasting, Programming and Electronic Media since April 1, 1996.
Prior to that, Mr. McTear had been Vice President-Finance and Business
Development of the Company's Broadcasting and Telecommunications Division since
October 1, 1995. Mr. McTear had been Vice President-Finance and Business Affairs
of the Company's Broadcasting and Cable Television Division since June 1995 and
prior to that, was Executive Director-Finance of the Company's Broadcasting and
Cable Television Division.
JOEL P. RAWSON, 52, became Vice President and Executive Editor in January
1996. Prior to that, Mr. Rawson served as Deputy Executive Editor since 1989.
JOEL N. STARK, 51, is currently Vice President-Publishing Development and
Marketing, a position he has held since 1988.
HARRY DYSON, 59, a certified public accountant, is currently Treasurer and
Secretary, a position he has held since 1986.
F. REMINGTON BALLOU, 67, has been Chief Executive Officer of B. A. Ballou &
Co., Inc., a jewelry manufacturing company and prior to that was its president
since 1965. Mr. Ballou has served as a Director of the Company since 1985. He is
also a Director of Keyport Life Insurance Co.
85
<PAGE> 89
HENRY P. BECTON, JR., 52, has been President and General Manager of WGBH
Education Foundation, the operator of public television and radio stations in
Massachusetts and producer of educational broadcast and non-broadcast
programming and software, since 1984. Mr. Becton has been a Director of the
Company since 1992 and currently serves as Chairman of the Nominating Committee
of the Board of Directors. He is also a director of Becton Dickinson and Company
and is a trustee or director of the following investment companies managed by
Scudder, Stevens & Clark: Scudder Cash Investment Trust; Scudder California Tax
Free Trust; Scudder Municipal Trust; Scudder State Tax Free Trust; Scudder
Investment Trust; and Scudder Portfolio Trust.
FANCHON M. BURNHAM, 51, has been a partner in the accounting firm of F.M.
Burnham and Associates (formerly Brooks/Burnham) in Washington, D.C., since
1985. Ms. Burnham has been a Director of the Company since 1992.
KAY K. CLARKE, 57, is President of Templeton, Ltd., a management consulting
firm. Prior to that, Ms. Clarke was President of the Micromarketing Division and
Senior Vice President-Business Development for ADVO, Inc., which she joined in
1990, from McGraw-Hill, Inc., where she was Executive Vice President. Ms. Clarke
is also a director of Guardian Life Insurance Company of America, Age Wave, Inc.
and Lumex, Inc. Ms. Clarke joined the Company's Board of Directors in 1995.
PETER B. FREEMAN, 63, has been a Director of the Company since 1981 and
currently serves as Chairman of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.
During the past five years Mr. Freeman has been self-employed as a corporate
director and trustee, including serving as a director of Blackstone Valley
Electric Company, AMICA Mutual Insurance Company and AMICA Life Insurance
Company, a trustee of Eastern Utilities Associates, as well as a trustee or
director of the following investment companies managed by Scudder, Stevens &
Clark: Scudder Fund, Inc.; Scudder Institutional Fund, Inc.; Scudder Cash
Investment Trust; Scudder California Tax Free Trust; Scudder Municipal Trust;
Scudder State Tax Free Trust; Scudder Tax Free Money Fund; Scudder Tax Free
Trust; Scudder Funds Trust; and Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund.
BENJAMIN P. HARRIS, III, 59, has been a partner in the law firm of Edwards
& Angell, Providence, Rhode Island, since 1969 and has practiced law with the
firm since 1961. Mr. Harris has been a Director of the Company since 1985. Mr.
Harris is also a director of The Providence Mutual Fire Insurance Company.
PAUL A. MAEDER, 42, is Managing General Partner of Highland Capital
Partners, Inc., where he manages the firm's technology investments. Before
joining Highland in 1988, Mr. Maeder was a general partner at Charles River
Ventures. Mr. Maeder is also a Director of AVID, The Dodge Group, SQA, Inc.,
HighGround Systems Inc. and PureSpeech, Inc. Mr. Maeder has been a Director of
the Company since 1995.
TRYGVE E. MYHREN, 59, was President and Chief Operating Officer of the
Company from 1990 until his recent resignation effective March 31, 1996. From
1981 to 1988, Mr. Myhren was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of American
Television and Communications Corporation (now Time Warner Cable). Mr. Myhren
was a member of the Board of Directors of the National Cable Television
Association from 1980 to 1991 and served as its Chairman in 1986 and 1987. Prior
to joining the Company, Mr. Myhren served as President and Chief Executive
Officer of Myhren Media and General Partner of Arizona & Southwest Cable from
1989 to 1990. Mr. Myhren is currently a director of Advanced Marketing Services,
Inc., Peapod, Cable Labs and Continental. Mr. Myhren has been a Director of the
Company since 1994.
JOHN W. ROSENBLUM, 52, became the Tayloe Murphy Professor of Business
Administration at the Darden School of Business, University of Virginia, in
1993. From 1982 to 1993, Mr. Rosenblum was the Dean of the Darden School of
Business. Mr. Rosenblum serves on the Board of Directors of Cadmus
Communications Corp., Chesapeake Corporation, Comdial Corporation, Cone Mills
Corporation and T. Rowe Price Associates. He has been a Director of the Company
since 1992 and currently serves as Chairman of the Compensation Committee of the
Board of Directors.
W. NICHOLAS THORNDIKE, 63, has been a Director of the Company since 1984
and currently serves as Chairman of the Executive Committee of the Board of
Directors. Mr. Thorndike serves as a corporate director or trustee of a number
of organizations, including Bradley Real Estate, Inc., Courier Corporation, Data
86
<PAGE> 90
General, Eastern Utilities Associates and The Putnam Funds. He also serves as a
trustee of Massachusetts General Hospital, having served as Chairman of the
Board of Directors from 1987 to 1992 and President from 1992 to 1994. In
February 1994 he accepted appointment as a successor trustee of private trusts
in which he has no beneficial interest, and concurrently became, serving until
October 1994, Chairman of the Board of Directors of two privately-owned
corporations controlled by such trusts that filed voluntary petitions for relief
under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in August 1994.
JOHN W. WALL, 71, retired as Vice-Chairman of Rhode Island Hospital Trust
National Bank ("Hospital Trust"), Providence, Rhode Island in 1986. Mr. Wall had
been with Hospital Trust since 1946. He returned to Hospital Trust at
management's request to serve as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from 1991
to 1992. Since 1992 Mr. Wall has served as Vice-Chairman of Hospital Trust. Mr.
Wall has served as a Director of the Company since 1975.
PATRICK R. WILMERDING, 53, has been a Director of the Company since 1979.
Mr. Wilmerding has been chairman of Private Signals, Inc., an import/export
company, since 1994. Prior to that, he served as a Division Executive with The
First National Bank of Boston. Mr. Wilmerding is a director of the Indian
Opportunities Fund and a trustee of five U.S. business trusts managed by Martin
Currie Investment Management Ltd.
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY
The standing committees of the Board of Directors of the Company are an
Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a
Nominating Committee. The Executive Committee has authority to exercise
substantially all authority of the Board of Directors with specific exceptions
provided by law and the Company's By-Laws. The Audit Committee reviews the
Company's audit plan, the scope of activities of the independent auditors and of
internal auditors, the results of the audit after completion, and the fees for
services performed during the year. The Audit Committee also recommends to the
Board of Directors the firm to be appointed as independent auditors. During
portions of some meetings this Committee meets with representatives of the
independent auditors without any officers or employees of the Company present.
The Compensation Committee administers the Company's Incentive Stock Plans and
retirement and benefit plans, determines the compensation of key officers of the
Company and authorizes and approves bonus-incentive compensation programs for
executive personnel. The Nominating Committee considers and recommends to the
Board of Directors nominees for possible election to the Board of Directors and
considers other matters pertaining to the size and composition of the Board of
Directors and its Committees.
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
The Board of Directors of the Company is comprised of thirteen Directors,
one of whom is a salaried employee of the Company. Directors who are full-time
employees of the Company receive no additional compensation for services
rendered as a Director. The members of the Company's Board of Directors who are
not officers of the Company ("Non-Employee Directors") receive an annual
retainer of $10,000. In addition, each Non-Employee Director received a fee of
$950 for each meeting attended in 1995, which amount was increased to $1,250 in
1996 as a result of the Board of Directors' decision to reduce from ten to six
the number of meetings but increase their length from a half day to four full
day meetings and strategic meetings in December and July lasting one full day
and two full days, respectively. The Company also pays each Non-Employee
Director a fee of $750 for each Committee meeting attended. In addition, the
Chairmen of the Executive Committee, the Audit Committee, the Compensation
Committee and the Nominating Committee of the Company's Board of Directors
receive an annual retainer of $3,000, $2,500, $2,500 and $1,000, respectively.
Directors who reside outside the Providence area are reimbursed for their travel
expenses incurred in connection with attendance at meetings of the Company's
Board of Directors. The Board of Directors recently adopted guidelines
suggesting that Non-Employee Directors own the equivalent of at least three
times their annual compensation in shares of Common Stock.
The Directors of the Company are participants in the Company's IUP Plan. At
December 31, 1994, the Directors held 296,100 Stock Units (adjusted to give
effect to the Stock Split) in the IUP. Upon the liquidation of eighty-five
percent of the Stock Units in the IUP, which occurred prior to the consummation
of
87
<PAGE> 91
the Merger, the Non-Employee Directors were paid an aggregate amount of
$3,610,263 in a combination of cash and stock. The payout related to the
liquidation of the remaining fifteen percent of the Stock Units in the IUP is
anticipated in the second half of 1996. See footnote (2) to table, "Aggregated
SAR Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Year-End SAR Values".
Each Non-Employee Director of the Company also participates in the
Company's 1994 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (the "Director Option
Plan"). Under the Director Option Plan, an option to purchase 4,500 shares
(adjusted to give effect to the Stock Split) of the Class A Common Stock is
granted to each Non-Employee Director upon commencement of service on the Board
of Directors. An option to purchase an additional 4,500 shares is granted to
each such Director on October 1 of each subsequent year the Director Option Plan
is in effect. The exercise price for each option is the fair market value of the
Company's Class A Common Stock on the date of grant. Each option is exercisable
one year following the date of grant.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth for the fiscal years ended December 31,
1995, 1994 and 1993 information regarding compensation paid by the Company and
its predecessor, Old PJC, to the Chief Executive Officer and the Company's other
four most highly compensated executive officers (the "Named Executive
Officers").
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG-TERM COMPENSATION(1)
ANNUAL COMPENSATION -------------------------
----------------------------------- RESTRICTED SECURITIES
NAME AND PRINCIPAL OTHER ANNUAL STOCK UNDERLYING ALL OTHER
POSITION YEAR SALARY BONUS COMPENSATION(2) AWARDS(3) OPTIONS(#)(4) COMPENSATION(5)
- ---------------------- ----- --------- -------- --------------- ---------- ------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Stephen Hamblett...... 1995 $600,000 $390,000 -- -- 67,500 $ 702
Chairman, Chief 1994 600,000 360,000 -- -- 67,500 702
Executive Officer 1993 600,000 360,000 -- $1,013,800 -- 30,702
and Publisher
Trygve E. Myhren(6)... 1995 500,000 325,000 -- -- 51,750 702
President and Chief 1994 500,000 300,000 -- -- 51,750 702
Operating Officer 1993 500,000 300,000 $51,949 762,200 -- 25,702
Jack C. Clifford...... 1995 260,000 169,000 -- -- 29,250 702
Executive Vice 1994 260,000 171,000 47,481 -- 24,750 544,702
1993 260,000 156,000 407,000 -- 702
President-Broadcasting,
Programming and
Electronic Media
John A. Bowers........ 1995 180,000 117,000 -- -- 18,000 702
Vice President- 1994 180,000 108,000 52,544 -- 15,750 702
Human Resources 1993 180,000 108,000 -- 273,800 -- 9,702
John L. Hammond....... 1995 155,000 147,000(7) -- -- 18,000 702
Vice 1994 148,000 74,200(7) -- -- 4,500 702
President-General
Counsel & Chief 1993 140,000 56,000(7) -- 199,800 -- 30,846
Administrative
Officer
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) All participants, including the Named Executive Officers, in the Company's
1994 Employee Stock Option Plan (the "Employee Option Plan"), the Director
Option Plan and the Company's Restricted Stock Unit Plan (the "Restricted
Stock Unit Plan") previously were to receive additional payments in cash or
shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock reflecting any increase in the
price of Continental class A common stock established after a public
offering thereof or in certain other circumstances. As a result of the
proposed US West Merger, participants in these plans now may receive such
additional payments based on the increased price of Continental class A
common stock reflected in the proposed merger. See footnote (2) to table,
"Aggregated SAR Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Year-End SAR Values".
(2) This column includes the aggregate incremental cost to the Company of
providing various perquisites and personal benefits. Includes automobile
purchase allowances in 1994 for Mr. Clifford and Mr. Bowers of
88
<PAGE> 92
$21,702 and $31,540, respectively. During 1993, Mr. Myhren was granted an
allowance to purchase a vehicle including tax reimbursement for $23,148.
(3) This column shows the market value of Restricted Stock Unit awards made
pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Plan on October 1, 1993, the date of
grant, to senior officers of the Company including the executives listed on
the table above. Restricted stock units will be completely vested on October
1, 1996. The number of restricted stock unit holdings at the end of 1995
(adjusted for the Stock Split) were for Mr. Hamblett, 147,150 units; Mr.
Myhren, 110,250 units; Mr. Clifford, 58,950 units; Mr. Bowers, 39,600 units;
and Mr. Hammond, 28,800 units. The value of each unit as of December 31,
1995, based upon the most recent independent appraisal of the Class A Common
Stock, is $11.27 (adjusted for the Stock Split). Dividends are added to the
awards as and when declared, but have not been accrued in the listed
valuation.
(4) Adjusted for the Stock Split.
(5) The amount shown for Mr. Clifford in 1994 includes a payout of $544,000
pursuant to a previous deferred bonus arrangement. The amounts shown for
1993 include Old PJC class A common stock granted in lieu of salary
increases in 1993 to Mr. Hamblett, Mr. Myhren, and Mr. Bowers in the amounts
of $30,000, $25,000 and $9,000, respectively. The remaining amounts shown in
the table are amounts contributed under the Company's 401(k) Plan as
described below under the caption "Retirement Benefits". The amount shown
for Mr. Hammond in 1993 includes $30,142 in moving expenses.
(6) Resigned from the Company effective March 31, 1996. See "Change in Control
and Termination of Employment Agreements" for a discussion of payments made
to Mr. Myhren upon his resignation.
(7) Includes deferred compensation.
The following table sets forth stock options granted on October 1, 1995 to
the Named Executive Officers pursuant to the Employee Option Plan.
OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN FISCAL YEAR 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- VALUE AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
NUMBER OF PERCENT OF RATES OF STOCK PRICE
SECURITIES TOTAL OPTIONS APPRECIATION FOR
UNDERLYING GRANTED TO EXERCISE OPTION TERM(3)
OPTIONS EMPLOYEES IN PRICE EXPIRATION -------------------------
NAME GRANTED(1) FISCAL YEAR ($/SH)(2) DATE 5% 10%
- ----------------------- ---------- ------------- -------------- ---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Stephen Hamblett....... 67,500 19% $11.27 10/04/05 $478,500 $1,212,450
Trygve E. Myhren....... 51,750 14% 11.27 10/04/05 366,850 929,945
Jack C. Clifford....... 29,250 8% 11.27 10/04/05 207,350 525,395
John A. Bowers......... 18,000 5% 11.27 10/04/05 127,600 323,320
John L. Hammond........ 18,000 5% 11.27 10/04/05 127,600 323,320
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The options are non-qualified stock options and become exercisable in four
equal annual installments beginning October 1, 1996. All options become
exercisable immediately upon a change of control (as defined in the Employee
Option Plan). Adjusted for the Stock Split.
(2) The per share option exercise price represents the fair market value of the
Company's Class A Common Stock at the date of grant, adjusted for the Stock
Split. In accordance with the terms of the Employee Option Plan, the
Committee used the most recent valuation by an independent appraisal firm as
the basis to determine the fair market value since the Company's shares are
not traded on a public market.
(3) The dollar amounts under these columns result from calculations at the 5%
and 10% assumed appreciation rate set by the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") and, therefore, are not intended to forecast
possible future appreciation, if any, of the Company's Class A Common Stock
price. At the 5% and 10% assumed appreciation rate the price per share of
the Company's Class A Common Stock would be $18.36 and $29.23, respectively,
adjusted for the Stock Split.
89
<PAGE> 93
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL YEAR 1995
AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SECURITIES VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
SHARES UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
ACQUIRED ON VALUE OPTIONS AT FISCAL YEAR-END(#) AT FISCAL YEAR-END
NAME EXERCISE(#)(1) REALIZED(2) EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE(1) EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE(2)
- ---------------------- ----------- ----------- ----------------------------- ----------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Stephen Hamblett...... -- -- 17,100/117,900 $167,580/$493,920
Trygve E. Myhren...... -- -- 51,750/ 51,750 507,150/ 0
Jack C. Clifford...... 6,300 $61,740 0/ 47,700 0/ 180,810
John A. Bowers........ -- -- 4,050/ 29,700 39,690/ 114,660
John L. Hammond....... -- -- 1,350/ 21,150 13,230/ 30,870
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Adjusted for the Stock Split.
(2) The amounts in these columns are calculated using the difference between the
fair market value of the Company's Class A Common Stock at the end of the
Company's 1995 fiscal year (using the most recent appraisal of the Class A
Common Stock) and the option exercise prices.
AGGREGATED SAR EXERCISES IN FISCAL YEAR 1995
AND FISCAL YEAR-END SAR VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STOCK UNITS VALUE NUMBER OF VALUE OF
NAME LIQUIDATED(1) REALIZED(2) RETAINED STOCK UNITS(1) RETAINED STOCK UNITS(2)
- ----------------------------- ------------- ----------- ----------------------- -----------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Stephen Hamblett............. 563,400 $12,474,965 99,000 $ 2,201,464
Trygve E. Myhren............. 305,100 4,720,747 54,000 833,073
Jack C. Clifford............. 201,600 4,086,289 35,550 721,110
John A. Bowers............... 71,100 759,366 12,600 134,006
John L. Hammond.............. -- -- -- --
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Adjusted for the Stock Split.
(2) Eighty-five percent of the Stock Units in the IUP were liquidated upon
completion of an independent appraisal of the class A common stock of Old
PJC with respect to Old PJC's non-cable assets (the "Company Appraisal"),
which was completed prior to the Merger. Each of the Stock Units of an IUP
participant was valued in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the price
ascribed to a share of the Company's Common Stock as determined by the
Company Appraisal and (ii) the price ascribed to a share of Continental
Common Stock received by the Old PJC shareholders (the "Continental Merger
Stock") on the date of the closing of the Merger, which was $19.40 per share
(the "Continental Closing Share Value"). IUP participants received a
combination of cash and Old PJC class A common stock, net of tax
obligations, in the liquidation of eighty-five percent of the Stock Units.
The Old PJC class A common stock received by IUP participants was exchanged
for Continental Merger Stock and Class A Common Stock in connection with the
Merger and the Spin-Off. The remaining obligations regarding the IUP,
including the Stock Units that were not liquidated (the "Retained Stock
Units") were transferred to and assumed by the Company. Each of the Retained
Stock Units will be valued based upon the sum of (a) the fair market value
of a share of Continental class A common stock determined as described below
(the "Continental Share Value"), and (b) the value of the Common Stock
previously determined in the Company Appraisal. The Retained Stock Units
will be liquidated by payment in cash or Class A Common Stock to the IUP
participants promptly after determination of the Continental Share Value. If
the Continental Share Value is less than the Continental Closing Share Value
at the time the Continental Share Value is determined, an amount equal to
the shortfall shall be deducted from the amount paid with respect to the
Retained Stock Units. Alternatively, if, at the time of such payment, the
Continental Share Value is more than the Continental Closing Share Value,
the IUP participants will be paid in cash or Class A Common Stock an amount
equal to the incremental amount, if any, that would have been due each IUP
participant had the Continental Share Value been used instead of the
Continental Closing
90
<PAGE> 94
Share Value in the valuation of Stock Units in connection with the
liquidation of eighty-five percent of the Stock Units. At the time of such
payment, all obligations regarding the IUP will have been finally and fully
satisfied. A similar adjustment is applicable to the Company's other Stock
Incentive Plans. Previously, the Continental Share Value was to be
determined after the earlier of a public offering of Continental class A
common stock or the issuance by Continental of shares of its capital stock
for aggregate consideration of not less than $1 billion and, if neither
event occurred within eighteen months of the closing of the Merger, the
Continental Share Value was to be determined by independent appraisal. Since
consummation of the Merger, Continental has agreed to merge with US West.
Accordingly, pursuant to a resolution of the Compensation Committee of the
Company's Board of Directors, the Continental Share Value has been
re-defined as the amount received by the holders of Continental's class A
common stock (which holders include the shareholders of the Company that
were shareholders of Old PJC) upon consummation of the US West Merger or, if
the merger agreement between Continental and US West is terminated, the
average of the closing prices for Continental class A common stock during
the last 20 trading days during the first 90 days after the later to occur
of the following: (a) termination of the merger agreement between
Continental and US West; or (b) listing of Continental's class A common
stock on the NASDAQ National Market System or on a national securities
exchange. The adjustments to the IUP and the other Stock Incentive Plans are
part of the anticipated $320 million increase in the value of Continental
class A common stock received by stockholders of Old PJC in the Merger
assuming consummation of the US West Merger. Such $320 million increase has
been estimated by the Company to be the difference between the value
ascribed to the approximate 30.2 million shares of Continental class A
common stock received by shareholders of Old PJC at the time of the Merger
($19.40 per share) and the value of such shares in the US West Merger
(currently anticipated to be approximately $30.00 per share). The
adjustments to the Stock Incentive Plans are based on such difference in
value, and are being made by the Compensation Committee of the Company's
Board of Directors under the terms of each such plan authorizing the
Compensation Committee to make such adjustments as are appropriate to meet
the intent of the plan in the event of an extraordinary transaction. The
actual number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued will depend on
the fair market value of the Class A Common Stock determined in accordance
with the terms of such plans at the effective time of the US West Merger.
RETIREMENT BENEFITS
PENSION PLAN TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EARNINGS CREDITED YEARS OF SERVICE AT RETIREMENT
FOR RETIREMENT -----------------------------------------------
BENEFITS 10 15 20 25
- ------------------------------------------------ -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$ 150,000....................................... $ 28,177 $ 42,265 $ 53,353 $ 70,442
200,000...................................... 38,177 57,265 76,353 95,442
300,000...................................... 58,177 87,265 116,353 145,442
400,000...................................... 78,177 117,265 156,353 195,442
500,000...................................... 98,177 147,265 196,353 245,442
600,000...................................... 118,177 177,265 236,353 295,442
700,000...................................... 138,177 207,265 276,353 345,442
800,000...................................... 158,177 237,265 316,353 395,442
900,000...................................... 178,177 267,235 356,353 445,442
1,000,000...................................... 198,177 297,265 396,353 495,442
1,100,000...................................... 218,177 327,265 436,353 545,442
1,200,000...................................... 238,177 357,265 476,353 595,442
</TABLE>
The Company maintains a retirement income plan (the "Pension Plan") which
is a funded, qualified, non-contributory, defined benefit plan that covers all
employees, including executive officers, of the Company and its subsidiaries.
The Pension Plan provides benefits based on the participant's highest average
salary for the 60 consecutive months within the ten years last served with the
Company prior to retirement and the
91
<PAGE> 95
participant's length of service. The amounts payable under the Pension Plan are
in addition to any Social Security benefit to be received by a participant. The
Pension Plan benefit vests upon completion of five years of service with the
Company.
As of December 31, 1995, the Named Executive Officers have the following
years of credited service calculated as set forth in the Pension Plan: Mr.
Hamblett, 38 years; Mr. Myhren, 5 years; Mr. Clifford, 17 years; Mr. Bowers, 16
years; and Mr. Hammond, 3 years. For purposes of calculating their retirement
benefit in the above table, the Supplemental Retirement Plan discussed below
requires that Mr. Myhren and Mr. Clifford be deemed to have been employed by the
Company since age 35. Under such plan, the resulting benefit for each of these
two executive officers would be reduced by an amount which represents the
estimate of benefits under the provisions of the Pension Plan based upon the
executive officer's years of service with prior employers.
The amounts shown in the table above have been calculated without reference
to the maximum limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code") on benefits which may be paid, or on compensation that may
be recognized, under a qualified defined benefit plan. The amounts include the
estimated total annual retirement benefits that would be paid from the Pension
Plan and, if applicable, the Excess Benefit Plan and the Supplemental Retirement
Plan.
The Company has established an Excess Benefit Plan to provide pension
benefits for certain employees, including the Named Executive Officers. The
Excess Benefit Plan provides that each participant will receive benefits
thereunder equal to the difference between the amount such participant is
entitled to receive under the Pension Plan and the amount he or she would have
been entitled to receive without regard to the maximum limitations imposed by
the Code. Participants will be vested under the Excess Benefit Plan according to
the same vesting provisions as the Pension Plan. The Excess Benefit Plan is
unfunded.
The Company has also established a Supplemental Retirement Plan to provide
full retirement benefits (less an imputed benefit for service with previous
employers) for any of the five top executive officers of the Company who retire
as employees of the Company and who would not otherwise receive full pension
benefits because of a shortened length of service with the Company. The
Supplemental Retirement Plan is unfunded. "Covered Compensation" for the Named
Executive Officers under the Supplemental Retirement Plan is the total of their
salary and bonus payments shown in the Summary Compensation Table above.
The Company has established the Journal Qualified Compensation Deferral
Plan (the "401(k) Plan") to provide a savings incentive for employees. The
401(k) Plan involves a contribution of up to $10.50 per week by the Company for
each participating employee and a matching contribution of $3 per week for each
participant who deducts 2% to 15% of pre-tax income. Employees who have
completed six months of service with the Company, including the Named Executive
Officers, are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan.
CHANGE OF CONTROL AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
On October 11, 1993, the Company entered into change of control agreements
with certain executives of the Company, including the Named Executive Officers,
which agreements become effective upon a change in control of the Company (the
"Change of Control Agreements"). Mr. Myhren's Change of Control Agreement was
terminated effective March 31, 1996.
In the event of a change of control, each of the agreements with Messrs.
Hamblett, Myhren, Clifford and Bowers provides a three-year term of employment
with responsibilities, compensation and benefits at least commensurate with
those experienced by such officer during the prior six months. If terminated
involuntarily, the individual is entitled to 299% of the highest annual base
salary and average bonus received during the prior three years as a lump sum
severance payment. The agreement with Mr. Hammond provides for a two-year term
and severance of 150% of the highest annual base salary and average bonus
received during the prior three years. In the event of a voluntary resignation,
the agreement provides a severance benefit equal to six months of base salary.
Dismissal of the officer for cause results in no severance payment to the
individual.
On October 11, 1993, in a supplemental letter agreement, the Company agreed
to pay the Maximum Severance to Messrs. Hamblett, Myhren, Clifford and Bowers
(or a lesser severance for certain other executives) in the event any of these
executives were to be involuntarily terminated as a result of a corporate
92
<PAGE> 96
restructuring even if prior to a change of control. However, the Maximum
Severance (or such lesser severance) will not apply in the case of termination
for cause, for unsatisfactory performance or as a result of a reduction in staff
for economic reasons. The Change of Control Agreements specify that if the
Company seeks to retain the executive subsequent to the restructuring, even with
diminished responsibilities, and such executive declines, a severance payment
from the Company to the executive would be discretionary.
The maximum amount that could be payable to all 20 executives pursuant to
the Change of Control Agreements or supplemental letter agreements based upon
the requisite percentage of base salary and bonus, in the event that each such
executive were to be terminated because of a change of control of the Company,
is approximately $11 million.
On February 9, 1996, the Company entered into an agreement with Trygve E.
Myhren in connection with his resignation effective March 31, 1996 as President
and Chief Operating Officer. This agreement provided for severance payments of
$2,434,100. In addition, this agreement provided that Mr. Myhren's 1994 grant of
51,750 stock options (adjusted for the Stock Split) under the Employee Option
Plan would become fully vested and exercisable as of the Effective Date and that
his 110,250 Stock Units (adjusted for the Stock Split) under the Restricted
Stock Unit Plan would become fully vested and would be distributed to him in
shares of the Company, net of tax obligations. The agreement also provided for
Mr. Myhren to receive distributions under the IUP on the same basis as all other
participants and that he would receive a retirement benefit of $143,735 per year
commencing at age 65 pursuant to the Company's Supplemental Retirement Plan. The
agreement also covers certain continuing relationships between Mr. Myhren and
the Company. Mr. Myhren will continue to serve as a member of the Board of
Directors of the Company and as the Company's representative on the Board of
Directors of Peapod, L.P., in which the Company has an interest of approximately
14.5%. Also, Mr. Myhren will continue to serve on the Board of Directors of
Continental as provided in the Merger Agreement. In addition, the agreement
provides that in the event that Mr. Hamblett dies, becomes disabled or resigns
prior to March 1, 1997, the Board of Directors of the Company has the right to
recall Mr. Myhren to full-time employment as the Company's Chief Executive
Officer. This recall arrangement is subject to termination by either party on
thirty days' notice.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
The Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of Old PJC performed the
functions of the compensation committee since Old PJC did not have a separate
committee for this function. The members of the Executive Committee during 1994
and 1995 were Messrs. Hamblett, Thorndike, Wall, Wilmerding and Mr. Henry D.
Sharpe, Jr., who retired from the Board of Directors on May 8, 1996. Mr.
Hamblett was the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
of Old PJC. The Compensation Committee of the Company is comprised entirely of
non-employee Directors and held its first meeting in October 1995.
93
<PAGE> 97
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information as of May 31, 1996 (giving
effect to the stock split) with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock
and Class B Common Stock beneficially owned by (i) each person known by the
Company to own beneficially more than 5% of either class of Common Stock; (ii)
each Director of the Company; (iii) each Named Executive Officer; and (iv) all
Directors and executive officers of the Company as a group. The number of shares
beneficially owned by each stockholder, Director or executive officer is
determined according to rules of the Commission, and the information is not
necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such
rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or
entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. As a consequence,
several persons may be deemed to be the "beneficial owners" of the same shares.
Except as noted below, each holder has sole voting and investment power with
respect to shares of Class A Common Stock and/or Class B Common Stock listed as
owned by such person or entity. When a person is a "co-trustee" or one of a
number of Directors of a corporation that owns shares of the Company's Common
Stock, he or she has shared voting and investment power.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE
NUMBER OF OF NUMBER OF OF
SHARES OF OUTSTANDING SHARES OF OUTSTANDING
NAME AND ADDRESS CLASS A CLASS A CLASS B CLASS B AGGREGATE
OF BENEFICIAL OWNER COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK VOTING POWER
- ---------------------------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Rhode Island Hospital Trust
National Bank(1)................ 4,129,650 23.8% 5,664,150 26.9% 26.4%
One Hospital Trust Tower
Providence, RI 02903
Fiduciary Trust Company
International(2)................ 1,128,600 6.5% 1,405,800 6.7% 6.6%
Two World Trade Center
New York, NY 10048
Southland Communications, Inc. ... 1,087,200 6.3% 941,400 4.5% 4.8%
127 Dorrance Street
Providence, RI 02903
Helen D. Buchanan(3).............. 1,071,000 6.2% 1,011,600 4.8% 5.0%
c/o Manasett Corporation
127 Dorrance Street Providence,
RI 02903
Murray S. Danforth, III(4)........ 1,092,600 6.3% 1,038,600 4.9% 5.2%
c/o Manasett Corporation
127 Dorrance Street
Providence, RI 02903
Esther E. M. Mauran(5)............ 1,197,000 6.9% 1,080,900 5.1% 5.4%
c/o Manasett Corporation
127 Dorrance Street
Providence, RI 02903
Frank Mauran(6)................... 2,006,100 11.6% 2,115,000 10.0% 10.3%
c/o Manasett Corporation
127 Dorrance Street
Providence, RI 02903
Pauline C. Metcalf(7)............. 1,359,000 7.8% 1,277,550 6.1% 6.4%
c/o Manasett Corporation
127 Dorrance Street
Providence, RI 02903
Jane P. Watkins(8)................ 1,058,850 6.1% 1,114,200 5.3% 5.4%
c/o Manasett Corporation
127 Dorrance Street
Providence, RI 02903
NAME OF DIRECTOR/
EXECUTIVE OFFICER(9)
- ----------------------------------
Stephen Hamblett.................. 186,300 1.1% 66,600 0.3% 0.4%
F. Remington Ballou............... 20,700 0.1% 10,800 0.1% 0.1%
Henry P. Becton, Jr. ............. 5,850 0.0% -- -- 0.0%
Fanchon M. Burnham(10)............ 166,950 1.0% 169,200 0.8% 0.8%
</TABLE>
94
<PAGE> 98
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE
NUMBER OF OF NUMBER OF OF
SHARES OF OUTSTANDING SHARES OF OUTSTANDING
NAME AND ADDRESS CLASS A CLASS A CLASS B CLASS B AGGREGATE
OF BENEFICIAL OWNER COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK VOTING POWER
- ---------------------------------- ----- ---- ------ ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Kay K. Clarke..................... -- -- -- -- --
Peter B. Freeman.................. 142,200 0.8% 180,000 0.9% 0.8%
Benjamin P. Harris, III........... 21,150 0.1% 21,600 0.1% 0.1%
Paul A. Maeder(11)................ 81,000 0.5% 153,000 0.7% 0.7%
Trygve E. Myhren.................. 168,750 1.0% -- -- 0.2%
John W. Rosenblum................. 6,300 0.0% -- -- 0.0%
W. Nicholas Thorndike(12)......... 2,284,650 13.2% 2,429,550 11.5% 11.8%
John W. Wall...................... 22,050 0.1% 32,400 0.2% 0.1%
Patrick R. Wilmerding(13)......... 210,600 1.2% 271,800 1.3% 1.3%
John A. Bowers.................... 11,700 0.1% -- -- 0.0%
Jack C. Clifford.................. 38,700 0.2% -- -- 0.0%
John L. Hammond................... 1,350 0.0% -- -- --
Directors and Executive Officers
as a Group (24 Persons)......... 3,382,200 19.5% 3,334,950 15.8% 16.5%
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Hospital Trust, as a fiduciary, possesses sole voting and investment power
as to 314,550 shares of Class A Common Stock and 1,137,600 shares of Class
B Common Stock and shared voting and investment power as to 3,815,100
shares of Class A Common Stock and 4,526,550 shares of Class B Common Stock
under a number of wills, trusts and agency arrangements. A substantial
majority of the shares so held are reflected elsewhere in this table, and
include some of the shares reported as beneficially owned by Helen D.
Buchanan, Frank Mauran, Esther E. M. Mauran, Pauline C. Metcalf and Jane P.
Watkins. Also, Hospital Trust is a co-trustee of several trusts for the
benefit of the family of the late Michael P. Metcalf holding 692,550 shares
of Class A Common Stock and 855,000 shares of Class B Common Stock.
(2) Fiduciary Trust Company International holds shares and acts as trustee
under trusts created by Henry D. Sharpe, Jr. and his wife, Peggy Boyd
Sharpe, for the benefit of members of the Sharpe family and, in certain
cases, designated charitable organizations. Fiduciary Trust Company
International shares voting and investment power with Mr. Sharpe's children
as to 135,000 shares of Class A Common Stock; as to all other shares,
Fiduciary Trust Company International possesses sole voting and investment
power.
(3) Helen D. Buchanan is co-trustee with Hospital Trust and her daughter, Jane
P. Watkins, of the Helen M. Danforth 1935 Trust, which holds 997,200 shares
of Class A Common Stock and 997,200 shares of Class B Common Stock; is
co-trustee with Hospital Trust of the Helen M. Danforth 1941 Trust, which
holds 12,150 shares of Class B Common Stock; is one of the directors of two
corporations holding 70,200 shares of Class A Common Stock and 2,250 shares
of Class B Common Stock; and holds 3,600 shares of Class A Common Stock
through a revocable trust.
(4) Murray S. Danforth, III owns 503,100 shares of Class A Common Stock and
472,500 shares of Class B Common Stock; is sole trustee of a trust for the
benefit of his sister, which holds 508,500 shares of Class A Common Stock
and 477,900 shares of Class B Common Stock; is co-trustee of a trust for
the benefit of his sister which holds 73,800 shares of Class B Common
Stock; is one of four co-trustees of the Murray S. Danforth, Jr. Grantor
Trust No. 2 which holds 81,000 shares of Class A Common Stock and 5,400
shares of Class B Common Stock; and is co-trustee of the Manasett
Corporation Retirement Plan, which holds 9,000 shares of Class B Common
Stock.
(5) Esther E. M. Mauran is one of the Directors of Southland Communications,
Inc., which owns the shares indicated in the foregoing table. In addition,
Mrs. Mauran owns 109,800 shares of Class A Common Stock and 139,500 shares
of Class B Common Stock.
(6) Frank Mauran, the husband of Esther E. M. Mauran, owns 18,000 shares of
Class B Common Stock; is co-trustee with Hospital Trust (and another
individual in one case) of several trusts created by
95
<PAGE> 99
Mrs. Mauran's father, George P. Metcalf, for the benefit of Mrs. Mauran and
her sister, Pauline C. Metcalf, which trusts hold 1,587,600 shares of Class
A Common Stock and 1,679,400 shares of Class B Common Stock; and is
co-trustee of the Esther E. M. Mauran Family Trust, which holds 418,500
shares of Class A Common Stock and 417,600 shares of Class B Common Stock.
(7) Pauline C. Metcalf is one of the Directors of Southland Communications,
Inc., which owns the shares indicated in the foregoing table. In addition,
through a revocable trust, Ms. Metcalf owns 271,800 shares of Class A
Common Stock and 336,150 shares of Class B Common Stock.
(8) Jane P. Watkins owns 52,650 shares of Class A Common Stock and 117,000
shares of Class B Common Stock; is a co-trustee with Hospital Trust and her
mother, Helen D. Buchanan, of the Helen M. Danforth 1935 Trust, which holds
997,200 shares of Class A Common Stock and 997,200 shares of Class B Common
Stock; and is co-trustee of a trust created by Mrs. Buchanan which holds
9,000 shares of Class A Common Stock.
(9) Includes maximum number of shares subject to purchase within sixty days
upon the exercise of stock options and, for Mr. Myhren, Restricted Stock
Units, as follows: Mr. Hamblett, 17,100; Mr. Myhren, 122,400; Mr. Ballou,
2,250; Mr. Becton, 2,250; Ms. Burnham, 2,250; Mr. Freeman, 2,250; Mr.
Harris, 2,250; Mr. Rosenblum, 2,250; Mr. Thorndike, 2,250; Mr. Wall, 2,250;
Mr. Wilmerding, 2,250; Mr. Bowers, 4,050; Mr. Hammond, 1,350; and Directors
and Executive Officers as a Group, 176,400.
(10) Fanchon M. Burnham owns 52,650 shares of Class A Common Stock, 66,150
shares of Class B Common Stock, and holds vested options exercisable within
sixty days to purchase an additional 2,250 shares of Class A Common Stock.
She serves as a co-trustee of trusts for her brother, which hold 94,950
shares of Class A Common Stock and 85,050 shares of Class B Common Stock.
In addition, Mrs. Burnham's children own a total of 17,100 shares of Class
A Common Stock and 18,000 shares of Class B Common Stock.
(11) Paul A. Maeder is one of four co-trustees of the Murray S. Danforth, Jr.
Grantor Trust No. 2 which holds 81,000 shares of Class A Common Stock and
5,400 shares of Class B Common Stock. He is co-trustee of two trusts, one
for the benefit of Murray S. Danforth, III and the other for the benefit of
Mr. Danforth's sister, with each trust holding 73,800 shares of Class B
Common Stock.
(12) W. Nicholas Thorndike owns 64,800 shares of Class A Common Stock, 48,600
shares of Class B Common Stock, and holds vested options exercisable within
sixty days to purchase an additional 2,250 shares of Class A Common Stock.
He is a co-trustee of several trusts for the benefit of members of another
family holding 1,130,400 shares of Class A Common Stock and 1,439,550
shares of Class B Common Stock. Mr. Thorndike is one of the Directors of
Southland Communications, Inc., which owns the shares indicated in the
foregoing table.
(13) Patrick R. Wilmerding owns 58,950 shares of Class A Common Stock, 129,600
shares of Class B Common Stock, and holds vested options exercisable within
sixty days to purchase an additional 2,250 shares of Class A Common Stock.
He is a co-trustee of several trusts for the benefit of his family holding
149,400 shares of Class A Common Stock and 142,200 shares of Class B Common
Stock.
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
The law firm of Edwards & Angell, of which Mr. Harris is a senior partner,
regularly performs legal services for the Company. Edwards & Angell has acted as
the Company's principal counsel for over 60 years.
96
<PAGE> 100
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The Company is currently authorized to issue 196,825,000 shares of capital
stock consisting of: (i) 150,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, $1.00 par
value per share, of which 17,336,700 shares were outstanding as of May 31, 1996,
and 75,000,000 shares are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of the rights
issued pursuant to the Rights Agreement (as defined herein) and (ii) 46,825,000
shares of Class B Common Stock, of which 21,067,650 shares were outstanding as
of May 31, 1996 and 23,412,500 shares are reserved for issuance upon the
exercise of rights issued pursuant to the Rights Agreement. In addition, the
Company has 1,935,692 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance
pursuant to options and units currently outstanding under the Option Plans and
the RSU and 21,067,650 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance upon
conversion of the Class B Common Stock.
The following description of the capital stock of the Company and certain
provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation (the "Charter") and
By-Laws is a summary, does not purport to be complete and is subject to detailed
provisions of, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Charter and
By-Laws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part and are available as set forth
under "Additional Information".
COMMON STOCK
VOTING. The holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per
share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders and
the holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to four votes per share held of
record on all such matters. Except as set forth below and except as may
otherwise be required by law, all actions submitted to a vote of stockholders
will be voted on by holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock
together as a single class. The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of
the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting
separately as a class, is required (i) to approve any amendment to the Charter
that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of such
series so as to affect it adversely and (ii) to approve such other matters as
may require class votes under the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware ("DGCL").
CONVERSION RIGHTS. Each share of Class B Common Stock is convertible at
the holder's option at all times, without cost to the stockholder, into one
share of Class A Common Stock. In addition, Class B Common Stock is subject to
automatic conversion in the event of a purported transfer in violation of the
transfer restrictions described below.
DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS (INCLUDING DISTRIBUTIONS UPON
LIQUIDATION). Each share of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are
equal in respect of dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property
(including distributions upon liquidation of the Company), except that a
dividend payable in shares of Class B Common Stock to holders of Class B Common
Stock and in shares of Class A Common Stock to the holders of Class A Common
Stock shall be deemed to be shared equally among both classes. No dividend shall
be declared or paid in shares of Class B Common Stock except to holders of Class
B Common Stock, but dividends may be declared and paid, as determined by the
Board of Directors, in shares of Class A Common Stock to all holders of Common
Stock.
TRANSFERABILITY OF SHARES. The shares of Class A Common Stock offered
hereby are freely transferable, subject to certain restrictions on resale
imposed on affiliates of the Company and the Alien Ownership Restriction
described below. Class B Common Stock is not transferable by a stockholder
except to or among, principally, such holder's spouse, parents or a lineal
descendant of a parent, certain trusts established for their benefit and
beneficiaries thereof and certain entities, all of the outstanding ownership
interests of which are owned by Permitted Transferees (collectively, "Permitted
Transferees"). Further, any securities convertible into shares of Class B Common
Stock or which carry a right to subscribe to or acquire shares of Class B Common
Stock are subject to the transfer restrictions described above. Any purported
transfer of Class B Common Stock other than to a Permitted Transferee shall be
null and void and of no effect and the purported transfer by a holder of Class B
Common Stock, other than to a Permitted Transferee, will result in the immediate
and automatic conversion of such holder's shares of Class B Common Stock into
shares of Class A Common Stock.
97
<PAGE> 101
ALIEN OWNERSHIP RESTRICTIONS. The Company's Charter restricts the
ownership, voting and transfer of the Company's capital stock in accordance with
the Communications Act and the rules and regulations of the FCC, to prohibit
ownership of more than 25% of the Company's outstanding capital stock by or for
the account of aliens (the "Alien Ownership Restriction"). Aliens include: (a) a
person who is citizen of a country other than the United States; (b) an entity
organized under the laws of a government other than the government of the United
States or any state, territory or possession of the United States; (c) a
government other than the government of the United States or of any state,
territory, or possession of the United States; or (d) a representative of, or an
individual or entity controlled by, any of the foregoing ("Alien"). No more than
25% of the Company's directors may be Aliens and Aliens cannot serve as officers
of the Company.
In addition, the Charter authorizes the Board of Directors of the Company
to adopt such provisions as it deems necessary to enforce these prohibitions.
The Company has established certain procedures and controls designed to
determine the amount of capital stock owned at any time by Aliens and to
restrict the right of transfer if the capital stock of the Company held by
Aliens reaches 25%. Specifically, at the time shares of capital stock are
presented for transfer, the Company's transfer agent will inquire as to whether
the new shares are to be issued to or for the account of an Alien. If so, the
new shares will be issued on a different form of share certificate, designated a
"foreign share certificate." The transfer agent will keep the Company informed
as to the volume of shares represented by such foreign share certificates.
DELAWARE LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS
Certain provisions of the DGCL and of the Charter and By-Laws, summarized
in the following paragraphs, may be considered to have an anti-takeover effect
and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer, proxy contest or other takeover
attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in such stockholder's best
interest, including such an attempt as might result in payment of a premium over
the market price for shares held by stockholders.
DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW. As a Delaware corporation, the Company is
subject to the provisions of the DGCL, including Section 203. In general,
Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business
combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after
the date of the transaction in which such person became an interested
stockholder unless: (i) prior to such time, the Board of Directors approved
either the business combination or transaction which resulted in the stockholder
becoming an interested stockholder; or (ii) upon becoming an interested
stockholder, the stockholder then owned at least 85% of the voting stock, as
defined in Section 203; or (iii) at or subsequent to such time, the business
combination is approved by both the Board of Directors and by the holders of at
least 66 2/3% of the corporation's outstanding voting stock, excluding shares
owned by the interested stockholder. For these purposes, the term "business
combination" includes mergers, asset sales and other similar transactions with
an "interested stockholder." An "interested stockholder" is a person who,
together with affiliates and associates, owns (or, within the prior three years,
did own) 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock. Although Section 203
permits a corporation to elect not to be governed by its provisions, the Company
to date has not made this election.
INCREASED STOCKHOLDER VOTE REQUIRED IN CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND
OTHER TRANSACTIONS AND RELEVANT FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED BY THE BOARD OF
DIRECTORS. The Charter provides that in addition to any vote ordinarily
required under Section 203 of the DGCL, the affirmative vote of (i) not less
than two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors or (ii) if subsection (i) above
is not fully complied with, the holders of at least 80% of the combined voting
power of the then outstanding shares of stock of all classes entitled to vote
generally in the election of Directors, would be required to approve certain
business combinations.
The Charter also empowers the Board of Directors, when voting with regard
to any business combination, to take into account any factors that the Board of
Directors determines to be relevant, including, without limitation, (i) the
working conditions, job security or compensation of the employees of the Company
and its subsidiaries, (ii) the short-term and long-term financial stability of
the Company, (iii) the ability of the Company to publish an independent,
high-quality, comprehensive newspaper and to freely conduct its other operations
and those of its subsidiaries to the advantage of the customers and markets
served, (iv) the
98
<PAGE> 102
economic strength, business reputation, managerial ability and recognized
integrity of the party proposing the business combination and (v) the effects on
the communities served by the Company's newspapers and by its other operations.
The Charter requires the affirmative vote of holders of at least 80% of the
combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of stock of all classes
entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors cast at a meeting of the
stockholders called for the purpose to amend or repeal these business
combination Charter provisions; however, if the adoption of the change is
recommended to the stockholders by the vote of not less than two-thirds of the
entire Board of Directors, then the Charter instead requires the vote, if any,
required by the DGCL.
SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS. The By-Laws provide that special
meetings of stockholders may be called by the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, President or by order of the Board of Directors.
CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS, REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS AND RELATED
MATTERS. The Charter and the By-Laws provide for the division of the Board of
Directors into three classes as nearly equal in size as possible with staggered
three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, successors to the
Directors whose terms expire at that annual meeting shall be elected for a
three-year term, with each Director to hold office until a successor has been
duly elected and qualified. As a result, approximately one-third of the Board of
Directors will be elected each year. See "Management -- Executive Officers and
Directors". Any director may be removed without cause only by the vote of at
least 80% of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors;
provided, however, such 80% vote shall not be required for any such removal
recommended to the stockholders by the vote of not less than two-thirds of the
whole Board of Directors. The Charter and By-Laws require the affirmative vote
of holders of at least 80% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
shares of stock of all classes entitled to vote generally in the election of
Directors cast at a meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose to amend
or repeal these Charter provisions; however, if the adoption of the change is
recommended to the stockholders by the vote of not less than two-thirds of the
entire Board of Directors, then the Charter and By Laws instead require the
vote, if any, required by the DGCL.
DIRECTOR LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
The Charter and the By-Laws, taken together, provide that the Company
shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as then in effect, indemnify
any person who was or is involved in any manner or was or is threatened to be
made so involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason
of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation or other enterprise against all
expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection with such proceeding. The Charter
provides that no director of the Company will be personally liable to the
Company or to its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty
as a director. This right to indemnification includes the right to receive
payment of any expenses incurred by the person being indemnified in connection
with such proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding
consistent with applicable law as then in effect. All rights to indemnification
conferred in the Charter shall be contract rights. The right of indemnification,
including the right to receive payment in advance of expenses, conferred by the
Charter and By-Laws are not exclusive of any other rights to which any person
seeking indemnification may otherwise be entitled. By reference to Delaware law,
the Charter also specifies certain procedures, presumptions and remedies that
apply with respect to the right to indemnification and the advancement of
expenses provided for therein. The Charter requires the affirmative vote of
holders of at least 80% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
shares of stock of all classes entitled to vote generally in the election of
Directors to amend or repeal the Charter indemnification provisions.
RIGHTS AGREEMENT
On May 8, 1996, the Company declared a dividend of one class A right (a
"Class A Right") for each outstanding share of Class A Common Stock and one
Class B right (a "Class B Right", and together with the
99
<PAGE> 103
Class A Rights, the "Rights") for each outstanding share of Class B Common
Stock. The dividend will be payable before the Offerings to stockholders of
record on May 8, 1996 (the "Declaration Date"). Each Class A Right entitles the
registered holder to purchase from the Company one share of Class A Common Stock
of the Company at a price of $70 per share of Class A Common Stock (the "Class A
Purchase Price"), subject to adjustment. Each Class B Right entitles the
registered holder to purchase from the Company one share of Class B Common Stock
of the Company at a price of $70 per share of Class B Common Stock (the "Class B
Purchase Price", and together with the Class A Purchase Price, the "Purchase
Price"), subject to adjustment. The description and terms of the Rights are set
forth in a Rights Agreement dated May 8, 1996 (the "Rights Agreement") between
the Company and The First National Bank of Boston, as Rights Agent (the "Rights
Agent").
Until the earlier to occur of (i) 10 days following a public announcement
that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (an "Acquiring
Person") have acquired beneficial ownership of (A) 15% or more of the Voting
Power (as defined in the Rights Agreement) of the Common Stock or (B) 35% or
more of the Voting Power of the Class A Common Stock or (ii) 10 business days
(or such later date as may be determined by action of the Board of Directors
prior to such time as any person or group of affiliated persons becomes an
Acquiring Person) following the commencement of, or announcement of an intention
to make, a tender offer or exchange offer the consummation of which would result
in the beneficial ownership by a person or group of either 15% or more of the
Voting Power of the Common Stock or 35% or more of the Voting Power of the Class
A Common Stock (the earlier of such dates being the "Distribution Date"), the
Class A Rights and the Class B Rights will be evidenced, with respect to any of
the Class A Common Stock certificates or Class B Common Stock certificates
outstanding as of the Record Date, by such Common Stock certificate with a copy
of the Summary of Rights attached thereto.
The Rights Agreement provides that, until the Distribution Date (or earlier
redemption or expiration of the Rights), the Rights will be transferred with and
only with the Common Stock. Until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption
or expiration of the Rights), new Common Stock certificates issued after the
Record Date upon transfer or new issuance of Common Stock will contain a
notation incorporating the Rights Agreement by reference. Until the Distribution
Date (or earlier redemption or expiration of the Rights), the surrender for
transfer of any certificates for Common Stock outstanding as of the Record Date,
even without such notation or a copy of the Summary of Rights being attached
thereto, will also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the
Common Stock represented by such certificate. As soon as practicable following
the Distribution Date, separate certificates evidencing the applicable Rights
("Right Certificates") will be mailed to holders of record of the Common Stock
as of the close of business on the Distribution Date and such separate Right
Certificates alone will evidence the Rights. Class B Rights may only be
transferred to Permitted Transferees (as such term is defined in the Rights
Agreement).
The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date. The Rights will
expire on May 7, 2006 (the "Final Expiration Date"), unless the Final Expiration
Date is extended or unless the Rights are earlier redeemed or exchanged by the
Company, in each case as described below.
The Purchase Price payable, and the number of shares of Class A Common
Stock, Class B Common Stock or other securities or property issuable, upon
exercise of the Rights are subject to adjustment from time to time to prevent
dilution (i) in the event of a stock dividend on, or a subdivision, combination
or reclassification of, such Common Stock, (ii) upon the grant to holders of
such Common Stock of certain rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase
such Common Stock at a price, or securities convertible into such Common Stock
with a conversion price, less than the then-current market price of such Common
Stock or (iii) upon the distribution to holders of such Common Stock of
evidences of indebtedness or assets (excluding regular periodic cash dividends
paid out of earnings or retained earnings or dividends payable in Common Stock)
or of subscription rights or warrants (other than those referred to above).
The number of outstanding Class A Rights and Class B Rights and the number
of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock issuable upon exercise
of each such Right are also subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split
of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, or a stock
dividend on the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable,
100
<PAGE> 104
payable in the related Common Stock or subdivisions, consolidations or
combinations of the Common Stock occurring, in any such case, prior to the
Distribution Date.
In the event that the Company is acquired in a merger or other business
combination transaction or 50% or more of its consolidated assets or earning
power are sold after a person or group has become an Acquiring Person, proper
provision will be made so that each holder of a Right will thereafter have the
right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at the then-current exercise price
of the Right, that number of shares of common stock of the acquiring company,
which, at the time of such transaction, will have a market value of two times
the exercise price of the Right. In the event that any person or group of
affiliated or associated persons becomes an Acquiring Person, proper provision
shall be made so that each holder of a Class A Right and a Class B Right, other
than Rights beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person (which will thereafter be
void), will thereafter have the right to receive upon exercise that number of
shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, having a
market value of two times the exercise price of such Right.
At any time after any person or group becomes an Acquiring Person and prior
to the acquisition by such person or group of 50% or more of the Voting Power of
the Common Stock, the Board of Directors of the Company may exchange the Rights
(other than Rights owned by such person or group which will have become void),
in whole or in part, at an exchange ratio of one share of Class A Common Stock
or Class B Common Stock per related Right (subject to adjustment).
With certain exceptions, no adjustment in the Purchase Price will be
required until cumulative adjustments require an adjustment of at least 1% in
such Purchase Price. No fractional share of Common Stock will be issued and in
lieu thereof, an adjustment in cash will be made based on the market price of
the Common Stock on the last trading day prior to the date of exercise.
At any time prior to the acquisition by a person or group of affiliated or
associated persons of beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the Voting Power of
the Common Stock or 35% or more of the Voting Power of the Class A Common Stock,
the Board of Directors of the Company may redeem the rights in whole, but not in
part, at a price of $.01 per Right (the "Redemption Price"). The redemption of
the Rights may be made effective at such time on such basis with such conditions
as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may establish. Immediately upon
any redemption of the Rights, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate
and the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the Redemption
Price.
The terms of the Rights may be amended by the Board of Directors of the
Company without the consent of the holders of the Rights, including an amendment
to lower certain thresholds with respect to the Voting Power of the Common Stock
described above to not less than 10% and with respect to the Voting Power of the
Class A Common Stock to not less than 25%, except that from and after such time
as any person or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an Acquiring
Person, no such amendment may adversely affect the interests of the holders of
the Rights.
Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no
rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right
to vote or to receive dividends.
A copy of the Rights Agreement has been filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to a Form 8-A dated May 8, 1996 and will be
available free of charge from the Company. This summary description of the
Rights does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the Rights Agreement, which is hereby incorporated in this
Prospectus by reference.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock of the Company is The
First National Bank of Boston.
101
<PAGE> 105
SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE
The shares of Class A Common Stock sold by the Company in the Offerings
will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the
Securities Act, except for shares held by "affiliates" of the Company (as that
term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act), whose sales would be
subject to certain limitations and restrictions described below.
Upon completion of the Offerings, the Company will have outstanding
24,836,700 shares of Class A Common Stock and 21,067,650 shares of Class B
Common Stock. Each share of Class B Common Stock is convertible into a share of
Class A Common Stock at any time at the option of the holder. All of these
shares, including the 7,125,000 shares sold in the Underwritten Offering, the
375,000 shares sold in the Direct Placement, the 1,935,692 shares of Class A
Common Stock currently issuable upon exercise of options and units outstanding
under the Option Plans and the RSU, as well as shares to be issued pursuant to
the proposed Employee Stock Purchase Plan, will be tradable without restriction
unless they are held by directors, executive officers or other affiliates of the
Company. Any shares held by affiliates of the Company may be sold only if they
are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an applicable
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, including
Rule 144 thereunder. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person
(or persons whose shares are aggregated), including an affiliate, who has
beneficially owned shares for at least two years is entitled to sell, within any
three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of (i)
1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (248,367 shares immediately
after the Offerings) or (ii) the average weekly trading volume in the Common
Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale, subject to the filing
of a Form 144 with respect to such sale and certain other limitations and
restrictions. In addition, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate
of the Company at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has
beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least three years would
be entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the
requirements described above. To the extent that shares were acquired from an
affiliate of the Company, such stockholder's holding period for the purpose of
effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from the
affiliate. The Commission has recently proposed to amend Rule 144 to shorten
each of the two-year and three-year holding periods by one year.
In addition, in accordance with certain adjustments required pursuant to
the terms of the Company's existing Stock Incentive Plans as a result of the
proposed US West Merger, the Company believes that it will issue approximately
$7.7 million of Class A Common Stock in the event of the consummation of the US
West Merger. For additional information, see "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Stock Based
Compensation Payouts" and footnote 2 to the table "Aggregated SAR Exercises in
Fiscal Year 1995 and Fiscal Year-End SAR Values" set forth herein under
"Management -- Executive Compensation." The actual number of shares of Class A
Common Stock to be issued will depend on the fair market value of the Class A
Common Stock determined in accordance with the terms of such plans at the
effective time of the US West Merger.
All but 11,700 shares of Class A Common Stock and all shares of Class B
Common Stock currently outstanding are subject to the Tax Lockup, which
restrictions prohibit all transfers, sales, assignments or other dispositions
for value prior to October 5, 1996. See "Business -- Background;
Reorganization." Of the 11,700 shares of Class A Common Stock not subject to the
Tax Lockup, 9,450 shares are held by executive officers of the Company. In
addition, the Company, each of the Company's directors and executive officers
and each of the beneficial owners of more than 5% of the Class A Common Stock
and Class B Common Stock (other than (i) Hospital Trust as to 900,000 shares of
Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock over which Hospital Trust
exercises sole or shared investment power under 64 wills, trusts and agency
arrangements and (ii) Fiduciary Trust Company International as to 617,400 shares
of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock over which Fiduciary Trust
Company International exercises sole or shared investment power under five
wills, trusts and agency relationships) have agreed not to offer, sell, contract
to sell or otherwise dispose of shares of Common Stock (or securities
convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, such shares) held by them
(other than shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby) for 180 days after
the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated acting on behalf of the Underwriters,
subject to certain limited exceptions included in the
102
<PAGE> 106
Purchase Agreement (as defined herein). Further, all employees who purchase
Class A Common Stock in the Direct Placement have agreed to similar transfer
restrictions for a period of 30 days after the date of this Prospectus.
No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales of
such shares or the availability of such shares for future sale will have on the
market price of shares of Class A Common Stock prevailing from time to time.
Future sales of substantial amounts of Class A Common Stock by existing
stockholders could adversely affect the prevailing market price of the Class A
Common Stock after the Offerings and the Company's ability to raise additional
capital through the sale of equity securities or equity-related securities in
the future at a time and price which it deems appropriate.
103
<PAGE> 107
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement (the
"Purchase Agreement"), the Company has agreed to sell to each of the
underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), and each of the Underwriters, for
whom Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Bear, Stearns & Co.
Inc. and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation are acting as
representatives (the "Representatives"), severally has agreed to purchase, the
aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock set forth opposite its name
below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITER SHARES
---------
<S> <C>
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated.........................................
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc...........................................
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation...............
---------
Total................................................ 7,125,000
=========
</TABLE>
In the Purchase Agreement, the Underwriters named therein have agreed,
subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all of the
shares of Class A Common Stock being sold pursuant to such Purchase Agreement if
any of the shares of Class A Common Stock being sold are purchased. Under
certain circumstances, the commitments of non-defaulting Underwriters may be
increased under the Purchase Agreement.
The Representatives have advised the Company that the Underwriters propose
to offer the shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby to the public
initially at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in excess
of $ per share of Class A Common Stock, and that the Underwriters may
allow, and such dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $ per
share of Class A Common Stock on sales to certain other dealers. After the
initial public offering, the public offering price, concession and discount may
be changed.
The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to an
aggregate of 1,068,750 shares of Class A Common Stock at the initial public
offering price, less the underwriting discount. Such option, which will expire
30 days after the date of this Prospectus, may be exercised solely to cover
over-allotments. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise such option, each
of the Underwriters will have a firm commitment, subject to certain conditions,
to purchase approximately the same percentage of the option shares that the
number of shares to be purchased initially by that Underwriter is of the
7,125,000 shares of Class A Common Stock initially purchased by the
Underwriters.
All but 11,700 shares of Class A Common Stock and all shares of Class B
Common Stock currently outstanding are subject to the Tax Lockup, which
restrictions prohibit all transfers, sales, assignments or other dispositions
for value prior to October 5, 1996. See "Business -- Background;
Reorganization". Of the 11,700 shares of Class A Common Stock not subject to the
Tax Lockup, 9,450 shares are held by executive officers of the Company. In
addition, the Company, each of the Company's directors and executive officers
and each of the beneficial owners of more than 5% of the Class A Common Stock
and Class B Common Stock (other than (i) Hospital Trust as to 900,000 shares of
Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock over which Hospital Trust
exercises sole or shared investment power under 64 wills, trusts and agency
arrangements and (ii) Fiduciary Trust Company International as to 617,400 shares
of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock over which Fiduciary Trust
Company International exercises sole or shared investment power under five
wills, trusts and agency relationships) have agreed not to sell, offer to sell,
grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of, any shares of Class A
Common Stock or securities convertible into or
104
<PAGE> 108
exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock (except for the shares
offered hereby) for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus
without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated acting on behalf of the Underwriters, subject to certain limited
exceptions included in the Purchase Agreement. Further, all employees who
purchase Class A Common Stock in the Direct Placement have agreed to similar
transfer restrictions for a period of 30 days after the date of this Prospectus.
In addition to the Underwritten Offering contemplated hereby, the Company
is also offering an additional 375,000 shares of Class A Common Stock to
eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries pursuant to the Direct
Placement at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price per
share for the Class A Common Stock less an amount equal to the underwriting
discount per share.
Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the shares of
Class A Common Stock. The initial public offering price of the Class A Common
Stock was determined by negotiations between the Company and the
Representatives. Among the factors considered in such negotiations, in addition
to prevailing market conditions, were current market valuations of
publicly-traded companies that the Company and the Underwriters believe to be
reasonably comparable to the Company, an assessment of the Company's results of
operations in recent periods, estimates of the business potential and earnings
prospects of the Company, the current state of the Company's development and the
current state of the Company's industry and the economy as a whole. The initial
public offering price set forth on the cover of the Prospectus should not,
however, be considered an indication of the actual value of the Class A Common
Stock. Such price will be subject to change as a result of market conditions and
other factors. There can be no assurance that an active trading market will
develop for the Class A Common Stock or that the Class A Common Stock will trade
in the public market subsequent to the Offerings at or above the initial public
offering price.
The Company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to
contribute to payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect
thereof.
Certain of the Underwriters have provided various investment banking
services to the Company and certain of its subsidiaries.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters relating to the shares of Class A Common Stock will
be passed upon for the Company by Edwards & Angell, Providence, Rhode Island.
Certain legal matters under the Communications Act and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder by the FCC will be passed upon for the Company by
Covington & Burling, Washington, D.C. Certain legal matters in connection with
the Underwritten Offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Brown &
Wood, New York, New York. Partners and of-counsel attorneys of Edwards & Angell
own 49,950 (adjusted for the Stock Split) shares of Common Stock. Benjamin P.
Harris, III, a Director of the Company, is a senior partner of Edwards & Angell
and beneficially owns 21,150 and 21,600 shares of the Class A Common Stock and
the Class B Common Stock, respectively (adjusted for the Stock Split).
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements and schedule of The Providence
Journal Company and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for each
of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1995 have been included
herein and in the Registration Statement in reliance upon the reports of KPMG
Peat Marwick LLP and Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, appearing
herein and elsewhere in this registration statement, given upon the authority of
said firms as experts in accounting and auditing.
The report of KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP covering the December 31, 1995
financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph that states that the
Company completed the merger and related transactions with Continental
Cablevision, Inc. and the Kelso Buyout on October 5, 1995 which resulted in the
disposal of the
105
<PAGE> 109
Company's cable operations, and the acquisition of the Company's joint venture
partner's interest in King Holding Corp.
The consolidated financial statements of King Holding Corp. and
subsidiaries included in this prospectus and the related financial statement
schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by
Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports
appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement, and are included
in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts
in accounting and auditing.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company is subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act,
and, in accordance therewith, files reports, proxy statements and other
information with the Commission. Reports, proxy statements and other information
concerning the Company can be inspected and copied at the Commission's office at
Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and
the Commission's Regional Offices in New York (Suite 1300, Seven World Trade
Center, New York, New York 10048) and Chicago (Citicorp Atrium Center, 500 West
Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661), and copies of such
material can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. This
Prospectus does not contain all information set forth in the Registration
Statement and exhibits thereto which the Company has filed with the Commission
under the Securities Act, which may be obtained from the Public Reference
Section of the Commission at its principal office at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, upon payment of the prescribed fees, and to which
reference is hereby made.
106
<PAGE> 110
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Independent Auditors' Report........................................................ F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31, 1994 and 1995 and (Unaudited) March 31,
1996............................................................................. F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1993, 1994,
and 1995 and (Unaudited) Three Months Ended March 31, 1995 and 1996.............. F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1993, 1994,
and 1995 and (Unaudited) Three Months Ended March 31, 1995 and 1996.............. F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31,
1993, 1994, and 1995 and (Unaudited) Three Months Ended March 31, 1996........... F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......................................... F-7
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY'S SIGNIFICANT UNCONSOLIDATED AFFILIATE
KING HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES*
Independent Auditors' Report........................................................ F-30
Consolidated Balance Sheet, December 31, 1994....................................... F-31
Consolidated Statements of Operations, for the Years Ended December 31, 1993 and
1994............................................................................. F-32
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1993 and
1994............................................................................. F-33
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31,
1993
and 1994......................................................................... F-34
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......................................... F-35
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* King Holding Corp. was acquired and consolidated by the Company in 1995.
F-1
<PAGE> 111
WHEN THE STOCK SPLIT REFERRED TO IN NOTE 17 OF THE NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BECOMES EFFECTIVE, WE WILL BE IN A POSITION TO
RENDER THE FOLLOWING REPORT.
/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of The Providence Journal Company:
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of The Providence
Journal Company and Subsidiaries (the Company) as listed in the accompanying
index. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the
consolidated financial statements of King Holding Corp. (a 50% owned investee
company prior to October 5, 1995) as of December 31, 1994 and for each of the
years in the two-year period then ended. The Company's investment in King
Holding Corp. at December 31, 1994 was $76,829,000 and its equity in losses of
King Holding Corp. was $7,244,000 and $8,325,000 for the years ended December
31, 1993 and 1994, respectively. The consolidated financial statements of King
Holding Corp. were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to
us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for King
Holding Corp. is based solely on the report of the other auditors.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits and the report of the other auditors provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
As discussed more fully in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements,
the Company completed the Merger and related transactions with Continental
Cablevision, Inc. and the Kelso Buyout on October 5, 1995 which resulted in the
disposal of the Company's cable operations, and the acquisition of the Company's
joint venture partner's interest in King Holding Corp.
In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of the other auditors,
the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of The Providence Journal Company and
Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
Providence, Rhode Island
February 16, 1996, except for
Notes 2, 13 and 17 which are dated
March 4, 1996, February 27, 1996
and , 1996, respectively.
F-2
<PAGE> 112
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
------------------- MARCH 31,
1994 1995 1996
-------- -------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(UNAUDITED)
Current assets:
Cash........................................................ $ 1,319 $ 87 $ 59
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
of $1,950 in 1994 and $4,328 in 1995..................... 24,916 56,321 48,484
Notes receivable, current................................... -- -- 17,726
Television program rights, net.............................. 4,699 16,536 9,767
Federal and state income taxes receivable................... 1,661 24,146 30,905
Deferred income taxes (note 9).............................. 20,526 7,112 7,112
Inventory, prepaid expenses and other current assets........ 4,593 5,019 6,432
-------- -------- --------
Total current assets................................ 57,714 109,221 120,485
Investments in affiliated companies (note 3).................. 83,407 22,171 17,164
Notes receivable (note 4)..................................... 19,513 19,174 1,162
Television program rights, net................................ 2,670 3,817 3,387
Property, plant and equipment, net (note 5)................... 130,287 171,649 177,916
License costs, goodwill and other intangible assets, net (note
6).......................................................... 35,222 354,411 352,660
Other assets (notes 10 and 14)................................ 26,110 26,787 30,939
Net assets of discontinued operations (note 2)................ 369,790 -- --
-------- -------- --------
$724,713 $707,230 $ 703,713
======== ======== ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable............................................ $ 10,202 $ 16,837 $ 10,926
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (note 7)..... 92,840 49,504 49,952
Current installments of long-term debt (note 10)............ 13,588 100 100
Current portion of television program rights payable (note
11)...................................................... 4,542 16,463 10,138
-------- -------- --------
Total current liabilities........................... 121,172 82,904 71,116
Long-term debt (note 10)...................................... 247,173 243,998 272,700
Television program rights payable (note 11)................... 2,822 5,509 4,519
Deferred income taxes (note 9)................................ 11,944 52,298 52,298
Deferred compensation (note 13)............................... 11,287 10,204 10,234
Other liabilities (notes 13 and 14 ).......................... 44,428 49,078 48,835
-------- -------- --------
Total liabilities................................... 438,826 443,991 459,702
-------- -------- --------
Commitments and contingencies (notes 2, 3, 12, 14, 16 and 19)
Minority interest............................................. -- -- 49
-------- -------- --------
Stockholders' equity (notes 2 and 17):
Class A common stock, par value $1.00 per share; authorized
180,000,000 shares; issued 17,331,300 shares in 1995..... -- 17,331 17,333
Class B common stock, par value $1.00 per share; authorized
46,825,000 shares; issued 21,067,650 shares in 1995...... -- 21,068 21,068
Class A common stock, par value $2.50 per share; issued
17,266,050 shares in 1994................................ 43,165 -- --
Class B common stock, par value $2.50 per share; issued
21,276,450 shares in 1994................................ 53,191 -- --
Additional paid in capital.................................. -- 65 88
Retained earnings (note 2).................................. 196,874 226,028 206,310
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities held for sale, net..... 105 (1,253) (837)
Treasury stock at cost-432,450 shares in 1994............... (7,448) -- --
-------- -------- --------
Total stockholders' equity.......................... 285,887 263,239 243,962
-------- -------- --------
$724,713 $707,230 $ 703,713
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
F-3
<PAGE> 113
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
ENDED
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
---------------------------------------- -------------------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Broadcasting......................... $ 45,506 $ 54,024 $ 180,547 $ 38,904 $ 43,381
Publishing advertising............... 93,886 97,006 96,340 22,411 21,986
Publishing circulation............... 31,028 30,887 32,151 7,889 8,139
Programming and Electronic Media..... -- 2,300 3,468 525 1,608
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total net revenues............ 170,420 184,217 312,506 69,729 75,114
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Expenses:
Operating............................ 84,925 77,543 161,283 40,426 43,528
Selling, general and
administrative..................... 71,600 83,302 86,023 19,911 23,051
Newspaper consolidation and
restructuring costs (note 8)....... -- -- 14,222 102 1,150
Stock-based compensation............. 5,735 15,138 2,387 1,498 11,730
Depreciation and amortization........ 20,613 19,983 33,969 7,935 9,845
Pension expense (income)............. 756 (173) 1,236 44 214
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total expenses................ 183,629 195,793 299,120 69,916 89,518
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Operating income (loss)................ (13,209) (11,576) 13,386 (187) (14,404)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense (notes 2 and 10).... (2,578) (2,426) (11,395) (2,747) (5,084)
Equity in loss of affiliated
companies (note 3)................. (8,763) (13,380) (7,835) (1,272) (1,595)
Management fees from related parties
(note 3)........................... 3,781 3,525 -- -- --
Other income (expense), net.......... (1,599) 2,578 4,797 616 1,364
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total other expense, net...... (9,159) (9,703) (14,433) (3,403) (5,315)
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Loss from continuing operations before
income tax expense (benefit)......... (22,368) (21,279) (1,047) (3,590) (19,719)
Income tax expense (benefit) (note
9)................................... (6,097) 1,950 3,956 (784) (4,834)
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Loss from continuing operations........ (16,271) (23,229) (5,003) (2,806) (14,885)
Discontinued operations (note 2):
Loss from operations of discontinued
segments, net of
income tax benefits................ (6,413) (1,798) -- -- --
Loss on disposal of segments, net of
income tax benefits................ -- (34,764) -- -- (3,578)
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Loss before extraordinary items........ (22,684) (59,791) (5,003) (2,806) (18,463)
Extraordinary items, net (note 10)..... 1,551 -- (2,086) -- --
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Loss before minority interests......... (21,133) (59,791) (7,089) (2,806) (18,463)
Minority interests..................... -- -- (2,559) (299) 1,186
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net loss............................... $ (21,133) $ (59,791) $ (9,648) $ (3,105) $ (17,277)
========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
Net income (loss) per common share:
From continuing operations........... $ (0.42) $ (0.61) $ (0.13) $ (0.07) $ (0.39)
From discontinued operations......... (0.17) (0.96) -- -- (0.09)
Extraordinary items.................. 0.04 -- (0.05) -- --
Minority interests................... -- -- (0.07) (0.01) 0.03
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net loss per common share.............. $ (0.55) $ (1.57) $ (0.25) $ (0.08) $ (0.45)
========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
Weighted average shares outstanding.... 38,385,900 38,196,900 38,506,500 38,110,050 38,400,300
========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
F-4
<PAGE> 114
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
------------------------------- -------------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
-------- -------- --------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(UNAUDITED)
Operating activities:
Net loss........................................... $(21,133) $(59,791) $ (9,648) $ (3,105) $(17,277)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash flows
provided by continuing operations:
Extraordinary items.............................. (1,551) -- 2,086 -- --
Discontinued operations.......................... 6,413 36,562 -- -- 3,578
Minority interests............................... -- -- 2,559 299 (1,186)
Depreciation and amortization.................... 20,613 19,983 33,969 7,935 9,845
Program rights amortization...................... 7,674 7,356 17,318 4,269 4,379
Equity in loss of affiliated companies........... 8,763 13,380 7,835 1,272 1,595
Deferred income taxes............................ (4,846) (3,258) 11,008 (262) --
Increase (decrease) in deferred compensation..... 5,767 7,740 (1,531) 792 30
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects
of acquisitions
Accounts receivable.............................. (1,451) (484) (4,604) 9,641 7,837
Inventories, prepaid expenses and other current
assets......................................... (660) (1,868) (34,870) (778) (7,578)
Accounts payable................................. (3,128) 2,545 1,172 (4,692) (5,911)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities... 1,629 (697) (15,095) (5,606) (3,104)
Other, net......................................... 5,293 3,459 1,776 (484) 1,506
-------- -------- --------- -------- --------
Cash flows provided by (used in) continuing
operations..................................... 23,383 24,927 11,975 9,281 (6,286)
-------- -------- --------- -------- --------
Investing activities:
Purchase of Kelso interest, less cash acquired
$3,578......................................... -- -- (261,422) -- --
Investment in securities held for sale........... (5,551) -- (397) -- --
Investments in and advances to affiliated
companies...................................... (5,783) (6,555) (23,647) (2,150) (12,503)
Additions to property, plant and equipment....... (11,597) (6,481) (15,276) (3,578) (3,008)
Collections on notes receivable.................. 2,751 3,086 339
Proceeds from sale of assets..................... 1,073 594 8,739
Cash proceeds in sale of cable operations, net of
taxes paid..................................... -- -- 693,058 -- --
(Increase) decrease in discontinued operations
through disposal date.......................... (4,528) 24,838 (66,459) 7,806 --
-------- -------- --------- -------- --------
Cash flows provided by (used in) investing
activities..................................... (23,635) 15,482 334,935 2,078 (15,511)
-------- -------- --------- -------- --------
Financing activities:
Proceeds from syndicated long-term debt.......... 30,000 -- 233,000 -- 28,702
Net increase in syndicate line of credit......... -- -- 1,298 -- --
Proceeds from refinanced syndicated long-term
debt........................................... -- -- 90,711 -- --
Principal payments on long-term debt including
prepayment penalty............................. (11,153) (19,345) (638,224) (7,505) --
Payments of debt issue costs..................... -- -- (1,748) -- --
Payments on television program rights payable.... (7,296) (6,760) (16,166) (4,163) (4,495)
Dividends paid................................... (8,872) (9,711) (9,706) (2,422) (2,441)
Issuance of Class A stock........................ -- -- 46 -- 3
Purchases and adjustments to basis of treasury
stock.......................................... (2,387) (4,291) (7,353) -- --
-------- -------- --------- -------- --------
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing
activities..................................... 292 (40,107) (348,142) (14,090) 21,769
-------- -------- --------- -------- --------
Increase (decrease) in cash.......................... 40 302 (1,232) (2,731) (28)
Cash at beginning of period.......................... 977 1,017 1,319 4,897 87
-------- -------- --------- -------- --------
Cash at end of period................................ $ 1,017 $ 1,319 $ 87 $ 2,166 $ 59
======== ======== ========= ======== ========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
F-5
<PAGE> 115
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS A CLASS B UNREALIZED
COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK ADDITIONAL GAIN (LOSS)
-------------------- -------------------- PAID IN RETAINED ON SECURITIES
SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL EARNINGS HELD FOR SALE
---------- ------- ---------- ------- ---------- -------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances at December 31, 1992............. 17,090,550 $42,726 21,451,950 $53,630 $ -- $296,381 --
Treasury stock activity:
Tender offer and other purchases....... -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Issuance of common stock from
treasury............................. -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Conversion upon sale of Class B to Class
A common stock......................... 168,300 421 (168,300) (421) -- -- --
Dividends declared, $0.23 per share...... -- -- -- -- -- (8,872 ) --
Net loss................................. -- -- -- -- -- (21,133 ) --
---------- ------- ---------- ------- -------- -------- ------
Balances at December 31, 1993............. 17,258,850 43,147 21,283,650 53,209 -- 266,376 --
Purchases of treasury stock.............. -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Conversion upon sale of Class B to Class
A common stock......................... 7,200 18 (7,200) (18) -- -- --
Dividends declared, $0.25 per share...... -- -- -- -- -- (9,711 ) --
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle (note 1(c)).................. -- -- -- -- -- -- 5,120
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)..... -- -- -- -- -- -- (5,015)
Net loss................................. -- -- -- -- -- (59,791 ) --
---------- ------- ---------- ------- -------- -------- ------
Balances at December 31, 1994............. 17,266,050 43,165 21,276,450 53,191 -- 196,874 105
Conversion upon sale of Class B to Class
A common stock......................... 58,950 147 (58,950) (147) -- -- --
Reissuance of treasury stock in
connection with stock based
compensation plans..................... -- -- -- -- 2,738 -- --
Treasury stock adjustments to basis (note
16).................................... -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Dividends declared $0.25 per share....... -- -- -- -- -- (9,706 ) --
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)..... -- -- -- -- -- -- (1,358)
Excess of proceeds over net assets held
for sale in disposal of cable
operations (note 2).................... -- -- -- -- -- 582,510 --
Deemed distribution to shareholders of
Continental capital stock in connection
with disposal of cable operations (note
2)..................................... -- -- -- -- -- (584,769) --
Recapitalization in connection with PJC
Spin-Off (notes 2 and 17).............. -- (25,987) (149,850) (31,976) (2,738) 50,767 --
Exercised options........................ 6,300 6 -- -- 65 -- --
Net loss................................. -- -- -- -- -- (9,648 ) --
---------- ------- ---------- ------- -------- -------- ------
Balances at December 31, 1995............. 17,331,300 17,331 21,067,650 21,068 65 226,028 (1,253)
Dividends declared $0.06 per share....... (2,441 )
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)..... 416
Exercised options........................ 2,250 2 -- -- 23
Net loss................................. (17,277 )
---------- ------- ---------- ------- -------- -------- ------
Balances at March 31, 1996 (unaudited).... 17,333,550 $17,333 21,067,650 $21,068 $ 88 $206,310 $ (837)
========== ======= ========== ======= ======== ======== ======
<CAPTION>
TREASURY STOCK
------------------
SHARES AMOUNT TOTAL
-------- ------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balances at December 31, 1992............. (45,000) $ (770 ) $ 391,967
Treasury stock activity:
Tender offer and other purchases....... (151,650) (2,460 ) (2,460)
Issuance of common stock from
treasury............................. 4,500 73 73
Conversion upon sale of Class B to Class
A common stock......................... -- -- --
Dividends declared, $0.23 per share...... -- -- (8,872)
Net loss................................. -- -- (21,133)
Balances at December 31, 1993............. (192,150) (3,157 ) 359,575
Purchases of treasury stock.............. (240,300) (4,291 ) (4,291)
Conversion upon sale of Class B to Class
A common stock......................... -- -- --
Dividends declared, $0.25 per share...... -- -- (9,711)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle (note 1(c)).................. -- -- 5,120
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)..... -- -- (5,015)
Net loss................................. -- -- (59,791)
Balances at December 31, 1994............. (432,450) (7,448 ) 285,887
Conversion upon sale of Class B to Class
A common stock......................... -- -- --
Reissuance of treasury stock in
connection with stock based
compensation plans..................... 282,600 4,867 7,605
Treasury stock adjustments to basis (note
16).................................... -- (7,353 ) (7,353)
Dividends declared $0.25 per share....... -- -- (9,706)
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)..... -- -- (1,358)
Excess of proceeds over net assets held
for sale in disposal of cable
operations (note 2).................... -- -- 582,510
Deemed distribution to shareholders of
Continental capital stock in connection
with disposal of cable operations (note
2)..................................... -- -- (584,769)
Recapitalization in connection with PJC
Spin-Off (notes 2 and 17).............. 149,850 9,934 --
Exercised options........................ -- -- 71
Net loss................................. -- -- (9,648)
Balances at December 31, 1995............. -- -- 263,239
Dividends declared $0.06 per share....... (2,441)
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)..... 416
Exercised options........................ 25
Net loss................................. (17,277)
Balances at March 31, 1996 (unaudited).... -- $ -- $ 243,962
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
<PAGE> 116
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
NOTE 1 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(a) Description of Business and Basis of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements present the financial position and
results of operations of The Providence Journal Company ("Registrant") and its
subsidiaries (collectively the "Company"). Registrant is the successor to
Providence Journal Company ("Old PJC") which reorganized itself, acquired all of
its joint venture partner's interest in King Holding Corp. ("KHC"), and disposed
of its cable operations on October 5, 1995 in a series of transactions as
described in Note 2. The Company is a diversified communications company with
operations and investments in several media and electronic communications
businesses. The principal areas of the Company's activities are television
broadcasting ("Broadcasting"), newspaper publishing ("Publishing") and
programming and electronic media ventures ("Programming and Electronic Media").
Prior to the consummation of the Merger (defined below) and other transactions
described below, these businesses were conducted by Old PJC which was also
engaged in the ownership and operation of cable television systems ("PJC Cable
Business").
All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated
and appropriate minority interests have been recorded in consolidation. The
results of operations for KHC have been consolidated in the accompanying
statements of operations since January 1, 1995 with appropriate adjustments for
minority interests for the period from January 1, 1995 to October 5, 1995 the
date of the Kelso Buyout, as discussed in Note 3.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the
current year presentation.
(b) Cash
The Company has a cash management program whereby outstanding checks in
excess of cash in the concentration account are not accounted for as reductions
of cash until presented to the bank for payment. At December 31, 1994 and 1995,
the Company reclassified $2,805 and $2,162 respectively, of net outstanding
checks to accounts payable.
Supplemental cash flow information is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Income taxes paid during the year (excluding IRS
settlements, see Note 9)........................ $ 9,815 $ 2,588 $12,679
------- ------- -------
Interest paid during the year (including amounts
allocated to discontinued operations), net of
amounts capitalized............................. $20,285 $20,911 $47,891
------- ------- -------
Obligations incurred for acquisition of television
program rights (non-cash transactions).......... $ 5,898 $ 6,627 $21,520
------- ------- -------
</TABLE>
F-7
<PAGE> 117
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
In connection with the acquisition of the joint venture partner's interest
in King Holding Corp. in 1995, assets acquired and liabilities assumed were as
follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Assets acquired................................................... $243,186
--------
Goodwill and other intangibles.................................... $206,740
--------
Liabilities assumed............................................... $184,926
========
</TABLE>
(c) Investments
Investments in Affiliates
Investments in affiliates in which the Company has significant influence
(generally ownership of 20% to 50% of voting stock) and investments in
partnerships are accounted for using the equity method. Other investments
(generally ownership of less than 20% of voting stock) are carried at the lower
of cost or net realizable value. The following investments are accounted for
under the equity method as of December 31, 1995:
Television Food Network, G.P.
America's Health Network
Peapod, L.P.
Partner Stations Network, L.P.
Linkatel Pacific, L.P.
Effective January 1, 1996, the results of America's Health Network's
operations have been consolidated with the Company to reflect the Company's
decision to maintain a controlling majority interest.
Information about these investments is presented in Note 3.
Investments in Marketable Equity Securities
Investments in marketable equity securities consist of one common stock
investment, StarSight Telecast, Inc., in which the Company owns approximately 5%
of the outstanding common stock. This marketable equity security is included in
other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Prior to January 1, 1994, marketable equity securities were stated at cost.
Effective January 1, 1994, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities". Under this standard, the Company's marketable equity securities are
considered to be "held for sale" and unrealized gains and losses, net of the
related tax effect, are recorded as a separate component of stockholders'
equity. A decline in the market value of any marketable equity security below
cost that is deemed other than temporary results in an adjustment to the cost
basis of the security which is charged to the consolidated statement of
operations.
At December 31, 1994 and 1995, the cost of marketable equity securities
totaled and $5,552 and $5,949, respectively; fair market value totaled and
$5,727 and $3,861 respectively.
(d) Inventories
Inventories, principally comprising raw materials, are stated at the lower
of cost or market. Cost is determined principally on the last-in, first-out
(LIFO) basis. Replacement cost of inventories was $1,945 and $2,806 at December
31, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
F-8
<PAGE> 118
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
(e) Television Program Rights
Television program rights acquired under license agreements are recorded as
assets at the gross value of the related liabilities at the time the programs
become available for showing. The rights are amortized using accelerated methods
over the term of the applicable contract. Amortized costs are included in
operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Program rights classified as a current asset represent the total amount
estimated to be amortized within a year. Related liabilities due to licensers
are classified as current or long-term in accordance with the payment terms.
Television program rights are reviewed periodically for impairment and, if
necessary, adjusted to estimated net realizable value.
(f) Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for
maintenance and repairs are charged to income as incurred; significant
improvements are capitalized. The Company provides for depreciation using the
straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Buildings and improvements.............................................. 2 - 45 years
Machinery and equipment................................................. 3 - 15
Furniture and fixtures.................................................. 5 - 11
Broadcast equipment..................................................... 6 - 15
</TABLE>
When the Company determines that certain property, plant and equipment is
impaired, a loss for impairment is recorded for the excess of the carrying value
over the fair value of the asset. Fair value is determined by independent
appraisal, if an active market exists for the related asset. Otherwise, fair
value is estimated through forecasts of expected cash flows.
(g) License Costs, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
License costs and other intangible assets are stated at cost. Goodwill
represents the excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired.
The Company provides for amortization using the straight-line method over
periods ranging from 5 to 40 years.
The Company periodically reviews its intangible assets to determine whether
any impairment has occurred. The Company assesses the recoverability of
intangible assets by reviewing the performance of the underlying operations, in
particular the operating cash flows (earnings before income taxes, depreciation,
and amortization) of the operation.
(h) Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be
recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a
change in tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the enactment
date.
F-9
<PAGE> 119
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
(i) Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits
The Company has defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all
employees of Publishing and certain employees of Broadcasting. The plans are
funded in accordance with the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act.
The Company sponsors a defined life insurance and medical plan for its
newspaper and one of its broadcast operations, respectively. The plans are
accounted for under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No.
106, "Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions".
(j) Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company has only limited involvement with derivative financial
instruments and does not use them for trading purposes. Derivative financial
instruments are only used to manage interest rate risks.
The Company has entered into an interest rate swap agreement which is
accounted for as a hedge of the obligation and, accordingly, the net swap
settlement amount is recorded as an adjustment to interest expense in the period
incurred (see note 10). Gains and losses upon settlement of a swap agreement are
deferred and amortized over the remaining term of the agreement.
(k) Net Loss Per Share
Net loss per share is based on the weighted average number of Class A and
Class B shares of common stock outstanding. Restricted stock units and stock
options are both considered common stock equivalents. Common stock equivalents
were anti-dilutive for all periods in which the common stock equivalents were
outstanding.
(l) Stock-Based Compensation
Effective January 1, 1996, the Company will adopt SFAS No. 123, "Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation." The Statement encourages, but does not require, a
fair value based method of accounting for stock-based compensation plans. SFAS
No. 123 allows an entity to continue to measure compensation cost for those
plans using the intrinsic value based method prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25.
For those entities electing to use the intrinsic value based method, SFAS No.
123 requires pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share computed
as if the fair value based method had been applied. The Company intends to
continue to account for stock-based compensation costs under APB Opinion No. 25
and will provide the additional required disclosures relating to 1995 and 1996
stock options in its 1996 Annual Report.
(m) Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
The consolidated financial statements as of and for the three months ended
March 31, 1995 and 1996 are unaudited; however, they include all adjustments
(consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary by management
for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for
these periods. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily
indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year.
NOTE 2 -- REORGANIZATION AND DISCONTINUED CABLE OPERATIONS
(a) Reorganization
On October 5, 1995, Old PJC completed the acquisition of the 50% interest
in King Holding Corp. ("KHC") held by an unrelated third party for $265 million,
including $5 million in transaction fees (the "Kelso Buyout"), completed the
transfer of all non-cable operations from Old PJC to the Company in a
F-10
<PAGE> 120
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
substantially tax-free reorganization pursuant to which the shares of capital
stock of the Company were distributed to the shareholders of Old PJC (the "PJC
Spin-Off"), and, following the PJC Spin-Off, at which point it held only Old
PJC's cable television businesses and assets, Old PJC was merged ("the Merger")
with and into Continental Cablevision, Inc. ("Continental"). Immediately prior
to the Kelso Buyout, Continental purchased for $405 million all of the stock of
King Videocable Company ("KVC"), a wholly owned subsidiary of King Broadcasting
Company ("KBC"), which is wholly owned by KHC. As a result of these
transactions, the Company, in substance, became successor to Old PJC, in the
same lines of businesses, simultaneously spinning off its cable subsidiaries to
its shareholders who then merged them into Continental.
Proceeds from the disposal of the cable operations discussed above
consisted of a combination of Continental stock, which was received directly
from Continental by Old PJC's shareholders in connection with the Merger,
assumption of a portion of the Old PJC's debt by Continental (see Note 10), and
cash. The total combined consideration amounted to approximately $1.4 billion
(including the $405 million from the sale of KVC). The excess of the proceeds
over the net assets of the discontinued cable operations was $582,510 and is
reflected in the consolidated statement of stockholders' equity. The receipt by
the Old PJC Shareholders of the Continental shares, valued at $584,769, is
recorded as a deemed distribution to shareholders in the statement of
stockholders' equity.
The Merger agreement between Old PJC and Continental provides that the
total combined consideration received from the disposal of the Company's cable
operations will be adjusted for certain working capital items of the cable
operations acquired by Continental. On March 4, 1996, the Company agreed to pay
Continental $4,250 in full settlement of this working capital adjustment which
was accrued in the accompanying balance sheet as of December 31, 1995 and
included in discontinued operations of 1995.
In connection with the Merger, the Company agreed to indemnify Continental
from any and all liabilities arising from the non-cable television businesses,
and is responsible for all federal and state income tax liabilities for periods
ending on or before the closing date.
(b) Discontinued Cable Operations
The results of operations of the cable television segment, the cellular
system and the paging subsidiary have been reported as discontinued in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Prior year financial
statements have been reclassified to present these businesses as discontinued
operations. Operating results of these discontinued operations were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues........................................ $ 177,417 $ 177,953 $ 148,268
Costs and expenses.............................. (185,998) (180,597) (154,741)
Equity in income of affiliate................... 1,413 2,417 1,373
--------- --------- ---------
Loss before income taxes........................ (7,168) (227) (5,100)
Income tax (expense) benefit.................... 755 (1,571) (2,017)
--------- --------- ---------
Net loss........................................ $ (6,413) $ (1,798) $ (7,117)
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
The net loss for discontinued operations in 1995 was accrued in 1994 as
part of the costs to dispose of the cable operations. No amounts were required
to be recorded in the loss from operations of discontinued segments in the
consolidated statement of operations for 1995.
Loss from operations of discontinued segments includes allocated interest
expense totaling $19,807, $20,674 and $17,265 (excluding $12,380 allocated to
KVC operations) in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
F-11
<PAGE> 121
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
Interest allocated to discontinued segments was limited to the associated
interest on debt that was repaid in connection with the Merger. The estimated
loss on disposal of segments in 1994 of $34,764, which is net of income tax
benefits of $8,038, includes severance packages, transaction costs and a
provision for loss during the phase-out period.
In addition, in 1994 the Company sold its remaining cellular system
investment and its paging subsidiary. As a result of these transactions, the
Company recorded gains of $1,390 (net of phase-out period operating losses and
income taxes).
Included in discontinued operations is a 50% equity investment in
Copley/Colony, Inc. ("Copley/ Colony"), a joint venture between Colony
Communications, Inc. ("Colony") (a subsidiary of Old PJC) and Copley Press
Electronics Company ("Copley"), engaged in cable television operations. In
connection with the Merger agreement with Continental, in May, 1995 Copley sold
all of its interests in Copley/Colony to Colony for a fixed aggregate purchase
price of $47,790 in cash. As a result, Colony owned all of the outstanding
shares of Copley/Colony at the time of the Merger with Continental.
The net assets of the cable television businesses acquired by Continental
are presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as "net assets of
discontinued operations" prior to the disposal. Discontinued assets acquired
consisted primarily of plant and equipment, and intangible assets. Liabilities
assumed consisted primarily of accounts payable and accrued expenses.
NOTE 3 -- INVESTMENTS IN AFFILIATED COMPANIES
(a) King Holding Corp.
The Kelso Buyout as discussed in Note 2 (a), was recorded in the fourth
quarter of 1995 as a step acquisition under the purchase method of accounting.
The excess of the purchase price over the net book value of assets acquired
including deferred taxes was $206,740, of which approximately $88,000 was
allocated to identifiable intangibles and the remainder to goodwill, together to
be amortized over an average life of approximately 30 years.
The following table presents unaudited pro forma summary results of
operations as if the Kelso Buyout and Merger had occurred on January 1, 1994,
and accordingly, include adjustments for additional amortization and interest
expense and related income tax benefits. It does not purport to be indicative of
what would have actually occurred had the acquisition occurred on January 1,
1994 nor is it indicative of results which may occur in the future:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA (UNAUDITED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
31,
---------------------
1994 1995
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues....................................................... $301,276 $312,506
Loss from continuing operations................................ (19,136) (14,893)
Net loss....................................................... $(19,136) $(16,979)
======== ========
Net loss per common share...................................... $ (0.50) $ (0.44)
======== ========
</TABLE>
Prior to the acquisition of all outstanding interests, the Company received
annual governance fees and management fees from KHC totaling $3,781 and $3,525
in 1993 and 1994 respectively, which had been included in management fees from
related parties. The Company charged KHC $330 and $1,130 for accounting services
in 1993 and 1994, respectively, and was also reimbursed $2,842 and $3,240 by KHC
for expenses in its capacity as manager in 1993 and 1994, respectively. In 1995,
the annual governance, management, and accounting fees and expenses reimbursed
have been eliminated in consolidation.
F-12
<PAGE> 122
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
Summary combined information for King Holding Corp. as of December 31, 1994
and for each of the years in the two year period then ended is summarized below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994
---------
<S> <C> <C>
Current assets.............................................. $ 39,978
Current liabilities......................................... (48,804)
-------
Working capital deficiency................................ (8,826)
Property, plant and equipment, net.......................... 58,131
Intangible and other assets................................. 138,453
Net assets of discontinued operations....................... 255,902
Long-term liabilities....................................... (289,669)
-------
Net assets................................................ $ 153,991
=======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994
-------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues.................................................... $102,340 $ 117,059
-------- ---------
Operating income............................................ $ 16,371 $ 24,776
-------- ---------
Income from continuing operations........................... $ 900 $ 7,263
-------- ---------
Loss from discontinued operations, net...................... $(15,389) $ (23,915)
-------- ---------
Net loss.................................................. $(14,489) $ (16,652)
======== =========
</TABLE>
(b) Television Food Network, G.P.
As of December 31, 1995, the Company, controlled a 21% interest in
Television Food Network, G.P. ("TVFN"). The partnership was formed specifically
to own and operate the Television Food Network channel. TVFN is a 24-hour
advertising supported network service that provides television programming
related to the preparation, enjoyment and consumption of food, as well as
programs focusing on nutrition and topical news areas. TVFN is a general
partnership consisting of eight media companies with cable television, broadcast
television and programming holdings. TVFN is distributed predominantly through
cable television stations to approximately 15.5 million subscribers throughout
the United States. The Company is the general partner in the managing partner of
TVFN and has invested approximately $17,650 through March 31, 1996.
Effective March 1994 the Company entered into a sub-lease agreement with
TVFN for use of the Company's C-band primary transponder. The lease is effective
through March 1999. The Company recorded $1,700 and $1,090 in rental revenue
from TVFN in 1994 and 1995, respectively.
(c) America's Health Network
During 1995, the Company invested $10,250 in America's Health Network
("AHN"), a development stage cable programming network service intending to
provide health-related information and products. The channel launched on March
25, 1996 with 750,000 subscribers. The Company's Board of Directors has approved
additional investments up to $12,000, expected to made in 1996. In early 1996,
AHN, Inc. was reorganized and became America's Health Network, L.L.C. ("AHN
LLC"), a limited liability corporation which is the general partner in AHN
Partners, L.P. ("AHN Partners"), a limited partnership formed to carry on the
operations of the network. The Company's total investment through March 31, 1996
is $17,750 and its interest in AHN is approximately 59%. Effective January 1,
1996, the results of AHN's operations have been consolidated with the Company.
Prior to January 1, 1996, the Company accounted for this investment under the
equity method of accounting at which time control was considered temporary.
F-13
<PAGE> 123
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
The Company also entered into a sub-lease agreement with AHN for use of the
Company's C-band primary transponder. The lease term is from November 1, 1995
through October 31, 2000. The Company recorded revenue of $410 related to this
agreement during 1995.
(d) Peapod, L.P.
On July 27, 1995, the Company purchased a 17.1% interest in Peapod, L.P.,
which currently provides an interactive computer on-line grocery ordering,
shopping and delivery service in Chicago and San Francisco and will expand such
services to Boston and Providence in 1996. Total investments in the partnership
during 1995 were $5,335. The Company has committed to invest an additional
$1,000 in 1996 as part of a $15 million private placement. No additional
investments have been committed to.
Summary Financial Information -- TVFN, AHN, and Peapod, L.P
Summary combined financial information for TVFN, AHN and Peapod L.P., as of
December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 is
presented below. Information for 1993 presented below is for TVFN only:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current assets...................................... $ 8,511 $ 14,935
Current liabilities................................. (2,489) (8,418)
-------- --------
Working capital................................... 6,022 6,517
Property, plant and equipment, net.................. 6,052 7,996
Intangible and other assets......................... 3,356 11,248
Long-term liabilities............................... (373) (3,009)
-------- --------
Net assets........................................ $ 15,057 $ 22,752
======== ========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994 1995
------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues............................................ $ 13 $ 10,307 $ 22,579
------- ------- -------
Operating loss...................................... $(6,526) $(25,513) $(31,863)
------- -------- --------
Net loss.......................................... $(6,648) $(25,223) $(31,614)
======= ======== ========
</TABLE>
(e) Partner Stations Network, L.P.
The Company is a limited partner with four other television group
broadcasters in Partner Stations Network, L.P. ("PSN"). PSN was formed in 1994
to develop and produce television programming for broadcast on their own
stations and for potential national distribution to other television broadcast
stations. Each of the limited partners has a 16% interest and the general
partner, Lambert Television Management, Inc. has a 20% interest. Through
December 31, 1995, the Company has invested $1,810.
(f) Linkatel Pacific, L.P.
In July 1993, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary
Colony/Linkatel Networks, Inc., invested in Linkatel Pacific, L.P. (a
development stage enterprise), with two other communications companies. The
Company has a 45% limited interest in the partnership, which was formed to
pursue the development of alternative access networks. Through December 31,
1995, the Company has invested $6,531 in Linkatel Pacific, L.P. The Company
intends to sell this investment in 1996 for an amount at least equal to the
amounts invested to date, although no firm commitments are in place as of
December 31, 1995.
Linkatel Pacific, L.P.'s net loss approximated $1,262 and $2,319 for the
years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995. Net assets approximated $7,367 and
$9,088 as of December 31, 1994 and 1995.
F-14
<PAGE> 124
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
NOTE 4 -- NOTES RECEIVABLE
In September 1990, the Company advanced the Lowell Sun Publishing Company
and Lowell Sun Realty Company (collectively the "Lowell Sun Companies") $25,650
and agreed to provide a $6,500 revolving credit facility. The loan and revolving
credit facility which were originally due in March 1996 are subject to a
forbearance until January 2, 1997. Amounts outstanding bear interest at a
floating rate of prime plus 1.25%. The advance is collateralized by all assets
of the Lowell Sun Companies and an interest in Lowell Sun Companies stock. The
principal balance receivable at December 31, 1994 and 1995 was $23,675 and
$23,575, respectively.
NOTE 5 -- PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET
Property, plant and equipment, at cost, consist of the following at
December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Land......................................................... $ 17,054 $ 24,338
Machinery and equipment...................................... 78,503 84,733
Buildings and improvements................................... 75,608 116,790
Broadcast equipment.......................................... 38,307 104,147
Furniture and fixtures....................................... 39,871 45,076
Construction in progress..................................... 1,564 1,445
-------- --------
250,907 376,529
Less accumulated depreciation................................ 120,620 204,880
-------- --------
$130,287 $171,649
======== ========
</TABLE>
Depreciation expense on property, plant and equipment used in continuing
operations totaled $16,964, $16,617 and $22,346 in 1993, 1994 and 1995,
respectively.
NOTE 6 -- INTANGIBLE ASSETS
As of December 31, 1994 and 1995, intangible assets consist of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995
------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Goodwill........................................................ $28,219 $166,594
Licenses........................................................ 1,303 165,836
Advertiser Relations............................................ 41,395 88,595
Other........................................................... 307 411
------- --------
Total................................................. $71,224 $421,436
======= ========
</TABLE>
Amortization expense on intangible assets charged to continuing operations
totaled $3,649, $3,366 and $11,623 in 1993, 1994, and 1995, respectively.
Accumulated amortization on intangible assets totaled $36,002 and $67,025 at
December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively. See also Note 3.
F-15
<PAGE> 125
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
NOTE 7 -- ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
Significant components of accrued expenses and other current liabilities
consisted of the following amounts at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995
------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Accrued costs on disposal of the cable television segment........ $35,075 $12,278
Deferred compensation............................................ 31,266 4,806
Accrued interest................................................. 7,263 872
Salaries, wages and other employee benefits...................... 7,033 11,626
Unearned revenue................................................. 4,024 3,709
Newspaper restructuring.......................................... -- 6,800
Other............................................................ 8,179 9,413
------- -------
$92,840 $49,504
======= =======
</TABLE>
NOTE 8 -- NEWSPAPER CONSOLIDATION AND RESTRUCTURING COSTS
(a) Newspaper Consolidation Costs
Included in the 1995 consolidated statement of operations are one-time
charges related to the consolidation of the Company's afternoon newspaper (The
Evening Bulletin) with the morning newspaper (The Providence Journal). This
consolidation was effective June 5, 1995 and resulted in the publishing of
Providence Journal-Bulletin, a morning newspaper. This consolidation is referred
to as the Newspaper Consolidation. In connection with the Newspaper
Consolidation, the Company offered early retirement benefits and voluntary
separation assistance to affected employees. As of December 31, 1995, 61
employees accepted early retirement benefits and 19 employees accepted voluntary
separation amounting to a charge to operations of approximately $3,826 and
$1,071, respectively, including benefits. In addition, the Company incurred
costs of approximately $2,525 for promotion, training, and other costs of the
conversion. The early retirement benefits will be paid from the Company's
retirement plans. As of December 31, 1995 approximately $700 remains unpaid
under the voluntary separation plans. This amount is expected to be paid in
1996.
(b) Newspaper Restructuring Costs
During the fourth quarter of 1995, management approved a plan of
reorganization and restructuring of most departments of Publishing in an effort
to improve efficiencies (the "Newspaper Restructuring"). Under the plan, the
Company has targeted a reduction in workforce of approximately 100 full time
equivalents through a combination of early retirement and voluntary and
involuntary separation assistance plans. Of the 100 full time equivalents,
approximately 62 are from the news and operations departments with the remainder
coming from other departments. Salaries and related payroll taxes associated
with these reductions amounted to approximately $6,800 and has been included as
a restructuring charge in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations
for 1995. In the three months ended March 31, 1996, the Company recorded an
additional charge to operations of approximately $1,150 relating to early
retirement costs and voluntary separation benefits in connection with this
Newspaper Restructuring. The Newspaper Restructuring is expected to be completed
by the second quarter of 1996. Early retirement and voluntary separation
benefits will be paid out of the Company's pension plans (in which plan assets
exceed plan obligations) and all other costs are expected to be paid out in
1996.
F-16
<PAGE> 126
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
NOTE 9 -- FEDERAL AND STATE INCOME TAXES
Income tax expense (benefit) has been allocated as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994 1995
------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Continuing operations.................................. $(6,097) $ 1,950 $3,956
Operations of discontinued segments.................... (755) 1,571 2,017
Loss on disposal of segments........................... -- (8,038) --
Extraordinary items.................................... 799 -- (417)
Stockholders' equity................................... -- 70 (905)
------- ------- ------
$(6,053) $(4,447) $4,651
======= ======= ======
</TABLE>
Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to income from continuing
operations consists of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CURRENT DEFERRED TOTAL
------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Year ended December 31, 1993:
U.S. Federal........................................ $ (879) $ (4,886) $(5,765)
State............................................... (372) 40 (332)
------- -------- -------
$(1,251) $ (4,846) $(6,097)
======= ======== =======
Year ended December 31, 1994:
U.S. Federal........................................ $ 5,855 $ (3,258) $ 2,597
State............................................... (647) -- (647)
------- -------- -------
$ 5,208 $ (3,258) $ 1,950
======= ======== =======
Year ended December 31, 1995:
U.S. Federal........................................ $(8,523) $ 11,162 $ 2,639
State............................................... 1,471 (154) 1,317
------- -------- -------
$(7,052) $ 11,008 $ 3,956
======= ======== =======
</TABLE>
During 1995, the Company paid $15,023 in additional taxes and interest in
final settlement with the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") relating to
examinations of its income tax returns for the years 1984 through 1989. In
anticipation of the interest on these settlements and in providing for various
contingencies on income tax exposures identified during on-going examinations,
the Company recorded additional income tax expense of $6,000 in 1994.
During 1994, the Company also agreed to a settlement in connection with the
IRS initiative for settlement of intangible asset issues. Consequently, deferred
tax liabilities previously recorded for uncertainties related to income taxes in
connection with prior purchase business combinations were adjusted to reflect
the revised tax basis resulting from the settlement of these intangible asset
issues. As a result of these adjustments, deferred tax liabilities and goodwill
associated with the purchase business combinations were reduced by approximately
$12,500.
F-17
<PAGE> 127
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
Income tax expense (benefit) differed from the amounts computed by applying
the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% to pretax loss from continuing
operations as a result of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994 1995
------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Computed "expected" tax benefit........................ $(7,605) $(7,235) $ (356)
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:
Reserve for tax contingencies and interest on
settlements....................................... -- 6,000 --
Equity in net loss of affiliates..................... 2,463 2,831 623
State and local income taxes, net of federal income
tax............................................... (219) (427) 804
Rehabilitation credit................................ (1,248) -- --
Amortization of goodwill............................. 271 231 2,223
Other, net........................................... 241 550 662
------- ------- ------
$(6,097) $ 1,950 $3,956
======= ======= ======
</TABLE>
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31,
1994 and 1995 are presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Gross deferred tax assets:
Deferred compensation........................................ $ 14,915 $ 5,678
State net operating loss carryforwards....................... 3,252 3,329
Investment and other reserves................................ 5,117 5,535
Self-insurance reserves...................................... 1,027 1,357
Vacation accrual............................................. 702 935
Postretirement benefits...................................... 1,897 3,767
Accounts receivable, principally due to allowance for
doubtful accounts......................................... 438 1,163
Accrued costs on disposal of segments........................ 7,021 2,968
Other........................................................ 3,510 3,765
-------- --------
Total gross deferred tax assets...................... 37,879 28,497
Less valuation allowance............................. (3,252) (3,329)
-------- --------
Net deferred tax assets.............................. 34,627 25,168
-------- --------
Gross deferred tax liabilities:
Plant and equipment, principally due to differences in
depreciation
and capitalized interest.................................. (15,477) (29,771)
Net intangibles, principally due to differences in basis..... (4,140) (33,288)
Prepaid pension costs........................................ (4,016) (3,544)
Partnership investment....................................... (486) (213)
Other........................................................ (1,926) (3,538)
-------- --------
Total gross deferred tax liabilities................. (26,045) (70,354)
-------- --------
Net deferred tax asset (liability)................... $ 8,582 $(45,186)
======== ========
</TABLE>
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers
whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax
assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is
dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in
which those temporary differences become deductible, or the recovery of taxes
paid in the carryback period. Based upon
F-18
<PAGE> 128
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
certain assumptions, such as the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities,
available taxes in the carryback period, projected future taxable income, (the
realizaton of which there can be no assurance) in determining management has
determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be
realized.
The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 1994 and
1995 was $3,252 and $3,329. The net change in the total valuation allowance was
an increase of $394 in 1993, a decrease of $1,283 in 1994, and an increase of
$77 in 1995. Changes to the valuation allowance relate principally to deferred
tax assets recorded for state net operating loss carryforwards.
At December 31, 1995, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for
state income tax purposes of approximately $59,401 which are available to offset
future state taxable income, if any, expiring in various years ending in 2007.
NOTE 10 -- LONG-TERM DEBT
At December 31, 1994 and 1995, long-term debt consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Revolving credit and term loan facility at rates of interest
averaging
7.2% in 1995................................................. $ -- $234,298
Revolving credit and term loan facility at rates of interest
averaging
5.8% and 7.52% in 1994 and 1995, repaid October 1995......... 243,655 --
Industrial Revenue Bonds ("IRB") payable at various rates of
interest averaging 3.5% payable through December 2022........ 9,900 9,800
Note payable at an annual rate of interest equal to 18% payable
through April 2002, retired in July 1995..................... 7,123 --
Other.......................................................... 83 --
-------- --------
Total long-term debt................................. 260,761 244,098
Less current installments...................................... 13,588 100
-------- --------
Long-term debt, excluding current installments....... $247,173 $243,998
======== ========
</TABLE>
Scheduled principal payments on outstanding debt total $244,098 and are due
as follows: IRB payments of $100 in each of the years 1996 through 2000.
Thereafter scheduled principal payments on the IRB continue at $100 annually
until increasing to $200 in 1998 through 2005; to $300 in 2006 through 2010; to
$400 in 2011 through 2014; to $500 in 2015 through 2017; to $600 in 2018 through
2019; to $700 in 2020 and 2021, and a final payment of $800 in 2022. Of the
revolver and term loan outstanding at December 31, 1995, $75,000 is a term loan
with a balloon payment due in 2004. The revolver commitment decreases quarterly
on a schedule commencing December 31, 1996 in accordance with the Credit
Agreement as described below.
Costs of obtaining debt financing have been deferred and are being
amortized using the straight-line method over the period of the related debt.
Deferred financing costs totaled $7,097 and $1,748 at December 31, 1994 and
1995, respectively. Accumulated amortization at December 31, 1994 and 1995
aggregated $1,876 and $50, respectively. On October 5, 1995 the Company
refinanced its debt in connection with the transactions described in Note 2.
Accordingly, unamortized deferred financing costs of $4,554 associated with the
debt refinanced was written off and allocated to discontinued operations in the
fourth quarter of 1995.
On October 5, 1995, in connection with the transactions discussed in Note
2, Old PJC (net of $2 million in certain costs shared with Continental), prior
to the PJC Spin-Off, incurred indebtedness to a subsidiary of Continental in a
principal amount of approximately $408 million ("New Cable Indebtedness"). Prior
to the
F-19
<PAGE> 129
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
PJC Spin-Off, Old PJC used the proceeds of the New Cable Indebtedness, the $405
million provided by the sale of KVC and the Registrant Indebtedness (defined
below) to (i) consummate the Kelso Buyout (ii) to repay substantially all
outstanding indebtedness of Old PJC and KHC in an aggregate amount of
approximately $623 million, and (iii) to pay other costs associated with the
transactions discussed in Notes 2 and 16. Additional indebtedness (the "Company
Indebtedness") required to meet the foregoing obligations, among others, was
incurred by Old PJC and the Company in the principal amount of $105 million.
Following the PJC Spin-Off, the Company had no obligations or liabilities with
respect to the New Cable Indebtedness, and Continental had no obligations or
liabilities with respect to the Company Indebtedness. In connection with the
sale of KVC, KBC paid approximately $121 million in taxes.
The Company Indebtedness was incurred pursuant to a Credit Agreement
entered into by the Company on October 5, 1995 (the "Credit Agreement"). The
Credit Agreement, consists of a $75,000 term loan and a $300,000 revolving
credit facility. The $75,000 term loan provided for under the Credit Agreement
is due 2004. The revolving credit facility provides for under the terms of the
Credit Agreement decreases by the following amounts in the years indicated:
1996-$4,000; 1997-$10,500; 1998-$14,500; 1999-$21,500; 2000-$53,250;
2001-$65,750; 2002-$67,750; 2003- $62,750. The indebtedness evidenced by the
Credit Agreement is secured by guarantees from all of the material subsidiaries
of the Company and a first priority pledge of all such material subsidiaries'
capital stock. The Credit Agreement provides for borrowings indexed, as the
Company may from time to time elect, to the Eurodollar rate, the certificate of
deposit rate, or the "base" rate of the agent, plus the "spread" over such
rates. The "spread" will be determined by the ratio of the total debt of the
Company to the operating cash flow of the Company (as defined by the Credit
Agreement).
The Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, financial
covenants, covenants restricting the incurrence of debt (other than under the
Credit Agreement), investments and encumbrances on assets and covenants limiting
mergers and acquisitions. The Credit Agreement provides for the mandatory
prepayment of amounts outstanding and a reduction in the commitment under
certain circumstances.
In July, 1995, the Company retired its 18% note payable for $8,734. The
loss on the early retirement of this debt amounted to $2,086 (net of income
taxes of $417) and is included as an extraordinary item in the Company's
consolidated statement of operations.
In January 1993, the Company retired an industrial revenue bond with a face
value of $9,500 for $7,150. The gain resulting from this transaction, totaling
$1,551 net of tax, has been presented as an extraordinary item in the 1993
statement of operations. These retirements were funded through additional
borrowings under the revolving credit and term loan facility.
In November 1992, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement
to reduce the impact of changes in interest rates on its revolving credit and
term loan facilities described above. The interest rate under the swap agreement
is equal to 6.71% plus an applicable margin as defined in the revolving credit
and term loan facility which presently sets the fixed interest rate at 8.1% on
the first $200,000 of outstanding debt. The Company recorded additional interest
expense during 1993, 1994 and 1995 totaling approximately $6,883, $4,880, and
$1,121, respectively, which represents the excess of the swap agreement rate
over the original contractual rate. In accordance with certain covenants under
the Credit Agreement, the Company will maintain its existing interest rate swap
arrangements with The First National Bank of Chicago through December 31, 1999.
F-20
<PAGE> 130
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
The notional amounts and respective periods covered under the interest rate
swap agreement are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT PERIOD
----------- ---------------------------------------
<S> <C>
$200,000...................................... December 30, 1992 -- December 30, 1996
$175,000...................................... December 30, 1996 -- December 30, 1997
$150,000...................................... December 30, 1997 -- December 30, 1999
</TABLE>
The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
other party to the interest rate swap agreement, however, the Company does not
anticipate nonperformance under the agreement.
NOTE 11 -- TELEVISION PROGRAM RIGHTS PAYABLE
Television program rights payable consist of the gross value of cash
payments due on the acquisition of program rights as well as amounts due in the
amount of approximately $3,805 at December 31, 1995 for programs purchased
through barter transactions. Future cash payments total $18,167 and are due in
the following years: 1996 -- $12,658; 1997 -- $3,128; 1998 -- $1,814; and
1999 -- $567. The barter obligations are scheduled to be fulfilled in 1996.
NOTE 12 -- OPERATING LEASES
The Company has certain noncancelable operating leases with renewal options
for land, buildings, machinery and equipment. Future minimum lease payments
under noncancelable operating leases are due in the following years:
1996 -- $6,037; 1997 -- $5,362; 1998 -- $4,711; 1999 -- $4,253; 2000 -- $4,229;
and thereafter -- $15,228. Gross rental expense for the years ended December 31,
1993, 1994 and 1995, was $2,173, $5,167 and $5,993, respectively.
Future minimum rental income under noncancelable satellite subleases is as
follows: 1996 -- $4,030; 1997 -- $4,030; 1998 -- $3,220; 1999 -- $1,923; and
2000 -- $900. Sublease satellite rental income totaled $2,100 and $3,349 in 1994
and 1995 and is included in Programming and Electronic Media revenue. There was
no sublease satellite rental income in 1993.
NOTE 13 -- STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
(a) Incentive Compensation Plans
The Company has a deferred incentive compensation plan which is
administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The
expense under this plan was $5,330, $12,747, and $773 in 1993, 1994 and 1995,
respectively. As of December 31, 1994 and 1995, the amounts accrued under this
plan equaled $31,266 and $4,806 respectively. On September 29, 1995, the Company
liquidated 85% of the units in the Company's deferred incentive compensation
units plan (the "IUP Plan") which was paid in cash and stock totaling $27,233.
(b) Restricted Stock Unit Plan
During 1993, the Company established a Restricted Stock Unit Plan for
certain key executives. Participants were awarded restricted stock units with
each unit being equivalent to one share of Class A Common Stock. Restricted
stock units, including additional units accrued as a result of dividends and
reinvested dividends, will be 100% vested at the end of three years from the
date of the award. Upon vesting, the restricted stock units will be paid out,
net of taxes, in actual shares of Class A Common Stock. Participants will be
offered an opportunity to defer such payout. Vesting is accelerated for death,
total disability, termination other than for cause, and for retirement
(pro-rata). In connection with the disposal of
F-21
<PAGE> 131
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
its cable operations, the Company fully vested 115,650 units of which 60,300
units were paid in cash and stock totaling $1,653 prior to the Merger. In
connection with the reorganization and transactions described in Note 2, and as
provided under the terms of the plans, the number of units awarded to
participants holding units immediately after the closing of the transaction were
adjusted upward by a factor of approximately 2.3876 (the "Conversion Factor") in
order to preserve the economic value of the outstanding units. In connection
with the Plan, a total of 730,800 Class A shares (after considering the
Conversion Factor) have been reserved. As of December 31, 1994 and 1995, 299,700
units and 567,450 (after the Conversion Factor), respectively, were issued and
outstanding. Compensation expense, included in continuing operations, totaled
$405, $2,400, and $1,173 during 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
(c) Stock Option Plans
Effective October 1, 1994, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted
the "1994 Employee Stock Option Plan" and the "1994 Non-Employee Director Stock
Option Plan", (The "Option Plans"). The Option Plans were approved by the
stockholders of the Company at its Annual Meeting in 1995. The Option Plans will
remain in effect until the earlier of October 1, 1999 or termination of the
aforementioned Option Plans by the Board of Directors of the Company.
Under the terms of the Option Plans, key employees recommended by the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (or by any other committee
appointed by the Board consisting of two or more non-employee Directors) and all
12 non-employee directors, are eligible to receive grants of stock options. The
maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock that can be used for purposes
of the Option Plans is 1,867,500. Shares may be awarded from authorized and
unissued shares or from treasury shares, as determined by the Compensation
Committee.
Options granted under the "1994 Employee Stock Option Plan" are exercisable
in four equal annual installments beginning one year after the grant date.
Options under the "1994 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan" are exercisable
on the first anniversary date of the grant. Options granted under both plans
have a term of ten years.
Upon a "Change of Control" as defined in the Option Plans, all options
granted will become immediately vested and exercisable. In 1994, 286,650 options
were granted, at an exercise price of $17.11. In 1995, an additional 27,000
options were granted to the non-employee directors, and an additional 349,200
options were granted to key employees at an exercise price of $11.27. In
connection with the reorganization and transactions described in Note 2, and as
provided under the terms of the plans, the option exercise price on the 286,650
options issued in 1994 were adjusted to $1.471 in order to preserve the economic
value of the outstanding options. During 1995, 6,300 options were exercised at
an exercise price of $1.471. As of December 31, 1995, there were 656,550 options
outstanding of which 81,900 are exercisable.
Amounts paid to participants in the liquidation of 85% of the IUP Plan and
the remaining units in the IUP Plan, may be adjusted if, upon the occurrence of
a public offering of Continental Class A Common Stock or certain other events,
the value of Continental Class A Common Stock was greater or less than the price
attributed to such shares at the time 85% of the units were liquidated. A
similar adjustment is applicable to certain options and units issued prior to
the Merger in the Option Plans and the Restricted Stock Unit Plan. As a result
of a planned merger of Continental with and into USWest Media Group (the
"USWest/ Continental Merger"), jointly announced by these entities on February
27, 1996, participants in these plans may receive the adjustment as additional
payments in cash or stock reflecting the increase in the price of Continental
Class A Common Stock since the Merger. In the three months ended March 31, 1996,
the Company recorded a charge to continuing operations of $11,397 and a charge
to discontinued operations of $5,421 (pre-tax) to reflect the vested portion of
an estimated $20,530 adjustment to the stock-based compensation plans. The
difference of $3,712 will be charged to operations over the remaining vesting
period
F-22
<PAGE> 132
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
of the plans, primarily in the second and third quarters of 1996. The final
amount of additional consideration is subject to the closing of the US West
Merger, expected by the end of 1996. The amount of the liquidation of the IUP,
including the 15% retained units and the estimated $14.0 million adjustment
related to the US West Merger, totals $18.9 million which would be payable to
participants in the IUP, of which payment of approximately $4.3 million will be
in shares of Class A Common Stock and the remainder will be paid in cash.
Following the payout of any additional consideration, the IUP Plan will be fully
liquidated and terminated.
NOTE 14 -- PENSIONS AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
(a) Defined Benefit Pension Plans
The Company has three noncontributory defined benefit retirement plans
(including one funded by KHC acquired in the Kelso Buyout). The Company's
funding policy for the defined benefit plans is to contribute such amounts as
are deductible for federal income tax purposes. Benefits are based on the
employee's years of service and average compensation immediately preceding
retirement.
The funded status of the defined benefit plans is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995
-------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Vested benefit obligations................................ $(49,956) $ (86,502)
-------- ---------
Accumulated benefit obligations........................... $(54,169) $ (91,968)
-------- ---------
Projected benefit obligations............................... $(71,227) $(109,985)
Plan assets at fair value (primarily corporate equity and
debt securities, government securities and real estate)... 89,106 132,779
-------- ---------
Excess of plan assets over projected benefit
obligations.......................................... $ 17,879 $ 22,794
-------- ---------
</TABLE>
The assumptions used in the above valuations are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Discount rate............................................... 7.5 % 7.0 %
Rate of increase in compensation levels..................... 5.0 % 4.5 %
</TABLE>
Certain changes in the items shown above are not recognized as they occur,
but are amortized systematically over subsequent periods. Unrecognized amounts
to be amortized and amounts included in the consolidated balance sheets are
shown below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995
------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Unrecognized net loss.......................................... $(8,336) $(2,874)
Unrecognized net transition asset being amortized principally
over 18 years................................................ 11,956 10,727
Unrecognized prior service cost due to plan amendment.......... (3,504) (3,029)
Prepaid pension cost (included in other assets)................ 17,763 17,970
------- -------
Excess of plan assets over projected benefit
obligations........................................ $17,879 $22,794
======= =======
</TABLE>
F-23
<PAGE> 133
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
The components of 1993, 1994 and 1995 pension expense (income) and the
assumptions used as determined by the plans' actuary, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994 1995
------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service cost.................................... $ 1,971 $ 2,017 $ 3,185
Interest cost................................... 5,022 5,093 7,480
Actual return on plan assets.................... (8,681) 2,724 (25,674)
Net amortization of unrecognized net assets and
deferrals..................................... 691 (11,304) 15,041
------- -------- --------
Pension expense (income)...................... $ (997) $ (1,470) $ 32
======= ======== ========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994 1995
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Discount rate................................... 7.5 % 7.5 % 7.5 %
Rate of increase in compensation levels......... 5.0 5.0 5.0
Expected long-term rate of return on assets..... 8.5 8.5 8.5
</TABLE>
The effects of the special termination benefits of $3,701 and curtailment
gain of $531 associated with the Newspaper Consolidation and early retirement
program are included in the Newspaper Consolidation Costs discussed in Note 8
(a).
(b) Defined Contribution Plan
The Company contributes to defined contribution plans based on the amount
of each employee's plan contribution, not to exceed a predetermined amount as
defined by each plan. The total expense of these plans was $1,086, $1,150 and
$1,312 in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
(c) Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
In addition to the Company's defined benefit pension plans, one of
Broadcasting stations provides postretirement medical benefits to its group of
employees. The Registrant provides postretirement life insurance benefits to
substantially all of its employees. These plans are non-contributory and are not
funded.
The Company's accrued postretirement benefit cost as of December 31, 1994
and 1995 was $3,086 and $3,461, respectively, consisting primarily of
accumulated postretirement benefit obligations for retirees. Net periodic
postretirement benefit cost for 1993, 1994 and 1995 totaled $252, $300 and $204,
respectively, consisting primarily of interest costs.
For measurement purposes relating to the medical plan, a medical trend rate
of 13.0% was used grading to 6.0% by the year 2002. A 1% change in the medical
trend rate does not result in a material impact to the Company's reported
postretirement benefits. The discount rate used in determining the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation for the medical and life insurance plans was
7.5% and 7.0 % in 1994 and 1995, respectively.
(d) Supplemental Retirement Plan
The Company maintains an unfunded supplemental retirement plan which
provides supplemental benefits to a select group of senior management employees.
At December 31, 1994 and 1995, the vested benefit obligation was $1,220 and
$3,933, respectively, and the accumulated benefit obligation was $3,437 and
$4,684, respectively. The projected benefit obligation totaled $5,799 and
$6,065, respectively, at December 31, 1994 and 1995.
F-24
<PAGE> 134
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
The net periodic pension cost for 1993, 1994, and 1995 was $1,501, $997 and
$1,000, respectively, consisting of service and interest costs. An assumed
discount rate of 7.5% and 7.0% and compensation level increase rate of 5.0% and
4.5% were used in determining the benefit obligations at December 31, 1994 and
1995, respectively.
(e) Change in Control Agreements
In October, 1993, the Company executed various management agreements which
only become effective upon a change-in-control of the Company. The terms of the
agreements vary, with the maximum agreement providing a three year term of
employment with responsibilities, compensation, and benefits at least
commensurate as those during the prior six (6) months. If terminated
involuntarily, the individuals are entitled to a maximum of 299% of their
highest base pay and average bonus received during the prior three years as a
lump sum severance payment. In a supplemental agreement, executed in October
1993, the Company committed to paying the severance stated above in the event an
individual was involuntarily terminated as a result of corporate restructuring,
even if prior to a change-in-control.
NOTE 15 -- DISCLOSURES ABOUT THE FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
(a) Current Assets and Liabilities
The carrying amount of cash, trade receivables, trade accounts payable and
accrued expenses approximates fair value because of the short maturity of these
instruments.
(b) Notes Receivable
The fair values of the Company's notes receivable are based on the amount
of future cash flows associated with each instrument, discounted using current
rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit
ratings and for the same maturities.
(c) Long-Term Debt and Obligations for Television Program Rights
The fair values of each of the Company's long-term debt instruments are
based on the amount of future cash flows associated with each instrument
discounted using the Company's current borrowing rate, for similar debt
instruments of comparable maturity.
The fair value of obligations for television program rights are based on
future cash flows, discounted using the Company's current borrowing rate, over
the term of the related contract.
(d) Interest Rate Swaps
The fair value of interest rate swaps is the amount at which they could be
settled, based on estimates obtained from dealers. At December 31, 1994
settlement approximated a $9,400 receivable to the Company. The amount of
payment required to settle outstanding interest rate swaps at December 31, 1995
approximated $8,000.
(e) Limitations
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on
relevant market information and information about the financial instrument.
These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters
of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision.
Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
F-25
<PAGE> 135
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
The estimated fair value of the Company's financial instruments are
summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT DECEMBER 31, 1994 AT DECEMBER 31, 1995
----------------------- -----------------------
CARRYING ESTIMATED CARRYING ESTIMATED
AMOUNT FAIR VALUE AMOUNT FAIR VALUE
-------- ---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Notes receivable........................ $ 19,513 $ 19,513 $ 19,174 $ 19,174
======== ========= ======== =========
Long-term debt.......................... $260,761 $ 263,430 $244,098 $ 244,098
======== ========= ======== =========
Television program rights payable....... $ 7,364 $ 6,458 $ 21,972 $ 20,467
======== ========= ======== =========
</TABLE>
NOTE 16 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company has outstanding payment commitments for broadcast television
programming totaling $45,511 at December 31, 1995, which under the licensing
agreements are not yet available for showing. Such programming becomes available
at various times over the years 1996 through 2000, at which point the Company
records the asset and related liability.
The Company has various talent contract commitments primarily with its
newscast employees covering up to three years together totaling $28,743.
The Company has insurance programs for workers' compensation, general
liability, auto and certain health coverages which comprise a form of
self-insurance. The Company's liability for large losses is capped, individually
and in the aggregate, through contracts with insurance companies. In addition,
the Company is self-insured for environmental hazards. An estimate for claims
incurred but not paid is accrued annually.
The Company has a letter of credit commitment in an amount not to exceed
$12,000 in support of industrial revenue bonds of a wholly-owned subsidiary.
In 1987, the Company repurchased approximately 8% of its outstanding shares
of common stock from an unaffiliated party with a provision that additional
consideration be paid to the unaffiliated party in the event of a significant
change in ownership of the Company. The Company paid this unaffiliated party
approximately $7,353 on October 5, 1995 in full settlement of the redemption
agreement, and has recorded the additional consideration in the consolidated
statement of stockholders' equity.
On August 12, 1994, Department of Insurance regulators seized control of
Confederation Life Insurance Company. The Company's Qualified Compensation
Deferral Plan has an investment contract with Confederation Life Insurance
Company. The contract was entered into in 1991 and was scheduled to mature on
January 2, 1996. As a result of the seizure, the value of the contract as of
August 11, 1994, has been frozen at $3,840. The Company has agreed to guarantee
the difference between the amount eventually paid by the regulators and the
contract value on the seizure date. To date this amount cannot be quantified but
is not expected to have a material effect on the consolidated financial position
or results of operations of the Company.
On January 17, 1995, Cable LP I, Inc. ("Cable LP") brought a declaratory
judgment action against Old PJC, Colony and Dynamic Cablevision of Florida,
Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Colony ("Dynamic"), in the Circuit Court of
Dade County, Florida. Colony was a cable television subsidiary of Old PJC, which
was transferred to Continental in connection with the Merger. This case relates
to a partnership (the "Dynamic Partnership"), in which Dynamic is the general
partner with an 89.8% interest, and Cable LP is the limited partner with a 10.2%
interest. In this action, Cable LP claimed that Dynamic was obligated to offer
to sell Dynamic's general partnership interest to Cable LP before Old PJC
entered into the Merger Agreement with Continental. Cable LP further claims that
Dynamic's offer to purchase Cable LP's limited partnership interest for $13.1
million triggered a right of first refusal entitling Cable LP to purchase the
general partnership
F-26
<PAGE> 136
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
interest for $115 million. Cable LP seeks a declaration by the court that the
right of first refusal it is asserting applies.
Old PJC, Colony and Dynamic made a motion to strike allegations of bad
faith and breach of fiduciary duty filed against them, which motion was granted
by the court, and they filed an Answer to the Complaint and a Counterclaim on
March 16, 1995. In their counterclaim, Colony and Dynamic seek a declaratory
judgment that Cable LP unreasonably refused consent to the transfer of the
general partner's interest to Continental and that a purported transfer of Cable
LP's interest in the Dynamic Partnership to a partnership to be managed by
Adelphia Communications, Inc. violated Dynamic's right of first refusal under
the Dynamic Partnership Agreement. The case was tried with testimony given on
December 11 through December 13, 1995 with final arguments heard on January 12,
1996.
In the event that, as a result of such litigation, Dynamic is required to
sell its interest in the Dynamic partnership to Cable LP, the Merger Agreement
provides that the Company will pay to Continental simultaneously with the
closing of such sale an amount equal to the sum of (i) the amount (if any) by
which the consideration received by Dynamic for the sale of such interest is
less than $115 million plus (ii) the taxes which would have been payable
assuming the purchase price for such interest equaled $115 million. See Note 19
(Subsequent Events).
NOTE 17 -- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Prior to the effectiveness of this Registration Statement, the Company
intends to declare a 450 for 1 stock split to be effective concurrently with
this Registration Statement. Such stock split has been reflected throughout
these financial statements.
The Company has two classes of common stock: Class A and Class B. Each
class has the same rights and privileges, except that Class A common stock is
entitled to one vote per share, whereas Class B common stock is entitled to four
votes per share. In addition, the transfer of Class B common stock is limited to
"Permitted Transferees" only, otherwise the shares convert to Class A common
stock upon sale. In connection with the Merger agreement, trading of all shares
is restricted for a period of one year from the date of the closing.
Effective September 26, 1990, pursuant to a shareholder rights agreement,
the Company issued to shareholders one common stock right for each share of
Class A or Class B common stock then outstanding. The right entitles the holder
to purchase one share of Class A or Class B common stock at a purchase price of
$77.78 per share. Upon the occurrence of certain events, as defined in the
rights agreement, the Board of Directors may order the exchange of three common
shares for each right held. The shareholder rights agreement was terminated in
connection with the closing under the Merger Agreement. A substantially similar
agreement was entered into by the Company.
Treasury stock at December 31, 1994, consisted of 288,450 Class A shares
and 144,000 Class B shares. In connection with the PJC Spin-off, all treasury
stock was canceled as of the effective time of the closing.
NOTE 18 -- BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company primarily operates in Broadcasting, Publishing, and Programming
and Electronic Media. Broadcasting consists of nine owned network-affiliated
television stations and two television stations for which the Company provides
programming and marketing service for under local marketing agreements ("LMA"s)
serving the following markets: Seattle, Portland, Charlotte, Albuquerque,
Louisville, Honolulu, Spokane, Tucson, and Boise. Prior to the Kelso Buyout,
Broadcasting consisted of five stations (including one station under an LMA).
Publishing consists primarily of the publication and sale of the major daily
newspaper serving Rhode Island and parts of southeastern Massachusetts. The
Programming and Electronic Media segment consists of wholly owned subsidiaries
or equity investments in cable television programming networks,
F-27
<PAGE> 137
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
electronic and interactive media, programming ventures, and other electronic
media. It currently consists of the Company's investments in AHN and TVFN (cable
programming networks); interactive media investments: Peapod and StarSight; its
electronic on-line information service, Rhode Island Horizons; its broadcast
programming venture: Partner Stations Network; and its recently launched cable
news network: NorthWest Cable News Network ("NWCN"). NWCN is a 24-hour regional
cable news network serving cable subscribers in the Pacific Northwest. It was
launched on December 18, 1995 and currently reaches 1.2 million subscribers.
Operating results and other financial data for the principal business
segments of the Company for 1993, 1994 and 1995 are presented in the table which
follows. Operating income (loss) by business segment is total revenue less
operating expenses. Other income (expense), income taxes and extraordinary items
have all been excluded from the computation of operating income (loss) by
segment. Identifiable assets by business segment are those assets used in
Company operations in each segment. Capital expenditures are reported exclusive
of acquisitions.
F-28
<PAGE> 138
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994 1995
-------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Broadcasting................................................. $ 45,506 $ 54,024 $180,547
Publishing................................................... 124,914 127,893 128,491
Programming and Electronic Media............................. -- 2,300 3,468
-------- -------- --------
$170,420 $184,217 $312,506
======== ======== ========
Operating income (loss):
Broadcasting................................................. $ (1,472) $ 6,219 $ 42,535
Publishing................................................... 9,891 9,270 (10,264)
Programming and Electronic Media............................. -- (315) (1,831)
Corporate.................................................... (21,628) (26,750) (17,054)
-------- -------- --------
$(13,209) $(11,576) $ 13,386
======== ======== ========
Identifiable assets
Broadcasting................................................... $106,992 $ 84,278 $502,024
Publishing................................................... 162,848 161,743 152,890
Programming and Electronic Media:
Investments in affiliated companies....................... 3,786 2,708 17,315
Other..................................................... 1,312 8,364 10,719
Discontinued operations, net................................. 396,707 369,790 --
Investments in affiliates -- Other........................... 86,451 80,699 4,856
Other........................................................ 17,589 17,131 19,426
-------- -------- --------
$775,685 $724,713 $707,230
======== ======== ========
Depreciation and amortization:
Broadcasting................................................. $ 8,682 $ 7,856 $ 21,884
Publishing................................................... 11,426 11,198 10,850
Programming and Electronic Media............................. -- 33 167
Other........................................................ 505 896 1,068
-------- -------- --------
$ 20,613 $ 19,983 $ 33,969
======== ======== ========
Capital expenditures
Broadcasting................................................. $ 1,368 $ 1,587 $ 7,951
Publishing................................................... 9,962 2,356 3,200
Programming and Electronic Media............................. -- 1,138 3,670
Other........................................................ 267 1,400 455
-------- -------- --------
$ 11,597 $ 6,481 $ 15,276
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
F-29
<PAGE> 139
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS
UNAUDITED)
NOTE 19 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
Subsequent to March 31, 1996, the following significant events have
occurred:
(a) Litigation
On January 17, 1995, as discussed in Note 16, a declaratory judgment action
was brought by Cable L.P. I, Inc. ("Cable LP") against Old PJC, among other
parties, claiming that a subsidiary of Colony Communications, Inc., a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Old PJC ("Colony") had breached a right of first
refusal entitling Cable L.P. to purchase a general partnership interest in a
cable system Colony had transferred to Continental in connection with the Merger
Agreement. A final judgment in this action in favor of Cable LP was entered on
May 21, 1996. Such judgment requires, among other matters, the conveyance of the
interest in such cable system now held by Continental to Cable LP at a price to
be negotiated by Cable LP and Continental.
The Company intends to appeal this judgment and has moved to stay the
effect of the judgment during the pendency of the appeal. It is expected that a
ruling on the Company's motion to stay will be made prior to July 1, 1996. The
Company is unable to predict at this time what the ultimate outcome of this
litigation might be. Should any loss resulting from this litigation ultimately
prove to be probable and reasonably estimable, such loss, at that time, would
result in a charge to stockholders' equity to reflect the estimated decrease in
the net book value of the cable assets disposed of in 1995 pursuant to the
Merger Agreement. Such a charge could have a material effect upon the Company's
financial condition. If any payment obligations are ultimately required under
the terms of the Merger Agreement, it is currently anticipated that such
payments could be up to $40 million and could have a material effect upon the
Company's liquidity position.
(b) Increased Ownership Interest in Television Food Network, G.P.
On May 14, 1996 the Company purchased the equity partnership interests held
by Landmark Programming, Inc. ("Landmark") and Scripps Howard Publishing, Inc.
"Scripps"), two of the partners of TVFN, for respective purchase prices of
approximately $12.7 million and $11.4 million. Prior to such purchase, Landmark
and Scripps each owned a 10.8% and 9.7% general partnership interest in TVFN.
The agreements with each of Landmark and Scripps contain covenants by such
parties not to compete with TVFN and its affiliates for a period of one year
following such purchase. The Company's investment in TVFN through May 31, 1996,
including these purchases and funding of its share of operating losses, totaled
$44.7 million, which represents an equity interest of approximately 46%.
Following these recent purchases, the Company now holds three of the five voting
seats on the management committees of TVFN. As a result of the purchases, TVFN
became a controlled subsidiary of the Company and, effective May 14, 1996, was
consolidated into the Company's results of operations. The Company is pursuing a
proposed transaction to purchase all of the equity partnership interest held by
a third partner which would increase its ownership percentage in TVFN to
approximately 55% and result in control of four of the five voting seats on the
management committee. The Company estimates its additional investment in TVFN
for the third partner's equity interest plus funding of the Company's share of
operating losses of TVFN will total approximately $22.5 million for the
remainder of 1996.
F-30
<PAGE> 140
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
King Holding Corp.:
We have audited the consolidated balance sheet of King Holding Corp. and
subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 1994 and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and of cash flows for each of
the two years in the period ended December 31, 1994. These consolidated
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of King Holding Corp. and
subsidiaries at December 31, 1994, and the results of their operations and their
cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1994 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 10, 1995
F-31
<PAGE> 141
KING HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 1994
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994
--------
<S> <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents....................................................... $ 3,578
Accounts receivable, net........................................................ 26,801
Film and syndication rights, current portion.................................... 7,995
Prepaid expenses and other current assets....................................... 1,604
--------
Total current assets.................................................... 39,978
--------
Property and Equipment, net....................................................... 58,131
--------
Other Assets:
Film and syndication rights, long-term portion.................................. 787
Deferred financing costs, net................................................... 10,625
Intangible assets, net.......................................................... 124,070
Long-term pension asset......................................................... 2,927
Other assets.................................................................... 44
--------
Total other assets...................................................... 138,453
--------
Net Assets of Discontinued Operations............................................. 255,902
--------
$492,464
========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt............................................... $ 28,804
Current portion of film and syndication rights.................................. 7,753
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses..................................... 12,247
--------
Total current liabilities............................................... 48,804
Long-term Obligations:
Long-term debt.................................................................. 265,245
Film and syndication rights obligations......................................... 1,501
Deferred income taxes........................................................... 17,202
Other........................................................................... 5,721
--------
Total liabilities....................................................... 338,473
--------
Commitments and Contingencies
Stockholders' Equity:
Common stock, Class A; $0.10 par value; 200 shares authorized issued and
outstanding.................................................................. --
Common stock, Class B (nonvoting); $0.10 par value; 240,000 shares authorized;
211,000 issued and outstanding............................................... 21
Additional paid in capital...................................................... 210,314
Accumulated deficit............................................................. (56,344)
--------
Total stockholders' equity.............................................. 153,991
--------
$492,464
========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
F-32
<PAGE> 142
KING HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1994
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Gross broadcast revenue.............................................. $117,967 $135,177
Less agency commissions.............................................. 15,627 18,118
-------- --------
Net revenues................................................. 102,340 117,059
-------- --------
Costs and Expenses:
Operating............................................................ 44,005 48,734
Selling, general and administrative.................................. 25,233 27,179
Management and other fees paid to related parties.................... 2,034 2,624
Depreciation and amortization........................................ 14,697 13,746
-------- --------
Total........................................................ 85,969 92,283
-------- --------
Operating income....................................................... 16,371 24,776
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net of allocation to discontinued operations....... (8,972) (8,694)
Other, net........................................................... 288 24
-------- --------
Total other expense.......................................... (8,684) (8,670)
-------- --------
Income from continuing operations before income taxes.................. 7,687 16,106
Income tax provision................................................... 6,787 8,843
-------- --------
Income from continuing operations...................................... 900 7,263
Loss from discontinued cable operations, net of taxes.................. (15,389) (11,837)
Provision for loss on discontinued cable operations during phaseout
period, net of taxes................................................. -- (12,078)
-------- --------
Net loss..................................................... $(14,489) $(16,652)
======== ========
Net loss per common share:
Income from continuing operations.................................... $ 4.26 $ 34.38
Discontinued operations.............................................. (72.86) (113.23)
-------- --------
Net loss per common share.............................................. $ (68.60) $ (78.85)
======== ========
Weighted average shares outstanding.................................... 211,198 211,198
======== ========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
F-33
<PAGE> 143
KING HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1994
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Income from continuing operations.................................... $ 900 $ 7,263
Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing operations to net
cash flows provided by continuing operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization..................................... 14,697 13,746
Loss on disposal of fixed assets.................................. -- 464
Compensation costs related to warrant bonuses..................... 335 --
Deferred income taxes............................................. 18 (746)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable............................................... (4,695) (3,116)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets......................... 905 533
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses....................... 838 2,491
Other, net........................................................ 575 2,595
Film rights assets and liabilities................................ (1,286) 489
-------- --------
Total adjustments............................................ 11,387 16,456
-------- --------
Net cash flows provided by continuing operating activities... 12,287 23,719
-------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of property and equipment................................... (3,086) (7,136)
Increase in other assets, net........................................ (250) --
Net decrease in investments in discontinued operations............... 7,238 7,113
-------- --------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities.......... 3,902 (23)
-------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Payments of notes payable............................................ (16,000) (20,951)
-------- --------
Net cash used in financing activities........................ (16,000) (20,951)
-------- --------
Increase in cash and cash equivalents.................................. 189 2,745
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year (including cash and cash
equivalents included in net assets of discontinued operations)....... 687 876
-------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year:
Continuing operations................................................ 833 3,578
Included in net assets of discontinued operations.................... $ 43 $ 43
======== ========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
F-34
<PAGE> 144
KING HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1994
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON STOCK ADDITIONAL TOTAL
------------------- PAID-IN ACCUMULATED STOCKHOLDERS'
CLASS A CLASS B CAPITAL DEFICIT EQUITY
------- ------- ---------- ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1992.......... $ -- $ 21 $ 209,979 $ (25,203) $184,797
Compensation costs related to
warrant bonuses.................. 335 335
Net loss............................ (14,489) (14,489)
----- ----- --------- --------- --------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1993.......... -- 21 210,314 (39,692) 170,643
Net loss............................ (16,652) (16,652)
----- ----- --------- --------- --------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994.......... $ -- $ 21 $ 210,314 $ (56,344) $153,991
===== ===== ========= ========= ========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-35
<PAGE> 145
KING HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1994
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
1. BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Business -- King Holding Corp. (the "Company") owns and operates certain
television stations and cable television properties throughout the central and
western United States and Hawaii. The Company was formed as a joint venture
between the Providence Journal Company and subsidiaries ("Providence Journal")
and an investment banking organization (the "Investor Stockholder"). The
Providence Journal and Investor Stockholder each own a 50% interest in the
Company. On February 25, 1992, the Company acquired the outstanding capital
stock of King Broadcasting Company ("KBC"), the parent company of King
Videocable Company ("KVC"), for a purchase price of approximately $364,000 plus
assumed liabilities aggregating $183,000 (the "Acquisition"). The Acquisition
has been accounted for as a purchase, and accordingly, the accompanying
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows
include the operations of the Company and its subsidiaries commencing February
25, 1992. The purchase price was funded through the initial capitalization of
the Company and proceeds received from debt financing with a syndicate of banks
(see Note 5). As part of the initial capitalization of the Company, the
Providence Journal was awarded a warrant allowing for the purchase of 2,012
shares of Class B nonvoting common stock at $.10 per share.
During 1994 the Company entered into a plan to dispose of its Cable
operations (see Note 2).
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation -- The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. The accompanying
consolidated financial statements differ from those previously issued by the
Company due to the reporting of its discontinued cable operations (see Note 2).
All significant transactions between the consolidated entities have been
eliminated (see Note 9).
Revenue Recognition -- Revenues from broadcast activities are recognized as
advertisements are broadcast. Revenues from cable activities are recognized as
the services are provided.
Investment in Nonconsolidated Partnerships -- The Company has made certain
investments in media partnerships as a limited and general partner with voting
interests of approximately 10% and 50%, respectively. These investments are
accounted for using the equity method and are included in net assets of
discontinued operations. Income attributable to the Company's proportional share
of the partnership earnings is reported within other expense.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts -- The allowance for doubtful accounts
related to continuing operations at December 31, 1994 aggregated $1,200.
Property and Equipment -- Property and equipment are recorded at cost, or
in the case of property and equipment acquired as a result of the Acquisition,
at appraised fair value at the date of purchase. Cable system betterments,
including materials, labor and interest, are recorded at cost. Depreciation and
amortization are provided using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the related assets, generally three to twenty years.
In 1993, due to provisions of the Cable Television Consumer Protection and
Competition Act of 1992 ("Cable Act") which effectively transferred ownership of
wiring and additional outlets installed in a customer's residence, KVC
accelerated the depreciation of these items based upon the estimated customer
churn rate and expensed all costs of installation and wiring in the home as
incurred effective January 1, 1993. The charge recorded in December 1993 related
to these items aggregated $4,607 and is reflected in discontinued operations.
F-36
<PAGE> 146
KING HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Deferred Financing Costs -- Costs of obtaining debt financing have been
deferred and are being amortized using the straight-line method over the
amortization period of the related debt (ten years). Included in such costs are
$12,000 of fees paid to the Company's stockholders to assist in the arrangement
of the financing. Accumulated amortization at December 31, 1994 aggregated
$4,201.
Intangible Assets -- Intangible assets are recorded at their appraised fair
value at the date of Acquisition. Amortization is provided using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets,
generally fifteen to forty years. The Company evaluates the recoverability of
intangible assets by reviewing the performance of the underlying operations, in
particular the future undiscounted operating cash flows. The Company also
evaluates the amortization periods of the intangible assets to determine whether
events or circumstances warrant revised estimates of useful lives.
Film and Syndication Rights -- Assets and liabilities related to film and
syndication rights are recorded at cost, when the related film or television
series is available for broadcast. Film rights assets are amortized using
principally accelerated methods, based on the anticipated value of each film
showing and the number of anticipated showings. Syndication rights are amortized
ratably over the term of the series expected showing.
Cash and Cash Equivalents -- The Company considers all short-term, highly
liquid investments purchased with remaining maturities of three months or less
to be cash equivalents.
Supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 1993
and 1994 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994
------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Cash paid for interest........................................... $25,453 $25,165
Cash paid for income taxes....................................... 3,021 4,736
</TABLE>
Income Taxes -- Deferred income taxes are provided to recognize temporary
differences between book and tax bases of the Company's assets and liabilities
and the effects of credits and other items not yet recognized for tax purposes.
Interest Rate Swaps -- The Company has only limited involvement with
derivative financial instruments and does not use them for trading purposes.
Derivative financial instruments are used only to manage well-defined interest
rate risks.
The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements which are
accounted for as a hedge of the obligation and accordingly, the net swap
settlement amount is recorded as an adjustment to interest expense in the period
incurred. Gains and losses upon settlement of a swap agreement are deferred and
amortized over the remaining term of the agreement.
Net Loss Per Common Share -- Net loss per common share is computed using
the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year.
Reclassifications -- The accompanying statements of cash flows have been
reclassified to present cash flows from discontinued operations in investing
activities.
2. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO FEBRUARY 10, 1995 IS
UNAUDITED)
In November 1994, the Providence Journal entered into an agreement with
Continental Cablevision, Inc. ("Continental") whereby Continental would acquire
all of the Providence Journal's cable operations, both wholly and partly owned.
Under the terms of the agreement, as modified in August 1995 (the "August
Modification"), in an integrated transaction, KBC sold its entire interest in
KVC to Continental for proceeds which approximated $405 million. Simultaneously
with this transaction, the Providence Journal acquired the remaining 50%
interest in the Company held by the Investor Stockholder, thus becoming sole
owner of the
F-37
<PAGE> 147
KING HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Company. Immediately thereafter, the remaining cable operations of the
Providence Journal were merged into Continental in accordance with the terms of
the agreement in a tax-free transaction.
Prior to the August Modification, the transaction had been structured to
qualify as a tax-free exchange effected through a distribution of assets to the
shareholders, which would have resulted in no gain or loss for the Company.
Accordingly, the Company provided for the anticipated operating losses of KVC
through the expected date of its disposal in the Company's 1994 financial
statements. The provision for loss during the phase-out period, recorded by the
Company during 1994, including allocated interest of $18,258, net of taxes was
$12,078. Proceeds of the transaction were used to repay all of the Company's
existing longterm debt and to settle the outstanding interest rate swaps.
The net assets of KVC have been segregated in the accompanying consolidated
balance sheets as "net assets of discontinued operations". Net assets to be
acquired consist primarily of property and equipment, and intangible assets.
Such amounts have been reported net of costs and expenses expected to be
incurred through the disposal date.
The results of operations of KVC have been reported as discontinued
operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Prior year
financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year
presentation. The condensed statements of operations relating to the
discontinued cable operations are presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues..................................................... $ 83,538 $ 84,174
Costs and expenses........................................... (106,342) (101,261)
--------- ---------
(Loss) before income taxes................................... (22,804) (17,087)
Income tax benefit........................................... 7,415 5,250
--------- ---------
Net (loss)......................................... $ (15,389) $ (11,837)
========= =========
</TABLE>
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment of continuing operations consisted of the following
at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994
--------
<S> <C>
Land and buildings........................................................ $ 40,225
Broadcast equipment....................................................... 30,352
Office equipment.......................................................... 2,979
Leasehold improvements.................................................... 1,207
Construction-in-process................................................... 4,343
--------
Total........................................................... 79,106
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization............................ (20,975)
--------
Property and equipment -- net............................................. $ 58,131
========
</TABLE>
F-38
<PAGE> 148
KING HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
4. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets of continuing operations consisted of the following at
December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994
--------
<S> <C>
FCC license agreements.................................................... $ 59,780
Goodwill.................................................................. 28,774
Advertiser relations...................................................... 47,200
Other..................................................................... 7,669
--------
Total........................................................... 143,423
Less accumulated amortization............................................. (19,353)
--------
Intangible assets -- net.................................................. $124,070
========
</TABLE>
5. FINANCING AGREEMENTS
The Company has a credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with a
syndicate of banks which consists of a revolving credit facility, "swing" loans
(as defined), and a term loan.
The revolving credit facility provides for borrowings of up to $50,000 of
which $10,800 was outstanding on December 31, 1994. Borrowings outstanding under
the facility are payable in full in February 2000. The term loan of $283,249 is
payable in 32 quarterly installments commencing in March 1994.
"Swing" loans are available to the Company from the lead bank of the
syndicate. "Swing" loans are available up to a maximum aggregate borrowing level
of $5,000 at any one time, and are generally subject to the same repayment terms
as the revolving credit facility.
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at either a bank's CD
rate plus an applicable margin (as defined), the LIBOR rate plus the applicable
margin or an alternate base rate determined as the greater of a bank's prime
rate, the Federal Funds rate plus 1/2% or a secondary market determined rate
plus 1 1/4% all determined at the Company's option. At December 31, 1994, the
interest rate on the revolving credit facility was 7.375%. During 1994, interest
rates on the term loan ranged between 4.88% and 7.75%, based on the one and
three month LIBOR rates, respectively.
In connection with the Credit Agreement, the Company is required to pay an
annual fee of 3/8 of 1% of the average daily unused availability under the
revolving credit facility. In addition, the Company is required to pay the lead
bank an annual fee of 3/8 of 1% of the average daily unused "swing" loan
availability. Such fees aggregated $187, $194 in 1993 and 1994, respectively.
The Credit Agreement contains certain limitations on additional
indebtedness, capital expenditures, payments to affiliates and disposition of
assets and requires the Company to maintain certain leverage and interest
coverage ratios, all as defined in the Agreement.
At December 31, 1994, long-term debt was due as follows: 1995 -- $28,804;
1996 -- 38,408; 1997 -- $38,408; 1998 -- $38,408; 1999 -- $28,804;
thereafter -- $121,217.
In March 1992, the Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements
to minimize interest rate risk on its revolving and term credit facilities
described above and to access lower interest rates in certain markets. The
interest rate under the swap agreements is equal to 7.23%, plus an applicable
margin as defined in the revolving credit and term loan facility, which
effectively sets the interest rate at 8.6%. The agreements expire March 25, 1999
and cover $250,000 of notional principal amount.
F-39
<PAGE> 149
KING HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
The Company recorded additional interest expense during 1993 and 1994
totaling approximately, $9,915 and $7,427, respectively, which represents the
excess of the swap agreement rate over the original contractual rate. The
notional amounts and respective periods covered under the agreements are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT
-----------
<S> <C>
$250,000........................................... March 25, 1992 -- March 25, 1995
$200,000........................................... March 25, 1995 -- March 25, 1996
$160,000........................................... March 25, 1996 -- March 25, 1997
$110,000........................................... March 25, 1997 -- March 25, 1998
$ 50,000........................................... March 25, 1998 -- March 25, 1999
</TABLE>
The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
other parties to the interest rate swap agreements, however, the Company does
not anticipate nonperformance under the agreement.
KVC has been allocated interest (including amortization of deferred
financing costs) of $19,054 and $18,224 for the years ended December 31, 1993
and 1994, respectively. Interest expense has been allocated to KVC based upon
intercompany financing in connection with the Acquisition. The effective
interest rate used in these allocations was 8.36% during these periods. The
common stock and assets of the Company are pledged to collateralize all external
financing arrangements.
6. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
In connection with the Acquisition described in Note 1, the Company assumed
a defined benefit pension plan (the "Plan"). The Plan covers all qualified
employees who meet certain employment service and age requirements and are not
covered by union pension plans. Net periodic pension cost is comprised of the
components listed below, as determined using the actuarial cost aggregate
method. The Company's funding policy is to make annual contributions to the Plan
in such amounts necessary to fund benefits provided by the Plan on the basis of
information provided by the Plan's actuary.
Consolidated net periodic pension cost without regard to the effect of the
discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994 is as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994
------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Service cost for benefits earned during the period............... $ 852 $ 908
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation.................... 1,804 1,896
Return on Plan assets............................................ (2,481) 774
Net deferral..................................................... 323 (3,030)
Amortization of prior service cost............................... -- (18)
------- -------
Total.................................................. $ 498 $ 530
======= =======
</TABLE>
F-40
<PAGE> 150
KING HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
The following table sets forth the Plan's funded status and obligations at
December 31, 1994 without regard to the effect of the discontinued operations:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994
--------
<S> <C>
Actuarial present value of accumulated benefit obligations, including
vested benefits of $20,012.............................................. $(23,146)
========
Projected benefit obligation.............................................. $(26,596)
Plan assets at fair value, consisting of cash and equity securities....... 28,226
--------
Plan assets in excess of projected benefit obligation..................... 1,630
Prior service cost........................................................ (176)
Unrecognized net loss..................................................... 1,955
--------
Pension asset............................................................. $ 3,409
========
</TABLE>
The assumptions used in the above valuations are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Discount rate.......................................................... 7.5 % 7.5 %
Rate of increase in compensation levels................................ 5.0 5.0
Expected long-term rate of return on assets............................ 8.5 8.5
</TABLE>
In 1993, the Company instituted an employee savings plan (401(k) Plan) to
provide benefits for substantially all employees of the Company meeting certain
eligibility requirements. The plan requires the Company to match 25% of employee
contributions, up to a maximum of 1% of covered compensation. Expense related to
the plan without regard to the effect of the discontinued operations aggregated
$228 and $252 for the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994, respectively.
Pension expense allocated to KVC pursuant to these plans aggregated $60 and
$54 for 1993 and 1994, respectively. Further, prepaid pension costs with respect
to the defined benefit plan of $457 and $384 have been allocated to KVC at
December 31, 1993 and 1994, respectively.
7. INCOME TAXES
The income tax provision for continuing operations recorded for the years
ended December 31, 1993 and 1994 consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994
------ ------
<S> <C> <C>
Currently payable:
Federal.......................................................... $5,577 $8,103
State............................................................ 579 1,486
------ ------
Total.................................................... 6,156 9,589
------ ------
Deferred:
Federal.......................................................... 651 (886)
State............................................................ (20) 140
------ ------
Total.................................................... 631 (746)
------ ------
Income tax provision -- net........................................ $6,787 $8,843
====== ======
</TABLE>
F-41
<PAGE> 151
KING HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
A reconciliation of the net income tax provision computed using the U.S.
federal statutory rate of 35% (34% in 1993) to pretax income from continuing
operations was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994
------ ------
<S> <C> <C>
Computed "expected" tax expense.................................... $2,614 $5,637
Amortization of goodwill........................................... 1,800 1,850
State and local taxes, net of federal tax benefit.................. 362 1,057
Enacted future rate change......................................... 1,880 362
Other.............................................................. 131 (63)
------ ------
Effective tax...................................................... $6,787 $8,843
====== ======
</TABLE>
The significant components of deferred income tax provision attributable to
income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994
are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994
------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred income tax (exclusive of the effects of other
components below).............................................. $(1,950) $(4,899)
(Increase) decrease in alternative minimum tax................... 701 3,845
State net operating loss benefit, net of federal tax............. -- 244
Federal net operating loss benefit............................... -- 64
Enacted future rate change....................................... 1,880 --
------- -------
Total deferred tax provision (benefit)........................... $ 631 $ (746)
======= =======
</TABLE>
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31,
1994 are presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994
-------
<S> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Accounts receivable, principally due to allowance for doubtful
accounts.............................................................. $ 279
Film and syndication rights, principally due to different accounting
methods............................................................... 511
Compensated absences, principally due to accrual for financial reporting
purposes.............................................................. 212
Net operating loss carryforwards......................................... 13
Alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards............................. --
Other.................................................................... 1,186
-------
Gross deferred tax assets.................................................. 2,201
-------
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment, principally due to basis differences............. 17,778
Retirement plan, principally due to accrual for financial reporting
purposes.............................................................. 1,256
Enacted future rate increases............................................ --
Other.................................................................... 369
-------
Gross deferred tax liabilities............................................. 19,403
-------
Net deferred tax liabilities............................................... $17,202
=======
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1994, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards of
$75,000 for state income tax purposes which are available to offset future state
taxable income, if any, through 2009. Approximately $54,000 of these net
operating loss carryforwards were present at Acquisition and, due to uncertainty
of eventual realization, a full valuation reserve was provided against these
assets at that time. Should these net
F-42
<PAGE> 152
KING HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
operating loss carryforwards be realized in the future, the effect would be to
reduce the recorded value of certain intangible assets.
8. COMMITMENTS
Film and Syndication Rights -- The Company has entered into certain film
and syndication rights' agreements which allow for showings of certain programs
over various periods. At December 31, 1994, film and syndication rights
liabilities related to programs available for broadcast are due as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1995........................................................ $7,753
1996........................................................ 787
1997........................................................ 487
1998........................................................ 189
1999........................................................ 38
Thereafter.................................................. --
------
Total............................................. $9,254
======
</TABLE>
In addition, the Company has entered into film and syndication rights'
agreements covering programs not yet available for broadcast. No asset or
liability related to these programs has been reflected in the financial
statements. At December 31, 1994, the Company had executed contracts aggregating
$36,745 (net of deposits) for programs not yet available for broadcast.
Operating Leases -- The Company leases office and other facilities under
operating leases expiring at various dates through 2004. At December 31, 1994,
minimum payments required under noncancelable leases with terms in excess of one
year for continuing operations are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1995........................................................ $ 888
1996........................................................ 880
1997........................................................ 812
1998........................................................ 567
1999........................................................ 309
Thereafter.................................................. 899
------
Total..................................................... $4,355
======
</TABLE>
Rent expense under operating leases from continuing operations aggregated
$383 and $490 for the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994, respectively.
9. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company has entered into a management agreement (the "Management
Agreement") with the Providence Journal, under the terms of which the Providence
Journal will operate and manage the Company's cable systems and KBC's television
stations through February 1997. The Management Agreement provides for a base
management fee of $2,525 per year and payment of bonuses based on operating cash
flow (as defined in the Management Agreement) at the end of each fiscal year for
managing both the Company and KBC. No bonus was earned during 1994 and 1993. In
addition, the Management Agreement provides for the awarding of certain warrant
bonuses, both on an annual and cumulative basis, based on operating cash flow at
the end of defined periods. Through December 31, 1994, the Providence Journal
had been awarded warrant bonuses providing for the purchase of 1,552 shares, of
the Company's Class B nonvoting common stock at $0.10 per share. Compensation
expense recorded related to these warrant issuances aggregated $335 in 1993.
Based upon the purchase and sale agreement (See note 2) whereby the Providence
Journal will buy out the
F-43
<PAGE> 153
KING HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Investor Stockholder for a fixed price, it is not probable that the Providence
Journal will exercise any outstanding warrants and accordingly, the Company has
not recorded compensation expense during 1994.
The Providence Journal is also entitled to compensation for out-of-pocket
costs incurred in its capacity as manager of the cable systems for which the
Company reimbursed the Providence Journal $2,842 and $3,844 during 1993, and
1994, respectively.
The Company is also obligated to pay the Providence Journal an annual
$1,000 governance fee, in advance, on December 20 of each year.
The Company entered into a consulting and advisory services agreement (the
"Services Agreement") with the Investor Stockholder. Under the terms of the
Services Agreement, the Company is obligated to pay the Investor Stockholder an
annual fee of $1,000, in advance, on January 1 of each year.
For the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994, KVC has been allocated
expenses under the terms of the Management Agreement, and other related fees
discussed above, aggregating $2,034 and $1,901, respectively.
10. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURE
Current Assets and Liabilities -- The carrying amount of cash, trade
receivables, trade accounts payable and accrued expenses approximates fair value
because of the short maturity of these instruments.
Long-term Debt -- The fair values of each of the Company's long-term debt
instruments are based on the amount of future cash flows associated with each
instrument discounted using current borrowing rates for similar debt instruments
of comparable maturity. The fair value of long-term debt approximated carrying
value at December 31, 1994.
Interest Rate Swaps -- The fair value of interest rate swaps is the amount
at which they could be settled based on estimates obtained from dealers. The
amount required to settle outstanding interest rate swaps at December 31, 1994
approximated $3,575 (gain).
11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company is the defendant in a number of legal actions, the outcome of
which management believes, based upon the advice of counsel, will not have a
material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.
The Company has outstanding letter of credit commitments amounting to $756
as of December 31, 1994.
In October 1992, the Congress of the United States passed the Cable Act. As
a result of the Cable Act, several cable television systems of the Company are
subject to regulation by local franchise authorities and/or the FCC. Regulations
imposed by the Cable Act, among other things, allow regulators to limit and
reduce the rates that cable operators can charge for certain basic cable
television services and equipment rental charges. The Company has been notified
by certain franchise authorities that various regulated rates charged to
subscribers were in excess of the rates permitted. The Company has reviewed the
notifications as well as the disputed rates and has accrued for amounts it
believes it may be required to refund. Further rules and regulations are being
considered by the FCC, however, these regulations have not yet been finalized.
The ultimate impact on the operations of the Company resulting from existing
rules and regulations and proposed rules and regulations, if any, cannot be
determined.
F-44
<PAGE> 154
==============================================================================
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER
TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK IN ANY
JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER
OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
------------------
<TABLE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary.................... 3
Risk Factors.......................... 12
The Company........................... 18
Use of Proceeds....................... 19
Dividend Policy....................... 19
Dilution.............................. 20
Capitalization........................ 21
Selected Financial Data............... 22
Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations....................... 32
Business.............................. 51
Management............................ 84
Principal Stockholders................ 94
Certain Transactions.................. 96
Description of Capital Stock.......... 97
Shares Available for Future Sale...... 102
Underwriting.......................... 104
Legal Matters......................... 105
Experts............................... 105
Available Information................. 106
Index to Historical Financial
Statements.......................... F-1
</TABLE>
==============================================================================
==============================================================================
7,125,000 SHARES
[LOGO]
THE PROVIDENCE
JOURNAL COMPANY
CLASS A COMMON STOCK
---------------------------
P R O S P E C T U S
---------------------------
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
, 1996
==============================================================================
<PAGE> 155
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR
MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE
SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE
UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS
OF ANY SUCH STATE.
[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR DIRECT PLACEMENT PROSPECTUS]
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 31, 1996
PROSPECTUS
375,000 SHARES
THE PROVIDENCE [LOGO] JOURNAL COMPANY
CLASS A COMMON STOCK
($1.00 PAR VALUE)
------------------------
All of the 375,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, $1.00 par value (the
"Class A Common Stock"), offered hereby are being offered by The Providence
Journal Company (the "Company") to eligible employees of the Company and its
subsidiaries in this public offering (the "Direct Placement") at a price per
share equal to $14.96, the initial public offering price per share for the Class
A Common Stock in the underwritten offering described below (the "Underwritten
Offering" and, together with the Direct Placement, the "Offerings") less an
amount equal to the underwriting discount per share in such Underwritten
Offering. Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Class
A Common Stock. It is currently anticipated that the initial public offering
price for the Class A Common Stock in the Underwritten Offering will be between
$15.00 and $17.00 per share. See "Plan of Distribution" for information relating
to the determination of the initial public offering price. As a condition to any
sale hereunder, an employee must agree not to offer, sell, contract to sell or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Class A Common Stock (or securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, such shares) for a period
of 30 days after the date of this Prospectus.
Upon consummation of the Offerings, the Company's authorized and
outstanding capital stock will consist of Class A Common Stock and Class B
Common Stock, $1.00 par value (the "Class B Common Stock" and together with the
Class A Common Stock, the "Common Stock"). The rights of the holders of the
Common Stock are identical, except that each share of Class B Common Stock
entitles the holder to four votes per share, while each share of Class A Common
Stock entitles the holder to one vote per share. The Class A Common Stock and
Class B Common Stock vote as a single class on substantially all matters, except
as otherwise required by law. The Class B Common Stock is convertible at any
time at the election of the holder on a share-for-share basis into Class A
Common Stock, and automatically converts into Class A Common Stock under certain
circumstances involving a transfer. See "Description of Capital Stock".
In addition to the Direct Placement contemplated hereby, the Company is
also issuing and selling through certain underwriters (the "Underwriters")
7,125,000 shares of Class A Common Stock in the Underwritten Offering. See "Plan
of Distribution".
The shares of Class A Common Stock have been approved for listing on the
New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance, under the
symbol "PRJ".
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 12 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK
OFFERED HEREBY.
------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.
The date of this Prospectus is , 1996.
<PAGE> 156
[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR DIRECT PLACEMENT PROSPECTUS]
[GRAPHICS]
X-2
2
<PAGE> 157
[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR DIRECT PLACEMENT PROSPECTUS]
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET FOR CLASS A COMMON STOCK; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF
STOCK PRICE. Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the
Class A Common Stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price of the
Class A Common Stock will be determined by negotiations among the Company and
the Underwriters in the Underwritten Offering and may not be indicative of the
price at which the Class A Common Stock will trade after the Offerings. See
"Underwriting" for a discussion of the factors considered in determining the
initial public offering price of the Class A Common Stock. There can be no
assurance that any active public market for the Class A Common Stock will
develop or be sustained after the Offerings, or that the market price of the
Class A Common Stock will not decline below the initial public offering price.
The trading price of the Class A Common Stock may fluctuate significantly based
upon a number of factors, including actual or anticipated business performance,
announcements by the Company or changes in general industry or securities market
conditions. See "Plan of Distribution".
DIVIDEND POLICY. The Company has no intention of paying any cash dividends
on the Class A Common Stock or the Class B Common Stock for the foreseeable
future following consummation of the Offerings. The Company intends to
reevaluate this dividend policy in the event the proposed US West Merger is not
consummated or should other circumstances change. The payment of future
dividends will be at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and will
be dependent upon a variety of factors, including the Company's future earnings,
financial condition and capital requirements, the ability to obtain dividends or
advances from its subsidiaries and restrictions in applicable financing and
other agreements. See "Dividend Policy".
RESTRICTIONS IN CERTAIN AGREEMENTS. As part of the Merger, the Company
agreed that until October 5, 1999, without the prior consent of Continental, it
would not dispose of any material assets or declare or pay any dividend or
distribution on its capital stock if, as a result of such transaction, the fair
market value of the Company (determined as described herein under
"Business -- Restrictions in Certain Agreements") would be less than certain
specified amounts. In addition, the Company agreed to certain non-competition
and employee non-solicitation restrictions related to the disposed cable
operations for a three-year period ending October 5, 1998.
The credit agreement of the Company and its principal subsidiaries contains
various covenants, events of default and other provisions that could affect the
Company's business, operating and acquisition strategies. Such provisions
include requirements to maintain compliance with certain financial ratios and
limitations on the ability of the Company and its principal subsidiaries to make
acquisitions or investments without the consent of the lenders, to incur
indebtedness, to make dividend and other restricted payments and to take certain
other actions. In addition, such indebtedness is secured by pledges of the stock
of the Company's principal subsidiaries. See "Business -- Restrictions in
Certain Agreements".
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE. Upon completion of the Offerings, the
Company will have outstanding 24,836,700 shares of Class A Common Stock and
21,067,650 shares of Class B Common Stock. All of the shares of Class B Common
Stock are convertible into shares of Class A Common Stock on a share-for-share
basis at any time at the option of the holder. Shares held by affiliates of the
Company may be sold only if they are registered under the Securities Act or are
sold pursuant to an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act, including Rule 144 thereunder. All but 11,700 shares of
Class A Common Stock and all shares of Class B Common Stock currently
outstanding are subject to legended transfer restrictions imposed to protect the
tax-free nature of the Spin-Off and the Merger, which restrictions prohibit all
transfers, sales, assignments or other dispositions for value prior to October
5, 1996 (the "Tax Lockup"). See "Business -- Background; Reorganization". Of the
11,700 shares of Class A Common Stock not subject to the Tax Lockup, 9,450
shares are held by executive officers of the Company. In addition, each of the
Company's directors and executive officers and each of the beneficial owners of
more than 5% of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock (other than
(i) Rhode Island Hospital Trust National Bank ("Hospital Trust") as to 900,000
shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock over which Hospital
Trust exercises sole or shared investment power under 64 wills, trusts and
agency arrangements and (ii) Fiduciary Trust Company International as to 617,400
shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B
X-3
16
<PAGE> 158
[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR DIRECT PLACEMENT PROSPECTUS]
Common Stock over which Fiduciary Trust Company International exercises sole or
shared investment power under five wills, trusts and agency relationships) have
agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of such shares
(or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, such
shares) for 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, without the prior
written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated acting on
behalf of the Underwriters. See "Plan of Distribution". Further, all employees
who purchase Class A Common Stock in the Direct Placement have agreed to similar
transfer restrictions for a period of 30 days after the date of this Prospectus.
Up to an additional 1,935,692 shares of Class A Common Stock are currently
issuable upon exercise of options and units outstanding under the Option Plans
and the RSU. Further, the Company intends to implement an employee stock
purchase plan following consummation of the Offerings under which participants
may purchase Class A Common Stock through periodic payroll deductions and the
reinvestment of dividends (the "Employee Stock Purchase Plan").
In addition, in accordance with certain adjustments required pursuant to
the terms of the Company's existing Stock Incentive Plans as a result of the
proposed US West Merger, the Company believes that it will issue approximately
$7.7 million of Class A Common Stock in the event of the consummation of the US
West Merger. For additional information, see "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Stock Based
Compensation Payouts" and footnote 2 to the table "Aggregated SAR Exercises in
Fiscal Year 1995 and Fiscal Year-End SAR Values" set forth herein under
"Management -- Executive Compensation." The actual number of shares of Class A
Common Stock to be issued will depend on the fair market value of the Class A
Common Stock determined in accordance with the terms of such plans at the
effective time of the US West Merger.
In addition, the Company may finance a portion of the cost of future
acquisitions through additional issuances of Class A Common Stock. Sales of
substantial amounts of Common Stock, or the perception that such sales could
occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market prices of the Class A Common
Stock and the Company's ability to raise capital through an offering of Class A
Common Stock.
See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale".
DILUTION. Purchasers of shares of Class A Common Stock in the Underwritten
Offering and the Direct Placement will incur immediate and substantial dilution
in net tangible book value of $15.95 and $14.91, respectively, per share of
Class A Common Stock based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00
per share in the Underwritten Offering and an assumed offering price of $14.96
per share in the Direct Placement. See "Dilution".
X-4
17
<PAGE> 159
[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR DIRECT PLACEMENT PROSPECTUS]
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
The Company is offering the 375,000 shares of Class A Common Stock offered
hereby to eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries at a price per
share equal to $14.96, the initial public offering price per share for the Class
A Common Stock in the Underwritten Offering less an amount equal to the
underwriting discount per share.
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement (the
"Purchase Agreement"), the Company has also agreed in the Underwritten Offering
to sell to each of the underwriters named therein (the "Underwriters"), and each
of the Underwriters, for whom Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
Securities Corporation are acting as representatives (the "Representatives"),
severally has agreed to purchase, an aggregate of 7,125,000 shares of Class A
Common Stock.
In the Purchase Agreement, the Underwriters named therein have agreed,
subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all of the
shares of Class A Common Stock being sold pursuant to such Purchase Agreement if
any of the shares of Class A Common Stock being sold are purchased. Under
certain circumstances, the commitments of non-defaulting Underwriters may be
increased under the Purchase Agreement.
The Representatives have advised the Company that the Underwriters propose
to offer the shares of Class A Common Stock offered in the Underwritten Offering
to the public initially at a public offering price of $16.00 and to certain
dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of $ per share of
Class A Common Stock, and that the Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may
reallow, a discount not in excess of $ per share of Class A Common
Stock on sales to certain other dealers. After the initial public offering, the
public offering price, concession and discount may be changed.
The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option in the Underwritten
Offering to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,068,750 shares of Class A Common
Stock at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount. Such
option, which will expire 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, may be
exercised solely to cover over-allotments. To the extent that the Underwriters
exercise such option, each of the Underwriters will have a firm commitment,
subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of
the option shares that the number of shares to be purchased initially by that
Underwriter is of the 7,125,000 shares of Class A Common Stock initially
purchased by the Underwriters.
All but 11,700 shares of Class A Common Stock and all shares of Class B
Common Stock currently outstanding are subject to the Tax Lockup, which
restrictions prohibit all transfers, sales, assignments or other dispositions
for value prior to October 5, 1996. See "Business -- Background;
Reorganization". Of the 11,700 shares of Class A Common Stock not subject to the
Tax Lockup, 9,450 shares are held by executive officers of the Company. In
addition, the Company, each of the Company's directors and executive officers
and each of the beneficial owners of more than 5% of the Class A Common Stock
and Class B Common Stock (other than (i) Hospital Trust as to 900,000 shares of
Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock over which Hospital Trust
exercises sole or shared investment power under 64 wills, trusts and agency
arrangements and (ii) Fiduciary Trust Company International as to 617,400 shares
of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock over which Fiduciary Trust
Company International exercises sole or shared investment power under five
wills, trusts and agency relationships) have agreed not to sell, offer to sell,
grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of, any shares of Class A
Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for
Class A Common Stock (except for the shares offered hereby) for a period of 180
days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated acting on behalf of the
Underwriters, subject to certain limited exceptions included in the Purchase
Agreement. Further, all employees who purchase Class A Common Stock in the
Direct Placement have agreed to similar transfer restrictions for a period of 30
days after the date of this Prospectus.
X-5
104
<PAGE> 160
[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR DIRECT PLACEMENT PROSPECTUS]
Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the shares of
Class A Common Stock. The initial public offering price of the Class A Common
Stock was determined by negotiations between the Company and the Representatives
in the Underwritten Offering. Among the factors considered in such negotiations,
in addition to prevailing market conditions, were current market valuations of
publicly-traded companies that the Company and the Underwriters believe to be
reasonably comparable to the Company, an assessment of the Company's results of
operations in recent periods, estimates of the business potential and earnings
prospects of the Company, the current state of the Company's development and the
current state of the Company's industry and the economy as a whole. The initial
public offering price should not, however, be considered an indication of the
actual value of the Class A Common Stock. Such price will be subject to change
as a result of market conditions and other factors. There can be no assurance
that an active trading market will develop for the Class A Common Stock or that
the Class A Common Stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the
Offerings at or above the initial public offering price.
The Company has agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to
contribute to payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect
thereof.
Certain of the Underwriters have provided various investment banking
services to the Company and certain of its subsidiaries.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters relating to the shares of Class A Common Stock will
be passed upon for the Company by Edwards & Angell, Providence, Rhode Island.
Certain legal matters under the Communications Act and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder by the FCC will be passed upon for the Company by
Covington & Burling, Washington, D.C. Certain legal matters in connection with
the Underwritten Offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Brown &
Wood, New York, New York. Partners and of-counsel attorneys of Edwards & Angell
own 49,950 (adjusted for the Stock Split) shares of Common Stock. Benjamin P.
Harris, III, a Director of the Company, is a senior partner of Edwards & Angell
and beneficially owns 21,150 and 21,600 shares of the Class A Common Stock and
the Class B Common Stock, respectively (adjusted for the Stock Split).
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements and schedule of The Providence
Journal Company and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for each
of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1995 have been included
herein and in the Registration Statement in reliance upon the reports of KPMG
Peat Marwick LLP and Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, appearing
herein and elsewhere in this registration statement, given upon the authority of
said firms as experts in accounting and auditing.
The report of KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP covering the December 31, 1995
financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph that states that the
Company completed the merger and related transactions with Continental
Cablevision, Inc. and the Kelso Buyout on October 5, 1995 which resulted in the
disposal of the Company's cable operations, and the acquisition of the Company's
joint venture partner's interest in King Holding Corp.
The consolidated financial statements of King Holding Corp. and
subsidiaries included in this prospectus and the related financial statement
schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by
Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports
appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement, and are included
in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts
in accounting and auditing.
X-6
105
<PAGE> 161
[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR DIRECT PLACEMENT PROSPECTUS]
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company is subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act,
and, in accordance therewith, files reports, proxy statements and other
information with the Commission. Reports, proxy statements and other information
concerning the Company can be inspected and copied at the Commission's office at
Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and
the Commission's Regional Offices in New York (Suite 1300, Seven World Trade
Center, New York, New York 10048) and Chicago (Citicorp Atrium Center, 500 West
Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661), and copies of such
material can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. This
Prospectus does not contain all information set forth in the Registration
Statement and exhibits thereto which the Company has filed with the Commission
under the Securities Act, which may be obtained from the Public Reference
Section of the Commission at its principal office at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, upon payment of the prescribed fees, and to which
reference is hereby made.
X-7
106
<PAGE> 162
[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR DIRECT PLACEMENT PROSPECTUS]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK IN ANY JURISDICTION
WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR
SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
------------------
<TABLE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary.................... 3
Risk Factors.......................... 12
The Company........................... 18
Use of Proceeds....................... 19
Dividend Policy....................... 19
Dilution.............................. 20
Capitalization........................ 21
Selected Financial Data............... 22
Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations....................... 32
Business.............................. 51
Management............................ 84
Principal Stockholders................ 94
Certain Transactions.................. 96
Description of Capital Stock.......... 97
Shares Available for Future Sale...... 102
Plan of Distribution.................. 104
Legal Matters......................... 105
Experts............................... 105
Available Information................. 106
Index to Historical Financial
Statements.......................... F-1
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
375,000 SHARES
LOGO
THE PROVIDENCE
JOURNAL COMPANY
CLASS A COMMON STOCK
---------------------------
P R O S P E C T U S
---------------------------
, 1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
X-8
<PAGE> 163
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
<TABLE>
The following table sets forth the expenses (other than underwriting
discounts and commissions) expected to be incurred in connection with the
Offerings described in this Registration Statement. All amounts are estimated
except the registration, NASD and New York Stock Exchange fees.
<S> <C>
Registration Fee......................................................... $ 47,587
NASD Fee................................................................. 14,300
New York Stock Exchange Listing Fee...................................... 84,000
Printing Expenses........................................................ 450,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses............................................. 150,000
Legal Fees and Expenses.................................................. 300,000
Transfer Agent and Registrar -- Fees and Expenses........................ 5,500
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses............................................... 20,000
Miscellaneous............................................................ 28,613
----------
Total.................................................................... $1,100,000
==========
</TABLE>
All of the above expenses of the Offerings will be paid by the Company.
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a) Exhibits
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
1 Form of Purchase Agreement.
2.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of November 18, 1994 by and among Continental
Cablevision, Inc., Providence Journal Company, The Providence Journal Company, King
Holding Corp. and King Broadcasting Company, as amended and restated as of August 1,
1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-57479)).
2.2 Contribution and Assumption Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of
the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-57479)).
3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of The Providence Journal Company.
3.2 Bylaws of The Providence Journal Company.
4 Credit Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995 among Providence Journal Company, The
Providence Journal Company, Fleet National Bank, as Administrative Agent, The First
National Bank of Boston, The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., Chemical Bank and The
Toronto Dominion Bank, as Managing Agents, and the other lenders named therein
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K
dated October 5, 1995).
4.1 Form of Rights Agreement between The Providence Journal Company and The First
National Bank of Boston, as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1
of Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 8, 1996).
5 Opinion of Edwards & Angell.
10.1 The Providence Journal Company 1994 Employee Stock Option Plan, as amended.
10.2 The Providence Journal Company 1994 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, as
amended.
10.3 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.5 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-57479)).
</TABLE>
II-1
<PAGE> 164
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
10.4 Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.2 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 33-57479) dated
August 31, 1995).
10.5 Incentive Stock Units Plan as amended and restated on December 31, 1993
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-57479)).
10.6 Form of Change of Control Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of
the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-57479)).
10.7 Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 18, 1995 between Providence Journal
Company and Kelso Investment Associates IV, L.P., Kelso Partners IV, L.P. and Kelso
Equity Partners II, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the
Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-57479)).
10.8 Separation Agreement and Release between The Providence Journal Company and Trygve
E. Myhren dated February 9, 1996. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the
Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
10.9 Affiliation Agreement dated November 3, 1994, between Registrant and National
Broadcasting Company, Inc. as to KING-TV (previously filed).
10.10 Partnership Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement dated April 2, 1996 between the
Company and Landmark Programming, Inc.
10.11 Partnership Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement dated April 2, 1996 between the
Company and Scripps Howard Publishing, Inc.
21 Subsidiaries of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 of the
Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
23.1 Consent of Edwards & Angell (included in Exhibit 5).
23.2 Independent Auditors' Consent and Report on Schedule of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.
23.3 Independent Auditors' Consent and Report on Schedule of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
23.4 Consent of Belden Associates
24 Powers of Attorney (previously included on the signature page hereto).
27 Financial Data Schedule (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 27 of the Registrant's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
99.1 Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the Years Ended
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 -- Registrant and Subsidiaries (previously filed).
99.2 Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the Years Ended
December 31, 1993 and 1994 -- King Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries (previously
filed).
</TABLE>
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.
II. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserve -- The Providence Journal
Company and Subsidiaries (previously filed).
II. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserve -- King Holding Corp. and
Subsidiaries (previously filed).
All other schedules for which provisions are made in the applicable
accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not
required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have
been omitted.
II-2
<PAGE> 165
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Providence,
State of Rhode Island, on the 31st day of May, 1996.
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY
By: /S/ STEPHEN HAMBLETT
-------------------------------
Stephen Hamblett
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Registration Statement has been signed below on May 31, 1996 by the
following persons in the capacities indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE
- --------------------------------------------- --------------------------
<C> <S>
/S/ STEPHEN HAMBLETT Director; Chairman of the
- --------------------------------------------- Board and Chief
Stephen Hamblett Executive Officer
(principal executive
officer)
/S/ THOMAS N. MATLACK Vice President -- Finance
- --------------------------------------------- and Chief Financial
Thomas N. Matlack Officer (principal
financial and accounting
officer)
* Director
- ---------------------------------------------
F. Remington Ballou
* Director
- ---------------------------------------------
Henry P. Becton, Jr.
* Director
- ---------------------------------------------
Fanchon M. Burnham
Director
- ---------------------------------------------
Kay K. Clarke
* Director
- ---------------------------------------------
Peter B. Freeman
* Director
- ---------------------------------------------
Benjamin P. Harris, III
* Director
- ---------------------------------------------
Paul A. Maeder
Director
- ---------------------------------------------
Trygve E. Myhren
</TABLE>
II-3
<PAGE> 166
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE
- --------------------------------------------- --------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
Director
- ---------------------------------------------
John W. Rosenblum
* Director
- ---------------------------------------------
W. Nicholas Thorndike
Director
- ---------------------------------------------
John W. Wall
* Director
- ---------------------------------------------
Patrick R. Wilmerding
</TABLE>
*By: /S/ JOHN L. HAMMOND
-----------------------------------------
John L. Hammond
Vice President-General Counsel
& Chief
Administrative Officer
Attorney-in-Fact
II-4
<PAGE> 167
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
1 Form of Purchase Agreement.
2.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of November 18, 1994 by and among Continental
Cablevision, Inc., Providence Journal Company, The Providence Journal Company, King
Holding Corp. and King Broadcasting Company, as amended and restated as of August 1,
1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-57479)).
2.2 Contribution and Assumption Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of
the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-57479)).
3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of The Providence Journal Company.
3.2 Bylaws of The Providence Journal Company.
4 Credit Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995 among Providence Journal Company, The
Providence Journal Company, Fleet National Bank, as Administrative Agent, The First
National Bank of Boston, The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., Chemical Bank and The
Toronto Dominion Bank, as Managing Agents, and the other lenders named therein
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K
dated October 5, 1995).
4.1 Form of Rights Agreement between The Providence Journal Company and The First
National Bank of Boston, as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1
of Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 8, 1996).
5 Opinion of Edwards & Angell.
10.1 The Providence Journal Company 1994 Employee Stock Option Plan, as amended.
10.2 The Providence Journal Company 1994 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, as
amended.
10.3 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.5 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-57479)).
10.4 Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.2 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 33-57479) dated
August 31, 1995).
10.5 Incentive Stock Units Plan as amended and restated on December 31, 1993
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-57479)).
10.6 Form of Change of Control Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of
the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-57479)).
10.7 Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 18, 1995 between Providence Journal
Company and Kelso Investment Associates IV, L.P., Kelso Partners IV, L.P. and Kelso
Equity Partners II, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the
Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-57479)).
10.8 Separation Agreement and Release between The Providence Journal Company and Trygve
E. Myhren dated February 9, 1996. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the
Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
10.9 Affiliation Agreement dated November 3, 1994, between Registrant and National
Broadcasting Company, Inc. as to KING-TV (previously filed).
10.10 Partnership Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement dated April 2, 1996 between the
Company and Landmark Programming, Inc.
10.11 Partnership Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement dated April 2, 1996 between the
Company and Scripps Howard Publishing, Inc.
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 168
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
21 Subsidiaries of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 of the
Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
23.1 Consent of Edwards & Angell (included in Exhibit 5).
23.2 Independent Auditors' Consent and Report on Schedule of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.
23.3 Independent Auditors' Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
23.4 Consent of Belden Associates
24 Powers of Attorney (previously included on the signature page hereto).
27 Financial Data Schedule (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 27 of the Registrant's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
99.1 Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the Years Ended
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 -- Registrant and Subsidiaries (previously filed).
99.2 Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the Years Ended
December 31, 1993 and 1994 -- King Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries (previously
filed).
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 1
================================================================================
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY
(a Delaware corporation)
_______ Shares of Class A Common Stock
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Dated: June __, 1996
================================================================================
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
PURCHASE AGREEMENT................................................................... 1
SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties....................................... 3
(a) Representations and Warranties by the Company........................ 3
(i) Compliance with Registration Requirements....................... 3
(ii) Independent Accountants........................................ 4
(iii) Financial Statements.......................................... 4
(iv) No Material Adverse Change in Business......................... 4
(v) Good Standing of the Company.................................... 4
(vi) Good Standing of Subsidiaries.................................. 5
(vii) Capitalization................................................ 5
(viii) Authorization of Agreement................................... 5
(ix) Authorization and Description of Securities.................... 5
(x) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts............................... 6
(xi) Absence of Labor Dispute....................................... 6
(xii) Absence of Proceedings........................................ 6
(xiii) Accuracy of Exhibits......................................... 7
(xiv) Possession of Intellectual Property........................... 7
(xv) Absence of Further Requirements................................ 7
(xviii) Possession of Licenses and Permits.......................... 8
(xix) Title to Property............................................. 8
(xx) Environmental Laws............................................. 8
(xxiv) Listing...................................................... 9
(xxv) Compliance with Cuba Act...................................... 9
(xxvi) Registration Rights.......................................... 9
SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing........................... 10
(a) Initial Securities................................................... 10
(b) Option Securities.................................................... 10
(c) Payment.............................................................. 10
(d) Denominations; Registration.......................................... 11
SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company............................................. 11
(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests ...... 11
(b) Filing of Amendments................................................. 11
(c) Delivery of Registration Statements.................................. 12
(d) Delivery of Prospectuses............................................. 12
(e) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws............................ 12
(f) Blue Sky Qualifications.............................................. 13
(g) Rule 158............................................................. 13
(h) Use of Proceeds...................................................... 13
(i) Restriction on Sale of Securities.................................... 13
(j) Reporting Requirements............................................... 14
SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses.................................................. 14
(a) Expenses............................................................. 14
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 3
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
(b) Termination of Agreement............................................. 14
SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters' Obligations.............................. 14
(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement.............................. 14
(b) Opinions of Counsel for Company...................................... 15
(c) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters.................................. 15
(d) Officers' Certificate................................................ 15
(e) Accountant's Comfort Letter.......................................... 16
(f) Bring-down Comfort Letter............................................ 16
(g) No Objection......................................................... 16
(h) Lock-up Agreements................................................... 16
(i) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities.......................... 16
(j) Additional Documents................................................. 17
(k) Termination of Agreement............................................. 17
SECTION 6. Indemnification...................................................... 17
(a) Indemnification of Underwriters...................................... 17
(b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers................... 18
(c) Actions against Parties; Notification................................ 19
(d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse................... 19
SECTION 7. Contribution......................................................... 19
SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery....... 21
SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement............................................. 21
(a) Termination; General................................................. 21
(b) Liabilities.......................................................... 21
SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters........................... 21
SECTION 11. Notices.............................................................. 22
SECTION 12. Parties.............................................................. 22
SECTION 13. Governing Law and Time............................................... 23
SECTION 14. Effect of Headings................................................... 23
</TABLE>
ii
<PAGE> 4
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY
(a Delaware corporation)
__________ Shares of Class A Common Stock
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
June __, 1996
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
Securities Corporation
as Representatives of the several Underwriters
c/o Merrill Lynch & Co.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
North Tower
World Financial Center
New York, New York 10281-1209
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The Providence Journal Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
confirms its agreement with Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner &
Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch") and each of the other Underwriters named in
Schedule A hereto (collectively, the "Underwriters", which term shall also
include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10
hereof), for whom Merrill Lynch, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and Donaldson, Lufkin
& Jenrette Securities Corporation are acting as representatives (in such
capacity, the "Representatives"), with respect to the issue and sale by the
Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly,
of the respective numbers of shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $1.00 per
share, of the Company, including the Class A Rights appertaining thereto
pursuant to a Rights Agreement dated as of May 8, 1996 between the Company and
The First National Bank of Boston, as Rights Agent ("Common Stock"), set forth
in said Schedule A, and with respect to the grant by the Company to the
Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in
Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of _________ additional shares
of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any. The aforesaid _______ shares
of Common Stock (the "Initial Securities") to be purchased by the Underwriters
and all or any part of the ____________ shares of Common Stock subject to the
option described
<PAGE> 5
in Section 2(b) hereof (the "Option Securities") are hereinafter called,
collectively, the "Underwritten Securities".
The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public
offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after
this Agreement has been executed and delivered.
The Company is simultaneously offering up to _______ shares of Common
Stock for sale to certain eligible employees of the Company and its affiliates
in a direct placement (the "Direct Placement") by means of a separate prospectus
(the "Direct Placement Prospectus") with the assistance of Merrill Lynch,
subject to the terms of this Agreement, the applicable rules, regulations and
interpretations of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the
"NASD") and all other applicable laws, rules and regulations. The shares of
Common Stock to be offered and sold in the Direct Placement (the "Direct
Placement Securities") and the Underwritten Shares are hereinafter referred to
collectively as the "Securities".
The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-02703) covering the
registration of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"1933 Act"), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses.
Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will either
(i) prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A
("Rule 430A") of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act
(the "1933 Act Regulations") and paragraph (b) of Rule 424 ("Rule 424(b)") of
the 1933 Act Regulations or (ii) if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule
434 ("Rule 434") of the 1933 Act Regulations, prepare and file a term sheet (a
"Term Sheet") in accordance with the provisions of Rule 434 and Rule 424(b). The
information included in such prospectus or in such Term Sheet, as the case may
be, that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became
effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the
time it became effective (a) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A is referred
to as "Rule 430A Information" or (b) pursuant to paragraph (d) of Rule 434 is
referred to as "Rule 434 Information". Each prospectus used before such
registration statement became effective, and any prospectus that omitted, as
applicable, the Rule 430A Information or the Rule 434 Information, that was used
after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this
Agreement, is herein called a "preliminary prospectus". Such registration
statement, including the exhibits thereto and schedules thereto, if any, at the
time it became effective and including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule
434 Information, as applicable, is herein called the "Registration Statement".
Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act
Regulations is herein referred to as the "Rule 462(b) Registration Statement,"
and after such filing the term "Registration Statement" shall include the Rule
462(b) Registration Statement. The final prospectus in the form first furnished
to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Underwritten
Securities is herein called the "Prospectus". The Prospectus and the Direct
Placement Prospectus are hereinafter referred to collectively as the
"Prospectuses". If Rule 434 is relied on, the term "Prospectus" shall refer to
the preliminary prospectus dated _____, 1996, together with the Term Sheet, and
all references in this Agreement to the date of the Prospectus shall mean the
date of the Term Sheet. For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the
Registration Statement, any
2
<PAGE> 6
preliminary prospectus, the Prospectuses or any Term Sheet or any amendment or
supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed
with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and
Retrieval system ("EDGAR").
SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties.
(a) Representations and Warranties by the Company. The Company represents
and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Closing Time
referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of Delivery (if any)
referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agrees with each Underwriter, as
follows:
(i) Compliance with Registration Requirements. Each of the
Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has
become effective under the 1933 Act, no stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement has been issued under the 1933 Act, and no
proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to
the knowledge of the Company, are contemplated by the Commission, and any
request on the part of the Commission for additional information has been
complied with.
At the respective times the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto became
effective and at the Closing Time (and, if any Option Securities are
purchased, at the Date of Delivery), the Registration Statement, the Rule
462(b) Registration Statement and any amendments and supplements thereto
complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of
the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations and did not and will not contain
an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading. Neither the Prospectuses nor any amendments or supplements
thereto, at the time the Prospectuses or any such amendment or supplement
were issued and at the Closing Time (and, if any Option Securities are
purchased, at the Date of Delivery), included or will include an untrue
statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material
fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of
the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If Rule 434
is used, the Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 434 and the
Prospectuses shall not be "materially different", as such term is used in
Rule 434, from the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at
the time it became effective. The representations and warranties in this
subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the
Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or
Prospectuses made in reliance upon and in conformity with information
furnished to the Company in writing by any Underwriter through Merrill
Lynch expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement or Prospectuses.
Each preliminary prospectus and the prospectus filed as part of the
Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment
thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act, complied when
so filed in all material respects with the 1933 Act
3
<PAGE> 7
Regulations and, if applicable, each preliminary prospectus and the
Prospectuses delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this
offering was identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof
filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent
permitted by Regulation S-T.
(ii) Independent Accountants. The accountants who certified the
financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration
Statement are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act
and the 1933 Act Regulations.
(iii) Financial Statements. The financial statements included in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectuses, together with the related
schedules and notes, present fairly in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles ("GAAP") the financial position of the Company and
its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of
operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows of the Company and its
consolidated subsidiaries for the periods specified; and said financial
statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a
consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The financial statements
included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectuses, together with
the related schedules and notes, present fairly in accordance with GAAP
the financial position of King Holding Corp. ("KHC") and its consolidated
subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations,
stockholders' equity and cash flows of KHC and its consolidated
subsidiaries for the periods specified; and said financial statements have
been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis
throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any,
included in the Registration Statement present fairly in accordance with
GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial
data and the summary financial information included in the Prospectuses
present fairly in accordance with GAAP the information shown therein and
have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited
financial statements included in the Registration Statement. The
supplemental pro forma financial data and the related notes thereto
included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectuses present fairly
in accordance with GAAP the information shown therein and have been
properly compiled on the bases described therein, and the assumptions used
in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein
are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances
referred to therein.
(iv) No Material Adverse Change in Business. Since the respective
dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and
the Prospectuses, except as otherwise stated or contemplated therein, (A)
there has been no material adverse change and no development involving a
prospective material adverse change in the condition, financial or
otherwise, or in the earnings or business affairs of the Company and its
subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the
ordinary course of business (a "Material Adverse Effect"), (B) there have
been no transactions entered into by the Company or any of its
subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which
are material with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries considered
as one enterprise, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of
any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital
stock.
4
<PAGE> 8
(v) Good Standing of the Company. The Company has been duly organized
and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws
of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own,
lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described
in the Prospectuses and to enter into and perform its obligations under
this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation
to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in
which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership
or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the
failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a
Material Adverse Effect.
(vi) Good Standing of Subsidiaries. Each "significant subsidiary" of
the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) (each
a "Subsidiary" and, collectively, the "Subsidiaries") has been duly
organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under
the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has corporate power and
authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its
business as described in the Prospectuses and is duly qualified as a
foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each
jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of
the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except
where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result
in a Material Adverse Effect; except as otherwise disclosed in the
Registration Statement, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of
each such Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully
paid and non-assessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through
subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge,
lien, encumbrance, claim or equity; none of the outstanding shares of
capital stock of any Subsidiary was issued in violation of the preemptive
or similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary. The only
subsidiaries of the Company are (a) the subsidiaries listed on Exhibit 21
to the Registration Statement and (b) certain other subsidiaries which,
considered in the aggregate as a single Subsidiary, do not constitute a
"significant subsidiary" as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X.
(vii) Capitalization. The authorized, issued and outstanding capital
stock of the Company is as set forth in the Prospectuses under the caption
"Capitalization". The shares of issued and outstanding capital stock of
the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully
paid and non-assessable; none of the outstanding shares of capital stock
of the Company was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar
rights of any securityholder of the Company.
(viii) Authorization of Agreement. This Agreement has been duly
authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
(ix) Authorization and Description of Securities. The Underwritten
Securities have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the
Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by
the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the
consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and
non-assessable; the Direct Placement Securities have been duly authorized
for issuance
5
<PAGE> 9
and sale and, when issued and delivered by the Company against payment of
consideration therefor, will be validly issued and fully paid and
non-assessable; the Securities conform to all statements relating thereto
contained in the Prospectuses and such description conforms to the rights
set forth in the instruments defining the same upon payment in full of the
consideration set forth therein; no holder of the Securities will be
subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder; and the
issuance of the Securities is not subject to the preemptive or other
similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.
(x) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts. Neither the Company nor any of
its subsidiaries is in violation of its charter or by-laws or in default
in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or
condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust,
loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to
which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or
any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the
Company or any subsidiary is subject (collectively, "Agreements and
Instruments") except for such defaults that would not result in a Material
Adverse Effect; and the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and
in the Registration Statement (including the issuance and sale of the
Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as
described in the Prospectuses under the caption "Use of Proceeds") and
compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not,
whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both,
conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as
defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien,
charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any
subsidiary pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such
conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or
encumbrances that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will
such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or
by-laws of the Company or any subsidiary or any applicable law, statute,
rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government,
government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having
jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary or any of their assets,
properties or operations, except for such violations of law, statute,
rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree which would not, singly
or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. As used herein,
a "Repayment Event" means any event or condition which gives the holder of
any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person
acting on such holder's behalf) the right to require the repurchase,
redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the
Company or any subsidiary.
(xi) Absence of Labor Dispute. No labor dispute with the employees of
the Company or any subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of the Company,
is imminent, which may reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect.
(xii) Absence of Proceedings. Except as disclosing in the Registration
Statement, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation
before or brought by any court
6
<PAGE> 10
or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to
the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company
or any subsidiary, which is required to be disclosed in the Registration
Statement, or which might reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect, or which might reasonably be expected to materially and
adversely affect the properties or assets of the Company and its
subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the consummation of the transactions
contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its
obligations hereunder; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental
proceedings to which the Company or any subsidiary is a party or of which
any of their respective property or assets is the subject which are not
described in the Registration Statement, including ordinary routine
litigation incidental to the Company's business, could not reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(xiii) Accuracy of Exhibits. There are no contracts or documents which
are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectuses or to be filed as exhibits thereto which have not been so
described and filed as required.
(xiv) Possession of Intellectual Property. The Company and its
subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, the
material patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights,
know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable
proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures),
trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property
(collectively, "Intellectual Property") necessary to carry on the business
now operated by them, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries
has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or
conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual
Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any
Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries therein, and which infringement or
conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding)
or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would result in a
Material Adverse Effect.
(xv) Absence of Further Requirements. No filing with, or
authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration,
qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency
is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its
obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale
of the Securities or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement, except such as have been already obtained or as may be
required under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations or state
securities laws.
(xvi) Tax Returns. The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all
federal, state and local tax returns that are required to be filed or have
duly requested extensions thereof and have paid all taxes required to be
paid by any of them and any related assessments, fines or penalties,
except for any such tax, assessment, fine or penalty that is being
contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and except where
the failure to file any such return or pay any such tax would not,
individually or in the aggregate, have a
7
<PAGE> 11
Material Adverse Effect; and adequate charges, accruals and reserves have
been provided for in the financial statements referred to in Section
1(a)(iii) above in respect of all federal, state and local taxes for all
periods as to which the tax liability of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries has not been finally determined or remains open to
examination by applicable taxing authorities; and to the Company's
knowledge, there is no material proposed tax deficiency, assessment,
charge or levy against it or any of its subsidiaries as to which a reserve
would be required to be established under GAAP which has not been so
reserved.
(xvii) Insurance. The Company and its subsidiaries carry or are
entitled to the benefits of insurance in such amounts and covering such
risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute
engaged in the same or similar business, and all such insurance is in full
force and effect.
(xviii) Possession of Licenses and Permits. The Company and its
subsidiaries possess the necessary Federal Communications Commission
("FCC") television broadcasting licenses necessary to operate the
Stations; the Company and its subsidiaries possess such other permits,
licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (including other
FCC licenses) issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign
regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now
operated by them, except where the failure to possess such licenses,
approvals, consents and other authorizations would not have a Material
Adverse Effect; the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with
the terms and conditions of all such FCC licenses and other permits,
licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, the
"Governmental Licenses"), except where the failure so to comply would not,
singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the
Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except where
the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such
Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not have a
Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the
revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly
or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or
finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(xix) Title to Property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good
and marketable title to all real property owned by the Company and its
subsidiaries and good title to all other properties owned by them, in each
case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests,
claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (a) are
described in the Prospectuses or (b) do not, singly or in the aggregate,
materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the
use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or any of
its subsidiaries; and all of the leases and subleases material to the
business of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one
enterprise, and under which the Company or any of its subsidiaries holds
properties described in the Prospectuses, are in full force and effect,
and neither the Company nor any subsidiary has any notice of any material
claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights
of the Company or any subsidiary under any of
8
<PAGE> 12
the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the
rights of the Company or such subsidiary to the continued possession of
the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.
(xx) Environmental Laws. Except as described in the Registration
Statement and except as would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a
Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries is in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign
statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common
law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including
any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment,
relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment
(including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater,
land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without
limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened
release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances,
hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products (collectively,
"Hazardous Materials") or to the manufacture, processing, distribution,
use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous
Materials (collectively, "Environmental Laws"), (B) the Company and its
subsidiaries have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under
any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their
requirements, (C) there are no pending or threatened administrative,
regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims,
liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings
relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its
subsidiaries, and (D) there are no events or circumstances that might
reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or
remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or
governmental body or agency, against or affecting the Company or any of
its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental
Laws.
(xxi) Brokerage and Finder's Fees. Other than as contemplated by this
Agreement, there is no broker, finder or other party that is entitled to
receive from the Company any brokerage or finder's fee or any other fee,
commission or payment as a result of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.
(xxii) Stabilization; Manipulation. The Company and its subsidiaries
have not (i) taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause
or to result in, or that has constituted or which might reasonably be
expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of
any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the
Securities, or (ii) since the initial filing of the Registration Statement
(A) sold, bid for, purchased or paid anyone any compensation for
soliciting purchases of, the Securities, or (B) paid or agreed to pay to
any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any other
securities of the Company.
(xxiii) Options; Warrants. Other than as contemplated by this
Agreement or as described in the Prospectuses, there are no outstanding
options, warrants, or other contractual rights calling for the issuance of
any shares of capital stock of the Company or any security convertible
into or exchangeable for capital stock of the Company.
9
<PAGE> 13
(xxiv) Listing. The Securities have been approved for listing, subject
to official notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange.
(xxv) Compliance with Cuba Act. The Company has complied with, and is
and will be in compliance with, the provisions of that certain Florida act
relating to disclosure of doing business with Cuba, codified as Section
517.075 of the Florida statutes, and the rules and regulations thereunder
(collectively, the "Cuba Act") or is exempt therefrom.
(xxvi) Registration Rights. There are no persons with registration
rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant
to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under
the 1933 Act.
(b) Officer's Certificates. Any certificate signed by any officer of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries delivered to the Representatives or to
counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Securities
shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter
as to the matters covered thereby.
SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing.
(a) Initial Securities. On the basis of the representations and warranties
herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the
Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each
Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at
the price per share set forth in Schedule B, the number of Initial Securities
set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any
additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become
obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof.
(b) Option Securities. In addition, on the basis of the representations
and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein
set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally
and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional ________ shares of Common Stock
at the price per share set forth in Schedule B, less an amount per share equal
to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the
Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby
granted will expire 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole
or in part from time to time only for the purpose of covering over-allotments
which may be made in connection with the offering and distribution of the
Initial Securities upon notice by the Representatives to the Company setting
forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are
then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for
such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a "Date of
Delivery") shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be earlier
than 48 hours or later than seven full business days after the exercise of said
option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time, as hereinafter defined. If
the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each
of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that
proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which
the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of
such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject in
each case to such
10
<PAGE> 14
adjustments as the Representatives in their discretion shall make to eliminate
any sales or purchases of fractional shares.
(c) Payment. Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of
certificates for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Brown &
Wood, One World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048, or at such other place
as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at 10:00 A.M.
(Eastern time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M.
(Eastern time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless
postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time
not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the
Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery
being herein called "Closing Time").
In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are
purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery
of certificates for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned
offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives
and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the
Representatives to the Company.
Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to a bank account designated by the Company, against delivery to
the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of
certificates for the Underwritten Securities to be purchased by them. It is
understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for its
account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase
price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it
has agreed to purchase. Merrill Lynch, individually and not as representative of
the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the
purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to
be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the
Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such
payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.
(d) Denominations; Registration. Certificates for the Initial Securities
and the Option Securities, if any, shall be in such denominations and registered
in such names as the Representatives may request in writing at least one full
business day before the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the
case may be. The certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option
Securities, if any, will be made available for examination and packaging by the
Representatives in The City of New York not later than 10:00 A.M. (Eastern time)
on the business day prior to the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery,
as the case may be.
SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants with each
Underwriter as follows:
(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests.
The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of
Rule 430A or Rule 434, as applicable, and will notify the Representatives
immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any
post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement
11
<PAGE> 15
shall become effective, or any supplement to the Prospectuses or any
amended Prospectuses shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any
comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for
any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement
to the Prospectuses or for additional information, and (iv) of the
issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness
of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the
use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the
qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction,
or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such
purposes. The Company will promptly effect the filings necessary pursuant
to Rule 424(b) and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain
promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule
424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it
was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make
every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order and, if
any stop order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest
possible moment.
(b) Filing of Amendments. The Company will give the Representatives
notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the
Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)), any Term
Sheet or any amendment, supplement or revision to either the prospectus
included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective or
to the Prospectuses, will furnish the Representatives with copies of any
such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing
or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to
which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably
object.
(c) Delivery of Registration Statements. The Company has furnished or
will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters,
without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally
filed and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith or
incorporated by reference therein) and signed copies of all consents and
certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives,
without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as
originally filed and of each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each
of the Underwriters. If applicable, the copies of the Registration
Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be
identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the
Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation
S-T.
(d) Delivery of Prospectuses. The Company has delivered to each Under-
writer, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as
such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to
the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company
will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge for the nine-month period
following the date hereof, during the period when the Prospectuses are
required to be delivered under the 1933 Act or the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 (the "1934 Act"), such number of copies of the Prospectuses (as
amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The
Prospectuses and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the
12
<PAGE> 16
Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies
thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent
permitted by Regulation S-T.
(e) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Company will comply
with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the
completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this
Agreement and in the Prospectuses. If at any time when a prospectus is
required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the
Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of
which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or
for the Company, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or
supplement the Prospectuses in order that the Prospectuses will not
include any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not
misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is
delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of
such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or
amend or supplement the Prospectuses in order to comply with the
requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will
promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(b),
such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement
or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the Prospectuses
comply with such requirements, and the Company will furnish to the
Underwriters (at the Company's expense if during the nine-month period
following the date hereof) such number of copies of such amendment or
supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request.
(f) Blue Sky Qualifications. The Company will use its best efforts, in
cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering
and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other
jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such
qualifications in effect for a period of not less than one year from the
later of the effective date of the Registration Statement and any Rule
462(b) Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall
not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to
qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any
jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to
taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is
not otherwise so subject. In each jurisdiction in which the Securities
have been so qualified, the Company will file such statements and reports
as may be required by the laws of such jurisdiction to continue such
qualification in effect for a period of not less than one year from the
effective date of the Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement.
(g) Rule 158. The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to
the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its
securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the
purposes of, and to provide the benefits contemplated by, the last
paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.
(h) Use of Proceeds. The Company will use the net proceeds received by
it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the
Prospectuses under "Use of Proceeds".
13
<PAGE> 17
(i) Restriction on Sale of Securities. During a period of 180 days
from the date of the Prospectuses, the Company will not, without the prior
written consent of Merrill Lynch, (i) directly or indirectly, offer,
pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase,
purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or
warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any share of
Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for Common Stock or file any registration statement under the
1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap
or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in
part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the
Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i)
or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other
securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply
to (A) the Underwritten Securities to be sold hereunder, (B) any shares of
Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or
warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and
referred to in the Prospectuses, (C) any shares of Common Stock issued or
options to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to employee benefit
plans of the Company referred to in the Prospectuses existing on the date
hereof (including the restricted stock unit and incentive unit plans), (D)
any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to any non-employee director
stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan existing on the date hereof, (E)
any employee stock ownership plan established by the Company subsequent to
the date hereof and described in or contemplated by the Prospectus, or (F)
the Direct Placement Securities to be sold pursuant to the Direct
Placement.
(j) Reporting Requirements. The Company, during the period when the
Prospectuses are required to be delivered under the 1933 Act or the 1934
Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission
pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act
and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
(1) The Company will file with the Commission such reports on Form SR
as may be required pursuant to Rule 463 of the 1933 Act Regulations.
SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses. (a) Expenses. The Company will pay all
expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement,
including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement
(including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and of each
amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the
Underwriters of this Agreement, any Agreement among Underwriters and such other
documents as may be required in connection with the offering, purchase, sale,
issuance or delivery of the Securities, (iii) the preparation, issuance and
delivery of the certificates for the Securities to the Underwriters, including
any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the
sale, issuance or delivery of the Underwritten Securities to the Underwriters,
(iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company's counsel, accountants and other
advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in
accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees and
the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in
connection therewith and in connection with the preparation
14
<PAGE> 18
of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the printing and
delivery during the nine-month period following the date hereof to the
Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, any Term Sheets and of
the Prospectuses and any amendments or supplements thereto, (vii) the
preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of the Blue Sky
Survey and any supplement thereto, (viii) the fees and expenses of any transfer
agent or registrar for the Securities, (ix) the filing fees incident to, and the
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection
with, the review by the NASD of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (x) the
fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on
the New York Stock Exchange, and (xi) all costs and expenses of Merrill Lynch,
including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters, in
connection with matters related to the Direct Placement Securities which are
designated by the Company for sale to certain eligible employees of the Company
and its affiliates.
(b) Termination of Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated by the
Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 or Section
9(a)(i) hereof, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their
out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of
counsel for the Underwriters.
SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters' Obligations. The obligations of the
several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the
representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 1 hereof or
in certificates of any officer of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company
delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company
of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further
conditions:
(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement. The Registration
Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become
effective, and at Closing Time, no stop order suspending the effectiveness
of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act or
proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission, and any
request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall
have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the
Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have
been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 424(b) (or a
post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed
and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A)
or, if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 434, a Term Sheet shall
have been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 424(b).
(b) Opinions of Counsel for Company. (i) At Closing Time, the
Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of
Closing Time, of Edwards & Angell, counsel for the Company, in form and
substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with
signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other
Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto and to such
further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.
15
<PAGE> 19
(ii) At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the
favorable opinion, dated as of Closing Time, of Covington & Burling,
special Federal Communications Commission counsel for the Company, in form
and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with
signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other
Underwriters to such effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably
request.
(c) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters. At Closing Time, the
Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of
Closing Time, of Brown & Wood, counsel for the Underwriters, together with
signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other
Underwriters with respect to the matters set forth in clauses (i), (v),
(vi) (solely as to preemptive or other similar rights arising by operation
of law or under the charter or by-laws of the Company), (viii) through
(x), inclusive, (xiv) (solely as to the information in the Prospectuses
under "Description of Capital Stock--Common Stock") and the penultimate
paragraph of Exhibit A hereto. In giving such opinion such counsel may
rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than
the law of the State of New York, the federal law of the United States and
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, upon the opinions of
counsel satisfactory to the Representatives. Such counsel may also state
that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied,
to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers of the
Company and its subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.
(d) Officers' Certificate. At Closing Time, there shall not have been,
since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which
information is given in the Prospectuses, any material adverse change and
no development involving a prospective material adverse change in the
condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings or business affairs
of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether
or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives
shall have received a certificate of the Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer or a Vice President of the Company and of the chief financial or
chief accounting officer of the Company, dated as of Closing Time, to the
effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the
representations and warranties in Section 1(a) hereof are true and correct
with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of
Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and
satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or
prior to Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness
of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that
purpose have been instituted or, to the knowledge of such officer, are
pending or are contemplated by the Commission.
(e) Accountant's Comfort Letter. At the time of the execution of this
Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from each of KPMG Peat
Marwick LLP and Deloitte & Touche LLP letters dated such date, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or
reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters
containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in
accountants' "comfort letters" to underwriters with respect to the
16
<PAGE> 20
financial statements and certain financial information contained in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectuses.
(f) Bring-down Comfort Letter. At Closing Time, the Representatives
shall have received from KPMG Peat Marwick LLP a letter, dated as of
Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the
letter furnished pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section, except that
the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three
business days prior to Closing Time.
(g) No Objection. The NASD shall not have raised any objection with
respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and
arrangements relating to the Securities.
(h) Lock-up Agreements. At the date of this Agreement, the
Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form
of Exhibit B hereto signed by the persons listed on Schedule C hereto.
(i) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities. In the event that the
Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to
purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations
and warranties of the Company contained herein and the statements in any
certificates furnished by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company
hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at
the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:
(i) Officers' Certificate. A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery,
of the President or a Vice President of the Company and of the chief
financial or chief accounting officer of the Company confirming that
the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(d)
hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.
(ii) Opinions of Counsel for Company. The favorable opinion of Edwards
& Angell, counsel for the Company, together with the favorable opinion
of Covington & Burling, special Federal Communications Commission
counsel for the Company, each in form and substance satisfactory to
counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to
the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and
otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b)
hereof.
(iii) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters. The favorable opinion of
Brown & Wood, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of
Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such
Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion
required by Section 5(c) hereof.
(iv) Bring-down Comfort Letter. A letter from KPMG Peat Marwick LLP,
in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated
such Date of
17
<PAGE> 21
Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter
furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(f) hereof,
except that the "specified date" in the letter furnished pursuant to
this paragraph shall be a date not more than five days prior to such
Date of Delivery.
(j) Additional Documents. At Closing Time and at each Date of
Delivery, counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such
documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling
them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Securities as
herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the
representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the
conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in
connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein
contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the
Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.
(k) Termination of Agreement. If any condition specified in this
Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be
fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the
purchase of Option Securities, on a Date of Delivery which is after the
Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the
relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by
notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date
of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without
liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4
and except that Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 shall survive any such termination
and remain in full force and effect.
SECTION 6. Indemnification.
(a) Indemnification of Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and
hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any
Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of
the 1934 Act as follows:
(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense
whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration
Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information
and the Rule 434 Information, if applicable, or the omission or alleged
omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of
any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectuses (or any
amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission
therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading;
(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense
whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of (A) the failure of eligible
employees of the Company to pay for and accept delivery of Direct
Placement Securities which were subject to a properly confirmed agreement
to purchase and (B) any untrue statement or alleged
18
<PAGE> 22
untrue statement of a material fact concerning the Company contained in
the Direct Placement Prospectus used in connection with the reservation
and sale of the Direct Placement Securities to eligible employees of the
Company;
(iii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense
whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in
settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any
governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim
whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such
alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section
6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of
the Company; and
(iv) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including
the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by Merrill Lynch), reasonably
incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation,
or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body,
commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such
untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or
omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i), (ii)
or (iii) above;
provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss,
liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance
upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any
Underwriter through Merrill Lynch expressly for use in the Registration
Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information and
the Rule 434 Information, if applicable, or any preliminary prospectus or the
Prospectuses (or any amendment or supplement thereto).
(b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers. Each Underwriter
severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each
of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any,
who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or
Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage
and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this
Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions,
or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement
(or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434
Information, if applicable, or any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectuses
(or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with
written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through Merrill
Lynch expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto)
or such preliminary prospectus or the Prospectuses (or any amendment or
supplement thereto).
(c) Actions against Parties; Notification. Each indemnified party shall
give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of
any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought
hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such
indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not
19
<PAGE> 23
materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it
from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity
agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above,
counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by Merrill Lynch, and, in
the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the
indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may
participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided,
however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the
consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In
no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more
than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own
counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or
separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of
the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall,
without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or
compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any
litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or
body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which
indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section
7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties
thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an
unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out
of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include
a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by
or on behalf of any indemnified party.
(d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse. If at any time an
indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the
indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party
agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by
Section 6(a)(iii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is
entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the
aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of
the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being
entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such
indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such
settlement.
SECTION 7. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 6
hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an
indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or
expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to
the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses
incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one
hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Securities
pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is
not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect
not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the
relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the
other hand in connection with the statements or omissions, or in connection with
any failure of the nature referred to in Section 6(a)(ii)(A) hereof, which
resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as
any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, that in the
event the indemnification provided for in Section 6 is sought by any party in
respect of any
20
<PAGE> 24
losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses incurred in connection with any
Direct Placement Securities, it is understood for purposes of the foregoing
clause (i) that no relative benefit has been or will be received by any
Underwriter from the offering thereof.
The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the
Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the
Underwritten Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the
same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the
Underwritten Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses)
received by the Company and the total underwriting discount received by the
Underwriters, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, or, if
Rule 434 is used, the corresponding location on the Term Sheet, bear to the
aggregate initial public offering price of the Underwritten Securities as set
forth on such cover.
The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on
the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether
any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or
alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
Company or by the Underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge,
access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
omission or any failure of the nature referred to in Section 6(a)(ii)(A) hereof.
The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and
equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata
allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such
purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the
equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate
amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an
indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to
include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified
party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any
investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or
threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be
required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total
price at which the Underwritten Securities underwritten by it and distributed to
the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which
such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue
or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of
Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person
who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an
Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of
the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and
each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the
Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the
21
<PAGE> 25
Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the
1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. The
Underwriters' respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7
are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite
their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.
SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery.
All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in
certificates of officers of the Company submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain
operative and in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by
or on behalf of any Underwriter or controlling person, or by or on behalf of the
Company, and shall survive delivery of the Underwritten Securities to the
Underwriters.
SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement.
(a) Termination; General. The Representatives may terminate this
Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to Closing Time (i)
if there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the
respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectuses, any
material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the
earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its
subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the
ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse
change in the financial markets in the United States, any outbreak of
hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or
development involving a prospective change in national or international
political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is
such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable to
market the Underwritten Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the
Underwritten Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company
has been suspended or limited by the Commission or the New York Stock Exchange,
or if trading generally on the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock
Exchange or in the Nasdaq National Market has been suspended or limited, or
minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for
prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by
order of the Commission, the NASD or any other governmental authority, or (iv)
if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York
authorities.
(b) Liabilities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section,
such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party
except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6
and 7 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.
SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters. If one or more of
the Underwriters shall fail at Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase
the Underwritten Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under
this Agreement (the "Defaulted Securities"), the Representatives shall have the
right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the
non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not
less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed
22
<PAGE> 26
upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall
not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:
(a) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the
number of Underwritten Securities to be purchased on such date, each of
the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not
jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their
respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting
obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or
(b) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of
Underwritten Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or,
with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time,
the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell
the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery
shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting
Underwriter.
No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting
Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.
In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of
this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing
Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the
Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities,
as the case may be, either the Representatives or the Company shall have the
right to postpone the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case
may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required
changes in the Registration Statement or Prospectuses or in any other documents
or arrangements. As used herein, the term "Underwriter" includes any person
substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.
SECTION 11. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall
be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or
transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the
Underwriters shall be directed to the Representatives at North Tower, World
Financial Center, New York, New York 10281-1201, attention of Teresa A. Miles,
Director; and notices to the Company shall be directed to it at 75 Fountain
Street, Providence, Rhode Island 02902, attention of John L. Hammond, Vice
President -- General Counsel and Chief Administrative Officer.
SECTION 12. Parties. This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and
be binding upon the Underwriters and the Company and their respective
successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or
shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the
Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors and the controlling
persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their
heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This
Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the
sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters and the Company and their
respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors
and their
23
<PAGE> 27
heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or
corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to
be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.
SECTION 13. Governing Law and Time. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. SPECIFIED
TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.
SECTION 14. Effect of Headings. The Article and Section headings herein
and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the
construction hereof.
24
<PAGE> 28
If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon
this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement
between the Underwriters and the Company in accordance with its terms.
Very truly yours,
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY
By ________________________________
Title:
CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED, as of the date first above written:
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
DONALDSON LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
By: MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
By ________________________________
Authorized Signatory
For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in
Schedule A hereto.
25
<PAGE> 29
SCHEDULE A
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number of
Initial
Name of Underwriter Securities
------------------- ----------
<S> <C>
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.......
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc..................................
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation......
----------
Total....................................................
==========
</TABLE>
Sch A - 1
<PAGE> 30
SCHEDULE B
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY
___________ Shares of Common Stock
(Par Value $1.00 Per Share)
1. The initial public offering price per share for the Underwritten
Securities, determined as provided in said Section 2, shall be $______.
2. The purchase price per share for the Underwritten Securities to be paid
by the several Underwriters shall be $____, being an amount equal to the initial
public offering price set forth above less $_____ per share; provided that the
purchase price per share for any Option Securities purchased upon the exercise
of the over-allotment option described in Section 2(b) shall be reduced by an
amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company
and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.
Sch B - 1
<PAGE> 31
[SCHEDULE C]
[List of persons and entities
subject to lock-up]
Sch C-1
<PAGE> 32
Exhibit A
FORM OF OPINION OF COMPANY'S COUNSEL
TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 5(b)
(i) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a
corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.
(ii) The Company has corporate power and authority to own, lease and
operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the
Prospectuses and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Purchase
Agreement.
(iii) The Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact
business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such
qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of
property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or
to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(iv) The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company
is as set forth in the Prospectuses in the column entitled "Historical" under
the caption "Capitalization"; the shares of issued and outstanding capital stock
of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid
and non-assessable; and none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the
Company was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any
securityholder of the Company.
(v) The Underwritten Securities have been duly authorized for issuance and
sale to the Underwriters pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and, when issued and
delivered by the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement against payment of
the consideration set forth in the Purchase Agreement, will be validly issued
and fully paid and non-assessable, no holder of the Securities is or will be
subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder and the
Securities have been duly authorized for listing on the New York Stock Exchange.
(vi) The issuance of the Securities is not subject to preemptive or other
similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.
(vii) Each Subsidiary organized under the laws of New York, Delaware or
Rhode Island has been duly incorporated. Each Subsidiary is validly existing as
a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation, has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its
properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectuses and is
duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good
standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether
by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business,
except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good
A-1
<PAGE> 33
standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; except as otherwise
disclosed in the Registration Statement, all of the issued and outstanding
capital stock of each Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is
fully paid and non-assessable and, to the best of our knowledge, is owned by the
Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security
interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity; none of the
outstanding shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary was issued in violation of
the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary.
(viii) The Purchase Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by the Company.
(ix) The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration
Statement, has been declared effective under the 1933 Act; any required filing
of the Prospectuses pursuant to Rule 424(b) has been made in the manner and
within the time period required by Rule 424(b); and, to the best of our
knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has been issued under the
1933 Act and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending
or threatened by the Commission.
(x) The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration
Statement, the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434 Information, as
applicable, the Prospectuses and each amendment or supplement to the
Registration Statement and Prospectuses as of their respective effective or
issue dates (other than the financial statements and supporting schedules
included therein or omitted therefrom, as to which we need express no opinion)
complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933
Act and the 1933 Act Regulations.
(xi) If Rule 434 has been relied upon, the Prospectuses were not
"materially different," as such term is used in Rule 434, from the prospectus
included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective.
(xii) The form of certificate used to evidence the Common Stock complies
in all material respects with all applicable statutory requirements, with any
applicable requirements of the charter and by-laws of the Company and the
requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.
(xiii) To the best of our knowledge, except as otherwise disclosed in the
Registration Statement, there is not pending or threatened any action, suit,
proceeding, inquiry or investigation, to which the Company or any subsidiary is
a party, or to which the property of the Company or any subsidiary is subject,
before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or
foreign, which might reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect, or which might reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect
the properties or assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions
contemplated in the Purchase Agreement or the performance by the Company of its
obligations thereunder.
(xiv) The information in the Prospectuses under "Description of Capital
Stock--Common Stock", "Business--Properties", "Business--Legal Proceedings",
"Business--Restrictions in Certain Agreements" and "Certain Federal Income Tax
Considerations", to the extent that it constitutes
A-2
<PAGE> 34
matters of law, summaries of legal matters, the Company's charter and bylaws or
legal proceedings, or legal conclusions, has been reviewed by us and is correct
in all material respects.
(xv) To the best of our knowledge, there are no statutes or regulations
that are required to be described in the Prospectuses that are not described as
required.
(xvi) All descriptions in the Registration Statement of contracts and
other documents to which the Company or its subsidiaries are a party are
accurate in all material respects; to the best of our knowledge, there are no
franchises, contracts, indentures, mortgages, loan agreements, notes, leases or
other instruments required to be described or referred to in the Registration
Statement or to be filed as exhibits thereto other than those described or
referred to therein or filed or incorporated by reference as exhibits thereto,
and the descriptions thereof or references thereto are correct in all material
respects.
[(xvii) To the best of our knowledge, neither the Company nor any
subsidiary is in violation of its charter or by-laws and no default by the
Company or any subsidiary exists in the due performance or observance of any
material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract,
indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other agreement or
instrument that is described or referred to in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectuses or filed or incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement.]
(xviii) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license,
order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental
authority or agency, domestic or foreign (other than under the 1933 Act and the
1933 Act Regulations, which have been obtained, or as may be required under the
securities or blue sky laws of the various states, as to which we need express
no opinion) is necessary or required in connection with the due authorization,
execution and delivery of the Purchase Agreement or for the offering, issuance
or sale of the Securities.
(xix) The execution, delivery and performance of the Purchase Agreement
and the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Purchase Agreement
and in the Registration Statement (including the issuance and sale of the
Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as
described in the Prospectuses under the caption "Use Of Proceeds") and
compliance by the Company with its obligations under the Purchase Agreement do
not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time
or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event
(as defined in Section 1(a)(x) of the Purchase Agreement) under or result in the
creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or
assets of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to any contract, indenture,
mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or any other
agreement or instrument, known to us, to which the Company or any subsidiary is
a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of the
property or assets of the Company or any subsidiary is subject (except for such
conflicts, breaches or defaults or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not
have a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of
the provisions of the charter or by-laws of the Company or any subsidiary, or
any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree,
known to us, of any government,
A-3
<PAGE> 35
government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction
over the Company or any subsidiary or any of their respective properties, assets
or operations.
(xx) To the best of our knowledge, there are no persons with registration
rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the
Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the 1933
Act.
Nothing has come to our attention that would lead us to believe that the
Registration Statement or any amendment thereto, including the Rule 430A
Information and Rule 434 Information (if applicable), (except for financial
statements and schedules and other financial data included therein or omitted
therefrom, as to which we need make no statement), at the time such Registration
Statement or any such amendment became effective, contained an untrue statement
of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that the
Prospectuses or any amendment or supplement thereto (except for financial
statements and schedules and other financial data included therein or omitted
therefrom, as to which we need make no statement), at the time the Prospectuses
were issued, at the time any such amended or supplemented prospectus was issued
or at the Closing Time, included or includes an untrue statement of a material
fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading.
In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely as to matters of fact
(but not as to legal conclusions), to the extent they deem proper, on
certificates of responsible officers of the Company and public officials. Such
opinion shall not state that it is to be governed or qualified by, or that it is
otherwise subject to, any treatise, written policy or other document relating to
legal opinions, including, without limitation, the Legal Opinion Accord of the
ABA Section of Business Law (1991).
A-4
<PAGE> 36
Exhibit B
___, 1996
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc.
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation
as Representatives of the several
Underwriters to be named in the
within-mentioned Purchase Agreement
c/o Merrill Lynch & Co.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
North Tower
World Financial Center
New York, New York 10281-1209
Re: Proposed Public Offering by The Providence Journal Company
Dear Sirs:
The undersigned, a stockholder or officer and/or director of The
Providence Journal Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), understands
that Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
("Merrill Lynch"), Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc. and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
Securities Corporation propose to enter into a Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase
Agreement") with the Company providing for the public offering of shares (the
"Securities") of the Company's Class A Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share
(the "Common Stock"). In recognition of the benefit that such an offering will
confer upon the undersigned as a stockholder or officer and/or director of the
Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with each
underwriter to be named in the Purchase Agreement that, during a period of 180
days from the date of the Purchase Agreement, the undersigned will not, without
the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, directly or indirectly, (i) offer,
pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase,
purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for
the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of the Company's
Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable
for Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or
with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of
disposition, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any
swap or any other agreement or any
B-1
<PAGE> 37
transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the
economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or
transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in
cash or otherwise; provided, that the undersigned may so transfer shares of
Common Stock in a "Permitted Transfer" to a "Permitted Transferee" (as such
terms are defined in Section 11.03 of the Company's By-laws, as amended to date)
that agrees to be bound by the terms hereof.
Very truly yours,
Signature:
Print Name:
B-2
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.1
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY
------------------------------
SECTION 1
Name
----
The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the
"Company") is: The Providence Journal Company.
SECTION 2
Delaware Office and Registered Agent
------------------------------------
The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware
is located at 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, in the City of
Dover, County of Kent 19904. The name of the registered agent
of the Company at said address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation
System, Inc., 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, Dover,
Delaware 19904.
SECTION 3
Purposes
--------
The nature of the business of the Company and the objects and
purposes to be transacted, promoted or carried on by it are as
follows:
(1) To publish an independent newspaper which is
devoted to the dissemination of local, state, national
and international news to residents of Rhode Island and
adjoining communities and which is dedicated to the
welfare of the community, in keeping with the
principles of free press;
(2) To own and operate other media, communications
and broadcasting businesses; and
(3) To engage in any lawful act or activity for
which corporations may be organized under the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
<PAGE> 2
SECTION 4
Capital Structure
-----------------
4.1 AUTHORIZED SHARES. The total number of shares of
capital stock which the Company shall have authority to
issue is Nine Hundred Thousand (900,000) shares,
consisting of two classes of capital stock:
(a) Six Hundred Thousand (600,000) shares of Class
A Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share (the "Class A
Stock"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Four Hundred Fifty
Thousand (450,000) of such shares of Class A Stock
authorized hereby but not outstanding as of the date of
original issuance may be issued by the Company only upon
the exercise of rights issued pursuant to the Rights
Agreement to be effective as of December 1, 1994, between
the Company and the Rights Agent named therein (the
"Rights Agreement") or pursuant to another agreement which
the Board of Directors of the Company determines to be
substantially similar to the Rights Agreement; and
(b) Three Hundred Thousand (300,000) shares of Class B
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share (the "Class B
Stock"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Two Hundred Twenty-Five
Thousand (225,000) shares of Class B Stock authorized
hereby but not outstanding as of the original issuance
thereof may be issued by the Company only upon the
exercise of rights issued pursuant to the Rights Agreement
or pursuant to another agreement which the Board of
Directors of the Company determines to be substantially
similar to the Rights Agreement.
The Class A Stock and the Class B Stock are hereinafter
collectively called the "Common Stock".
The designations, powers, preferences and rights, and
the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof,
of each class of Common Stock of the Company are as set
forth in the following subsections of this Section 4.
4.2 VOTING RIGHTS. At every meeting of stockholders of
the Company, every holder of Class A Stock shall be
entitled to one (1) vote in person or by proxy for each
share of Class A Stock outstanding in his name on the
transfer records of the Company, and every holder of Class
B Stock shall be entitled to four (4) votes in person or
by proxy for each share of Class B Stock outstanding in
his name on the transfer records of the Company. Except
as may otherwise be required by law, the holders of Class
-2-
<PAGE> 3
A Stock and Class B Stock shall vote together as a single
class. Every reference in this Certificate of
Incorporation to a majority or other proportion of shares
of stock shall be deemed to refer to such majority or
other proportion of the votes entitled to be cast by such
shares of stock. The holders of Class A Stock and Class B
Stock are not entitled to cumulative votes in the election
of any directors.
4.3 DIVIDENDS. When and as dividends are declared,
whether payable in cash, in property or in shares of stock
of the Company (except as hereinafter provided in this
subsection 4.3), the holders of Class B Stock and the
holders of Class A Stock shall be entitled to share
equally, share for share, in such dividends. A dividend
payable in shares of Class B Stock to the holders of Class
B Stock and in shares of Class A Stock to the holder of
Class A Stock shall be deemed to be shared equally among
both classes. No dividends shall be declared or paid in
shares of Class B Stock except to holders of Class B
Stock, but dividends may be declared and paid, as
determined by the Board of Directors, in shares of Class A
Stock to all holders of Common Stock.
4.4 LIQUIDATION RIGHTS. In the event of any
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company,
either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Class A
Stock and the holders of Class B Stock shall have the
right to share, ratably according to the number of shares
of Common Stock held by them, in all remaining assets of
the Company available for distribution to its stockholders.
4.5 CONVERSION RIGHTS.
(a) At any time each share of Class B Stock may be
converted into one fully paid and nonassessable share of
Class A Stock. Such right shall be exercised by the
surrender to the Company of the certificate representing
such share of Class B Stock to be converted at any time
during normal business hours at the principal executive
offices of the Company, or if an agent for the
registration of transfer of shares of Common Stock is then
duly appointed and acting (said agent being hereinafter
referred to as the "Transfer Agent"), then at the office
of the Transfer Agent, accompanied by a written notice of
the election by the holder thereof to convert and (as so
required by the Company or the Transfer Agent) by
instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the
Company and the Transfer Agent, duly executed by such
holder or his duly authorized attorney, and by transfer
tax stamps or funds therefor, if required pursuant to
paragraph (d) below.
-3-
<PAGE> 4
(b) As promptly as practicable after the surrender
for conversion of a certificate representing shares of
Class B Stock in the manner provided for in paragraph (a)
above and the payment of any amount required by the
provisions of paragraphs (a) and (d), the Company will
deliver, or cause to be delivered, a certificate or
certificates representing the number of full shares of
Class A Stock issuable upon such conversion, issued in
such name or names as such holder may direct. Such
conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close
of business on the date of the surrender of the
certificate representing shares of Class B Stock, and all
rights of the holder of such shares as such holder shall
cease at such time and the person or persons ii whose name
or names the certificate or certificates representing the
shares of Class A Stock are to be issued shall be treated
for all purposes as having become the record holder or
holders of such shares of Class A Stock at such time.
(c) The Company covenants that it will at all
times reserve and keep available, solely for the purpose
of issuance upon conversion of the outstanding shares of
Class B Stock, such number of shares of Class A Stock as
shall be issuable upon the conversion of all such
outstanding shares, provided that nothing contained herein
shall be construed to preclude the Company from satisfying
its obligation in respect of the conversion of the
outstanding shares of Class B Stock by delivery of
purchased shares of Class A Stock which are held in the
treasury of the Company.
(d) The issuance of certificates for shares of
Class A Stock upon conversion of shares of Class B Stock
shall be made without charge for any stamp or other
similar tax in respect of such issuance. However, if any
such certificate is to be issued in a name other than that
of the holder of the share or shares of Class B Stock
converted, the person or persons requesting the issuance
thereof shall pay to the Company the amount of any tax
which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved
in such issuance or shall establish to the satisfaction of
the Company that such tax has been paid.
4.6 TRANSFER OF CLASS B STOCK. No person holding
shares of Class B Stock (a "Class B Holder") may transfer,
and the Company shall not register the transfer of, such
shares of Class B Stock, whether by sale, assignment,
gift, devise, bequest, appointment or otherwise, except to
a "Permitted Transferee" of such Class B Holder; PROVIDED,
-4-
<PAGE> 5
HOWEVER, that a Class B Holder may sell, and the Company may
purchase from such person, shares of Class B Stock to be
held in the treasury of the Company. The term "Permitted
Transferee" shall have the following meaning:
(a) In the case of a Class B Holder who is a
natural person holding record and beneficial ownership
of the shares of Class B Stock in question, "Permitted
Transferee" means: (i) the spouse of such Class B
Holder, (ii) a parent of such Class B Holder, (iii) a
lineal descendant of a parent of such Class B Holder
(said lineal descendants, together with the Class B
Holder and his or her parents and spouse, are
hereinafter referred to as such Class B Holder's
"Family Members"), (iv) the trustee of a trust solely
for the benefit of one or more of such Class B Holder's
Family Members, and (v) a corporation, all the
outstanding capital stock of which is owned by, a
limited liability company, all of the members of which
are, or a partnership, all of the partners of which
are, one or more of such Class B Holder's Family
Members, provided that if any share of capital stock
of such corporation (or any survivor of a merger or a
consolidation of such a corporation), or any membership
or partnership interest in such a limited liability
company or partnership, is acquired by any person who
is not a Class B Holder's Family Member, all shares of
Class B Stock then held by such corporation, limited
liability company or partnership, as the case may be,
shall be deemed without further act on anyone's part to
be converted into shares of Class A Stock and shall
thereupon and thereafter be deemed to represent a like
number of shares of Class A Stock.
(b) In the case of a Class B Holder holding the
shares of Class B Stock in question as trustee pursuant
to a trust other than a trust described in paragraph
(c) below, "Permitted Transferee" means (i) the person
who established such trust; and (ii) a Permitted
Transferee of the person who established such trust
determined pursuant to paragraph (a) above.
(c) In the case of a Class B Holder holding shares
of Class B Stock in question as trustee pursuant to a
trust which was irrevocable on the record date for
determining the persons to whom Class B Stock is first
distributed by the Company (the "Record Date"),
"Permitted Transferee" means any
-5-
<PAGE> 6
person to whom or for whose benefit principal may be
distributed either during or at the end of the term of
such trust whether by power of appointment or otherwise.
(d) In the case of a Class B Holder holding record
(but not beneficial) ownership of the shares of Class B
Stock in question as nominee for the person who was the
beneficial owner thereof on the Record Date, "Permitted
Transferee" means such beneficial owner and a Permitted
Transferee of such beneficial owner determined pursuant
hereto.
(e) In the case of a Class B Holder which is a
partnership or a limited liability company holding
record and beneficial ownership of the shares of Class
B Stock in question, "Permitted Transferee" means any
partner of such a partnership or any member of such a
limited liability company.
(f) In the case of a Class B Holder which is a
corporation holding record and beneficial ownership of
the shares of Class B Stock in question, "Permitted
Transferee" means any stockholder of such corporation
receiving shares of Class B Stock through a dividend or
through a distribution made upon liquidation of such
corporation and a survivor of a merger or consolidation
of such corporation.
(g) In the case of a Class B Holder which is the
estate (or representative thereof) of a deceased Class
B Holder or which is the estate of a bankrupt or
insolvent Class B Holder and provided such deceased,
bankrupt or insolvent Class B Holder, as the case may
be, held record or beneficial ownership of the shares
of Class B Stock in question, "Permitted Transferee"
means a Permitted Transferee of such deceased, bankrupt
or insolvent Class B Holder as determined pursuant to
paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, as the case may be.
4.7 PLEDGE OF CLASS B STOCK. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary set forth herein, any Class B Holder may pledge such
Holder's shares of Class B Stock to a pledgee pursuant to a
bona fide pledge of such shares as collateral security for
indebtedness due to the pledgee, provided that such shares
shall not be transferred to or registered in the name of the
pledgee and shall remain subject to the provisions of this
Section 4. In the event of foreclosure or other similar action
by the pledgee, such pledged shares of Class B Stock may only
-6-
<PAGE> 7
be transferred to a Permitted Transferee of the pledgor or
converted into shares of Class A Stock, as the pledgee may
elect.
4.8 EFFECT OF PURPORTED TRANSFER. Any purported transfer of
shares of Class B Stock, other than to a Permitted Transferee,
shall be null and void and of no effect and the purported
transfer by a holder of Class B Stock, other than to a
Permitted Transferee, will result in the immediate and
automatic conversion of the shares of Class B Stock of such
holder into shares of Class A Stock. The purported transferee
shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company and other
rights against, or with respect to, the Company except the
right to receive shares of Class A Stock.
4.9 "STREET" OR "NOMINEE" REGISTRATION. Shares of Class B
Stock shall be registered in the name(s) of the beneficial
owner(s) thereof (as hereafter defined) and not in "street" or
"nominee" names; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that certificates
representing shares of Class B Stock may be registered in
"street" or "nominee" name if such shares are being held in
such manner only for the benefit of a Class B Holder(s) who is
the beneficial owner(s) of such shares. For the purposes of
this subsection 4.9, the term "beneficial owner(s)" of any
shares of Class B Stock shall mean the person or persons who
possess the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition
of, such shares. Any shares of Class B Stock registered in
"street" or "nominee" name may be transferred to the beneficial
owner of such shares upon proof satisfactory to the Company
that such person is, in fact, the beneficial owner of such
shares. Any shares of Class B Stock to be registered in
"street" or "nominee" name may be so registered only upon proof
satisfactory to the Company that such shares are to be held
only for the benefit of a Class B Holder(s) who is the
beneficial owner(s) of such shares.
4.10 LEGENDS; CONDITIONS OF TRANSFER. The Company shall note
on the certificates representing the shares of Class B Stock
the restrictions on transfer and registration of transfer
imposed by this Section 4. The Company may, as a condition to
the transfer of or the registration of transfer of shares of
Class B Stock to a purported Permitted Transferee, require the
furnishing of such affidavits or other proof as it deems
necessary to establish that such transferee is a Permitted
Transferee.
4.11 INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS. For purposes of subsections
4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 and 4.10 of this Section 4:
(i) Each joint owner of shares of Class B Stock
shall be considered a Class B Holder of such shares.
-7-
<PAGE> 8
(ii) A minor for whom shares of Class B Stock are
held pursuant to a Uniform Gifts to Minors Act or
similar laws shall be considered a Class B Holder of
such shares.
(iii) The relationship of any person that is
derived by or through legal adoption shall be
considered a natural one.
(iv) Unless otherwise specified, the term "person"
includes natural person, corporation, partnership,
unincorporated association, limited liability company,
firm, joint venture, trust or other entity.
4.12 RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO OTHER SECURITIES. Any
securities of the Company which are convertible into shares of
Class B Stock or carry a right to subscribe to or acquire
shares of Class B Stock shall be subject to the restrictions on
transfer applicable to Class B Stock as set forth in this
Section 4.
4.13 ISSUANCE OF STOCK; PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS.
(a) Except as provided herein, without the affirmative vote
or written consent of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of Class B Stock, the Company shall not
issue or sell any shares of Class B Stock or any obligation or
security that shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for,
or entitle the holder thereof to subscribe for or purchase, any
shares of Class B Stock; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, nothing contained
herein shall preclude the Company from reissuing purchased
shares of Class B Common Stock which are held in the treasury
of the Company.
(b) Holders of Class A Stock shall have preemptive rights to
acquire authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares or
securities convertible into shares or carrying a right to
subscribe to or acquire shares of Class A Stock, and holders of
Class B Stock shall have preemptive rights to acquire
authorized but unissued shares, or treasury shares or
securities convertible into shares, of both Class A Stock and
Class B Stock; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in no event shall holders of
Common Stock have any preemptive right to acquire (i) Class A
Stock issued upon conversion of Class B Stock under this
Section 4, (ii) shares which are issued pursuant to any
employee stock purchase plan, employee stock option plan or
comparable plan pursuant to which employees of the Company or
its subsidiaries may acquire shares as part of their incentive
-8-
<PAGE> 9
compensation benefits, as long as such stock option plan, stock
purchase plan or other comparable plan is approved by the
stockholders of the Company, (iii) shares sold other than for
money, or (iv) shares which are contrary to the provisions of
the Rights Agreement or another agreement which the Board of
Directors of the Company determines to be substantially similar
to the Rights Agreement.
4.14. RIGHTS OR OPTIONS. Subject to subsection 4.13 of this
Section 4, the Company shall have the power to create and
issue, whether or not in connection with the issue and sale of
any shares of stock or other securities of the Company, rights
or options entitling the holders thereof to purchase from the
Company any shares of its capital stock of any class or classes
at the time authorized, such rights or options to be evidenced
by or in such instrument or instruments as shall be approved by
the Board of Directors. The terms upon which, the time or
times, which may be limited or unlimited in duration, at or
within which, and the price or prices at which any such rights
or options may be issued and any such shares may be purchased
from the Company upon the exercise of any such right or option
shall be such as shall be fixed and stated in a resolution or
resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the
creation and issuance of such rights or options, and, in every
case, set forth or incorporated by reference in the instrument
or instruments evidencing such rights or options. In the
absence of actual fraud in the transaction, the judgment of the
Board of Directors as to the consideration for the issuance of
such rights or options and the sufficiency thereof shall be
conclusive.
4.15. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.
(a) The Company shall have the right, in case of a proposed
sale of shares of Common Stock of the Company by any holder
thereof, to purchase said shares at the lowest price at which
said holder is willing to sell before the same shall be sold by
such holder to any other party; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
Company shall exercise its right to purchase within fifteen
(15) days after receipt of written notice of said holder's
desire to sell said shares and the price at which the holder is
willing to sell and other pertinent terms of the sale. If the
Company shall decide to purchase said shares on such terms and
conditions, said holder shall, upon tender of the purchase
price thereof, transfer to the Company the shares so sold. If
the Company shall not accept said offer within said period of
fifteen (15) days, said holder may at any time within thirty
(30) days after the expiration of said fifteen (15) day period,
sell said shares (and no more) at a price not lower than that
at which it was offered to the Company and on terms no more
-9-
<PAGE> 10
favorable than as offered to the Company without re-offering it
to the Company. For the purposes of this subsection 4.15 all
references to shares of Common Stock shall be deemed to refer
not only to such shares but also to all securities of the
Company which are convertible into, or carry a right to
subscribe to or acquire, shares of Common Stock of the Company.
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate
of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Company (and
notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be
specified by law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the
By-Laws of the Company), the affirmative vote of the holders of
at least 80% of the combined voting power of the then
outstanding shares of stock of all classes entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors cast at a meeting called
for the purpose of amending, altering, changing, repealing or
adopting any provisions inconsistent with this subsection 4.15
shall be required to amend, alter, change, repeal, or adopt any
provisions inconsistent with this subsection 4.15; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that this paragraph (b) shall not apply to, and such
vote shall not be required for, any amendment, alteration,
change, repeal or adoption of any inconsistent provision that
is recommended to the stockholders by the vote of not less than
two-thirds of the whole Board of Directors, and any such
amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any
inconsistent provision recommended shall require only the vote,
if any, required under the applicable provisions of Delaware
law.
4.16. UNCLAIMED DIVIDENDS. Any and all right, title,
interest and claim in or to any dividends declared, or other
distributions made, by the Company, whether in cash, stock or
otherwise, which are unclaimed by the stockholder entitled
thereto for a period of three years after the close of business
on the payment date, shall be and be deemed to be extinguished
and abandoned; and such unclaimed dividends or other
distributions in the possession of the Company, its transfer
agents or other agents or depositaries shall at such time
become the absolute property of the Company, free and clear of
any and all claims of any persons or other entities whatsoever.
SECTION 5
Incorporator
------------
The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as
follows:
Benjamin P. Harris, III
c/o Edwards & Angell
2700 Hospital Trust Tower
Providence, Rhode Island 02903
-10-
<PAGE> 11
SECTION 6
Duration of Existence
---------------------
The Company is to have perpetual existence.
SECTION 7
Board of Directors
------------------
7.1. NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The business and affairs of the
Company shall be managed by or under the direction the Board of
Directors. Except as provided in subsection 7.3 with regard to
the period prior to March, 1995, the number of directors of the
Company which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be
twelve (12) unless otherwise determined from time to time by
resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
whole Board of Directors. As used in this Certificate of
Incorporation, the term "whole Board of Directors" means the
total number of Directors which the Company would have if there
were no vacancies.
7.2 POWERS OF THE BOARD. In furtherance and not in
limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of
Delaware, the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of
this Certificate of Incorporation, is expressly authorized and
empowered:
(a) To make, alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws of
the Company in any manner not inconsistent with the
laws of the State of Delaware or this Certificate of
Incorporation, subject to the power of the stockholders
to amend, alter or repeal the by-laws made by the Board
of Directors or to limit or restrict the power of the
Board of Directors so to make, alter, amend or repeal
the by-laws.
(b) Subject to the applicable provisions of the
By-Laws, to determine, from time to time, whether and
to what extent and at what times and places and under
what conditions and regulations the accounts and books
and documents of the Company, or any of them, shall be
open to the inspection of the stockholders, and no
stockholder shall have any right to inspect any
account or book or document of the Company, except as
conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, unless
and until authorized so to do by resolution adopted by
the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the
Company entitled to vote in respect thereof.
-11-
<PAGE> 12
(c) Without the assent or vote of the
stockholders, to authorize and issue obligations of
the Company, secured or unsecured, to include therein
such provisions as to redeemability, convertibility or
otherwise, as the Board of Directors in its sole
discretion may determine, and to authorize the
mortgaging or pledging, as security therefor, of any
property of the Company, real or personal, including
after-acquired property.
(d) To fix and determine, and to vary the amount
of, the working capital of the Company; to determine
whether any, and if any, what part of any, accumulated
profits shall be declared in dividends and paid to the
stockholders; to determine the time or times for the
declaration and payment of dividends; to direct and to
determine the use and disposition of any surplus or net
profits over and above the capital stock paid in; and
in its discretion the Board of Directors may use or
apply any such surplus or accumulated profits in the
purchase or acquiring of bonds or other pecuniary
obligations of the Company to such extent, in such
manner and upon such terms as the Board of Directors
may deem expedient.
(e) To sell, lease or otherwise dispose of, from
time to time, any part or parts of the properties of
the Company and to cease to conduct the business
connected therewith or again to resume the same, as it
may deem best.
In addition to the powers and authorities hereinbefore or by
statute expressly conferred upon it, the Board of Directors may
exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may
be exercised or done by the Company, subject, nevertheless, to
the provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware, of this
Certificate of Incorporation and of the By-Laws of the Company.
7.3. BOARD TERMS. Prior to March l, l995, the Board of
Directors shall consist of three (3) members. Thereafter, the
Board of Directors shall consist of twelve (12) members (until
such time as the Board of Directors acting pursuant to
subsection 7.1 above shall amend such number) and shall be
divided into three (3) classes, each class to be equal in
number. The term of office of directors of the first class
shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held
in 1996; the term of office of directors of the second class
shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held
in 1997; and the term of office of directors of the third class
-12-
<PAGE> 13
shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held
1998. At each annual meeting of stockholders following the
annual meeting for 1995, the number of directors equal to the
number of the class whose term expires at the time of such
meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third
succeeding annual meeting of stockholders.
7.4. CHANGE IN SIZE OF BOARD; VACANCIES. In the event of
any change in the authorized number of directors, the Board of
Directors shall apportion any newly created directorships to,
or reduce the number of directorships in, such class or classes
as shall, so far as possible, equalize the number of directors
in each class. At all times all classes of directors shall be
as nearly equal in number as possible. If, consistent with the
concept that the three classes shall be as nearly equal in
number as possible, any newly created directorship may be
allocated to more than one class, the Board of Directors shall
allocate it to the available class whose term of office is due
to expire at the earliest date following such allocation.
Vacancies in the Board of Directors, however caused, and newly
created directorships shall be filled solely by a majority vote
of the directors then in office, whether or not a quorum, and
any director so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at
the annual meeting of stockholders which the term of the class
to which the director has been chosen expires and when the
director's successor is elected and qualified, subject,
however, to prior death, resignation, retirement,
disqualification or removal from office. No decrease in the
number of directors shall shorten the term of an incumbent
director.
7.5. REMOVAL. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Company (and
notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be
specified by law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the
By-Laws of the Company), any director or the entire Board of
Directors of the Company may be removed at any time, without
cause AND only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at
least 80% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
shares of stock of all classes entitled to vote generally in
the election of directors cast at a meeting of stockholders
called for the purpose of such removal; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
such 80% vote shall not be required for any such removal
recommended to the stockholders by the vote of not less than
two-thirds of the whole Board of Directors.
7.6. AMENDMENT OF THIS SECTION. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws
of the Company (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser
percentage may be specified by law, this Certificate of
-13-
<PAGE> 14
Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Company), the affirmative
vote of the holders of at least 80% of the combined voting
power of the then outstanding shares of stock of all classes
entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, cast
at a meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose of
amending, altering, changing, repealing or adopting any
provisions inconsistent with this Section 7, shall be required
to amend, alter, change, repeal, or adopt any provisions
inconsistent with, this Section 7; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this
subsection 7.6 shall not apply to, and such 80% vote shall not
be required for, any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or
adoption of any inconsistent provision that is recommended to
the stockholders by the vote of not less than two-thirds of the
whole Board of Directors, and any such amendment, alteration,
change, repeal or adoption of any inconsistent provision so
recommended shall require only the vote, if any, required by
the applicable provisions of Delaware Law.
7.7. APPLICATION OF BY-LAWS. In all other regards, the
powers, terms, qualifications, election, manner of acting,
compensation and conduct of meetings of, and other matters
relating to, directors shall be governed by By-Laws not
inconsistent with this Certificate of Incorporation.
SECTION 8
Business Combinations
---------------------
8.1. DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Section 8 the
following terms shall have these meanings:
(a) "Business Combination" means:
(i) The sale, exchange, lease, transfer or
other disposition by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries (in a single transaction or a series
of related transactions) of all or substantially
all of the consolidated assets or business of the
Company;
(ii) Any merger or consolidation of the
Company or any subsidiary thereof into or with a
corporation, irrespective of which corporation is
the surviving entity in such merger or
consolidation;
(iii) Any reclassification of securities,
recapitalization or other transaction which has
the effect, directly or indirectly, of any partial
or complete liquidation, spin-off, split-off or
split-up of the Company.
-14-
<PAGE> 15
As used in this definition, a "series of related
transactions" shall be deemed to include not only a series of
transactions with the same Participant but also a series of
separate transactions with a Participant or any affiliate or
associate of such Participant.
Anything in this definition to the contrary notwithstanding,
this definition shall not be deemed to include any transaction
of the type set forth in subsection (i) through (iii) above
between or among (A) any two or more Subsidiaries of the
Company, (B) or the Company and one or more Subsidiaries of the
Company where (1) the Company is the surviving or continuing
entity, (2) the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and
By-Laws will remain the Certificate of Incorporation and
By-Laws of such surviving or continuing entity, and (3) the
stockholders of the Company prior to such transaction retain
the same percentage ownership in such surviving or continuing
entity after such transaction.
(b) "Participant" shall mean any individual, partnership,
corporation, group or other entity (other than the Company, any
Subsidiary of the Company or a trustee holding stock for the
benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or any
one of them, pursuant to one or more employee benefit plans or
arrangements) participating in the Business Combination. When
two or more Participants act as a partnership, limited
partnership, syndicate, association or other group for the
purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of shares of stock,
such partnership, syndicate, association or group shall be
deemed a "Participant."
(c) "Subsidiary" shall mean any company, corporation or
entity of which the Company owns not less than 50% of any class
of equity securities, directly or indirectly.
8.2. DETERMINATIONS BY THE BOARD. The directors shall have
the exclusive power and authority to determine, for the
purposes of this Section 8, on the basis of information known
to them: (a) whether two or more transactions constitute a
"series of related transactions" as hereinabove defined, and
(b) such other matters with respect to which a determination is
required under this Section 8. Any such determination shall be
final and binding for all purposes hereunder.
8.3. APPROVAL OF BUSINESS COMBINATIONS. Whether or not a
vote of the stockholders is otherwise required in connection
with the transaction, neither the Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries shall become a party to any Business Combination
without prior compliance with the provisions of this subsection
8.3.
-15-
<PAGE> 16
(a) Such Business Combination shall be approved by
the Board of Directors of the Company by the
affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the
whole Board of Directors of the Company; OR
(b) If there is not full compliance with the
provisions of paragraph (a) of this subsection 8.3,
such Business Combination shall be approved by the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the
combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of
stock of all classes entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors; if there is full compliance with
the provisions of said paragraph (a), such vote shall
be as required by law. In addition, any proxy
statement used in connection with the solicitation of
such vote shall contain at the front thereof, in a
prominent place, any recommendations as to the
advisability (or inadvisability) of the Business
Combination which the directors, or any of them, may
have furnished in writing and, if deemed advisable by
majority of the directors, an opinion of a reputable
investment banking firm as to the fairness (or lack of
fairness) of the terms of such Business Combination
from the point of view of the holders of capital stock
(such investment banking firm to be selected by
majority of the directors), which investment banking
firm will have been furnished with all information it
reasonably requests, and will be paid a reasonable fee
by the Company for its services upon receipt of the
Company of such opinion; AND
(c) (i) The aggregate amount of the cash and the
fair market value of other consideration to be received
per share of capital stock in such Business Combination
by holders of capital stock, other than any
Participant, shall be not less than the highest per
share price (including brokerage commissions, transfer
taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by any
Participant in the last 24 months in acquiring any of
its holdings of capital stock, and not less than the
book value of a share of the capital stock, as
reflected in the balance sheet of the Company as of
the last day of the last fiscal quarter of the Company
preceding such Business Combination; and
(ii) The consideration (if any) to be
received in such Business Combination by holders of
capital stock other than any Participant shall, except
to the extent that a stockholder agrees otherwise as
-16-
<PAGE> 17
to all or part of the shares which such stockholder
owns, be in the same form and of the same kind as the
consideration paid by any Participant in acquiring
capital stock already owned by it during the last 12
months.
For purposes of paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this
subsection 8.3(c), in the event of a Business
Combination upon the consummation of which the Company
would be the surviving corporation or company or would
continue to exist (unless it is provided, contemplated
or intended that as part of such Business Combination
or within one year after consummation thereof a plan of
liquidation or dissolution of the Company will be
effected), the term "other consideration to be
received" shall include, without limitation, capital
stock retained by stockholders of the Company other
than any Participant.
8.4. FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED BY THE BOARD. Prior to voting
with regard to any Business Combination, the directors shall,
consistent with their overall responsibilities to the
stockholders of the Company, consider the impact of the
proposed Business Combination on the following:
(a) The working conditions, job security or
compensation of the employees of the Company and its
Subsidiaries;
(b) The management of the Company;
(c) The short-term and long-term financial
stability of the Company;
(d) The ability of the Company to publish an
independent, high-quality, comprehensive newspaper and
to freely conduct its other operations and those of its
Subsidiaries to the advantage of the customers and
markets served;
(e) The economic strength, business reputation,
managerial ability and recognized integrity of any
Participant (or the principals thereof) proposing a
Business Combination with the Company; and
(f) The effect on the communities served by the
Company's newspapers and by its other operations and
Subsidiaries in light of any change which might occur
as a result of the factors outlined in paragraph (a)
through (e) above, considered together or singly.
-17-
<PAGE> 18
8.5. AMENDMENT OF THIS SECTION. Notwithstanding any other
provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws
of the Company (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser
percentage may be specified by law, this Certificate of
Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Company), the affirmative
vote of the holders of at least 80% of the combined voting
power of the then outstanding shares of stock of all classes
entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, cast
at a meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose of
amending, altering, changing, repealing or adopting any
provisions inconsistent with this Section 8, shall be required
to amend, alter, change, repeal or adopt any provisions
inconsistent with, this Section 8; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this
subsection 8.5 shall not apply to any amendment, alteration,
change, repeal or adoption of any inconsistent provision that
is recommended to the stockholders by the vote of not less than
two-thirds of the whole Board of Directors, and any such
amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any
inconsistent provision so recommended shall require only the
vote, if any, required under the applicable provisions of
Delaware law.
8.6. BUSINESS COMBINATION ACT. The Company shall be subject
to the provisions of Title 8, Section 203 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as in effect or as
hereafter amended.
SECTION 9
Conflict of Interest
--------------------
No contract or transaction between the Company and one or
more of its directors or officers, or between the Company and
any other corporation, partnership, association or other
organization in which one or more of its directors or officers
are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall
be void or voidable solely for such reason, or solely because
such director or officer is present at or participates in the
meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which
authorizes such contract or transaction, or solely because such
director is counted in determining the presence of a quorum at
such meeting and votes upon the authorization of such contract
or transaction, if (a) the material facts as to such director's
or officer's relationship or interest as to the contract or
transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of
Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or the
committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction
by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested
members thereof, even though such disinterested members be less
-18-
<PAGE> 19
than a quorum, or (b) the material facts as to such director's or
officer's relationship or interest and as to the contract or
transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders
entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is
specifically approved in good faith by vote of such
stockholders, or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to
the Company as of the time it is authorized, approved or
ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof, or the
stockholders. Interested directors may be counted in
determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board
of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or
transaction.
SECTION 10
Limitation of Liability; Indemnification
----------------------------------------
10.1. LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS' LIABILITY. To the fullest
extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, as it exists on the date hereof or as it may
hereafter be amended, permits the limitation or elimination of
the liability of directors, no director of the Company shall be
liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages
for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. No amendment to or
repeal of this Section 10 shall apply to or have any effect on
the liability or alleged liability of any director of the
Company for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such
director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.
10.2. RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION. The Company shall, to the
fullest extent permitted by applicable law as then in effect,
indemnify any person (the "Indemnitee") who was or is involved
in any manner (including, without limitation, as a party or
witness) or is threatened to be made so involved in any
threatened, pending or completed investigation, claim, action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (including, without limitation, any action, suit
or proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a
judgment in its favor) (a "Proceeding") by reason of the fact
that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as
a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
(including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan)
against all expenses (including attorneys' fee), judgments,
fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with such Proceeding. Such
indemnification shall be a contract right and shall include the
right to receive payment in advance of any expenses incurred by
the Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding, consistent
with the provisions of applicable law as then in effect.
-19-
<PAGE> 20
10.3. INSURANCE, CONTRACTS AND FUNDING. The Company may
purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any
Indemnitee against any expenses, judgments, fines and amounts
paid in settlement as specified in subsection 10.1 of this
Section or incurred by any Indemnitee in connection with any
Proceeding referred to in subsection 10.2 of this Section, to
the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as then in
effect. The Company may enter into contracts with any
director, officer, employee or agent of the Company in
furtherance of the provisions of this Section and may create a
trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means
(including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to ensure
the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect
indemnification as provided in this Section.
10.4. INDEMNIFICATION NOT EXCLUSIVE RIGHT. The right of
indemnification provided in this Section shall not be exclusive
of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may
otherwise be entitled, and the provisions of this Section shall
inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of
any person entitled to indemnity under the Section and shall be
applicable to proceedings commenced or continuing after the
adoption of this Section, whether arising from acts or
omissions occurring before or after or after such adoption.
10.5. ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES; PROCEDURES; PRESUMPTIONS AND
EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROCEEDINGS; REMEDIES. In furtherance but
not in limitation of the foregoing provisions, the following
procedures, presumptions and remedies shall apply with respect
to advancement of expenses and the right to indemnification
under this Section:
(a) ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES. All reasonable
expenses incurred by or on behalf of an Indemnitee in
connection with any Proceeding shall be advanced to the
Indemnitee by the Company within 20 days after the
receipt by the Company of a statement or statements
from the Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances
from time to time, whether prior to or after final
disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or
statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses
incurred by the Indemnitee and, if required by law at
the time of such advance, shall include or be
accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of the
Indemnitee to repay the amounts advanced if it should
ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not
entitled to be indemnified against such expenses
pursuant to this Section.
-20-
<PAGE> 21
(b) PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO
INDEMNIFICATION. (i) To obtain indemnification under
this Section, an Indemnitee shall submit to the
Secretary of the Company a written request, including
such documentation as is reasonably available to the
Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine
whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled
to indemnification (the "Supporting Documentation").
The determination of the Indemnitee's entitlement to
indemnification shall be made not later than 60 days
after receipt by the Company of the written request for
indemnification together with the Supporting
Documentation. The Secretary of the Company shall,
promptly upon receipt of such a request for
indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in
writing that the Indemnitee has requested
indemnification.
(ii) The Indemnitee's entitlement to
indemnification under this Section shall be determined
in one of the following ways: (A) by a majority vote
of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter
defined), if they constitute a quorum of the Board of
Directors; (B) by a written opinion of Independent
Counsel (as hereinafter defined) if a quorum of the
Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested
Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a
majority of such Disinterested Directors so directs;
(C) by the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote
(but only if a majority of the Disinterested Directors,
if they constitute a quorum of the Board of Directors,
presents the issue of entitlement to indemnification to
such stockholders for their determination); or (D) as
provided in subsection 10.5(c) of this Section.
(iii) In the event the determination of
entitlement to indemnification is to be made by
Independent Counsel pursuant to subsection 11.5(b)(ii)
of this Section, a majority of the Disinterested
Directors shall select the Independent Counsel, but
only an Independent Counsel to which the Indemnitee
does not reasonably object.
(c) PRESUMPTIONS AND EFFECT OF CERTAIN
PROCEEDINGS. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Section, the Indemnitee shall be presumed to be
entitled to indemnification under this Section upon
submission of a request for indemnification together
with the Supporting Documentation in accordance with
-21-
<PAGE> 22
subsection 10.5(b)(i), and thereafter the Company shall
have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption
in reaching a contrary determination. In any event, if
the person or persons empowered under subsection
10.5(b) of this Section to determine entitlement to
indemnification shall not have been appointed or shall
not have made a determination within 60 days after the
receipt by the Company of the request therefor together
with the Supporting Documentation, the Indemnitee shall
be entitled to indemnification unless (i) the
Indemnitee misrepresented or failed to disclose a
material fact in making the request for
indemnification or in the Supporting Documentation or
(ii) such indemnification is prohibited by law. The
termination of any Proceeding described in subsection
10.2, or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by
judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a
plea of NOLO CONTENDERE or its equivalent, shall not,
of itself, adversely affect the right of the Indemnitee
to indemnification or create a presumption that the
Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner
which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the Company or, with respect to
any criminal Proceeding, that the Indemnitee had
reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was
lawful.
(d) REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE. (i) In the event that
a determination is made pursuant to subsection 10.5(b)
of this Section that the Indemnitee is not entitled to
indemnification under this Section, (A) the Indemnitee
shall be entitled to seek an adjudication of his
entitlement to such indemnification in an appropriate
court of the State of Delaware; (B) any such judicial
proceeding shall be de novo and the Indemnitee shall
not be prejudiced by reason of such adverse
determination; and (C) in any such judicial proceeding
the Company shall have the burden of proving that the
Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under
this Section.
(ii) If a determination shall have been made
or deemed to have been made, pursuant to subsection
10.5(b) or (c), that the Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification, the Company shall be obligated to pay
the amounts constituting such indemnification within
five days after such determination has been made or
deemed to have been made and shall be conclusively
bound by such
-22-
<PAGE> 23
determination unless (A) the Indemnitee misrepresented
or failed to disclose a material fact in making the
request for indemnification or in the Supporting
Documentation or (B) such indemnification in
prohibited by law. In the event that (C) advancement
of expenses is not timely made pursuant to subsection
10.5 (a) or (D) payment of indemnification is not made
within five days after a determination of entitlement
to indemnification has been made or deemed have been
made pursuant to subsection 10.5(b) or (c), the
Indemnitee shall be entitled to seek judicial
enforcement of the Company's obligation to pay to the
indemnitee such advancement of expenses or
indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Company may bring an action, in an appropriate court of
the State of Delaware or the State of Rhode Island
contesting the right of the Indemnitee to receive
indemnification hereunder due to the occurrence of an
event described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of this
paragraph (ii) (a "Disqualifying Event"); PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that in any such action the Company shall
have the burden or proving the occurrence of such
Disqualifying Event.
(iii) The Company shall be precluded from
asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced
pursuant to this subsection 10.5(d) that the
procedures and presumptions of this Section are not
valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in
any such court that the Company is bound by all the
provisions of this Section.
(iv) In the event that the Indemnitee,
pursuant to this subsection 10.5(d), seeks a judicial
adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages
for breach of, this Section, the Indemnitee shall be
entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be
indemnified by the Company against, any expenses
actually and reasonably incurred by him if the
Indemnitee prevails in such judicial adjudication. If
it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication
that the Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not
all of the indemnification or advancement of expenses
sought, the expenses incurred by the Indemnitor in
connection with such judicial adjudication shall be
prorated accordingly.
(e) Definitions. For purposes of this subsection
10.5:
-23-
<PAGE> 24
(i) "Disinterested Director" means a director
of the Company who is not or was not a party to the
Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is
sought by the Indemnitee.
(ii) "Independent Counsel" means a law firm
or a member of a law firm that neither presently is,
nor in the past five years has been, retained to
represent (A) the Company or the Indemnitee in any
matter material to either such party or (B) any other
party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for
indemnification under this Section. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the term "Independent Counsel" shall not
include any person who, under the applicable standards
of professional conduct then prevailing under the law
of the State of Delaware, would have a conflict of
interest in representing either the Company or the
Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee's
rights under this Section.
10.6. SEVERABILITY. If any provision or provisions of this
Section shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable
for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Section
(including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph
of this Section containing any such provision held to be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable that are not themselves
invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be
affected in impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent
possible, the provisions of this Section 10 (including, without
limitation, all portions of any subsection or paragraph of this
Section containing any such provision held to be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable that are not themselves invalid,
illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give
effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid,
illegal or unenforceable.
10.7 AMENDMENT OF THIS SECTION. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws
of the Company (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser
percentage may be specified by law, this Certificate of
Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Company), any amendment,
alteration or repeal of this Section 10 shall require the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the combined
voting power of the then outstanding shares of stock of all
classes entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
-24-
<PAGE> 25
SECTION 11
By-Laws
-------
To the extent deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board of
Directors to enable the Company to engage in any business or
activity directly or indirectly conducted by it in compliance
with the laws of the United States of America as now in effect
or as they may hereafter from time to time be amended, the
Company may adopt such by-laws as may be necessary or advisable
to comply with the provisions and avoid the prohibitions of any
such law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
such by-laws may restrict or prohibit the transfer of shares of
capital stock of the Company to, and the voting of such stock
by, aliens or their representatives, or corporations organized
under the laws of any foreign country or their representatives,
or corporations directly or indirectly controlled by aliens or
by any such corporation or representative.
SECTION 12
Meetings
--------
Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the
State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of
the Company may be kept (subject to any provisions contained in
the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or
places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of
Directors or in the By-Laws of the Company.
SECTION 13
Participation Of Non-Citizens; Regulatory Compliance
- ----------------------------------------------------
13.1. PARTICIPATION OF NON-CITIZENS. The following
provisions are included for the purpose of ensuring that
control and management of the Company remains with loyal
citizens of the United States and/or corporations formed under
the laws of the United States or any of the states of the
United States, as required by the Communications Act of 1934,
as the same may be amended from time to time.
(a) The Company shall not issue to "Aliens" (which
term shall include (i) a person who is a citizen of a
country other than the United States; (ii) any entity
organized under the laws of a government other than the
government of the United States or any state,
territory, or possession of the United States; (iii) a
government other than the government of the United
States or of any state,
-25-
<PAGE> 26
territory, or possession of the United States; and (iv)
a representative of, or an individual or entity
controlled by, any of the foregoing, either
individually or in the aggregate, in excess of
twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of
shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding at
any time and shall seek not to permit the transfer on
the books of the Company of any capital stock to any
Alien that would result in the total number of shares
of such capital stock held by Aliens exceeding such
twenty-five percent (25%) limit.
(b) No Alien or Aliens shall be entitled to vote
or direct or control the vote of more than twenty-five
percent (25%) of (i) the total number of shares of
capital stock of the Company outstanding and entitled
to vote at any time and from time to time, or (ii) the
total voting power of all shares of capital stock of
the Company outstanding and entitled to vote at any
time and from time to time.
(c) No Alien shall be qualified to act as an
officer of the Company, and no more than one-fourth of
the total number of directors of the Company at any
time and from time to time may be Aliens.
(d) The Board of Directors of the Company shall
have all powers necessary to implement the provisions
of this Section 13.
13.2. REGULATORY COMPLIANCE. The Company shall not do, nor
shall it cause any act to be done, that would cause it to be in
violation of the Communications Act of 1934 or of the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended
from time to time.
SECTION 14
Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation
-----------------------------------------
The Company reserves the right at any time and from time to
time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained
in this Certificate or Incorporation in the manner now or
hereafter prescribed by law or the specific provisions of this
Certificate of Incorporation, and all rights, preferences and
privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders,
directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to
this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form, or as
hereinafter amended, are granted subject to the right reserved
in this Section 14.
-26-
<PAGE> 27
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I, the undersigned, being the
incorporator hereinabove named, for the purpose of forming a
corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, do make and file this certificate, hereby
declaring and certifying that the facts herein stated are true,
and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 11th day of
November, l994.
/s/Benjamin P. Harris, III
--------------------------------
Benjamin P. Harris, III
STATE OF RHODE ISLAND )
: ss.:
COUNTY OF PROVIDENCE )
BE IT REMEMBERED that on the 11th day of November, l994
personally appeared before me, Lauren E. Marandola, a notary
public for the State of Rhode Island, Benjamin P. Harris, III,
the party to the foregoing Certificate of Incorporation, known
to me personally to be such, and acknowledged the said
Certificate to be his act and deed and that the facts therein
stated are true.
GIVEN under my hand and seal of office the day and year
aforesaid.
/s/Lauren E. Marandola
--------------------------------
Notary Public
-27-
<PAGE> 28
CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
of
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY
It is hereby certified that:
1. The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the
"corporation") is The Providence Journal Company.
2. The Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation,
which was filed by the Secretary of State of Delaware on
November 15, 1994, is hereby corrected.
3. The inaccuracies to be corrected in said instrument and
the corrected form are as follows:
a. On Page 4, paragraph (b) in the thirteenth line, the
language should be changed from "ii" to "in" to read
as follows:
"(b) As promptly as practicable after the surrender for
conversion of a certificate representing shares of Class B
Stock in the manner provided for in paragraph (a) above and the
payment of any amount required by the provisions of paragraphs
(a) and (d), the Company will deliver, or cause to be
delivered, a certificate or certificates representing the
number of full shares of Class A Stock issuable upon such
conversion, issued in such name or names as such holder may
direct. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at
the close of business on the date of the surrender of the
certificate representing shares of Class B Stock, and all
rights of the holder of such shares as such holder shall cease
at such time and the person or persons in whose name or names
the certificate or certificates representing the shares of
Class A Stock are to be issued shall be treated for all
purposes as having become the record holder or holders of such
shares of Class A Stock at such time."
b. On page 12, Section 7.3 in the 13th line, the word "in"
was omitted before the "1998"; Section 7.3 should now
read as follows:
"7.3. BOARD TERMS. Prior to March l, l995, the Board of
Directors shall consist of three (3) members. Thereafter, the
Board of Directors shall consist of twelve (12) members (until
such time as the Board of Directors acting pursuant to
subsection 7.1 above shall amend such number) and shall be
divided into three (3) classes, each class to be equal in
number. The term of office of directors of the first class
shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held
in 1996; the term of office of directors of the second class
shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held
in 1997; and the term of office of directors of the third class
<PAGE> 29
shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held
in 1998. At each annual meeting of stockholders following the
annual meeting for 1995, the number of directors equal to the
number of the class whose term expires at the time of such
meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third
succeeding annual meeting of stockholders."
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I, the undersigned, being the
incorporator for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant
to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do
make and file this certificate of correction, hereby declaring
and certifying that the facts herein stated are true, and
accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 12th day of January,
1995.
/s/Benjamin P. Harris, III
--------------------------------
Benjamin P. Harris, III
STATE OF RHODE ISLAND )
: ss.:
COUNTY OF PROVIDENCE )
BE IT REMEMBERED that on the 12th day of January, l995
personally appeared before me, Lauren E. Marandola, a notary
public for the State of Rhode Island, Benjamin P. Harris, III,
the party to the foregoing Certificate of Incorporation, known
to me personally to be such, and acknowledged the said
Certificate to be his act and deed and that the facts therein
stated are true.
GIVEN under my hand and seal of office the day and year
aforesaid.
/s/Lauren E. Marandola
--------------------------------
Notary Public
-28-
<PAGE> 30
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY
The Providence Journal Company, a corporation organized and
existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"),
DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
FIRST: Pursuant to an unanimous written consent of the Board
of Directors of the Corporation dated August 3, l995,
resolutions were duly adopted setting forth proposed amendments
to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation,
declaring said amendment to be advisable and authorizing the
submission of said amendment to the sole stockholder of the
Corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting
forth the proposed amendment is as follows:
RESOLVED: That the Certificate of Incorporation of the
- --------- Corporation be amended as follows:
- To effect an increase in the number of authorized
shares of capital stock, Subsection 4.l be amended
to read as follows:
"4.1 AUTHORIZED SHARES. The total number of shares
of capital stock which the Company shall have
authority to issue is Two Hundred Twenty-six
Million Eight Hundred Twenty-five Thousand
(226,825,000) shares, consisting of two classes of
capital stock:
"(a) One Hundred Eighty Million (180,000,000)
shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $1.00 per
share (the "Class A Stock"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
One Hundred Thirty-five Million (l35,000,000) of
such shares of Class A Stock authorized hereby but
not outstanding as of the date of original issuance
may be issued by the Company only upon the exercise
of rights issued pursuant to a contemplated Rights
Agreement to be effective on or before December 31,
1995, between the Company and the Rights Agent to be
named therein (the "Rights Agreement") or pursuant
to another agreement which the Board of Directors of
the Company determines to be substantially similar
to the Rights Agreement; and
"(b) Forty-six Million Eight Hundred Twenty-five
Thousand (46,825,000) shares of Class B Common
Stock, par value $1.00 per share (the "Class B
-29-
<PAGE> 31
Stock"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Thirty-five Million
One Hundred Eighteen Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty
(35,118,750) shares of Class B Stock authorized
hereby but not outstanding as of the original
issuance thereof may be issued by the Company only
upon the exercise of rights issued pursuant to the
Rights Agreement or pursuant to another agreement
which the Board of Directors of the Company
determines to be substantially similar to the
Rights Agreement.
"The Class A Stock and the Class B Stock are
hereinafter collectively called the 'Common Stock'.
"The designations, powers, preferences and rights,
and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions
thereof, of each class of Common Stock of the
Company are as set forth in the following
subsections of this Section 4."
- Subsection 4.13 be deleted in its entirety.
- Subsection 4.l4 be redesignated as Subsection 4.13
and amended to delete the phrase "Subject to
subsection 4.13 of this Section 4" at the beginning
of the first sentence thereof.
- Subsection 4.l5 be deleted in its entirety.
- Subsection 4.16 be redesignated as Subsection 4.l4.
SECOND: That thereafter, pursuant to the written consent of
the sole stockholder of the Corporation in accordance with the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the necessary
number of shares as required by statute were voted in favor of
the amendment.
THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance
with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this
certificate to be signed by Trygve E. Myhren, its President,
and Harry Dyson, its Secretary, this day of September, l995.
/s/Trygve E. Myhren
--------------------------------
Trygve E. Myhren
President
/s/Harry Dyson
--------------------------------
Harry Dyson
Secretary
-30-
<PAGE> 32
STATE OF RHODE ISLAND )
: ss.:
COUNTY OF PROVIDENCE )
BE IT REMEMBERED that on the ____ day of September, l995
personally appeared before me, ____________________________, a
notary public for the State of Rhode Island, Trygve E. Myhren,
a party to the foregoing Certificate of Amendment and President
of The Providence Journal Company, known to me personally to be
such, and he acknowledged the said Certificate to be his free
act and deed and the free act and deed of the Corporation and
that the facts therein stated are true.
GIVEN under my hand and seal of office the day and year
aforeaid.
--------------------------------
Notary Public
-31-
<PAGE> 33
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY
The Providence Journal Company, a corporation organized and existing under
and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the
"Company"),
DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
FIRST: At a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company duly held on
April 22, 1996, a resolution was duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment
to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, declaring said amendment to
be advisable and authorizing the submission of said amendment to the
stockholders of the Company for consideration thereof. The resolution setting
forth the proposed amendment is as follows:
VOTED: To recommend and declare advisable to the stockholders of the
Company that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company be
amended by changing the first and second paragraphs of sub-section
4.1 of Section 4 to read as follows:
"4.1 AUTHORIZED SHARES. The total number of shares
of capital stock which the Company shall have
authority to issue is 196,825,000 shares,
consisting of two classes of capital stock:
"(a) 150,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock,
par value $1.00 per share (the "Class A Stock");
PROVIDED; HOWEVER, that 75,000,000 of such shares
of Class A Stock authorized hereby but not
outstanding as of the date of original issuance
thereof may be issued by the Company only upon the
exercise of rights issued pursuant to a
contemplated Rights Agreement to be effective on
or about May 8, 1996, between the Company and the
Rights Agent to be named therein (the "Rights
Agreement") or pursuant to another agreement which
the Board of Directors of the Company determines
to be substantially similar to the Rights
Agreement; and
<PAGE> 34
(b) 46,825,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par
value $1.00 per share (the "Class B Stock");
PROVIDED; HOWEVER, that 23,412,500 shares of Class
B Stock authorized hereby but not outstanding as
of the date of original issuance thereof may be
issued by the Company only upon the exercise of
rights issued pursuant to the Rights Agreement or
pursuant to another agreement which the Board of
Directors of the Company determines to be
substantially similar to the Rights Agreement."
"Anything in this Certificate of Incorporation to
the contrary notwithstanding, any dividend or
other distribution of separate rights to the
holders of shares of Class A Stock and Class B
Stock pursuant to the Rights Agreement or another
agreement which the Board of Directors of the
Company determines to be substantially similar to
the Rights Agreement, shall be permitted
hereunder."
SECOND: That thereafter, at the Annual Meeting of the Stockholders of the
Company held May 8, 1996, the necessary number of shares as required by statute
were voted in favor of the foregoing amendment of the Certificate of
Incorporation.
THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the
provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.
FOURTH: That the capital of the company will not be reduced under or by
reason of said amendment.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this certificate to be signed by
Stephen Hamblett, its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Harry Dyson, its
Secretary, this 8th day of May, 1996.
/s/ Stephen Hamblett
------------------------------------
Stephen Hamblett
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Harry Dyson
------------------------------------
Harry Dyson
Secretary
<PAGE> 35
STATE OF RHODE ISLAND )
: SS:
COUNTY OF PROVIDENCE )
BE IT REMEMBERED that on the 8th day of May, 1996, personally appeared
before me, ________________________, a notary public for the State of Rhode
Island, Stephen Hamblett, a party to the foregoing Certificate of Amendment and
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Providence Journal Company, known to
me personally to be such, and he acknowledged the said Certificate to be his
free act and deed and the free act and deed of the Corporation and that the
facts therein stated are true.
GIVEN under my hand and seal of office the day and year aforesaid.
/s/ Notary Public
-----------------------------------
Notary Public
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.2
As Amended
----------
August 3, 1995
April 1, 1996
May 20, 1996
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY
BY-LAWS
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
ARTICLE I Certificate of Incorporation 1
ARTICLE II Offices
2.01. Registered Office 1
2.02. Principal Office 1
2.03. Other Offices 1
ARTICLE III Meetings of Stockholders
3.01. Place of Meetings 1
3.02. Annual Meetings 2
3.03 Special Meetings 2
3.04. Notice of Meetings 2
3.05. Quorum 3
3.06. Organization 4
3.07. Voting 4
3.08. Inspectors 5
3.09. List of Stockholders 6
3.10. Common Stock 7
ARTICLE IV Board of Directors
4.01. General Powers 7
4.02. Number and Qualifications 7
4.03. Classes, Election and Terms 7
4.04. Quorum and Manner of Acting 8
4.05. Offices; Place of Meetings and Records 8
4.06. Annual Meeting 8
4.07. Regular Meetings 8
4.08. Special Meetings; Notice 9
4.09. Organization 9
4.10. Order of Business 9
4.11. Removal of Directors 9
4.12. Resignation 10
4.13. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships 10
4.14. Compensation 10
4.15. Amendments to Article IV 10
<PAGE> 3
ARTICLE V Committees
5.01. Executive Committee 10
5.02. Powers 11
5.03. Procedure; Meetings; Quorum 11
5.04. Compensation 12
5.05. Other Board Committees 12
5.06. Alternates 12
5.07. Additional Committees 13
ARTICLE VI Waiver of Notice and Action by Consent
6.01. Waiver of Notice 13
6.02. Consent by Stockholders 13
6.03. Consent by Directors 14
ARTICLE VII Officers
7.01. Number 14
7.02. General Powers 14
7.03. Election, Qualifications and Term of Office 14
7.04. Other Officers 15
7.05. Removal 15
7.06. Resignation 15
7.07. Vacancies 15
7.08. Chairman of the Board 16
7.09. Chairman of the Executive Committee 16
7.10. President 16
7.11. Vice Presidents 17
7.12. Treasurer 17
7.13. Secretary 17
7.14. Assistant Treasurers 18
7.15. Assistant Secretaries 18
7.16. Bonding 18
7.17. Salaries 18
ARTICLE VIII Indemnification of Directors and Officers
8.01. Right to Indemnification 19
8.02. Non-Exclusivity of Rights 19
8.03. Insurance 19
ii
<PAGE> 4
ARTICLE IX Contracts, Checks, Drafts, Bank Accounts, etc.
9.01. Execution of Contracts 20
9.02. Loans 20
9.03. Checks, Drafts, etc. 21
9.04. Deposits 21
9.05. Proxies in Respect of Securities of Other Corporations 21
ARTICLE X Books and Records
10.01. Place 22
10.02. Addresses of Stockholders 22
10.03. Record Dates 22
10.04. Closing of Transfer Books 24
10.05 Audit of Books and Accounts 24
ARTICLE XI Shares and Their Transfer
11.01. Certificates for Shares 24
11.02. Record 24
11.03. Transfer of Stock; Restrictions 25
11.04. Transfer Agent and Registrar: Regulations 30
11.05. Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates 30
11.06. Shares Liable for Debts 30
11.07. No Fractional Shares 31
ARTICLE XII Seal 31
ARTICLE XIII Fiscal Year 31
ARTICLE XIV Amendments 31
iii
<PAGE> 5
BY-LAWS
OF
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY
ARTICLE I
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
These By-laws, the powers of THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY (the
"Corporation") and of its directors and stockholders, and all matters concerning
the conduct and regulation of the business of the Corporation shall be subject
to such provisions in regard thereto, if any, as are set forth in the
Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation. All references herein to the
Certificate of Incorporation shall be construed to mean the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation as from time to time amended.
ARTICLE II
OFFICES
SECTION 2.01. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation
in the State of Delaware shall be at 32 Lookerman Square, Suite L-100, in the
City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of the registered agent of the
Corporation is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.
SECTION 2.02. Principal Office. The principal office of the Corporation
shall be located in Providence, Rhode Island.
SECTION 2.03. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have an office at
such other place or places either within or without the State of Rhode Island as
the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the
Corporation may require.
ARTICLE III
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
SECTION 3.01. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders of the
Corporation shall be held at such place either within or without the State of
Rhode Island as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors and specified in the
respective notices or waivers of notice of said meetings. Whenever the directors
shall fail to fix such place, the meeting shall be held at the principal office
of the Corporation.
<PAGE> 6
SECTION 3.02. Annual Meetings.
----------------
(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors
and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting
shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation, or such other place as
shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, at noon, local time, on the Third
Thursday in April in each year, if not a legal holiday at the place where such
meeting is to be held and, if a legal holiday, then on the next succeeding
business day not a legal holiday at the same hour.
(b) In respect of the annual meeting for any particular year the Board of
Directors may, by resolution fix a different day, time or place (either within
or without the State of Rhode Island) for the annual meeting.
(c) If the election of directors shall not be held on the day designated
herein or the day fixed by the Board, as the case may be, for any annual
meeting, or on the day of any adjourned session thereof, the Board of Directors
shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting as soon thereafter as
conveniently may be. At such special meeting the stockholders may elect the
directors and transact other business with the same force and effect as at an
annual meeting duly called and held.
(d) The purpose for which an annual meeting is to be held, in addition to
those prescribed by law or these By-laws, may be specified by a majority of the
Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the President.
SECTION 3.03. Special Meetings. A special meeting of the stockholders for
any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called
at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or the Board of
Directors.
SECTION 3.04. Notice of Meetings.
-------------------
(a) Except as otherwise expressly required by statute, notice of all
meetings shall be given, stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting and
stating the place within the city or other municipality or community at which
the list of stockholders of the Corporation may be examined.
(b) The notice of an annual meeting shall state that the meeting is called
for the election of directors and for the transaction of other business which
may properly come before the meeting, and shall (if any other action which could
be taken at a special meeting is to be taken at such annual meeting) state the
purpose or purposes.
(c) The notice of a special meeting shall in all instances state the
purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.
(d) The notice of any meeting shall also include, or be accompanied by, any
additional statements, information, or documents prescribed by law.
2
<PAGE> 7
(e) Except as otherwise provided by law, a copy of the notice of any
meeting shall be given, personally or by mail, not less than ten (10) days nor
more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, unless the lapse of
the prescribed period of time shall have been waived, and directed to each
stockholder at his record address or at such other address which he may have
furnished by request in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.
(f) Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited, with postage
thereon prepaid, in the United States Mail. If a meeting is adjourned to another
time, not more than thirty days hence, and/or to another place, and if an
announcement of the adjourned time and/or place is made at the meeting, it shall
not be necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting unless the directors,
after adjournment, fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
(g) Notice need not be given to any stockholder who submits a written
waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein.
Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a
waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends the
meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting,
to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened.
(h) Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any
regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written
waiver of notice.
SECTION 3.05 Quorum.
-------
(a) At each meeting of the stockholders, stockholders of record
representing a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting,
present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business except where otherwise provided by law or by the
Certificate of Incorporation as from time to time amended.
(b) In the absence of a quorum, stockholders of record representing a
majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting, present in person or
represented by proxy or, if none of the stockholders are present or represented
by proxy, any officer entitled to preside or to act as secretary at such
meeting, may adjourn the meeting from time to time, until stockholders holding
the requisite number of votes entitled to be cast shall be present or
represented.
(c) At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum may be present, any
business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as
originally called.
(d) The absence from any meeting of the stockholders representing the
number of votes required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or by these
By-laws for specific action(s) upon any given matter(s) shall not prevent other
action(s) by the stockholders at such meetings upon any other matter(s) which
properly come before the meeting, if the stockholders representing the number of
votes required in respect of such other matter(s) shall be present.
3
<PAGE> 8
SECTION 3.06. Organization. At each meeting of the stockholders, the
Chairman of the Board or, in his absence, the President or, in the absence of
each of them, any Vice President or, in the absence of all such officers, a
chairman chosen by a majority vote of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat,
present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman, and the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, or in the absence of the Secretary and
all Assistant Secretaries, a person whom the chairman of such meeting shall
appoint, shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.
SECTION 3.07. Voting.
(a) Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation
or these By-laws, at every meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder of the
Corporation's Class A Common Stock shall, at every meeting of the stockholders,
whether the voting is by one or more classes voting separately or by two or more
classes voting as one class, be entitled to one (1) vote in person or by proxy
for each share of the Corporation's Class A Common Stock registered in the
stockholder's name on the books of the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided
by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, at every meeting of
the stockholders, each stockholder of Class B Common Stock shall, at every
meeting of the stockholders, whether the voting is by one or more classes voting
separately or by two or more classes voting as one class, be entitled to four
(4) votes in person or by proxy for each share of the Corporation's Class B
Common Stock registered in the stockholder's name on the books of the
Corporation.
(b) Persons holding stock in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to vote
the shares so held. In the case of stock held jointly by two or more executors,
administrators, guardians, conservators, trustees or other fiduciaries, such
fiduciaries may designate in writing one or more of their number to represent
such stock and vote the shares so held, unless there is a provision to the
contrary in the instrument, if any, defining their powers and duties.
(c) Persons whose stock is pledged shall be entitled to vote thereon until
such stock is transferred on the books of the Corporation to the pledgee, and
thereafter only the pledgee shall be entitled to vote.
(d) Every stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for
him by proxy in all matters in which a stockholder is entitled to participate,
whether by waiving notice of any meeting, voting or participating at a meeting,
or expressing consent or dissent without a meeting. Every proxy must be signed
by the stockholder or by his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be voted or acted
upon after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer
period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is
irrevocable and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest
sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made
irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an
interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.
(e) At all meetings of the stockholders, all matters (except where other
provision is made by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these
By-laws) shall be decided by the majority
4
<PAGE> 9
vote of the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, present in person or by
proxy, at such meeting, a quorum being present.
SECTION 3.08. Inspectors.
-----------
(a) The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint
one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment
thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding
at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any
person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy
may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or
at the meeting by the person presiding thereat.
(b) Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his
duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of
inspectors at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of
his ability.
(c) The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock
outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the
meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and
shall receive votes, ballots, or consents, hear and determine all challenges and
questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all
votes, ballots, or consents; determine the result, and do such acts as are
proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On
request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if
any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question, or matter
determined by him or them and execute a certificate of any fact found by him or
them. Except as otherwise required by subsection (e) of Section 231 of the
General Corporation Law, the provisions of that Section shall not apply to the
Corporation.
SECTION 3.09. List of Stockholders.
---------------------
(a) It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the
Corporation who shall have charge of its stock ledger to prepare and make, or
cause to be prepared and made, at least ten days before every meeting of the
stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat,
arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and
the number of shares registered in the name of stockholder. Such list shall be
open during ordinary business hours to the examination of any stockholder for
any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to
the election, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held,
which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.
(b) Such list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the
meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder
who is present.
(c) Upon the wilful neglect or refusal of the directors to produce such
list at any meeting for the election of directors they shall be ineligible for
election to any office at such meeting.
5
<PAGE> 10
(d) The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the
stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger and the list of stockholders
required by this Section 3.09 on the books of the Corporation or to vote in
person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.
SECTION 3.10. Common Stock. Every reference in these By-laws to stock or
capital stock shall be deemed to refer to the Common Stock (both Class A and
Class B) of the Corporation. Every reference in these By-laws to the
stockholders of the Corporation shall be deemed to refer to the holders of the
Common Stock (both Class A and Class B) of the Corporation.
ARTICLE IV
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SECTION 4.01. General Powers. The business, property and affairs of the
Corporation shall be managed by the Board of Directors and the Board shall have,
and may exercise, all of the powers of the Corporation, except such as are
conferred by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, upon the
stockholders. The use of the phrase "whole board" herein refers to the total
number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.
SECTION 4.02. Number and Qualifications.
(a) The number of directors of the Corporation which shall constitute the
whole Board of Directors shall be determined according to the provisions of
Section 7 of the Certificate of Incorporation.
(b) No person who shall have attained the age of seventy (70) years prior
to the first day of January preceding a meeting of the stockholders for the
election of directors shall be nominated or be eligible to be elected or
re-elected a director.
SECTION 4.03. Classes, Election and Terms. The Board of Directors shall be
divided into three classes, shall be elected and shall serve in accordance with
the provisions of Section 7 of the Certificate of Incorporation.
SECTION 4.04. Quorum and Manner of Acting.
(a) Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of
Incorporation, a majority of the directors at the time in office, but not less
than two (2) directors, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business at any meeting and the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors
present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be required for the
taking of any action by the Board of Directors.
(b) In the absence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board such meeting
need not be held, or a majority of the directors present thereat or, if no
director be present, the Secretary may
6
<PAGE> 11
adjourn such meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present. Notice
of any adjourned meeting need not be given.
(c) Any member or members of the Board of Directors or of any committee
designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any such
committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar
communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the
meeting can hear each other.
SECTION 4.05. Offices, Place of Meeting and Records. The Board of Directors
may hold meetings, have an office or offices and keep the books and records of
the Corporation at such place or places within or without the State of Rhode
Island as the Board may from time to time determine. The place of meeting shall
be specified or fixed in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof,
except where otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or
these By-laws.
SECTION 4.06. Annual Meeting. The Board of Directors shall meet for the
purpose of organization, the election of officers and the transaction of other
business, as soon as practicable following each annual election of directors on
the same day and at the same place at which such election was held. No notice of
such meeting need be given. Such meeting shall be called and held at the place
and time specified in the notice or waiver of notice thereof as in the case of a
special meeting of the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.07. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors
shall be held at such places and at such times as the Board shall from time to
time by resolution determine. If any day fixed for a regular meeting shall be a
legal holiday at the place where the meeting is to be held, then the meeting
which would otherwise be held on that day shall be held at said place at the
same hour on the next succeeding business day. Notice of regular meetings need
not be given.
SECTION 4.08. Special Meetings; Notice.
(a) Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever
called by the Chairman of the Board or the President.
(b) The Secretary shall mail notice of each such meeting to each director,
addressed to him at his residence or usual place of business, at least three
days before the day on which the meeting is to be held, or such notice shall be
sent to him at his residence or at such place of business by telegraph, cable,
telecopier or other available means, or such notice shall be delivered
personally or by telephone, not later than two days before the day on which the
meeting is to be held.
(c) Each such notice shall state the time and place of the meeting but need
not state the purposes thereof except as otherwise herein expressly provided.
7
<PAGE> 12
(d) Notice of any such meeting need not be given to any director, however,
if waived by him in writing or by telegraph, cable, telecopier or otherwise,
whether before or after such meeting shall be held, or if he shall be present at
such meeting.
SECTION 4.09. Organization.
(a) At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board
or, in his absence, the President or, in the absence of each of them, a director
chosen by a majority of the directors present shall act as chairman.
(b) The Secretary or, in his absence an Assistant Secretary or, in the
absence of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, a person whom the
chairman of such meeting shall appoint shall act as secretary of such meeting
and keep the minutes thereof.
SECTION 4.10. Order of Business. At all meetings of the Board of Directors
business shall be transacted in the order determined by the Board.
SECTION 4.11. Removal of Directors. Any one or more directors of the
Corporation may be removed at any time, but only in accordance with Section 7 of
the Certificate of Incorporation.
SECTION 4.12. Resignation. Any director of the Corporation may resign at
any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the Board of Directors,
the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation.
Such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice or at
any later time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the
acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
SECTION 4.13. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Any vacancy in the
Board of Directors caused by death, resignation, removal, disqualification, an
increase in the number of directors, or any other cause shall be filled only in
accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of the Certificate of Incorporation.
SECTION 4.14. Compensation. Each director, in consideration of his serving
as such, shall be entitled to receive from the Corporation, and to the extent
the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine, (i) an annual fee for
service, (ii) fees for attendance at directors' meetings or (iii) participation
in stock option, deferred compensation, retirement and other benefit plans, or
any combination of the foregoing. Each director shall also be entitled to
reimbursement for the reasonable expenses incurred by him in connection with the
performance of his duties. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to
preclude any director from serving the Corporation or its affiliates in any
other capacity and receiving proper compensation therefor.
SECTION 4.15. Amendments to Article IV. Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.11, 4.13 and
4.15 of this Article IV may be altered, amended or repealed only by the
affirmative vote of the holders of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the
votes entitled to be cast in respect thereof by the holders of the capital stock
of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in election of directors;
provided, however, this Section 4.15 shall not apply to, and such eighty percent
(80%) vote shall not be
8
<PAGE> 13
required for any amendment, alteration, or repeal of, any provision recommended
to the stockholders by the vote of not less than two-thirds of the whole Board
of Directors.
ARTICLE V
COMMITTEES
SECTION 5.01. Executive Committee.
(a) The Board of Directors shall, by resolution or resolutions passed by a
majority of the whole Board at the annual meeting of the Board, appoint an
Executive Committee to consist of not less than three nor more than seven
members of the Board of Directors, including the Chairman of the Board and the
Chairman of the Executive Committee.
(b) Notwithstanding any limitation on the size of the Executive Committee,
the Committee may invite members of the Board to attend one at a time on a
rotational basis at its meetings. For the purpose of the meeting he so attends,
the invited director shall be entitled to vote on matters considered at such
meeting unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors.
(c) Each member of the Executive Committee shall hold office, so long as he
shall remain a director, until the first meeting of the Board of Directors held
after the next annual election of directors and until his successor is duly
appointed and qualified.
(d) The Chairman of the Executive Committee or, in his absence, the
Chairman of the Board or a member of the Committee chosen by a majority of the
members present shall preside at meetings of the Executive Committee and the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, or such other person as
the Executive Committee shall from time to time determine, shall act as
secretary of the Executive Committee.
(e) The Board of Directors, by action of the majority of the whole Board,
shall fill vacancies in the Executive Committee.
SECTION 5.02. Powers. During the intervals between the meetings of the
Board of Directors, the Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all of
the powers of the Board of Directors in all cases in which specific directions
shall not have been given by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 5.03. Procedure; Meetings; Quorum.
(a) The Executive Committee shall fix its own rules of procedure subject to
the approval of the Board of Directors, and shall meet at such times and at such
place or places as may be provided by such rules.
(b) At every meeting of the Executive Committee the presence of a majority
of all the members shall be necessary to constitute a quorum and the affirmative
vote of a majority of the
9
<PAGE> 14
members present shall be necessary for the adoption by it of any resolution. In
the absence of a quorum at any meeting of the Executive Committee such meeting
need not be held, or a majority of the members present thereat or, if no members
be present, the secretary of the meeting may adjourn such meeting from time to
time until a quorum be present.
(c) The secretary of the Executive Committee shall keep minutes of the
actions taken at its meetings and shall present the minutes of the meeting to
the next following meeting of the Board of Directors.
SECTION 5.04. Compensation. Each member of the Executive Committee shall be
entitled to receive from the Corporation such fee, if any, as shall be fixed by
the Board of Directors, together with reimbursement for the reasonable expenses
incurred by him in connection with the performance of his duties.
SECTION 5.05. Other Board Committees.
(a) The Board of Directors may from time to time, by resolution passed by a
majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees in addition to the
Executive Committee, each committee to consist of two or more of the directors
of the Corporation.
(b) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the
Board, shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the Board of
Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation with
the exception of any authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section
141 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, and may authorize the seal of the
Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.
(c) A majority of all the members of any such committee may determine its
action and fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board of Directors
shall otherwise provide.
(d) The Board of Directors shall have power to change the members of any
committee at any time, to fill vacancies and to discharge any such committee,
either with or without cause, at any time.
SECTION 5.06. Alternates. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed
by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more directors as alternate
members of any committee who may replace any absent or disqualified member at
any meeting of the committee; provided, however, that in the absence of any such
designation of alternates the member or members of any committee present at any
meeting and not disqualified from acting, whether or not he or they constitute a
quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the
meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member.
SECTION 5.07. Additional Committees.
(a) The Board of Directors may from time to time create such additional
committees of directors, officers, employees or other persons designated by it
(or any combination of such
10
<PAGE> 15
persons) for the purpose of advising with the Board, the Executive Committee and
the officers and employees of the Corporation in all such matters as the Board
shall deem advisable and with such functions and duties as the Board shall by
resolutions prescribe.
(b) A majority of all the members of any such committee may determine its
action and fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board of Directors
shall otherwise provide.
(c) The Board of Directors shall have power to change the members of any
committee at any time, to fill vacancies and to discharge any such committee,
either with or without cause, at any time.
ARTICLE VI
WAIVER OF NOTICE AND ACTION BY CONSENT
SECTION 6.01. Waiver of Notice.
(a) Whenever any notice is required to be given by law, the Certificate of
Incorporation or these By-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the
person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time
stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.
(b) Attendance in person, or in case of a meeting of the stockholders, by
proxy, shall be the equivalent to having waived notice thereof.
SECTION 6.02. Consent by Directors. Any action required or permitted to be
taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be
taken without a meeting if prior to such action a written consent thereto is
signed by all members of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, and
such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board
or such committee.
ARTICLE VII
OFFICERS
SECTION 7.01. Number. The principal officers of the Corporation shall be a
Chairman of the Board, a Chairman of the Executive Committee, a President, one
or more Vice Presidents (the number thereof and variations in title to be
determined by the Board of Directors), a Treasurer and a Secretary. In addition,
there may be such other or subordinate officers, agents and employees as may be
appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.04. Any two or more
offices, may be held by the same person.
SECTION 7.02. General Powers. All officers of the Corporation shall have
such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the
Corporation as shall be prescribed in the resolutions of the Board of Directors
designating and choosing such officers and prescribing their authority and
duties, and shall have such additional authority and duties as
11
<PAGE> 16
are incident to their office except to the extent that such resolutions may be
inconsistent therewith.
SECTION 7.03. Election, Qualifications and Term of Office.
(a) Each officer of the Corporation, except such officers as may be
appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.04, shall be elected
annually by the Board of Directors and shall hold office until his successor
shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until his death, or until he
shall have resigned or shall have been removed in the manner herein provided.
(b) The Chairman of the Board and the Chairman of the Executive Committee
shall be elected from the directors of the Corporation.
SECTION 7.04. Other Officers.
(a) The Corporation may have such other officers, agents, and employees as
the Board of Directors may deem necessary, including, without limitation, one or
more Associate or Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Treasurers
and one or more Assistant Secretaries, each of whom shall hold office for such
period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board of Directors
or the Chief Executive Officer (as determined pursuant to Section 7.08) may from
time to time determine.
(b) The Board of Directors may delegate to any principal officer the power
to appoint or remove any such subordinate officers, agents or employees.
SECTION 7.05. Removal. Any officer may be removed, either with or without
cause, by the vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors or, except in
case of any officer elected by the Board of Directors, by any committee or
officer upon whom the power of removal may be conferred by the Board of
Directors.
SECTION 7.06. Resignation.
(a) Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the
Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary.
(b) Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such
notice or at any later time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified
therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it
effective.
SECTION 7.07. Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled for
the unexpired portion of the term in the manner prescribed in these By-laws for
regular election or appointment to such office.
SECTION 7.08. Chairman of the Board.
12
<PAGE> 17
(a) The Chairman of the Board shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the
Corporation and shall have general direction of its business and affairs,
subject, however, to the control of the Board of Directors and the Executive
Committee, provided, however, the Board of Directors may by resolution instead
designate the President as the Chief Executive Officer.
(b) The Chairman of the Board shall, when present, preside at all meetings
of the Board of Directors and at all meetings of the stockholders and shall have
such additional powers and shall perform such further duties as may from time to
time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.
SECTION 7.09. Chairman of the Executive Committee. The Chairman of the
Executive Committee shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the
Executive Committee and, at the request of the Chairman of the Board, or in case
of his absence or disability, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of
Directors and at all meetings of the stockholders. In addition, the Chairman of
the Executive Committee shall have such additional powers and shall perform such
further duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of
Directors or the Executive Committee.
SECTION 7.10. President.
(a) The President shall be the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation
and shall have general direction of the operations and the administrative
affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors,
the Executive Committee and the Chairman of the Board.
(b) If so designated by resolution of the Board of Directors as specified
in Section 7.08, he shall also be the Chief Executive Officer of the
Corporation.
(c) The President shall, in the absence or disability of the Chairman of
the Board, perform the duties of the Chairman of the Board and, when so acting,
shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the
Chairman of the Board. He shall, in the absence or disability of the Chairman of
the Board and the Chairman of the Executive Committee, preside at all meetings
of the Board of Directors and at all meetings of the stockholders. He shall have
such additional powers and shall perform such further duties as may from time to
time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.
SECTION 7.11. Vice Presidents. Each Vice President shall have such powers
and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee may
from time to time prescribe or as shall be assigned to him by the Chief
Executive Officer or the Chief Operating Officer.
SECTION 7.12. Treasurer.
(a) The Treasurer shall have charge and custody of, and be responsible for,
all funds, securities, books and papers of the Corporation, and shall deposit
all such funds to the credit of
13
<PAGE> 18
the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as shall be
selected in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws; he shall disburse
the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors or the
Executive Committee, making proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall
render to the Board of Directors or the stockholders, whenever the Board may
require him so to do, a statement of all his transactions as Treasurer or the
financial condition of the Corporation.
(b) He shall keep faithful books of account, and all such books shall at
all times be subject to inspection by the Board of Directors, any committee
thereof and the stockholders, and in general, he shall perform all the duties
incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time
may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, any committee of the Board
designated by it so to act or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.
SECTION 7.13. Secretary.
----------
(a) The Secretary shall record or cause to be recorded in books provided
for the purpose the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of
Directors, and all committees of which a secretary shall not have been
appointed.
(b) He shall see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the
provisions of these By-laws and as required by law.
(c) He shall be custodian of all corporate records (other than financial)
and of the seal of the Corporation and see that the seal is affixed to all
documents the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is
duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws.
(d) He shall keep, or cause to be kept, the list of stockholders as
required by Section 3.09, which includes the post-office addresses of the
stockholders and the number of shares held by them, respectively, and shall make
or cause to be made, all proper changes therein, shall see that the books,
reports, statements, certificates and all other documents and records required
by law are properly kept and filed.
(e) In general, he shall perform all duties incident to the office of
Secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by
the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee or the Chief Executive Officer
of the Corporation.
SECTION 7.14. Assistant Treasurers.
---------------------
(a) At the request of the Treasurer or in his absence or disability, the
Assistant Treasurer designated by him or by the Board of Directors or the
Executive Committee shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer, and when so
acting, shall have all the powers of the Treasurer.
(b) The Assistant Treasurers shall perform such other duties as from time
to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, Executive Committee,
the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or the Treasurer.
14
<PAGE> 19
SECTION 7.15. Assistant Secretaries.
(a) At the request of the Secretary or in his absence or disability, the
Assistant Secretary designated by him or by the Board of Directors or the
Executive Committee shall perform all the duties of the Secretary and, when so
acting, shall have all the powers of the Secretary.
(b) The Assistant Secretaries shall perform such other duties as from time
to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Executive
Committee, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or the Secretary.
SECTION 7.16. Bonding. Any officer, employee, agent or factor shall give
such bond with such surety or sureties for the faithful performance of his
duties as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, require.
SECTION 7.17. Salaries. The salaries of the principal officers of the
Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and none
of such officers shall be prevented from receiving a salary by reason of the
fact that he is a director of the Corporation.
ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
SECTION 8.01. Right to Indemnification.
Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party
to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative, or investigative by reason of the fact that such person, or a
person of whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director or
officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation,
is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer,
employee or agent of any foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust, other enterprise or employee benefit plan, whether the basis of
such proceeding is alleged action (or failure to act) in an official capacity as
a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director,
officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the
Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation
Law as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.
SECTION 8.02. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person
by this Article VIII and the Certificate of Incorporation shall not be exclusive
of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under the
law, any agreement, the law, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or
otherwise.
SECTION 8.03. Insurance. As provided in the Certificate of Incorporation,
the Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect
itself and any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or
who, while a director or officer of the
15
<PAGE> 20
Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director,
officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of any foreign or domestic
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or employee
benefit plan, against any such expenses, liability or loss, whether or not the
Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses,
liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
ARTICLE IX
CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.
SECTION 9.01. Execution of Contracts.
-----------------------
(a) Unless the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee shall
otherwise determine, the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice
President or the Treasurer and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may
enter into any contract or execute any contract or other instrument, the
execution of which is not otherwise specifically provided for, in the name and
on behalf of the Corporation.
(b) The Board of Directors or any committee designated thereby with power
so to act, except as otherwise provided in these By-laws, may authorize any
other or additional officer or officers or agent or agents of the Corporation to
enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on
behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to
specific instances.
(c) Unless authorized so to do by these By-laws or by the Board of
Directors or by any such committee, no officer, agent or employee shall have any
power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to
pledge its credit or to render it liable pecuniarily for any purpose or to any
amount.
SECTION 9.02. Loans.
------
(a) No loan shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation, and no
evidence of indebtedness shall be issued, endorsed or accepted in its name,
unless authorized by the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee or other
committee designated by the Board so to act.
(b) Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. When
so authorized, the officer or officers thereunto authorized may effect loans and
advances at any time for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other
institution, or from any firm, corporation or individual, and for such loans and
advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes or other evidences of
indebtedness of the Corporation, and, when authorized as aforesaid, as security
for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness and liabilities of
the Corporation, may mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or transfer any real or
personal property at any time owned or held by the Corporation, and to that end
execute instruments of mortgage or pledge or otherwise transfer such property.
16
<PAGE> 21
SECTION 9.03. Checks, Drafts, etc. All checks, drafts, bills of exchange or
other orders for the payment of money, obligations, notes, or other evidence of
indebtedness, bills of lading, warehouse receipts and insurance certificates of
the Corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by such officer or officers, agent
or agents, attorney or attorneys, employee or employees, of the Corporation as
shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or
Executive Committee or other committee designated by the Board so to act.
SECTION 9.04. Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed
shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such
banks, trust companies or other depositaries as the Board of Directors, the
Executive Committee or other committee designated by the Board so to act may
from time to time designate, or as may be designated by any officer or officers
or agent or agents of the Corporation to whom such power may be delegated by the
Board of Directors, the Executive Committee or other committee designated by the
Board so to act and, for the purpose of such deposit and for the purposes of
collection for the account of the Corporation, all checks, drafts, and other
orders for the payment of money which are payable to the order of the
Corporation may be endorsed, assigned and delivered by any officer, agent or
employee of the Corporation or in such other manner as may from time to time be
designated or determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, the Executive
Committee or other committee designated by the Board so to act.
SECTION 9.05. Proxies in Respect of Securities of Other Corporations.
Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, the
Executive Committee or other committee so designated to act by the Board, the
Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President or the Treasurer may
from time to time act as agent or agents of the Corporation, in the name and on
behalf of the Corporation, to cast the votes which the Corporation may be
entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other securities in any other
corporation, association or trust, any of whose stock or other securities may be
held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other
securities of such other corporation, association or trust, or to consent in
writing, in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such
other corporation, association or trust, and may instruct the person or persons
so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent, and
may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation
and under its corporate seal, or otherwise, all such written proxies or other
instruments as he may deem necessary or proper in the premises.
ARTICLE X
BOOKS AND RECORDS
SECTION 10.01. Place.
(a) The books and records of the Corporation may be kept at such places
within or without the State of Rhode Island as the Board of Directors may from
time to time determine.
(b) The stock record books and the blank stock certificate books shall be
kept by the Secretary or by any other officer or agent designated by the Board
of Directors.
17
<PAGE> 22
SECTION 10.02. Addresses Of Stockholders. Each stockholder shall furnish to
the Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent of the Corporation an
address at which notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be
served upon or mailed to him, and if any stockholder shall fail to designate
such address, corporate notices may be served upon him by mail, postage prepaid,
to him at his post-office address last known to the Secretary or to the transfer
agent of the Corporation or by transmitting a notice thereof to him at such
address by telegraph, cable, telecopier or other available method.
SECTION 10.03. Record Dates.
(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled
to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment
thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall
not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted
by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty
nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting.
(b) If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date
for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day
on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on
the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.
(c) A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;
provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the
adjourned meeting.
(d) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled
to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of
Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date
upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of
Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon
which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of
Directors.
(e) If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record
date for determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in
writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is
required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent
setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the
Corporation by delivery to its principal office in the State of Rhode Island, or
an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which
proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.
(f) Delivery made to the Corporation's principal office shall be by hand or
by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.
(g) If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior
action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for
determining stockholders entitled to
18
<PAGE> 23
consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close
of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution
taking such prior action.
(h) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled
to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any
rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any
change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful
action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall
not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is
adopted, and which record date shall be not more than fifty days prior to such
action.
(i) If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining
stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day
on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
SECTION 10.04. Closing Of Transfer Books. Insofar as permitted by law, the
Board of Directors may direct that the stock transfer books of the Corporation
be closed for a period not exceeding fifty (50) days preceding the date of any
meeting of stockholders or the date for the payment of any dividend or the date
for the allotment of rights or the date when any change or conversion or
exchange of shares of the Corporation shall go into effect, or for a period not
exceeding fifty (50) days in connection with obtaining the consent of
stockholders for any purpose.
SECTION 10.05. Audit Of Books And Accounts. The books and accounts of the
Corporation shall be audited at least once in each fiscal year by certified
public accountants of good standing selected by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE XI
SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER
SECTION 11.01. Certificates for Shares.
(a) Every owner of shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be
entitled to have a certificate certifying the number of shares owned by him in
the Corporation and designating the class of shares to which such shares belong,
which shall otherwise be in such form, in conformity to law, as the Board of
Directors shall prescribe.
(b) Each such certificate shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board or
the President or a Vice President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or
the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation; provided, however,
that where such certificate is signed or countersigned by a transfer agent or
registrar, the signatures of such officers of the Corporation may be in
facsimile form. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose
facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate
or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation
whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or
certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation,
19
<PAGE> 24
such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered by the
Corporation as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or whose
facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used thereon had not ceased to
be such officer or officers of the Corporation.
SECTION 11.02. Record. A record shall be kept of the name of the person,
firm or corporation owning the stock represented by each certificate for stock
of the Corporation issued, the number of shares represented by each such
certificate, and the date thereof, and, in the case of cancellation, the date of
cancellation. The person in whose name shares of stock stand on the books of the
Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes as regards the
Corporation.
SECTION 11.03. Transfer of Shares; Restrictions.
(a) Transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made only on the books
of the Corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by his attorney
thereunto authorized, and on the surrender of the certificate or certificates
for such shares properly endorsed.
(b)
1. Restrictions on Transfer. Any person who receives or is
entitled to receive any shares of capital stock of the Corporation on the
Effective Date pursuant to the Distribution contemplated by the Agreement and
Plan of Merger dated as of November 18, 1994, by and among Continental
Cablevision, Inc., Providence Journal Company, the Corporation, King Holding
Corp. and King Broadcasting Company, as amended and restated as of August 1,
1995, as amended to date (the "Merger Agreement") shall not Transfer (as defined
herein), and the Corporation shall not be required to register the Transfer of,
any share of such capital stock of the Corporation until the first anniversary
of the Effective Date, except a Permitted Transfer (as defined herein) to a
Permitted Transferee (as defined herein) of the economic owner of such share of
capital stock of the Corporation (the "Restricted Holder"). Capitalized terms
used in this Section 11.03(b) and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning
prescribed therefor in the Merger Agreement.
The term "Permitted Transferee" has the following meanings with respect to
each Restricted Holder:
a. the following persons shall be "Permitted Transferees" of
each Restricted Holder who is a natural person:
(1) The spouse or former spouse of such Restricted Holder,
any lineal descendant of a grandparent of such Restricted Holder
or of a grandparent of the spouse or former spouse of such
Restricted Holder and any spouse or former spouse of such lineal
descendant (such lineal descendants, their spouses or former
spouses and the spouse or former spouses shall constitute such
Restricted Holder's "Family Members");
20
<PAGE> 25
(2) A voting trust, or the trustee or trustees of such
voting trust solely in their capacities as trustees of such voting
trust, of which a Controlling Number of such trustees are any of
the following (each a "Qualified Person"): such Restricted Holder,
one of such Restricted Holder's Family Members or an executive
officer (as defined in Rule 3b-7 of the General Rules and
Regulations under the Exchange Act, as in effect on June 7, 1995)
of the Corporation or any wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Corporation;
(3) A trust (other than a voting trust), or the trustee or
trustees of such trust solely in their capacities as trustees of
such trust, solely for the benefit of such Restricted Holder or
one or more of such Restricted Holder's Permitted Transferees
described in any subclause of this clause (a) other than subclause
(2) or this subclause (3);
(4) A corporation of which a majority of the outstanding
shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally for the
election of directors is beneficially owned by and under the
control of, or a partnership of which a majority of the
partnership interests entitled to participate in the management of
the partnership are beneficially owned by and under the control
of, such Restricted Holder or his or her Permitted Transferees
described in any subclause of this clause (a) other than this
subclause (4);
(5) If the Restricted Holder is deceased, bankrupt or
insolvent, the estate of such Restricted Holder; and
(6) A corporation, trust, partnership or financial
institution which shall hold any shares of capital stock of the
Corporation in a custodial or nominee arrangement.
b. the following persons shall be entitled to have the "Permitted
Transferees" indicated:
(1) In the case of any corporation or limited liability
company that is a Restricted Holder, "Permitted Transferee" means
(x) any person with economic ownership of any of the outstanding
shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally for the
election of directors of such corporation or limited liability
company, as the case may be, as of the Effective Date, and the
Permitted Transferees of such person or persons, or (y) any entity
which is more than 90% owned by such corporation or limited
liability company.
(2) In the case of any partnership which is a Restricted
Holder and which is dissolved or liquidated, "Permitted
Transferee" means (x) each of the partners of such partnership as
of the Effective Date, and (y) the Permitted Transferees of such
partners.
21
<PAGE> 26
(3) In the case of any other corporation or partnership,
"Permitted Transferee" means (x) with respect to each share of
capital stock of the Corporation so transferred to such
corporation or partnership in a Permitted Transfer, the transferor
in such Permitted Transfer and any Permitted Transferee of such
transferor, and (y) with respect to each Subsequent Capital Share
held by such corporation or partnership, any person who is a
Permitted Transferee with respect to the share of capital stock in
respect of which such Subsequent Capital Share was issued.
(4) In the case of a revocable trust which is a Restricted
Holder, "Permitted Transferee" means (x) with respect to shares of
capital stock of the Corporation held by such trust as a
Restricted Holder, the settlor of such trust and Permitted
Transferees of such settlor and the beneficiaries of such trust as
of the Effective Date and Permitted Transferees of such
beneficiaries, and (y) with respect to each share of capital stock
of the Corporation transferred to such trust in a Permitted
Transfer, any person who transferred such share of capital stock
of the Corporation to such trust and any Permitted Transferee of
any such transferor, and (z) with respect to each Subsequent
Capital Share, any person who is a Permitted Transferee with
respect to the share of capital stock of the Corporation in
respect of which such Subsequent Capital Share was issued.
(5) In the case of a trust (other than a voting trust)
which was irrevocable on the Effective Date, "Permitted
Transferee" means with respect to shares of capital stock of the
Corporation held by such trust as a Restricted Holder and with
respect to each share of capital stock of the Corporation
transferred to such trust in a Permitted Transfer and with respect
to each Subsequent Capital Share, any person to whom or for whose
benefit principal may be distributed either during or at the end
of the term of such trust whether by power of appointment or
otherwise.
(6) In the case of a voting trust or any other trust (other
than a trust described in paragraph (4) or (5) above), "Permitted
Transferee" means (x) with respect to each share of capital stock
of the Corporation transferred to such trust in a Permitted
Transfer, any person who transferred such share of capital stock
of the Corporation to such trust and any Permitted Transferee of
any such transferor, and (y) with respect to each Subsequent
Capital Share any person who is a Permitted Transferee with
respect to the share of capital stock of the Corporation in
respect of which such Subsequent Capital Share was issued.
(7) In the case of a holder of capital stock of the
Corporation which is the estate of a deceased, bankrupt or
insolvent Restricted Holder, "Permitted Transferee" means, with
respect to each share of capital stock transferred of the
Corporation to such estate in a Permitted Transfer and with
respect to each Subsequent Capital Share, a Permitted Transferee
of such deceased, bankrupt or insolvent Restricted Holder.
22
<PAGE> 27
(8) In the case of a corporation, trust, partnership or
financial institution which is the holder of record of capital
stock of the Corporation as nominee for the person who is the
beneficial owner of such shares, "Permitted Transferee" means such
beneficial owner and any Permitted Transferee of such beneficial
owner.
2. Pledges. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth
herein, any Restricted Holder may pledge his shares of capital stock of the
Corporation to a pledgee pursuant to a bona fide pledge of such shares as
collateral security for indebtedness (which indebtedness must be full recourse
against the Restricted Holder) due to the pledgee, provided that such shares
shall not be transferred to or registered in the name of the pledgee and shall
remain subject to the provisions of this Section 11.03 (b). In the event of
foreclosure or other similar action with respect to such shares by the pledgee,
such pledged shares of capital stock of the Corporation may only be transferred
to a Permitted Transferee of the pledgor.
3. Definitions. For purposes of this Section 11.03(b):
a. The term "Controlling Number" means the minimum number of
trustees, in the case of a trust, or members of a governing body, in the
case of any other form of entity, whose affirmative vote is necessary to
take any action on, or whose negative vote, abstention or failure to
attend is sufficient to prevent any action with respect to the voting or
disposition of shares of capital stock held by such entity.
b. The term "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended.
c. The term "Subsequent Capital Share" means any share of
capital stock of the Corporation issued by the Corporation to a Restricted
Holder in respect of an existing share of capital stock of the
Corporation held by such Restricted Holder.
d. The term "Permitted Transfer" means a Transfer not for any
value or consideration, including but not limited to, a Transfer by gift,
by bequest, pursuant to the terms of a trust or the laws of descent or
distribution, or by operation of law.
e. The term "Transfer" includes, but is not limited to, any
indirect or direct transfer, offer to sell, sale, assignment, grant of an
option to acquire, pledge, or other disposition.
f. The relationship of any person that is derived by or
through legal adoption shall be considered a natural one.
g. A minor for whom shares of capital stock of the
Corporation are held pursuant to the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, as in
effect in any state, or any similar law, shall be considered a Restricted
Holder.
23
<PAGE> 28
h. Unless otherwise specified, the term "Person" means both
natural persons and legal entities.
i. Each reference to a corporation shall include any
corporation resulting from merger or consolidation, and each reference to a
partnership shall include any successor partnership resulting solely from
the death, bankruptcy or other withdrawal of a partner.
j. The term "beneficial owner" has the meaning ascribed to
such term in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Exchange Act, as in effect on April 1, 1992 and the term "economic owner"
has the meaning ascribed to the term "beneficial owner" in Rule 16a-1(a)
(2) of the Exchange Act, as in effect on June 7, 1995.
4. Legend on Stock Certificates. The Corporation shall note on the
certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued at the
Effective Time and upon subsequent Transfer that the shares represented by such
certificates are subject to the restrictions on Transfer and registration of
Transfer imposed by this Section 11.03 (b).
5. Termination of Restrictions on Transfer. The provisions of this Section
11.03(b) shall terminate in their entirety on the first anniversary of the
Effective Date.
SECTION 11.04. Transfer Agent and Registrar; Regulations.
------------------------------------------
(a) The Corporation shall, if and whenever the Board of Directors shall
determine, maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies, each under the
charge of a transfer agent designated by the Board of Directors, where the
shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be directly transferable,
and also if and whenever the Board of Directors shall so determine, maintain one
or more registry offices, each under the charge of a registrar designated by the
Board of Directors, where such shares of stock shall be registered.
(b) Unless prohibited by law or the rules or regulations of a stock
exchange or other body having jurisdiction in the circumstances, any transfer
agent or registrar designated by the Board of Directors may be an officer or
employee of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may make such rules and
regulations as it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with these By-laws,
concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of
the capital stock of the Corporation.
SECTION 11.05. Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates. In case of the
alleged loss or destruction or the mutilation of a certificate representing
shares of capital stock of the Corporation, a new certificate may be issued in
place thereof, in the manner and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may
prescribe.
SECTION 11.06. Shares Liable For Debts. The shares of capital stock of any
stockholder which may be pledged and liable to the Corporation for any debts and
demands due and owing from such stockholder to the Corporation, under and in
accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation, may be sold at any time for
the payment of such debts and demands at public
24
<PAGE> 29
auction in the City of Providence, Rhode Island after first giving notice of the
time and place of such sale once in each week for three successive weeks in one
or more of the public newspapers published in said City of Providence.
SECTION 11.07. No Fractional Shares.
---------------------
(a) The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be full shares
only.
(b) The Corporation may not issue and the owner of shares of capital stock
of the Corporation may not transfer fractions of a share.
ARTICLE XII
SEAL
The Board of Directors shall provide a corporate seal, which shall be in
the form of a circle and shall bear the name of the Corporation and the words
and figures "Incorporated 1994, Delaware."
ARTICLE XIII
FISCAL YEAR
Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of
the Corporation shall end on the last day of December in each year.
ARTICLE XIV
AMENDMENTS
Except as otherwise set forth in these By-Laws, all By-laws of the
Corporation shall be subject to alteration or repeal, and new By-laws not
inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or any provision of the
Certificate of Incorporation may be made, either (i) by the affirmative vote of
a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in respect thereof by the holders of
record of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation present in
person or represented by proxy, given at an annual meeting or at any special
meeting at which a quorum shall be present, or (ii) by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the whole Board of Directors given at any meeting (except that the
Board of Directors may not amend Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.ll, 4.13 and 4.15 of
these By-laws to alter the range of the number of directors which may constitute
the Board of Directors), provided that in each case notice of the proposed
alteration or repeal or of the proposed new By-laws be included in the notice of
such meeting.
25
<PAGE> 1
May 31, 1995
Exhibit 5
The Providence Journal Company
75 Fountain Street
Providence, RI 02902
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have examined the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration
Statement") filed by The Providence Journal Company (the "Company") with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on April 22, 1996 (No.
333-02703) as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 filed by the Company with
the Commission on the date hereof in connection with the registration under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of shares of its Class A Common Stock, $1.00
par value, (the "Class A Common Stock") having a public offering price of up to
an aggregate of $138,000,000 (the "Shares").
We have served as counsel for the Company and, as such, assisted in the
organization thereof under the laws of the Delaware and are familiar with all
corporate proceedings since its organization. We have examined the following
documents and records:
(1) The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended;
(2) The By-Laws of the Company, as amended;
(3) Specimen certificate of the Class A Common Stock; and
(4) All corporate minutes and proceedings of the Company relating to the
issuance of the Shares being registered under the Registration
Statement.
We have also examined such further documents, records and proceedings as we
have deemed pertinent in connection with the issuance of said Shares. In our
examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal
capacity of natural persons, the completeness and authenticity of all documents
submitted to us as originals, and the conformity to the originals of all
documents submitted to us as certified, photostatic or conformed copies, and the
validity of all laws and regulations.
We are qualified to practice law in the State of Rhode Island and we do not
purport to express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the laws of
the State of Rhode Island, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
and the federal law of the United States.
<PAGE> 2
Based upon such examination, it is our opinion that the Class A Common
Stock being registered by the Registration Statement, when issued and paid for,
will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
Benjamin P. Harris, III, a partner of Edwards & Angell, is a director of
the Company and beneficially owns 47 shares of Class A Common Stock and 48
shares of the Class B Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share of the Company.
We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement and to the reference to our firm in the Prospectuses which are part of
the Registration Statement.
Very truly yours,
/s/ EDWARDS & ANGELL
--------------------
Edwards & Angell
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.1
PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY*
1994 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN
1. PURPOSE
The purpose of the 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") of Providence
Journal Company (the "Company") is to attract and retain high quality key
employees and to promote both the long-term success of and shareholder interests
in the Company. The Plan is intended to provide long-term incentive compensation
and share ownership opportunities to selected key employees. The Company
believes the dynamics of a plan focused on increasing shareholder value provide
participants with a significant incentive to contribute to the success of the
Company.
2. TERM
The Plan shall be effective as of October 1, 1994 and shall remain in
effect until the earlier of six (6) years from the effective date or termination
of the plan by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"). The Plan was
approved by the shareholders of the Company at the Annual Meeting held on
September 27, 1995. After termination of the Plan, no future grants may be made,
but, subject to the preceding sentence, previously made grants shall remain
outstanding in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions and the
terms and conditions of the Plan.
3. ADMINISTRATION
a. The Committee
The Plan shall be administered by a committee (the "Committee") which shall
be the Executive Committee of the Board or any other committee appointed by the
Board consisting of two or more non-employee Directors, each of whom is both (1)
qualified to administer this Plan as contemplated by Rule 16b-3 under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act"), and (2) considered to
be an "outside director" as contemplated by Section 162(m) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").
b. Authority of the Committee
The Committee shall have full and exclusive power, except as not permitted
by law and subject to the provisions of this Plan, to select the participants in
the Plan, determine the sizes of grants of options, establish the terms and
conditions of such option grants, amend the terms and conditions of any
outstanding option pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan, and otherwise make such
determinations and/or interpretations and to establish such procedures which may
be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
4. ELIGIBILITY
Key employees of the Company shall be eligible to receive grants under the
Plan. Recipients of grants are deemed to be "Participants" in the Plan.
"Company" includes any wholly-owned or majority-owned direct or indirect
subsidiary of the Company and any other entity that is directly or indirectly
controlled by the Company or in which the Company has a significant equity
interest (as determined by the Committee).
- ---------------
* The Plan was assumed by The Providence Journal Company on October 5, 1995.
Accordingly, all references to the "Company" shall be deemed to refer to The
Providence Journal Company.
<PAGE> 2
5. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
Subject to the provisions of Section 6, the stock subject to the Plan shall
be shares of Class A Common Stock (the "Shares"). The total amount of Shares
which may be issued under the Plan shall not exceed eight thousand (8,000). Of
these, no more than one thousand six hundred (1,600) Shares may be issued to any
one individual. Shares may be authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares,
as determined by the Committee, and fractional Shares shall be settled in cash.
If any option granted under the Plan is canceled, terminates, expires or
lapses for any reason, any Shares subject to such option shall be returned to
the Plan and shall be available for issuance under the Plan. In addition, any
Shares which have been exchanged by a Participant as full or partial payment to
the Company in connection with any grant under the Plan, shall be available for
issuance under the Plan.
In instances where a grant is settled in cash or any form other than
Shares, then the Shares covered by these settlements shall not be deemed issued
and shall remain available for issuance under the Plan. Any Shares that are
issued by the Company as a result of the assumption or substitution of grants
made by an acquired company shall not be counted against the number of Shares
available for issuance under the Plan.
6. ADJUSTMENTS AND REORGANIZATIONS
The Committee may make such adjustments as it deems appropriate to meet the
intent of the Plan in the event of changes that impact the Company's Share price
or Share status, provided that any such actions are consistently and equitably
applicable to all affected Participants and are otherwise consistent with the
provisions of the Plan.
In the event of a merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization,
share combination, stock dividend, stock split, spin-off or other distribution
(other than normal cash dividends) of the Company's assets to its shareholders,
or other change in the structure of the Company affecting its Shares, such
appropriate adjustments shall be made (i) in the aggregate number and class of
Shares which may be issued under the Plan pursuant to Section 5, and (ii) the
number and class of and/or price of Shares subject to outstanding options
granted under the Plan, as deemed appropriate by the Committee in its
discretion, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of rights to any Participant.
7. STOCK OPTIONS
a. Grants of Stock Options
Stock options granted pursuant to the Plan represent a right to purchase a
specified number of Shares during a specified period and at a specified price as
determined by the Committee at the time of grant, subject to the terms and
provisions of the Plan and provided that the purchase price be not less than
100% of Fair Market Value on the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of
Section 5, the Committee shall have discretion in determining the number of
options and Shares subject to such options, as well as the time of grant,
provided, however, that no such grants be made after the sixth anniversary of
the effective date of this Plan.
b. Vesting of Options
Options shall vest at such times and under such terms and conditions as
determined by the Committee. The Committee shall have the authority to
accelerate the vesting of any stock options as it deems appropriate for the Plan
or the Company.
c. Exercise of Options
Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such times and be
subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each
instance approve, which need not be the same for each grant or for each
Participant.
2
<PAGE> 3
d. Payment
The option exercise price shall be paid in full at the time of exercise of
the option in cash or by check or, as may be provided by the Committee at any
time, by delivery of Shares owned by the Participant in partial or full payment.
e. Call Provision
At the time of grant, the Committee may, in its discretion, subject the
Shares underlying the options to a mandatory call feature and a limitation upon
the amount paid in settlement of such stock options in the event of the exercise
of such call feature.
8. FAIR MARKET VALUE
Fair Market Value for all purposes under the Plan shall mean the average of
the high and low prices of the Company's Shares as traded on an applicable stock
exchange or in an established over-the-counter trading market for the date in
question, provided that if the Shares were not traded on that day, the average
of the high and low prices on the previous day are used to mean Fair Market
Value. In the event that the Shares of the Company are not publicly traded, in
the discretion of the Committee Fair Market Value shall be determined (i) by
reference to the most recent prices paid for Shares by buyers at arms-length
transactions, (ii) by reference to the most recent appraisal of the value of the
Shares of the Company provided by an independent valuation firm or (iii) by such
other appropriate means as the Committee shall deem appropriate.
9. TRANSFERABILITY
No option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be assignable, alienable,
saleable or otherwise transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent
and distribution, pursuant to a qualified domestic relation order (as defined by
the Code), or unless otherwise determined by the Committee. If a participant
shall die, the executor or administrator of the participant's estate or a
transferee of the option pursuant to a will or the laws of descent and
distribution shall have the right to exercise the option in lieu of the
participant.
10. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
The Committee shall, in its discretion, determine, in the event of a
termination of employment that is voluntary or involuntary, for cause or not for
cause, or due to death, disability or retirement, the terms and conditions of
the treatment of any outstanding stock options granted under the Plan. Such
terms and conditions will be set forth at the time of grant and may provide that
the Committee retains the right to amend such provisions.
11. CHANGE OF CONTROL
a. Definition
"Change of Control" shall mean a change of control of the Company of a
nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of
Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item or any
similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Act whether or not the Company
is then subject to such reporting requirements. Further, without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, such a Change of Control shall be deemed to have
occurred if any of the following events takes place.
(i) The Company is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets
or other reorganization, or a proxy contest, as a consequence of which
members of the Board in office immediately prior to such transaction or
event constitute less than a majority of the Board thereafter;
(ii) During any period of twenty-four consecutive months, individuals
who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors
(including for this purpose any new director whose election or nomination
for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at
least two-thirds of
3
<PAGE> 4
the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of
such period) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the
Board of Directors; or
(iii) At any time when the outstanding voting securities of the
Company are required to be registered under Section 12 of the Act, any
"person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Act) is or
becomes the "beneficial owner," as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act,
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or
more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding
securities; provided, however, this clause (iii) shall not apply to the
acquisition by a person of securities of the Company representing 20% or
more, but not in excess of 50% of the combined voting power of the
Company's then outstanding securities if such acquisition of securities has
been approved by a vote of at least two thirds of the directors in office
just prior to the issuance or sale of securities to such person.
For purposes of this paragraph (iii), the term "person" shall exclude
any person or group who on the date hereof is the beneficial owner,
directly or indirectly, of securities representing 10% or more of the
combined voting power of the Company's presently outstanding securities.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the consummation of the
spin-off reorganization approved by the Board of Directors of the Company
on August 24, 1993, constitute a Change of Control for purposes of this
Agreement (the "Spinoff Reorganization").
b. Exercise and Vesting Options
Unless deemed otherwise by the Committee, all options outstanding under
this Plan at the time of a Change of Control shall immediately become vested and
exercisable, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7 to the contrary, and
will be exercisable until the end of their term as set at time of grant.
12. AGREEMENTS
Grants under this Plan shall be evidenced by agreements that set forth the
terms, conditions and limitations for each grant which may include the term of
grant, the provisions applicable in the event the Participant's employment
terminates and the Company's authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend or
modify any grant.
13. PLAN AMENDMENT
The Committee may, at any time as it deems necessary, terminate, amend or
modify the Plan. However, no such amendment, modification, or termination of the
Plan may be made without the approval of the shareowners of the Company, if such
approval is required by the Code or by the Act or by any other regulatory body
with appropriate jurisdiction.
14. TAX WITHHOLDING
The Company shall have the authority to deduct or withhold from any
settlement of a grant made under the Plan an amount sufficient to satisfy
federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld. At the
discretion of the Committee, a Participant may be permitted to pay to the
Company the withholding amount in the form of cash or check, or previously owned
Shares under such conditions as may be prescribed by the Committee, and such
Shares shall be valued at the Fair Market Value as of the settlement date of the
applicable grant. Further, a Participant may elect, subject to the approval of
the Committee, to satisfy the withholding requirements, in whole or in part, by
having the Company withhold Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date the
tax is determined equal to an amount to satisfy federal, state and local tax
withholding requirements.
15. FUTURE RIGHTS
Nothing in the plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of
the Company to terminate any Participants' employment at any time, nor confer
upon any Participant any right to continue in the
4
<PAGE> 5
employment of the Company or to participate in any other benefit, severance or
compensation plan provided by the Company. In addition, no person shall have the
right to be selected to receive an option under the Plan, or having been
selected, to be selected to receive a future option.
16. GOVERNING LAW
The validity, construction and effect of the Plan and any actions taken or
relating to the Plan and any and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in
accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Rhode Island and
applicable federal law.
17. RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER
Except as otherwise provided in the grant agreement contemplated by Section
12 above, a Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company,
including rights to receive dividends on or to vote Shares subject to an option,
until the Participant becomes the holder of record of the Shares underlying the
option.
5
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.2
PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY*
1994 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN
1. PURPOSE
The purpose of the 1994 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (the
"Plan") of Providence Journal Company (the "Company") is to attract and retain
non-employees of high quality to serve as members of the Board of Directors of
the Company (the "Board") and to promote both the long-term success of and
shareholder interests in the Company. The Company believes the dynamics of a
plan focused on increasing shareholder value will provide non-employee directors
with a greater identity of interest between themselves and the shareholders of
the Company.
2. TERM
The Plan shall be effective as of October 1, 1994 and shall remain in
effect until the earlier of five (5) years from the effective date or
termination of the Plan by the Board. The Plan was approved by the shareholders
of the Company at the Annual Meeting held on September 27, 1995.
After termination of the plan, no future grants may be made, but, subject
to the preceding sentence, previously made grants shall remain outstanding in
accordance with their applicable terms and conditions and the terms and
conditions of the Plan.
3. PLAN OPERATION
The Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Rule 16b-3(c)(2)(ii)
adopted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("1934 Act") and accordingly
is intended to be self-governing. To this end the Plan is intended to require no
discretionary action by an administrative body with regard to any transaction
under the Plan except as specified in Section 5(b) and 7 of the Plan. To the
extent, if any, that any questions of interpretation arise, these shall be
resolved by the Board.
4. PARTICIPATION
Participation under the Plan shall be limited to non-employee members of
the Board. Participation shall be automatic and (1) any non-employee member of
the Board as of October 1, 1994 shall receive an initial grant, and (2) any
non-employee member of the Board as of October 5, 1995 and as of each subsequent
October 1 of each year (the "Grant Date") while the Plan is in effect, shall be
a Participant (a "Participant") under the Plan and shall automatically receive a
stock option grant as contemplated herein. If in any year this specified Grant
Date shall not be a business day, the Grant Date shall be the first business day
following.
5. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
a. Number of Shares
Subject to the provisions of Section 5(b) below, the stock subject to the
Plan shall be shares of Class A Common Stock (the "Shares"). The total amount of
Shares which may be issued under the Plan shall not exceed five hundred thirty
(530). Shares may be authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares, as
determined by the Board.
- ---------------
* The Plan was assumed by The Providence Journal Company on October 5, 1995.
Accordingly, all references to the "Company" shall be deemed to refer to The
Providence Journal Company. In addition, the Board of Directors of The
Providence Journal Company adopted technical amendments to the Plan on October
25, 1995, all of which are reflected herein.
<PAGE> 2
If any option granted under the Plan is canceled, terminates, expires or
lapses for any reason, any Shares subject to such option shall again be returned
to the Plan and shall be available for issuance under the Plan. In addition, any
Shares which have been exchanged by a Participant as full or partial payment to
the Company in connection with any grant under the Plan, shall be available for
issuance under the Plan.
b. Adjustments
The Board, as it deems appropriate to meet the intent of the Plan, may make
such adjustments to the number and kind of Shares available under the Plan and
to any outstanding stock options, provided such adjustments are consistent with
the effect on other shareholders arising from any corporate restructuring or
similar action. Such actions may include, but are not limited to, any stock
dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of Shares, merger, consolidation,
recapitalization, spin-off or other distribution (other than normal cash
dividends) of Company assets to shareholders, or any other change affecting
Shares. The Board may also, when similarly appropriate, make such adjustment in
the exercise price of outstanding stock options as it deems necessary to
preserve the rights of Participants under the Plan.
6. STOCK OPTIONS
a. Granting of Stock Options
Each Participant shall be granted a stock option to purchase five (5)
Shares as of October 1, 1994 and on each subsequent Grant Date that the Plan is
in effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, effective from and after May 8, 1996 each
Participant shall be granted a stock option to purchase ten (10) shares on
October 1, 1996 and on each subsequent Grant Date that the Plan is in effect.
b. Exercise Price
The purchase price for each Share covered by the initial stock option grant
shall be $7,700; the purchase price for each Share covered by a subsequent stock
option grant shall be 100% of Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.
c. Payment
The option exercise price shall be paid in full at the time of exercise of
the option in cash or by check or, by delivery of Shares owned by the
Participant in partial or full payment.
d. Duration and Exercisability
Each stock option shall have a term of ten years and shall become initially
exercisable, (except earlier as provided in Section 10) on the first anniversary
of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Participant's death
or ceasing to be a member of the Board as a result of disability, the stock
option shall immediately become fully exercisable.
e. Termination of Directorship
When a Participant ceases to be a member of the Board, for whatever reason,
each vested stock option, or portion thereof, held by such Participant shall
continue to be exercisable for a period of three years or until the end of the
original term, if sooner. Any non-vested stock option, or portion thereof, held
by such Participant shall be canceled as of the Participant's date of
termination of Board service.
f. Call Provision
At the time of grant, the Board may, in its discretion, subject the Shares
underlying the stock options to a mandatory call feature and a limitation upon
the amount paid in settlement of such stock options in the event of the exercise
of such call feature.
2
<PAGE> 3
g. Documentation of Grants
Stock options shall be evidenced by written agreements or such other
appropriate documentation as the Board shall prescribe.
7. FAIR MARKET VALUE
Fair Market Value for all purposes under the Plan shall mean the average of
the high and low prices of the Company's Shares as traded on an applicable stock
exchange or in an established over-the-counter trading market for the date in
question, provided that if the Shares were not traded on that day, the average
of the high and low prices on the previous day are used to mean Fair Market
Value. In the event that the Shares of the Company are not publicly traded, in
the discretion of the Board Fair Market Value shall be determined (i) by
reference to the most recent prices paid for Shares by buyers at arms-length
transactions, (ii) by reference to the most recent appraisal of the value of the
Shares of the Company provided by an independent valuation firm or (iii) by such
other appropriate means as the Board shall deem appropriate.
8. TRANSFERABILITY
No option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be assignable, alienable,
saleable or otherwise transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent
and distribution, pursuant to a qualified domestic relation order (as defined by
the Code) or unless otherwise determined by the Board. If a Participant shall
die, the executor or administrator of the Participant's estate or a transferee
of the option pursuant to a will or the laws of descent and distribution shall
have the right to exercise the option in lieu of the Participant.
9. CHANGE OF CONTROL
a. Definition
"Change of Control" shall mean a change of control of the Company of a
nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of
Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item or any
similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Act whether or not the Company
is then subject to such reporting requirements. Further, without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, such a Change of Control shall be deemed to have
occurred if any of the following events takes place:
(i) The Company is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets
or other reorganization, or a proxy contest, as a consequence of which
members of the Board in office immediately prior to such transaction or
event constitute less than a majority of the Board thereafter;
(ii) During any period of twenty-four consecutive months, individuals
who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors
(including for this purpose any new director whose election or nomination
for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at
least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors
at the beginning of such period) cease for any reason to constitute at
least a majority of the Board of Directors; or
(iii) At any time when the outstanding voting securities of the
Company are required to be registered under Section 12 of the Act, any
"person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Act) is
or becomes the "beneficial owner," as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act,
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or
more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding
securities; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, this clause (iii) shall not apply to the
acquisition by a person of securities of the Company representing 20% or
more, but not in excess of 50% of the combined voting power of the
Company's then outstanding securities if such acquisition of securities has
been approved by a vote of at least two thirds of the directors in office
just prior to the issuance or sale of securities to such person.
For purposes of this paragraph (iii), the term "person" shall exclude
any person or group who on the date hereof is the beneficial owner,
directly or indirectly, of securities representing 10% or more of the
combined voting power of the Company's presently outstanding securities.
Notwithstanding the forego-
3
<PAGE> 4
ing, in no event shall the consummation of the spin-off reorganization
approved by the Board of Directors of the Company on August 24, 1993,
constitute a Change of Control for purposes of this Agreement (the "Spinoff
Reorganization").
b. Exercise and Vesting Options
All options outstanding under this Plan at the time of a Change of Control
shall immediately become vested and exercisable, notwithstanding the provisions
of Section 7 to the contrary, and will be exercisable until the end of their
term as set at time of grant.
10. PLAN AMENDMENT
The Board may suspend the Plan or amend the Plan if deemed to be in the
best interests of the Company and its stockholders; provided, however, that (i)
no such amendment may impair any Participant's right regarding any outstanding
stock option without his or her consent, and (ii) the Plan may not be amended
more than once every six months, and only to the extent such amendment is
permitted by Rule 16b(c)(2)(ii)(B), or its successor, under the 1934 Act.
11. FUTURE RIGHTS
Neither the Plan, nor the granting of stock options nor any other action
taken pursuant to the Plan, shall constitute or be evidence of any agreement
understanding, express or implied, that the Company will retain a Participant
for any period of time, or at any particular rate of compensation as a member of
the Board. Nothing in this Plan shall in any way limit or affect the right of
the Board or the shareholders of the Company to remove any Participant from the
Board or otherwise terminate his or her service as a member of the Board.
12. GOVERNING LAW
The validity, construction and effect of the Plan and any actions taken or
relating to the Plan and any and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in
accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Rhode Island and
applicable federal law.
13. RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER
A participant shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company,
including rights to receive dividends on or to vote Shares subject to an option,
until the Participant becomes the holder of record of the Shares underlying the
option.
4
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 10.10
PARTNERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of April 2, 1996 by and between
LANDMARK PROGRAMMING, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Selling Party"), and
COLONY CABLE NETWORKS, INC. ("Purchaser"). Capitalized terms used herein and not
otherwise defined shall have the same meaning as in the Agreement of General
Partnership of Television Food Network, G.P. by and between Cable Program
Management Co., G.P. ("CPMCO") and the General Partners identified therein dated
as of August 16, 1993, as amended to date (the "TVFN Partnership Agreement").
R E C I T A L S
WHEREAS, the Selling Party is the owner of General Partnership Units in
Television Food Network, G.P., a Delaware general partnership (the
"Partnership"); and
WHEREAS, Purchaser desires to purchase from the Selling Party, and the
Selling Party desires to sell to Purchaser, all of its General Partnership Units
together with all of its right, title and interest in and to the Partnership and
the TVFN Partnership Agreement, all subject to the terms and conditions set
forth herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants and
agreements herein set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby
agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
PURCHASE AND SALE
SECTION 1.01. PURCHASE AND SALE. Except as otherwise provided and subject
to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Selling Party
agrees to sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to Purchaser, and Purchaser
agrees to purchase from the Selling Party at the "Closing" (as hereinafter
defined) all of the Selling Party's "Purchased Interests" (as defined in Section
2.01 hereof).
ARTICLE II
DESCRIPTION OF PURCHASED INTERESTS
SECTION 2.01. The "Purchased Interests" to be conveyed to Purchaser shall
be all of the Selling Party's right, title and interest in and to the
Partnership and the TVFN Partnership Agreement.
ARTICLE III
INSTRUMENTS OF TRANSFER
At the Closing, the Selling Party will deliver to Purchaser a duly executed
assignment in substantially the form of EXHIBIT A attached hereto (the
"Assignment Agreement").
ARTICLE IV
PURCHASE PRICE
SECTION 4.01. PURCHASE PRICE. The total purchase price for the Purchased
Interests shall be Twelve Million Six Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars
($12,650,000.00) (the "Purchase Price").
SECTION 4.02. PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE. The Purchaser shall pay the
Purchase Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Selling
Party, or as the Selling Party may direct, at Closing,
<PAGE> 2
in an amount equal to the Purchase Price. Three business days before the
Closing, the Selling Party shall notify the Purchaser in writing as to the
precise wire instructions for the Purchase Price.
ARTICLE V
CLOSING
SECTION 5.01. TIME; PLACE. The "Closing" shall take place at the offices of
Edwards & Angell, 2800 Hospital Trust Tower, Providence, Rhode Island, within
ten (10) business days after all conditions to Closing in Articles 9 and 10
hereof have been satisfied or waived as herein permitted, or at such other time
and place or on such other date as the Selling Party and Purchaser may mutually
agree. The outside dates for the Closing are specified in Article XIII hereof.
ARTICLE VI
SELLING PARTY'S REPRESENTATIONS
The Selling Party hereby represents, warrants, covenants and agrees, which
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements, together with all other
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of Selling Party in this
Agreement, shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
payment of the Purchase Price hereunder for a period of 12 months from the
Closing that:
SECTION 6.01. ORGANIZATION; QUALIFICATION. The Selling Party is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of the state of its incorporation and has all power and authority to own and
operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted or
proposed to be conducted. The Selling Party has the power and authority to
execute and deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to
undertake the transactions contemplated hereby.
SECTION 6.02. CONSENTS, AUTHORIZATION, EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF AGREEMENT.
All necessary consents and approvals (if any) have been obtained by Selling
Party for the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The execution and
delivery of this Agreement by Selling Party has been duly and validly authorized
and approved by all necessary action of Selling Party. The Selling Party has
full power and authority to execute and deliver and perform its obligations
under this Agreement, subject to obtaining all necessary consents required for
the transfer by the Selling Party of the Purchased Interests. This Agreement is
a valid and binding obligation of Selling Party, enforceable against it in
accordance with its terms, and neither the execution and delivery of this
Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will be
in material violation of any statute, law, ordinance, rule, regulation,
judgment, order, permit, writ, injunction or decree of any court, commission,
bureau or agency to which Selling Party is subject or by which Selling Party is
bound, nor constitute a material breach or material default under Selling
Party's charter, by-laws or any material agreement or material obligation to
which Selling Party is a party or by which Selling Party is bound.
SECTION 6.03. TITLE TO PURCHASED INTERESTS. The Selling Party has full
power, right and authority to sell and convey to Purchaser legal and beneficial
title to the Purchased Interests and the Selling Party's sale to Purchaser shall
transfer good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all security
interests, liens, pledges, charges and encumbrances of every kind, excluding any
encumbrances created by the TVFN Partnership Agreement.
SECTION 6.04. NO VIOLATION OF EXISTING AGREEMENTS. The execution, delivery
and performance of this Agreement by the Selling Party will not violate any
provisions of law and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the
passage of time, or both, conflict with or result in any breach of any of the
terms or conditions of, or constitute a material default under any existing
contracts of the Selling Party. The execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement by the Selling Party will not result in the creation of any security
interest, lien, pledge, charge or encumbrance upon the Purchased Interests.
-2-
<PAGE> 3
SECTION 6.05. LITIGATION AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. There is no outstanding
judgment against the Selling Party and there is no litigation, proceeding or
investigation pending, or, to the Selling Party's knowledge, threatened, against
the Selling Party or its assets which individually or in the aggregate would, if
adversely determined, result in a material adverse change in the business
condition (financial or otherwise) of the Selling Party of the Purchased
Interests, or which questions the validity of any action taken or to be taken
pursuant to or in connection with the provisions of this Agreement.
SECTION 6.06. BROKERS. The Selling Party has not engaged any agent, broker
or other person acting pursuant to the express or implied authority of the
Selling Party which is or may be entitled to a commission or broker or finder's
fee in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or
otherwise with respect to the sale of the Purchased Interests.
ARTICLE VII
PURCHASER'S REPRESENTATIONS
Purchaser hereby represents, warrants, covenants and agrees, which
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements, together with all other
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of Purchaser in this
Agreement, shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
payment of the Purchase Price hereunder for a period of 12 months from the
Closing, that:
SECTION 7.01. ORGANIZATION; QUALIFICATION. Purchaser is a corporation duly
organized and validly existing under the laws of the state of its incorporation.
Purchaser has all power and authority to (i) own and operate its properties,
(ii) carry on its business as it is now being conducted, and (iii) execute,
deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to undertake the
transactions contemplated hereby.
SECTION 7.02. CONSENTS; AUTHORIZATION; EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF AGREEMENT.
All necessary consents and approvals (if any) have been obtained by Purchaser
for the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The execution and delivery of
this Agreement by Purchaser has been duly and validly authorized and approved by
all necessary action of Purchaser. The Purchaser has full power and authority to
execute and deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement, subject to
obtaining all necessary consents required for the transfer by the Selling Party
of the Purchased Interests. This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of
Purchaser, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, and neither the
execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby will be in material violation of any statute,
law, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, order, permit, writ, injunction or
decree of any court, commission, bureau or agency to which Purchaser is subject
or by which Purchaser is bound, nor constitute a material breach or material
default under Purchaser's charter, by-laws or any material agreement or material
obligation to which Purchaser is a party or by which Purchaser is bound.
SECTION 7.03. LITIGATION AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. There is no outstanding
judgment against Purchaser and there is no litigation, proceeding or
investigation pending, or, to Purchaser's knowledge, threatened, against
Purchaser, or its assets which individually or in the aggregate would, if
adversely determined, result in a material adverse change in the business
condition (financial or otherwise) of Purchaser or which questions the validity
of any action taken or to be taken pursuant to or in connection with the
provisions of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby by the Purchaser.
SECTION 7.04. NO VIOLATION OF EXISTING AGREEMENTS. The execution, delivery
and performance of this Agreement by the Purchaser will not violate any
provisions of law and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the
passage of time, or both, conflict with or result in any breach of any of the
terms or conditions of, or constitute a material default under any existing
contracts of the Purchaser. The execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement by the Purchaser will not result in the creation of any security
interest, lien, pledge, charge or encumbrance upon the Purchased Interests.
-3-
<PAGE> 4
SECTION 7.05. BROKERS. Purchaser has not engaged any agent, broker or other
person acting pursuant to the express or implied authority of Purchaser which is
or may be entitled to a commission or broker or finder's fee in connection with
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise with respect to the
sale of the Purchased Interests.
SECTION 7.06. FAVORED TERMS. The Purchaser represents and warrants to the
Selling Party that, except for the "Potential CCI Transaction" (defined below),
the price being paid to the Selling Party pursuant to this Agreement is as high
a price, on a pro rata basis, as is being paid (whether in cash or other
consideration) to any Partner (as defined in the TVFN Partnership Agreement) or
any other person in consideration for such Partner's or other person's equity
interest in the Partnership. The Selling Party hereby acknowledges that the
Purchaser has advised the Selling Party that it has commenced discussions with
an affiliate of Continental Cablevision, Inc. ("CCI") regarding a potential
transaction in which the Purchaser, among other things, would purchase CCI's
equity interest in the Partnership (the "Potential CCI Transaction").
SECTION 7.07. OTHER TRANSACTIONS. The Purchaser represents and warrants to
the Selling Party that neither the Partnership nor CPMCO has any agreement to,
nor has engaged in any discussion that is likely to lead it to, sell a
controlling interest in the Partnership at a price that is, on a pro rata basis,
higher than the price being paid (whether in cash or other consideration) to the
Selling Party hereunder.
ARTICLE VIII
SELLING PARTY'S AND PURCHASER'S AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
SECTION 8.01. COVENANTS PRIOR TO CLOSING. The Selling Party hereby
covenants and agrees that from and after the date of execution and delivery of
this Agreement to and including the Closing, Selling Party shall give Purchaser
and its counsel, accountants and other representatives reasonable access during
normal business hours to inspect all of the properties, books and records of the
Selling Party as they pertain to the ownership of the Purchased Interests,
wherever located, and furnish Purchaser with such information concerning the
Purchased Interests, as Purchaser may reasonably request.
SECTION 8.02. THIRD PARTY CONSENTS. Each of Purchaser and the Selling Party
covenants and agrees that each of them will reasonably cooperate with each
other, and do all things reasonably necessary to assist the Selling Party to
obtain all consents and approvals necessary for the transfer or assignment to
Purchaser of the Purchased Interests.
SECTION 8.03. NEGATIVE COMMENTS. From the date hereof until the date which
is 12 months from the date of the Closing, the Selling Party, its affiliates,
related entities, shareholders, partners, officers, directors, employees,
representatives, successors and assigns will not publicly make any derogatory or
disparaging comments relating in any way to the Partnership or its affairs about
the Partnership, CPMCO, any of the partners of the Partnership or CPMCO, any of
such partners' affiliates or employees, any employee of the Partnership or Reese
Schonfeld.
SECTION 8.04. CONFIDENTIALITY. From the date hereof until the date which is
12 months from the date of the Closing, the Selling Party agrees to be bound by
the confidentiality agreement set forth in Section 16.10 of the TVFN Partnership
Agreement to the same extent as if the Selling Party had remained a partner in
the Partnership during such period. The "Mutual Release" (as defined below)
shall not be deemed to apply to this agreement.
SECTION 8.05. NON-COMPETE. The Selling Party hereby confirms that the
Selling Party will be bound by the restrictive covenant agreement set forth in
Section 3.02 of the TVFN Partnership Agreement from the date hereof until the
date which is 12 months from the date of the Closing. The Mutual Release shall
not be deemed to apply to this agreement.
-4-
<PAGE> 5
SECTION 8.06. COOPERATION. Each of the parties hereto will use its best
efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action and to do, or
cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement in the most expeditious manner
practicable.
ARTICLE IX
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO PURCHASER'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE
The obligation of Purchaser under this Agreement with respect to the
purchase and sale of the Purchased Interests shall be subject to the fulfillment
on or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions:
SECTION 9.01. ACCURACY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; PERFORMANCE OF
THIS AGREEMENT. All of the representations and warranties by the Selling Party
contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects
at and as of the Closing except for representations made as of a specific date
which shall be true at and as of such date. The Selling Party shall have
complied with and performed in all material respects all of the agreements and
covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on
or prior to the Closing. Purchaser shall have been furnished with a certificate
or certificates of the Selling Party or an authorized officer thereof, dated as
of the Closing, certifying to the fulfillment of the foregoing conditions.
SECTION 9.02. BOARD RESOLUTIONS. The Selling Party shall deliver to
Purchaser copies of the resolutions of its Board of Directors authorizing the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all instruments and
documents to be delivered in connection herewith and the transactions
contemplated hereby, duly certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary
of the Selling Party.
SECTION 9.03. MUTUAL RELEASE. The Selling Party shall deliver to the
Purchaser a duly executed copy of the Mutual Release attached hereto as Exhibit
B (the "Mutual Release").
SECTION 9.04. ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT. The Selling Party shall deliver to the
Purchaser a duly executed copy of the Assignment Agreement.
SECTION 9.05. MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE APPROVALS. The Partnership's Management
Committee shall approve the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as
required by Section 8.01(b) of the TVFN Partnership Agreement and shall approve
the Purchaser as a substitute partner as provided in Section 8.06 of the TVFN
Partnership Agreement.
SECTION 9.06. RIGHTS OF FIRST AND SECOND REFUSAL. The obligations of the
Selling Party to comply with the provisions providing rights of first refusal
and second refusal set forth in Sections 9.01 and 9.02(a), (b) and (c) of the
TVFN Partnership Agreement shall have been satisfied in the reasonable judgment
of the Purchaser.
ARTICLE X
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO
SELLING PARTY'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE
The obligations of Selling Party under this Agreement with respect to the
purchase and sale of the Purchased Interests shall be subject to the fulfillment
on or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions:
SECTION 10.01. ACCURACY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; PERFORMANCE OF
THIS AGREEMENT. All of the representations and warranties by Purchaser contained
in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as
of the Closing. Purchaser shall have complied with and performed in all material
respects all of the agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be
performed and
-5-
<PAGE> 6
complied with by it on or prior to the Closing. Selling Party shall have been
furnished with a certificate of an officer of the Purchaser, dated as of the
Closing, certifying to the fulfillment of the foregoing conditions.
SECTION 10.02. BOARD RESOLUTIONS. Purchaser shall deliver to Selling Party
copies of the resolutions of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution,
delivery and performance of this Agreement and all instruments and documents to
be delivered in connection herewith and the transactions contemplated hereby,
duly certified by an authorized officer of the Purchaser which certificate shall
be delivered after due inquiry but without personal liability to such officer.
SECTION 10.03. INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE. The Selling Party shall have
received a certificate of a secretary or assistant secretary of the Purchaser,
which certificate shall be delivered after due inquiry but without personal
liability to such officer, certifying as to the genuineness of the signatures of
representatives of Purchaser authorized to take certain actions or execute any
certificate, document, instrument or agreement to be delivered pursuant to this
Agreement which incumbency certificate shall include the true signatures of such
representatives.
SECTION 10.04. MUTUAL RELEASE. The Purchaser shall deliver to the Selling
Party a duly executed copy of the Mutual Release.
SECTION 10.05. PURCHASE PRICE. The Purchaser shall pay the Purchase Price
to the Seller as required by Section 4.02 of this Agreement.
ARTICLE XI
INDEMNIFICATION
SECTION 11.01. INDEMNIFICATION BY SELLING PARTY. (a) Notwithstanding the
Closing, and regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of
Purchaser or any information Purchaser may have, the Selling Party agrees to
indemnify and to hold Purchaser, its officers, directors, and employees harmless
from and against and in respect of any losses (including lost revenues),
damages, costs, expenses, suits, demands, judgments and diminution in value
incurred by Purchaser from:
(i) Any damage or deficiency resulting from any material
misrepresentation, material breach of warranty, or material nonfulfillment
of any agreement or covenant on the part of the Selling Party under this
Agreement or from any material misrepresentation in or material omission
from any exhibit or other instrument furnished or to be furnished to the
Purchaser hereunder; and
(ii) All reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees) incurred by Purchaser in connection with any action, suit,
proceeding, demand, assessment or judgment incident to any of the matters
Purchaser is indemnified against by the Selling Party in this Agreement.
SECTION 11.02. INDEMNIFICATION BY PURCHASER. Notwithstanding the Closing,
Purchaser agrees to indemnify and to hold Selling Party and its officers,
directors, partners and employees harmless from and against and in respect of
any losses (including lost revenues), damages, costs, expenses, suits, demands,
judgments and diminution in value incurred by the Selling Party from:
(a) Any damage or deficiency resulting from any material
misrepresentation, material breach of warranty, or material nonfulfillment
of any agreement or covenant on the part of Purchaser under this Agreement
or from any material misrepresentation in or material omission from any
exhibit or other instrument furnished or to be furnished to Selling Party
hereunder; and
-6-
<PAGE> 7
(b) All reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys'
fees) incurred by the Selling Parties in connection with any action, suit,
proceeding, demand, assessment or judgment incident to any of the matters
the Selling Party are indemnified against by Purchaser in this Agreement.
SECTION 11.03. NOTICE TO INDEMNIFYING PARTY. (a) The indemnified party
shall notify the indemnifying party of any claim for which indemnification is
sought under this Article XI promptly and not later than 12 months after the
Closing.
(b) The indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, upon
notice to and with such counsel as approved in writing by the indemnified party
(such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), assume the defense
of, any suit, action or proceeding commenced against the indemnified party for
which indemnification is sought under this Section 11.03. No claim shall be paid
or settled without the prior written approval of the indemnifying party (such
approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The indemnifying party
shall not be liable for any legal expenses of counsel which are incurred by the
indemnified party in connection with the defense of any such suit, action or
proceeding after the date of approval by the indemnified party of counsel
selected by the indemnifying party to assume the defense thereof, except for
reasonable costs of assessment and investigation thereof.
ARTICLE XII
CONFIDENTIALITY AND PRESS RELEASES
SECTION 12.01. CONFIDENTIALITY. Each party shall hold in strict confidence
all documents and information concerning the other and, if the transaction
contemplated hereby should not be consummated, such confidence shall be
maintained, and all such documents and information (in written form) shall
immediately thereafter be destroyed and notice of such destruction promptly
given to the party originally furnishing the same.
SECTION 12.02. PRESS RELEASES. No press release or public disclosure,
either written or oral, of the existence or terms of this Agreement shall be
made by either Purchaser or the Selling Party without the consent of the other
subject to the provisions of Section 12.03, and Purchaser and the Selling Party
shall each furnish to the other advance copies of any release which it proposes
to make public concerning this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby
and the date upon which Purchaser or the Selling Parties, as the case may be,
proposes to make such press release.
SECTION 12.03. DISCLOSURES REQUIRED BY LAW. This Article XII shall not,
however, be construed to prohibit any party from making any disclosures to any
governmental authority that it is required to make by law or from filing this
Agreement with, or disclosing the terms of this Agreement to, any institutional
lender to such party, or prohibit Selling Party, Purchaser or any of their
affiliates from disclosing to its investors, partners, accountants, auditors,
attorneys, parent company and broker/dealers such terms of this transaction as
are customarily disclosed to them.
ARTICLE XIII
TERMINATION
This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated herein
may be abandoned, by written notice promptly given to the other party hereto, at
any time prior to the Closing:
(a) by mutual written consent of the Selling Party and the Purchaser;
(b) by either Purchaser or Selling Party, if any court of competent
jurisdiction in the United States or other United States governmental body
shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action
permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise permanently prohibiting the
sale of the Purchased Interests to Purchaser (which Selling
-7-
<PAGE> 8
Party and Purchaser shall have used all reasonable efforts to have lifted
or reversed) and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have
become final and nonappealable;
(c) by the Purchaser, if the Selling Party shall have materially
breached any of its material covenants herein, and said breach is not cured
within 10 business days after written notice of the breach is received by
Selling Party, or if the Selling Party shall have intentionally made a
material misrepresentation herein;
(d) by the Selling Party, if the Purchaser shall have materially
breached any of its material covenants herein, and said breach is not cured
within 10 business days after written notice of the breach is received by
Purchaser, or if the Purchaser shall have intentionally made a material
misrepresentation herein; or
(e) by either the Selling Party or the Purchaser if the Closing shall
not have occurred on or before September 30, 1996, unless the failure to
have the Closing shall be due to the failure of the party seeking to
terminate this Agreement to perform in any material respect its obligations
under this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to the
Closing.
ARTICLE XIV
BROKERS' FEES
Each party represents and warrants to the other that it shall be solely
responsible for the payment of any fee or commission due to any broker or finder
it has engaged with respect to this transaction and the other party hereto shall
be indemnified for any liability with respect thereto pursuant to Article XI
hereof.
ARTICLE XV
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 15.01. ADDITIONAL INSTRUMENTS OF TRANSFER. From time to time after
the Closing, the Selling Party shall, if requested by Purchaser, make, execute
and deliver to Purchaser such additional assignments and other instruments of
transfer as may be necessary or proper to transfer to Purchaser all of the
Selling Party's right, title and interest in and to the Purchased Interests.
Such efforts and assistance shall be without cost to Purchaser.
SECTION 15.02. NOTICES. All notices and other communications required or
permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have
been duly given if delivered, sent by telecopier or mailed, registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the following
addresses:
(i) If to Purchaser:
Colony Cable Networks, Inc.
75 Fountain Street
Providence, RI 02902
Attention: Jack C. Clifford
Facsimile No.: (401) 274-9220
with a copy to:
Edwards & Angell
2800 Hospital Trust Tower
Providence, Rhode Island 02903
Attention: Walter G. D. Reed, Esq.
Facsimile No.: (401) 276-6611
-8-
<PAGE> 9
(ii) If to Selling Party:
Landmark Programming, Inc.
150 West & Brambleton Avenue
Norfolk, VA 23510
Attention: Bahns Stanley
Facsimile No.:
with copies to:
Willkie, Farr & Gallagher
One Citicorp Center
150 East 53rd Street
New York, NY 10022-4669
Attn: William J. Grant, Jr.
Facsimile No.: (212) 821-8111
Notices delivered personally shall be effective upon delivery. Notices
transmitted by telecopy shall be effective when received. Notices delivered by
regular mail or by overnight mail shall be effective when received. Notices
delivered by registered or certified mail shall be effective on the date set
forth on the receipt of registered or certified mail, or 72 hours after mailing,
whichever is earlier.
SECTION 15.03. EXPENSES. Each party shall bear its own expenses and costs,
including the fees of any attorney retained by it, incurred in connection with
the preparation of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby.
SECTION 15.04. SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. The parties recognize and acknowledge
that in the event the Selling Party shall fail to perform its obligations under
the terms of this Agreement, money damages alone will not be adequate to
compensate the Purchaser. The parties, therefore, agree and acknowledge that in
the event the Selling Party fails to perform its obligations under this
Agreement, the Purchaser shall be entitled, in addition to any action for
monetary damages, in addition to any other rights and remedies on account of
such failure, to specific performance of the terms of this Agreement and of the
covenants and obligations hereunder.
SECTION 15.05. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (without
application of principles of conflicts of law).
SECTION 15.06. ASSIGNMENT. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights,
interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties
hereto prior to Closing without the prior written consent of the other parties.
SECTION 15.07. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. All agreements made and entered into
in connection with this transaction shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto, their successors and assigns.
SECTION 15.08. AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS. No alteration, modification or change
of this Agreement shall be valid except by an agreement in writing executed by
the parties hereto. No failure or delay by any party hereto in exercising any
right, power or privilege hereunder (and no course of dealing between or among
any of the parties) shall operate as a waiver of any such right, power or
privilege. No waiver of any default on any one occasion shall constitute a
waiver of any subsequent or other default. No single or partial exercise of any
such right, power or privilege shall preclude the further or full exercise
thereof.
-9-
<PAGE> 10
SECTION 15.09. STANDSTILL. The Selling Party hereby agrees that it shall
not offer the Purchased Interests or any direct or indirect interest in the
Purchased Interests for sale to any other party until the earlier to occur of
the Closing or the termination of this Agreement. In addition, the Selling Party
hereby agrees that it will take no action, directly or indirectly, to solicit
indications of interest in, or offers for the sale of any interest in, the
Purchased Interests until the earlier to occur of the Closing or the termination
of this Agreement.
SECTION 15.10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement merges all previous
negotiations between the parties hereto and constitutes the entire agreement and
understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this
Agreement.
SECTION 15.11. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one agreement.
SECTION 15.12. SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement or the
application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or
unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application
of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected
thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.
SECTION 15.13. SECTION HEADINGS. The section headings contained in this
Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement
of the parties and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of
this Agreement.
SECTION 15.14. INTERPRETATION. As both parties have participated in the
drafting of this Agreement, any ambiguity shall not be construed against either
party as the drafter.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has hereunto set his hand
and seal or caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized
representative as of the day and year first above written.
SELLING PARTIES:
LANDMARK PROGRAMMING, INC.
By: /s/ J. B. Stanley III
----------------------------
Title: Vice President
---------------------
PURCHASER:
COLONY CABLE NETWORKS, INC.
By: /s/ Jack C. Clifford
-----------------------------
Title: Vice President
-----------------------
-10-
<PAGE> 11
The undersigned hereby guarantees full payment and performance of the
obligations of the Selling Party hereunder.
LANDMARK COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By: /s/ J. B. Stanley III
-----------------------------
Title: Vice President
-----------------------
The undersigned hereby guarantees full payment and performance of the
obligations of the Purchaser hereunder.
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY
By: /s/ Jack C. Clifford
-----------------------------
Title: Vice President
----------------------
-11-
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 10.11
PARTNERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of April 2, 1996 by and between
SCRIPPS HOWARD PUBLISHING, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Selling Party"),
and COLONY CABLE NETWORKS, INC. ("Purchaser"). Capitalized terms used herein and
not otherwise defined shall have the same meaning as in the Agreement of General
Partnership of Television Food Network, G.P. by and between Cable Program
Management Co., G.P. ("CPMCO") and the General Partners identified therein dated
as of August 16, 1993, as amended to date (the "TVFN Partnership Agreement").
R E C I T A L S
WHEREAS, the Selling Party is the owner of General Partnership Units in
Television Food Network, G.P., a Delaware general partnership (the
"Partnership"); and
WHEREAS, Purchaser desires to purchase from the Selling Party, and the
Selling Party desires to sell to Purchaser, all of its General Partnership Units
together with all of its right, title and interest in and to the Partnership and
the TVFN Partnership Agreement, all subject to the terms and conditions set
forth herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants and
agreements herein set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby
agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
PURCHASE AND SALE
SECTION 1.01. PURCHASE AND SALE. Except as otherwise provided and subject
to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Selling Party
agrees to sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to Purchaser, and Purchaser
agrees to purchase from the Selling Party at the "Closing" (as hereinafter
defined) all of the Selling Party's "Purchased Interests" (as defined in Section
2.01 hereof).
ARTICLE II
DESCRIPTION OF PURCHASED INTERESTS
SECTION 2.01. The "Purchased Interests" to be conveyed to Purchaser shall
be all of the Selling Party's right, title and interest in and to the
Partnership and the TVFN Partnership Agreement; except for the Selling Party's
Subscriber Interest (as defined in the TVFN Partnership Agreement), which the
Selling Party shall forfeit as set forth in the "Mutual Release" (as defined in
Section 9.03 hereof).
ARTICLE III
INSTRUMENTS OF TRANSFER
At the Closing, the Selling Party will deliver to Purchaser a duly executed
assignment in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (the
"Assignment Agreement").
<PAGE> 2
ARTICLE IV
PURCHASE PRICE
SECTION 4.01. PURCHASE PRICE. The total purchase price for the Purchased
Interests shall be Eleven Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($11,400,000.00)
(the "Purchase Price").
SECTION 4.02. PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE. The Purchaser shall pay the
Purchase Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Selling
Party, or as the Selling Party may direct, at Closing, in an amount equal to the
Purchase Price. Three business days before the Closing, the Selling Party shall
notify the Purchaser in writing as to the precise wire instructions for the
Purchase Price.
ARTICLE V
CLOSING
SECTION 5.01. TIME; PLACE. The "Closing" shall take place at the offices of
Edwards & Angell, 2800 Hospital Trust Tower, Providence, Rhode Island, within
five (5) business days after all conditions to Closing in Articles 9 and 10
hereof have been satisfied or waived as herein permitted, or at such other time
and place or on such other date as the Selling Party and Purchaser may mutually
agree. The outside dates for the Closing are specified in Article XIII hereof.
ARTICLE VI
SELLING PARTY'S REPRESENTATIONS
The Selling Party hereby represents, warrants, covenants and agrees, which
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements, together with all other
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of Selling Party in this
Agreement, shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
payment of the Purchase Price hereunder for a period of 12 months from the
Closing that:
SECTION 6.01. ORGANIZATION; QUALIFICATION. The Selling Party is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of the state of its incorporation and has all power and authority to own and
operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted or
proposed to be conducted. The Selling Party has the power and authority to
execute and deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to
undertake the transactions contemplated hereby.
SECTION 6.02. CONSENTS, AUTHORIZATION, EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF AGREEMENT.
The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Selling Party has been duly and
validly authorized and approved by all necessary action of Selling Party. The
Selling Party has full power and authority to execute and deliver and perform
its obligations under this Agreement, subject to obtaining all necessary
elections not to purchase and consents required for the transfer by the Selling
Party of the Purchased Interests (collectively, the "Consents"). This Agreement
is a valid and binding obligation of Selling Party, enforceable against it in
accordance with its terms, and neither the execution and delivery of this
Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will be
in material violation of any statute, law, ordinance, rule, regulation,
judgment, order, permit, writ, injunction or decree of any court, commission,
bureau or agency to which Selling Party is subject or by which Selling Party is
bound, nor constitute a material breach or material default under Selling
Party's charter, by-laws or (subject to Selling Party's receipt of the Consents)
any material agreement or material obligation to which Selling Party is a party
or by which Selling Party is bound. The execution, delivery and performance of
this Agreement by the Selling Party will not result in the creation of any
security interest, lien, pledge, charge or encumbrance upon the Purchased
Interests.
SECTION 6.03. TITLE TO PURCHASED INTERESTS. Subject to the Selling Party's
and the Purchaser's receipt of the Consents, the Selling Party has full power,
right and authority to sell and convey to Purchaser legal and beneficial title
to the Purchased Interests and the Selling Party's sale to Purchaser shall
transfer good
-2-
<PAGE> 3
and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all security interests, liens,
pledges, charges and encumbrances of every kind.
SECTION 6.04. LITIGATION AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. There is no outstanding
judgment against the Selling Party and there is no litigation, proceeding or
investigation pending, or, to the Selling Party's knowledge, threatened, against
the Selling Party or its assets which individually or in the aggregate would, if
adversely determined, result in a material adverse change in the business
condition (financial or otherwise) of the Selling Party or the Purchased
Interests, or which questions the validity of any action taken or to be taken
pursuant to or in connection with the provisions of this Agreement.
SECTION 6.05. BROKERS. The Selling Party has not engaged any agent, broker
or other person acting pursuant to the express or implied authority of the
Selling Party which is or may be entitled to a commission or broker or finder's
fee in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or
otherwise with respect to the sale of the Purchased Interests.
ARTICLE VII
PURCHASER'S REPRESENTATIONS
Purchaser hereby represents, warrants, covenants and agrees, which
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements, together with all other
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of Purchaser in this
Agreement, shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
payment of the Purchase Price hereunder for a period of 12 months from the
Closing, that:
SECTION 7.01. ORGANIZATION; QUALIFICATION. Purchaser is a corporation duly
organized and validly existing under the laws of the state of its incorporation.
Purchaser has all power and authority to (i) own and operate its properties,
(ii) carry on its business as it is now being conducted, and (iii) execute,
deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to undertake the
transactions contemplated hereby.
SECTION 7.02. CONSENTS; AUTHORIZATION; EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF AGREEMENT.
The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Purchaser has been duly and
validly authorized and approved by all necessary action of Purchaser. The
Purchaser has full power and authority to execute and deliver and perform its
obligations under this Agreement, subject to obtaining all the Consents. This
Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable against it
in accordance with its terms, and neither the execution and delivery of this
Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will be
in material violation of any statute, law, ordinance, rule, regulation,
judgment, order, permit, writ, injunction or decree of any court, commission,
bureau or agency to which Purchaser is subject or by which Purchaser is bound,
nor constitute a material breach or material default under Purchaser's charter,
by-laws or any material agreement or (subject to the Selling Party's and
Purchaser's receipt of the Consents) material obligation to which Purchaser is a
party or by which Purchaser is bound.
SECTION 7.03. LITIGATION AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. There is no outstanding
judgment against Purchaser and there is no litigation, proceeding or
investigation pending, or, to Purchaser's knowledge, threatened, against
Purchaser, or its assets which individually or in the aggregate would, if
adversely determined, result in a material adverse change in the business
condition (financial or otherwise) of Purchaser or which questions the validity
of any action taken or to be taken pursuant to or in connection with the
provisions of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby by the Purchaser.
SECTION 7.04. BROKERS. Purchaser has not engaged any agent, broker or other
person acting pursuant to the express or implied authority of Purchaser which is
or may be entitled to a commission or broker or
-3-
<PAGE> 4
finder's fee in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
or otherwise with respect to the sale of the Purchased Interests.
SECTION 7.05. FUNDS. At the Closing, the Purchaser will have sufficient
funds to pay the Purchase Price to the Selling Party.
SECTION 7.06. FAVORED TERMS. The Purchaser represents and warrants to the
Selling Party that, except for the "Potential CCI Transaction" (defined below),
the price being paid to the Selling Party pursuant to this Agreement is as high
a price, on a pro rata basis, as is being paid (whether in cash or other
consideration) to any Partner (as defined in the TVFN Partnership Agreement) or
any other person in consideration for such Partner's or other person's equity
interest in the Partnership. The Selling Party hereby acknowledges that the
Purchaser has advised the Selling Party that it has commenced discussions with
an affiliate of Continental Cablevision, Inc. ("CCI") regarding a potential
transaction in which the Purchaser, among other things, would purchase CCI's
equity interest in the Partnership (the "Potential CCI Transaction").
SECTION 7.07. OTHER TRANSACTIONS. The Purchaser represents and warrants to
the Selling Party that neither the Partnership nor CPMCO has any agreement to,
nor has engaged in any discussion that is likely to lead it to, sell a
controlling interest in the Partnership at a price that is, on a pro rata basis,
higher than the price being paid (whether in cash or other consideration) to the
Selling Party hereunder.
ARTICLE VIII
SELLING PARTY'S AND PURCHASER'S AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
SECTION 8.01. THIRD PARTY CONSENTS. Each of Purchaser and the Selling Party
covenants and agrees that each of them will reasonably cooperate with each
other, and do all things reasonably necessary to attempt to obtain the Consents.
SECTION 8.02. NEGATIVE COMMENTS. From the date hereof until the date which
is 12 months from the date of the Closing, none of the Selling Party, the
Purchaser or TVFN or any of their affiliates, related entities, shareholders,
partners, officers, directors, employees, representatives, successors and
assigns will publicly make any derogatory or disparaging comments relating in
any way to the Partnership or its affairs about the Partnership, CPMCO, any of
the partners of the Partnership or CPMCO, any of such partners' affiliates or
employees, any employee of the Partnership or Reese Schonfeld.
SECTION 8.03. CONFIDENTIALITY. From the date hereof until the date which is
12 months from the date of the Closing, the Selling Party agrees to be bound by
the confidentiality agreement set forth in Section 16.10 of the TVFN Partnership
Agreement to the same extent as if the Selling Party had remained a partner in
the Partnership during such period. The "Mutual Release" (as defined below)
shall not be deemed to apply to this agreement.
SECTION 8.04. NON-COMPETE. The Selling Party hereby confirms that the
Selling Party will be bound by the restrictive covenant agreement set forth in
Section 3.02 of the TVFN Partnership Agreement from the date hereof until the
date which is 12 months from the date of the Closing. The Mutual Release shall
not be deemed to apply to this agreement.
SECTION 8.05. COOPERATION. Each of the parties hereto will use its best
efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action and to do, or
cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement in the most expeditious manner
practicable.
-4-
<PAGE> 5
ARTICLE IX
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO PURCHASER'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE
The obligation of Purchaser under this Agreement with respect to the
purchase and sale of the Purchased Interests shall be subject to the fulfillment
on or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions:
SECTION 9.01. ACCURACY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; PERFORMANCE OF
THIS AGREEMENT. All of the representations and warranties by the Selling Party
contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects
at and as of the Closing except for representations made as of a specific date
which shall be true at and as of such date. The Selling Party shall have
complied with and performed in all material respects all of the agreements and
covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on
or prior to the Closing. Purchaser shall have been furnished with a certificate
or certificates of the Selling Party or an authorized officer thereof, dated as
of the Closing, certifying to the fulfillment of the foregoing conditions.
SECTION 9.02. MUTUAL RELEASE. The Selling Party shall deliver to the
Purchaser a duly executed copy of the Mutual Release attached hereto as Exhibit
B (the "Mutual Release").
SECTION 9.03. ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT. The Selling Party shall deliver to the
Purchaser a duly executed copy of the Assignment Agreement.
SECTION 9.04. MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE APPROVALS. The Partnership's Management
Committee shall approve the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as
required by Section 8.01(b) of the TVFN Partnership Agreement and shall approve
the Purchaser as a substitute partner as provided in Section 8.06 of the TVFN
Partnership Agreement.
SECTION 9.05. RIGHTS OF FIRST AND SECOND REFUSAL. The obligations of the
Selling Party to comply with the provisions providing rights of first refusal
and second refusal set forth in Sections 9.01 and 9.02(a), (b) and (c) of the
TVFN Partnership Agreement shall have been satisfied in the reasonable judgment
of the Selling Party and the Purchaser.
ARTICLE X
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO
SELLING PARTY'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE
The obligations of Selling Party under this Agreement with respect to the
purchase and sale of the Purchased Interests shall be subject to the fulfillment
on or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions:
SECTION 10.01. ACCURACY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; PERFORMANCE OF
THIS AGREEMENT. All of the representations and warranties by Purchaser contained
in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as
of the Closing. Purchaser shall have complied with and performed in all material
respects all of the agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be
performed and complied with by it on or prior to the Closing. Selling Party
shall have been furnished with a certificate of an officer of the Purchaser,
dated as of the Closing, certifying to the fulfillment of the foregoing
conditions.
SECTION 10.02. MUTUAL RELEASE. The Purchaser shall deliver to the Selling
Party a duly executed copy of the Mutual Release.
SECTION 10.03. MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE APPROVALS. The Partnership's Management
Committee shall approve the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as
required by Section 8.01(b) of the TVFN Partnership Agreement and shall approve
the Purchaser as a substitute partner as provided in Section 8.06 of the TVFN
Partnership Agreement.
-5-
<PAGE> 6
SECTION 10.04. RIGHTS OF FIRST AND SECOND REFUSAL. The obligations of the
Selling Party to comply with the provisions providing rights of first refusal
and second refusal set forth in Sections 9.01 and 9.02(a), (b) and (c) of the
TVFN Partnership Agreement shall have been satisfied in the reasonable judgment
of the Selling Party and the Purchaser.
SECTION 10.05. COMPLIANCE WITH TVFN PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT. The Purchaser
shall comply in all respects with Section 9.06 of the TVFN Partnership
Agreement.
ARTICLE XI
INDEMNIFICATION
SECTION 11.01. INDEMNIFICATION BY SELLING PARTY. (a) Notwithstanding the
Closing, and regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of
Purchaser or any information Purchaser may have, the Selling Party agrees to
indemnify and to hold Purchaser, its officers, directors, and employees harmless
from and against and in respect of any losses (including lost revenues),
damages, costs, expenses, suits, demands, judgments and diminution in value
incurred by Purchaser from:
(i) Any damage or deficiency resulting from any material
misrepresentation, material breach of warranty, or material nonfulfillment
of any agreement or covenant on the part of the Selling Party under this
Agreement or from any material misrepresentation in or material omission
from any exhibit or other instrument furnished or to be furnished to the
Purchaser hereunder; and
(ii) All reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees) incurred by Purchaser in connection with any action, suit,
proceeding, demand, assessment or judgment incident to any of the matters
Purchaser is indemnified against by the Selling Party in this Agreement.
SECTION 11.02. INDEMNIFICATION BY PURCHASER. Notwithstanding the Closing,
Purchaser agrees to indemnify and to hold Selling Party and its officers,
directors, partners and employees harmless from and against and in respect of
any losses (including lost revenues), damages, costs, expenses, suits, demands,
judgments and diminution in value incurred by the Selling Party from:
(a) Any damage or deficiency resulting from any material
misrepresentation, material breach of warranty, or material nonfulfillment
of any agreement or covenant on the part of Purchaser under this Agreement
or from any material misrepresentation in or material omission from any
exhibit or other instrument furnished or to be furnished to Selling Party
hereunder; and
(b) All reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys'
fees) incurred by the Selling Parties in connection with any action, suit,
proceeding, demand, assessment or judgment incident to any of the matters
the Selling Party are indemnified against by Purchaser in this Agreement.
SECTION 11.03. NOTICE TO INDEMNIFYING PARTY. (a) The indemnified party
shall notify the indemnifying party of any claim for which indemnification is
sought under this Article XI promptly and not later than 12 months after the
Closing.
(b) The indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, upon
notice to and with such counsel as approved in writing by the indemnified party
(such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), assume the defense
of, any suit, action or proceeding commenced against the indemnified party for
which indemnification is sought under this Section 11.03. No claim shall be paid
or settled without the prior written approval of the indemnifying party (such
approval not to be unreasonably withheld or
-6-
<PAGE> 7
delayed). The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any legal expenses of
counsel which are incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the
defense of any such suit, action or proceeding after the date of approval by the
indemnified party of counsel selected by the indemnifying party to assume the
defense thereof, except for reasonable costs of assessment and investigation
thereof.
ARTICLE XII
CONFIDENTIALITY AND PRESS RELEASES
SECTION 12.01. CONFIDENTIALITY. Each party shall hold in strict confidence
all documents and information concerning the other and, if the transaction
contemplated hereby should not be consummated, such confidence shall be
maintained, and all such documents and information (in written form) shall
immediately thereafter be destroyed and notice of such destruction promptly
given to the party originally furnishing the same.
SECTION 12.02. PRESS RELEASES. No press release or public disclosure,
either written or oral, of the existence or terms of this Agreement shall be
made by either Purchaser or the Selling Party without the consent of the other
subject to the provisions of Section 12.03, and Purchaser and the Selling Party
shall each furnish to the other advance copies of any release which it proposes
to make public concerning this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby
and the date upon which Purchaser or the Selling Parties, as the case may be,
proposes to make such press release.
SECTION 12.03. DISCLOSURES REQUIRED BY LAW. This Article XII shall not,
however, be construed to prohibit any party from making any disclosures to any
governmental authority that it is required to make by law or from filing this
Agreement with, or disclosing the terms of this Agreement to, any institutional
lender to such party, prohibit any party from making any disclosure reasonably
necessary to obtain any Consent required under the TVFN Partnership Agreement or
to facilitate the satisfaction of any closing condition or prohibit Selling
Party, Purchaser or any of their affiliates from disclosing to its investors,
partners, accountants, auditors, attorneys, parent company and broker/dealers
such terms of this transaction as are customarily disclosed to them.
ARTICLE XIII
TERMINATION
This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated herein
may be abandoned, by written notice promptly given to the other party hereto, at
any time prior to the Closing:
(a) by mutual written consent of the Selling Party and the Purchaser;
(b) by either Purchaser or Selling Party, if any court of competent
jurisdiction in the United States or other United States governmental body
shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action
permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise permanently prohibiting the
sale of the Purchased Interests to Purchaser (which Selling Party and
Purchaser shall have used all reasonable efforts to have lifted or
reversed) and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become
final and nonappealable;
(c) by the Purchaser, if the Selling Party shall have materially
breached any of its material covenants herein, and said breach is not cured
within 10 business days after written notice of the breach is received by
Selling Party, or if the Selling Party shall have intentionally made a
material misrepresentation herein;
(d) by the Selling Party, if the Purchaser shall have materially
breached any of its material covenants herein, and said breach is not cured
within 10 business days after written notice of the breach is received by
Purchaser, or if the Purchaser shall have intentionally made a material
misrepresentation herein; or
-7-
<PAGE> 8
(e) by either the Selling Party or the Purchaser if the Closing shall
not have occurred on or before September 30, 1996, unless the failure to
have the Closing shall be due to the failure of the party seeking to
terminate this Agreement to perform in any material respect its obligations
under this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to the
Closing.
ARTICLE XIV
BROKERS' FEES
Each party represents and warrants to the other that it shall be solely
responsible for the payment of any fee or commission due to any broker or finder
it has engaged with respect to this transaction and the other party hereto shall
be indemnified for any liability with respect thereto pursuant to Article XI
hereof.
ARTICLE XV
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 15.01. ADDITIONAL INSTRUMENTS OF TRANSFER. From time to time after
the Closing, the Selling Party shall, if requested by Purchaser, make, execute
and deliver to Purchaser such additional assignments and other instruments of
transfer as may be necessary or proper to transfer to Purchaser all of the
Selling Party's right, title and interest in and to the Purchased Interests.
Such efforts and assistance shall be without cost to Purchaser.
SECTION 15.02. NOTICES. All notices and other communications required or
permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have
been duly given if delivered, sent by telecopier or mailed, registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the following
addresses:
(i) If to Purchaser:
Colony Cable Networks, Inc.
75 Fountain Street
Providence, RI 02902
Attention: Jack C. Clifford
Facsimile No.: (401) 274-9220
with a copy to:
Edwards & Angell
2800 Hospital Trust Tower
Providence, Rhode Island 02903
Attention: Walter G. D. Reed, Esq.
Facsimile No.:(401) 276-6611
(ii) If to Selling Party:
Scripps Howard Publishing, Inc.
312 Walnut Street
Cincinnati, OH 45202
Facsimile No.:
-8-
<PAGE> 9
with copies to:
Baker & Hostetler
3200 National City Center
Cleveland, OH
Attention: Robert A. Weible, Esq.
Facsimile No.: (216) 696-0740
Notices delivered personally shall be effective upon delivery. Notices
transmitted by telecopy shall be effective when received. Notices delivered by
regular mail or by overnight mail shall be effective when received. Notices
delivered by registered or certified mail shall be effective on the date set
forth on the receipt of registered or certified mail, or 72 hours after mailing,
whichever is earlier.
SECTION 15.03. EXPENSES. Each party shall bear its own expenses and costs,
including the fees of any attorney retained by it, incurred in connection with
the preparation of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby.
SECTION 15.04. SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. The parties recognize and acknowledge
that in the event the Selling Party shall fail to perform its obligations under
the terms of this Agreement, money damages alone will not be adequate to
compensate the Purchaser. The parties, therefore, agree and acknowledge that in
the event the Selling Party fails to perform its obligations under this
Agreement, the Purchaser shall be entitled, in addition to any action for
monetary damages, in addition to any other rights and remedies on account of
such failure, to specific performance of the terms of this Agreement and of the
covenants and obligations hereunder.
SECTION 15.05. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (without
application of principles of conflicts of law).
SECTION 15.06. ASSIGNMENT. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights,
interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties
hereto prior to Closing without the prior written consent of the other parties.
SECTION 15.07. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. All agreements made and entered into
in connection with this transaction shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto, their successors and assigns.
SECTION 15.08. AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS. No alteration, modification or change
of this Agreement shall be valid except by an agreement in writing executed by
the parties hereto. No failure or delay by any party hereto in exercising any
right, power or privilege hereunder (and no course of dealing between or among
any of the parties) shall operate as a waiver of any such right, power or
privilege. No waiver of any default on any one occasion shall constitute a
waiver of any subsequent or other default. No single or partial exercise of any
such right, power or privilege shall preclude the further or full exercise
thereof.
SECTION 15.09. STANDSTILL. The Selling Party hereby agrees that it shall
not offer the Purchased Interests or any direct or indirect interest in the
Purchased Interests for sale to any other party until the earlier to occur of
the Closing or the termination of this Agreement. In addition, the Selling Party
hereby agrees that it will take no action, directly or indirectly, to solicit
indications of interest in, or offers for the sale of any interest in, the
Purchased Interests until the earlier to occur of the Closing or the termination
of this Agreement.
SECTION 15.10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement merges all previous
negotiations between the parties hereto and constitutes the entire agreement and
understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this
Agreement.
-9-
<PAGE> 10
SECTION 15.11. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one agreement.
SECTION 15.12. SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement or the
application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or
unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application
of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected
thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.
SECTION 15.13. SECTION HEADINGS. The section headings contained in this
Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement
of the parties and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of
this Agreement.
SECTION 15.14. INTERPRETATION. As both parties have participated in the
drafting of this Agreement, any ambiguity shall not be construed against either
party as the drafter.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has hereunto set his hand
and seal or caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized
representative as of the day and year first above written.
SELLING PARTIES:
SCRIPPS HOWARD PUBLISHING, INC.
By: /s/ Craig C. Sterden
--------------------
Title: SR. VP
-------------
PURCHASER:
COLONY CABLE NETWORKS, INC.
By: /s/ Jack C. Clifford
--------------------
Title: Chairman
-------------
The undersigned hereby guarantees full payment and performance of the
obligations of the Selling Party hereunder.
SCRIPPS HOWARD PUBLISHING, INC.
By: /s/ Craig C. Standen
--------------------
Title: SR. VP
-------------
-10-
<PAGE> 11
The undersigned hereby guarantees full payment and performance of the
obligations of the Purchaser hereunder.
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY
By: /s/ Jack C. Clifford
--------------------
Title: V.P.
-------------
The undersigned hereby agrees to be bound by Section 8.02 hereunder only.
TELEVISION FOOD NETWORK, G.P.
By: /s/ Jack C. Clifford
--------------------
Title: Chairman
-------------
-11-
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.2
WHEN THE STOCK SPLIT REFERRED TO IN NOTE 17 TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS BECOMES EFFECTIVE, WE WILL BE IN A POSITION TO RENDER THE FOLLOWING
CONSENT AND REPORT ON SCHEDULE.
/S/ KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT AND REPORT ON SCHEDULE
The Board of Directors and
Shareholders of The Providence
Journal Company:
The audits referred to in our report dated February 16, 1996, except for
notes 2, 13 and 17 which are dated March 4, 1996, February 27, 1996 and
, 1996, respectively, included the related financial
statement schedule as of December 31, 1995, and for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1995, included in the registration
statement. This report contains an explanatory paragraph that states that the
Company completed the Merger and related transactions with Continental
Cablevision, Inc. and the Kelso Buyout on October 5, 1995 which resulted in the
disposal of the Company's cable operations, and the acquisition of the Company's
joint venture partner's interest in King Holding Corp. This financial statement
schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on this financial statement schedule based on our
audits. In our opinion, based on our audits and the reports of other auditors,
such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all
material respects the information set forth therein.
We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to
our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.
Providence, Rhode Island
May 31, 1996
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.3
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT AND REPORT ON SCHEDULE
King Holding Corp.:
We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement
333-02703 of The Providence Journal Company on Form S-1 of our report dated
February 10, 1995 relating to the consolidated financial statements of King
Holding Corp. for the two years ended December 31, 1994, appearing in the
Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference
to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
Our audits of the financial statements referred to in our aforementioned
report also included the financial statement schedule of King Holding Corp.,
listed in Item 16. This financial statement schedule is the responsibility of
King Holding Corp.'s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
based on our audits. In our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
/S/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
May 30, 1996
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 23.4
THE PROVIDENCE [LOGO] JOURNAL COMPANY
75 Fountain Street, Providence, RI 02902 - (401) 277-7000
MAY 15, 1996
Belden Associates
Ms. Deanne Termini
President
3102 Oak Lawn Avenue, Suite 500
Dallas, Texas 95219
Re: The Providence Journal Company
Dear Ms. Termini:
As you may know, The Providence Journal Company (the "Company") has filed a
Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Comission
(the "Registration Statement") to do an initial public offering of its Class A
Common Stock. In connection with this processs, we need to obtain your consent
to the reference to Belden Associates and the use in the Prospectus which is a
part of the Registration Statement of certain market and ratings information
published by you.
As we are on a tight schedule, we would appreciate recieving your signed
consent by no later than Wednesday, May 22, 1996. Thank you.
Very truly yours,
THE PROVIDENCE JOURNAL COMPANY
By: /s/ John L. Hammond
-------------------------------------
John L. Hammond
Title: Vice President-General Counsel and
Chief Administrative Officer
We hereby consent to the reference to Belden Associates and to that use of
information published by us, with respect to the above-referenced Registration
Statement and related Prospectus of the Providence Journal Company.
BELDEN ASSOCIATES
By: /s/Deanne Termini
--------------------
Title: President
Date: 5-20-96
Providence Journal Bulletin
Providence Journal Broadcasting
King Broadcasting
